BOARD POLICIES

BOARD POLICIES

POLICIES

Click on each Series to expand the list and navigate to the policy you wish to view. Or use the "Search" function in the upper right-hand corner of the site to search for a keyword or phrase across all policies, board agendas and board minutes.

 

Jen@iowaschool… Thu, 09/19/2019 - 12:29

100 - SCHOOL DISTRICT

100 - SCHOOL DISTRICT Jen@iowaschool… Mon, 10/02/2023 - 09:57

100 - Legal Status of the School District

100 - Legal Status of the School District

Iowa law authorizes the creation of a Common Schools System.  As part of this Common Schools System, this school district is a school corporation created and organized under Iowa law.  This school district is known as the Maquoketa Valley Community School District.

This school corporation is located in Delaware  County, and its affairs are conducted by elected school officials, the Maquoketa Valley Community School District Board of Directors.  This school corporation has exclusive jurisdiction over school matters in the territory of the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 274.1, .2, .6, .7; 279.8; 594A.

Cross Reference:  200                                      Legal Status of the Board of Directors

Approved      1/2020                             
Reviewed    11/21/22                                                                           
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/30/2023 - 08:56

101 - Educational Philosophy of the School District

101 - Educational Philosophy of the School District

As a school corporation of Iowa, the Maquoketa Valley Community School District, acting through its board of directors, is dedicated to promoting an equal opportunity for a quality public education to its students.  The board’s ability may be limited by the school district's ability and willingness to furnish financial support in cooperation with student’s parents and school district community.  The board is also dedicated to providing the opportunity to develop a healthy social, intellectual, emotional, and physical self-concept in a learning environment that provides guidance to, and encourages critical thinking in, the students for a lifetime.

The board endeavors, through the dedication of the school district's resources, to encourage students, who come to the school district from a variety of backgrounds, to look forward to the time when they will have jobs, homes, families, places in the school district community, and attain recognition as individuals.  In order to achieve this goal, the board will seek qualified employees dedicated to development of their professional skills for the betterment of the education program and for the expertise for educational productivity.

Instruction and curriculum are the key elements of a public education.  Critical thinking and problem solving skills that will assist the students' preparation for life is instructed as part of a sequentially coordinated curriculum.  The school district strives to prepare students for employment, to discover and nurture creative talent and to prepare them to meet and cope with social change in an atmosphere conducive to learning.

The support and involvement of the home and the school district community are essential to achieve educational excellence in the school district.  The school district strives to maintain an active relationship with the home and the school district community to create within the students an awareness of dignity and worth of the individual, civic responsibility and respect for authority.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 256.11

Cross Reference:  102                                      Equal Educational Opportunity
 
                                      103                                      Long-Range Needs Assessment
 
                                      209                                      Board of Directors' Management Procedures
 
                                      600                                      Goals and Objectives of the Education Program
 
                                      602                                      Curriculum Development

Approved     1/2020                              
Reviewed     11/21/22                                                                          
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/30/2023 - 08:56

102 - Equal Educational Opportunity

102 - Equal Educational Opportunity

It is the goal of the board to develop a healthy social, intellectual, emotional, and physical self-concept in the students enrolled in the school district.  Each student attending school will have the opportunity to use its education program and services as a means for self-improvement and individual growth.  In so doing, the students are expected to conduct themselves in a manner that assures each student the same educational opportunity.

The Maquoketa Valley Community School District does not to discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, sex, disability, religion, creed, age (for employment), marital status (for programs), sexual orientation, gender identity and socioeconomic status (for programs) in its educational programs and its employment practices.  The belief in equal educational opportunity serves as a guide for the board and employees in making decisions relating to school district facilities, employment, selection of educational materials, equipment, curriculum, and regulations affecting students. There is a grievance procedure for processing complaints of discrimination. If you have questions or a grievance related to this policy please contact Dave Hoeger,      Maquoketa Valley  Community School District, Delhi, Iowa 52223; or by telephoning 563-599-2091.

Board policies, rules and regulations affect students while they are on school district property or on property within the jurisdiction of the school district; while on school owned and/or operated school or chartered vehicles; while attending or engaged in school activities; and while away from school grounds if misconduct will directly affect the good order, efficient management and welfare of the school district.

The board requires all persons, agencies, vendors, contractors and other persons and organizations doing business with or performing services for the school district to subscribe to all applicable federal and state laws, executive orders, rules and regulations pertaining to contract compliance and equal opportunity.

Inquiries by students regarding compliance with equal educational opportunity and affirmative action laws and policies, including but not limited to complaints of discrimination, are directed to the Affirmative Action Coordinator by writing to the Affirmative Action Coordinator, Dave Hoeger,        Maquoketa Valley  Community School District, Delhi, Iowa 52223; or by telephoning 563-599-2091.

Inquiries by students regarding compliance with equal educational opportunity and affirmative action laws and policies, including but not limited to complaints of discrimination, may also be directed in writing to the Director of the Region VII office of Civil Rights, U.S. Department of Education, John C. Kluczynski Federal Building, 230 S. Dearborn St., 37th Floor, Chicago, IL, 60604 (312) 730-1560, fax (312) 730-1576 OCR.Chicago@ed.gov, the Iowa Civil Rights Commissioner, https://icrc.iowa.gov, (515) 281-4121 or the Iowa Dept. of Education, Grimes State Office Bldg., Des Moines, IA 50319. (515) 281-5294.  This inquiry or complaint to the federal or state office may be done instead of, or in addition to, an inquiry or complaint at the local level.

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. §§ 1221 et seq. 
 
                                      20 U.S.C. §§ 1681 et seq.
 
                                      20 U.S.C. §§ 1701 et seq.
 
                                      29 U.S.C. § 206 et seq.
 
                                      29 U.S.C. § 794
 
                                      42 U.S.C. §§ 2000d and 2000e.
 
                                      42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 et seq.
   
                                    34 C.F.R. Pt. 100.
    
                                    34 C.F.R. Pt. 104.
                                        
Iowa Code §§ 216.6; 216.9; 256.11; 280.3.
 
                                      281 I.A.C. 12.

Cross Reference:  101        Educational Philosophy of the School District
 
                                      401.1    Equal Employment Opportunity
 
                                      500        Objectives for Equal Educational Opportunities for Students
 
                                      506.1    Student Records

Approved     1/2020      
Reviewed    11/21/22                           
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/30/2023 - 08:57

102.E2 - Continuous Notice of Nondiscrimination

102.E2 - Continuous Notice of Nondiscrimination

It is the policy of the Maquoketa Valley Community School District not to discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, sex, disability, religion, creed, age (for employment), marital status (for programs), sexual orientation, gender identity and socioeconomic status (for programs) in its educational programs and its employment practices. There is a grievance procedure for processing complaints of discrimination. If you have questions or a grievance related to this policy please contact Dave Hoeger, Maquoketa Valley  Community School District, Delhi, Iowa 52223; or by telephoning 563-599-2091.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/30/2023 - 08:59

102.E3 - Notice of Section 504 Student and Parental Rights

102.E3 - Notice of Section 504 Student and Parental Rights

The Maquoketa Valley Community School District does not discriminate in its educational programs and activities on the basis of a student's disability. It has been determined that your child has a qualifying disability for which accommodations may need to be made to meet his or her individual needs as adequately as the needs of other students. As a parent, you have the right to the following:

  • Participation of your child in school district programs and activities, including extracurricular programs and activities, to the maximum extent appropriate, free of discrimination based upon the student's disability and at the same level as students without disabilities;
  • Receipt of free educational services to the extent they are provided students without disabilities:
  • Receipt of information about your child and your child's educational programs and activities in your native language;
  • Notice of identification of your child as having a qualifying disability for which accommodations may need to be made and notice prior to evaluation and placement of your child and right to periodically request a re-evaluation of your child;
  • Inspect and review your child's educational records including a right to copy those records for a reasonable fee; you also have a right to ask the school district to amend your child's educational records if you feel the information in the records is misleading or inaccurate; should the school district refuse to amend the records, you have a right to a hearing and to place an explanatory letter in your child's file explaining why you feel the records are misleading or inaccurate; and
  • Hearing before an impartial hearing officer if you disagree with your child's evaluation or placement; you have a right to counsel at the hearing and have the decision of the impartial hearing officer reviewed.

It is the policy of the Maquoketa Valley Community School District not to discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, sex, disability, religion, creed, age (for employment), marital status (for programs), sexual orientation, gender identity and socioeconomic status (for programs) in its educational programs and its employment practices. There is a grievance procedure for processing complaints of discrimination. If you have questions or a grievance related to this policy please contact Dave Hoeger, Maquoketa Valley  Community School District, Delhi, Iowa 52223; or by telephoning 563-599-2091. 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/30/2023 - 09:00

102.E4 - Discrimination Complaint Form

102.E4 - Discrimination Complaint Form

Date of complaint:  __________________________________

Name of Complainant:  __________________________________

Are you filling out this form for yourself or someone else (please identify the individual if you are submitting on behalf of someone else):
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________

Who or what entity do you believe discriminated against, harassed, or bullied  you (or someone else)?
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________

 

Date and place of alleged incident(s):
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________

Names of any witnesses (if any):
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________

Nature of discrimination, harassment, or bullying alleged (check all that apply):

 

Age

 

Physical Attribute

 

Sex

 

Disability

 

Physical/Mental Ability

 

Sexual Orientation

 

Familial Status

 

Political Belief

 

Socio-economic Background

 

Gender Identity

 

Political Party Preference

 

Other - Please Specify:

 

Marital Status

 

Race/Color

 

 

National Origin/Ethnic Background/Ancestry

 

Religion/Creed

 

 

 

In the space below, please describe what happened and why you believe that you or someone else has been discriminated against,
harassed, or bullied. Please be as specific as possible and attach additional pages if necessary.
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________

I agree that all of the information on this form is accurate and true to the best of my knowledge.

 

Signature:  _____________________________________________     Date:  ______________________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/30/2023 - 09:03

102.E5 - Witness Disclosure Form

102.E5 - Witness Disclosure Form

Name of Witness:______________________________________________

Date of interview:______________________________________________

Date of initial complaint:______________________________________________

Name of Complainant (include whether the Complainant is a student or employee)
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________

Date and place of alleged incident(s):
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________

 

Nature of discrimination, harassment, or bullying alleged (check all that apply):

 

Age

 

Physical Attribute

 

Sex

 

Disability

 

Physical/Mental Ability

 

Sexual Orientation

 

Familial Status

 

Political Belief

 

Socio-economic Background

 

Gender Identity

 

Political Party Preference

 

Other - Please Specify:

 

Marital Status

 

Race/Color

 

 

National Origin/Ethnic Background/Ancestry

 

Religion/Creed

 

 

Description of incident witnessed:______________________________________________

Additional information:
 

_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________

I agree that all of the information on this form is accurate and true to the best of my knowledge.

Signature:  _______________________________________________________________     Date:  ___________________________________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/30/2023 - 09:03

102.E6 - Disposition of Complaint Form

102.E6 - Disposition of Complaint Form

Date: ___________________________

Date of initial complaint: ______________________________________

Name of Complainant (include whether the Complainant is a student or employee):
_____________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________

Date and place of alleged incident(s):
_____________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________

Name of Respondent (include whether the Respondent is a student or employee):
_____________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________

Nature of discrimination, harassment, or bullying alleged (check all that apply):

 

Age

 

Physical Attribute

 

Sex

 

Disability

 

Physical/Mental Ability

 

Sexual Orientation

 

Familial Status

 

Political Belief

 

Socio-economic Background

 

Gender Identity

 

Political Party Preference

 

Other - Please Specify:

 

Marital Status

 

Race/Color

 

 

National Origin/Ethnic Background/Ancestry

 

Religion/Creed

 

 

 

Summary of Investigation:
_____________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________

I agree that all of the information on this form is accurate and true to the best of my knowledge.

 

Signature:  ____________________________________________________     Date:  _______________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/30/2023 - 09:06

102.R1 - Grievance Procedure

102.R1 - Grievance Procedure

It is the policy of the Maquoketa Valley Community School District not to discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, sex, disability, religion, creed, age (for employment), marital status (for programs), sexual orientation, gender identity and socioeconomic status (for programs) in its educational programs and its employment practices. There is a grievance procedure for processing complaints of discrimination. If you have questions or a grievance related to this policy please contact Dave Hoeger, Maquoketa Valley  Community School District, Delhi, Iowa 52223; or by telephoning 563-599-2091.

Students, parents of students, employees, and applicants for employment in the school district have the right to file a formal complaint alleging discrimination. The district has policies and procedures in place to identify and investigate complaints alleging discrimination. If appropriate, the district will take steps to prevent the recurrence of discrimination and to correct its discriminatory effects on the Complainant and others.

A Complainant may attempt to resolve the problem informally by discussing the matter with a building principal or a direct supervisor. However, the Complainant has the right to end the informal process at any time and pursue the formal grievance procedures outlined below. Use of the informal or formal grievance procedure is not a prerequisite to the pursuit of other remedies. Please note that informal processes and procedures are not to be used in certain circumstances (e.g., sexual harassment and sexual assault).

Filing a Complaint

A Complainant who wishes to avail himself/herself of this grievance procedure may do so by filing a complaint with the equity coordinator(s). An alternate will be designated in the event it is claimed that the equity coordinator or superintendent committed the alleged discrimination or some other conflict of interest exists. Complaints shall be filed within 180 of the event giving rise to the complaint or from the date the Complainant could reasonably become aware of such occurrence. The Complainant will state the nature of the complaint and the remedy requested. The equity coordinator(s) shall assist the Complainant as needed.

Investigation

Within 15 working days, the equity coordinator will begin the investigation of the complaint or appoint a qualified person to undertake the investigation (hereinafter “equity coordinator”).  If the Complainant is under 18 years of age, the equity coordinator shall notify his or her parent(s)/guardian(s) that they may attend investigatory meetings in which the Complainant is involved. The complaint and identity of the Complainant, Respondent, or witnesses will only be disclosed as reasonably necessary in connection with the investigation or as required by law or policy. The investigation may include, but is not limited to the following:

  • A request for the Complainant to provide a written statement regarding the nature of the complaint;
  • A request for the individual named in the complaint to provide a written statement;
  • A request for witnesses identified during the course of the investigation to provide a written statement;
  • Interviews of the Complainant, Respondent, or witnesses;
  • An opportunity to present witnesses or other relevant information; and
  • Review and collection of documentation or information deemed relevant to the investigation.

Within 60 working days, the equity coordinator shall complete the investigation and issue a report with respect to the findings.

The equity coordinator shall notify the Complainant and Respondent of the decision within 5 working days of completing the written report. Notification shall be by U.S. mail, first class.

Decision and Appeal

The complaint is closed after the equity coordinator has issued the report, unless within 10 working days after receiving the decision, either party appeals the decision to the superintendent by making a written request detailing why he/she believes the decision should be reconsidered. The equity coordinator shall promptly forward all materials relative to the complaint and appeal to the superintendent. Within 30 working days, the superintendent shall affirm, reverse, amend the decision, or direct the equity coordinator to gather additional information. The superintendent shall notify the Complainant, Respondent, and the equity coordinator of the decision within 5 working days of the decision. Notification shall be by U.S. mail, first class.

The decision of the superintendent shall be final.

The decision of the superintendent in no way prejudices a party from seeking redress through state or federal agencies as provided by in law.

This policy and procedures are to be used for complaints of discrimination, in lieu of any other general complaint policies or procedures that may be available.

If any of the stated timeframes cannot be met by the district, the district will notify the parties and pursue completion as promptly as possible.

Retaliation against any person, because the person has filed a complaint or assisted or participated in an investigation, is prohibited. Persons found to have engaged in retaliation shall be subject to discipline by appropriate measures.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/30/2023 - 09:14

103 - Long-Range Needs Assessment

103 - Long-Range Needs Assessment

Long-range needs assessment enables the school district to analyze assessment data, get feedback from the community about its expectation of students and determine how well students are meeting student learning goals.  The board will conduct ongoing and in-depth needs assessment, soliciting information from business, labor, industry, higher education and community members, regarding their expectations for adequate student preparation.

In conjunction with the in-depth needs assessment of the school district, the board will authorize the appointment of a committee, representing administrators, employees, parents, students and community members, to make recommendations and assist the board in determining the priorities of the school district in addition to the basic skills areas of the education program.

The school board will provide opportunities for local feedback on an ongoing basis.  This will include, but not be limited to the following: Communication Team feedback, Focus groups, written surveys and questionnaires in the school newsletter or online, and on the district website.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to ensure the school district community is informed of students' progress on state and locally determined indicators.  The superintendent will report annually to the board about the means used to keep the community informed.

As a result of the board and committee's work, the board will determine major educational needs and rank them in priority order; develop long-range goals and plans to meet the educational needs; establish and implement short-range and intermediate-range plans to meet the goals and to attain the desired levels of student performance; evaluate progress toward meeting the goals and maintain a record of progress under the plan that includes reports of student performance and results of school improvement projects; and annually report the school district's progress made under the plan to the committee, community and Iowa Department of Education.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21; 256.7; 280.12.
 
                                      281 I.A.C. 12.8(1)(b).

Cross Reference:  101                                      Educational Philosophy of the School District
 
                                      200                                      Legal Status of the Board of Directors
 
                                      208                                      Committees of the Board of Directors
 
                                      603.1                                  Basic Instruction Program
 
                                      801.1                                  Buildings and Sites Long Range Planning
 
                                      801.2                                  Buildings and Sites Surveys

Approved      1/2020                  
Reviewed    11/21/22                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/30/2023 - 09:15

103.R1 - Long-Range Needs Assessment Process

103.R1 - Long-Range Needs Assessment Process

The school district's long range needs assessment process includes these items:

  • provisions for collecting, analyzing and reporting information derived from local, state and national sources;
  • provisions for reviewing information acquired on the following:
    • state indicators and other locally determined indicators,
    • locally established student learning goals,
    • specific data collection required by state and federal programs;
  • provisions for collecting and analyzing assessment data on the following:
    • state indicators,
    • locally determined indicators,
    • locally established student learning goals.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/30/2023 - 09:16

104 - Anti-Bullying/Anti-Harassment Policy

104 - Anti-Bullying/Anti-Harassment Policy

The [insert school district name] is committed to providing all students, employees, and volunteers with a safe and civil school environment in which all members of the school community are treated with dignity and respect.  Bullying and/or harassing behavior can seriously disrupt the ability of school employees to maintain a safe and civil environment, and the ability of students to learn and succeed. 

Bullying and/or harassment of or by students, employees, and volunteers is against federal, state, and local policy and is not tolerated by the board.

Accordingly, school employees, volunteers, and students shall not engage in bullying or harassing behavior while on school property, while on school-owned or school-operated vehicles, while attending or participating in school-sponsored or sanctioned activities, and while away from school grounds if the conduct materially interferes with the orderly operation of the educational environment or is likely to do so.

Complaints may be filed with the superintendent or superintendent’s designee pursuant to the regulation accompanying this policy.  The superintendent is responsible for implementation of this policy and all accompanying procedures. Complaints will be investigated within a reasonable time frame.  Within 24 hours of receiving a report that a student may have been the victim of conduct that constitutes bullying and/or harassment, the district will notify the parent or guardian of the student.

If as a result of viewing surveillance system data or based on a report from a school district employee, the district determines that a student has suffered bullying or harassment by another student enrolled in the district; a parent or guardian of the student may enroll the student in another attendance center within the district that offers classes at the student’s grade level, subject to the requirements and limitations established in Iowa law related to this topic.

A school employee, volunteer, or student, or a student’s parent or guardian who promptly, reasonably, and in good faith reports an incident of bullying or harassment, in compliance with the procedures in the regulation, to the appropriate school official designated by the school district, shall be immune from civil or criminal liability relating to such report and to participation in any administrative or judicial proceeding resulting from or relating to the report.

 

Retaliation Prohibited

Individuals who knowingly file false bullying or harassment complaints and any person who gives false statements in an investigation may be subject to discipline by appropriate measures.

Any student found to have violated or retaliated in violation of this policy shall be subject to measures up to, and including, suspension and expulsion.  Any school employee found to have violated or retaliated in violation of this policy shall be subject to measures up to, and including, termination of employment.  Any school volunteer found to have violated or retaliated in violation of this policy shall be subject to measures up to, and including, removal from service and exclusion from school grounds.  

 

Definitions

For the purposes of this policy, the defined words shall have the following meaning: 

  • “Electronic” means any communication involving the transmission of information by wire, radio, optic cable, electromagnetic, or other similar means.  “Electronic” includes but is not limited to
  •  communication via electronic mail, internet-based communications, pager service, cell phones, and electronic text messaging.  “Harassment” and “bullying” mean any repeated or potentially repeated electronic, written, verbal, or physical act or other ongoing conduct toward an individual based on any trait or characteristic of the individual which creates an objectively hostile school environment that meets one or more of the following conditions:
  1. Places the individual in reasonable fear of harm to the individual’s person or property.
  2. Has a substantial detrimental effect on the individual’s physical or mental health.
  3. Has the effect of substantially interfering with the individual’s academic or career performance.  Has the effect of substantially interfering with the individual’s ability to participate in or benefit from the services, activities, or privileges provided by a school.
  • “Trait or characteristic of the individual” includes but is not limited to age, color, creed, national origin, race, religion, marital status, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, physical attributes, physical or mental ability or disability, ancestry, political party preference, political belief, socioeconomic status, or familial status.
  • “Volunteer” means an individual who has regular, significant contact with students.

 

Publication of Policy

The board will annually publish this policy. The policy may be publicized by the following means:

  • Inclusion in the student handbook,
  • Inclusion in the employee handbook
  • Inclusion in the registration materials
  • Inclusion on the school or school district’s web site,

 

                                                            

Legal References:  20 U.S.C. §§ 1221-1234i.
 
                                         29 U.S.C. § 794.
 
                                         42 U.S.C. §§ 2000d-2000d-7.
    
                                      42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 2et. seq.
 
                                         Iowa Code §§ 216.9; 280.3, .28.            
 
                                         281 I.A.C. 12.3(6).
                                         Morse v. Frederick, 551 U.S. 393 (2007)

Cross References:  102       Equal Educational Opportunity
    
                                      502       Student Rights and Responsibilities
 
                                         503       Student Discipline
 
                                         506       Education Records

Approved     1/20/20              
Reviewed   7/17/23                
Revised   7/17/23                

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/30/2023 - 09:17

104.E1 - Complaint Form (Discrimination, Anti-Bullying, and Anti-Harassment)

104.E1 - Complaint Form (Discrimination, Anti-Bullying, and Anti-Harassment)

Date of complaint:________________________________

Name of Complainant:  :________________________________

Are you filling out this form for yourself or someone else (please identify the individual if you are submitting on behalf of someone else):

___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________

Who or what entity do you believe discriminated against, harassed, or bullied you (or someone else)?

___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________

Date and place of alleged incident(s):
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________

Names of any witnesses (if any):
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________

Nature of discrimination, harassment, or bullying alleged (check all that apply):

 

Age

 

Physical Attribute

 

Sex

 

Disability

 

Physical/Mental Ability

 

Sexual Orientation

 

Familial Status

 

Political Belief

 

Socio-economic Background

 

Gender Identity

 

Political Party Preference

 

Other - Please Specify:

 

Marital Status

 

Race/Color

 

 

National Origin/Ethnic Background/Ancestry

 

Religion/Creed

 

In the space below, please describe what happened and why you believe that you or someone else has been discriminated against, harassed, or bullied. Please be as specific as possible and attach additional pages if necessary.

___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________

 

I agree that all of the information on this form is accurate and true to the best of my knowledge.

Signature:________________________________________  Date:____________________________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/30/2023 - 09:20

104.E2 - Witness Disclosure Form

104.E2 - Witness Disclosure Form

Name of Witness:

Date of interview:

Date of initial complaint:

Name of Complainant (include whether the Complainant is a student or employee):
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________

Date and place of alleged incident(s):
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________

Nature of discrimination, harassment, or bullying alleged (check all that apply):

 

Age

 

Physical Attribute

 

Sex

 

Disability

 

Physical/Mental Ability

 

Sexual Orientation

 

Familial Status

 

Political Belief

 

Socio-economic Background

 

Gender Identity

 

Political Party Preference

 

Other - Please Specify:

 

Marital Status

 

Race/Color

 

 

National Origin/Ethnic Background/Ancestry

 

Religion/Creed

 

 

Description of incident witnessed:
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________

Additional information:
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________

I agree that all of the information on this form is accurate and true to the best of my knowledge.

 

Signature:  ___________________________________________________________________     Date:  _________________________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/30/2023 - 09:22

104.E3 - Disposition of Complaint Form

104.E3 - Disposition of Complaint Form

Date:

Date of initial complaint:

Name of Complainant (include whether the Complainant is a student or employee):
_____________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________

Date and place of alleged incident(s):
_____________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________

Name of Respondent (include whether the Respondent is a student or employee):
_____________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________

Nature of discrimination, harassment, or bullying alleged (check all that apply):

 

Age

 

Physical Attribute

 

Sex

 

Disability

 

Physical/Mental Ability

 

Sexual Orientation

 

Familial Status

 

Political Belief

 

Socio-economic Background

 

Gender Identity

 

Political Party Preference

 

Other - Please Specify:

 

Marital Status

 

Race/Color

 

 

National Origin/Ethnic Background/Ancestry

 

Religion/Creed

 

 

Summary of Investigation:
_____________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________

I agree that all of the information on this form is accurate and true to the best of my knowledge.

 

Signature:  ____________________________________________________     Date:  _______________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/30/2023 - 09:23

104.R1 - Anti-Bullying/Angi-Harassment Investigation Procedures

104.R1 - Anti-Bullying/Angi-Harassment Investigation Procedures

Filing a Complaint

An individual who believes that the individual has been harassed or bullied may file a complaint with the superintendent or superintendent’s designee.  The complaint form is available on the district website.   If the complainant is a school employee, after filing the complaint with the superintendent or superintendent’s designee, the employee may separately notify the parent or guardian of the student alleged to have been harassed or bullied.

An alternate investigator will be designated in the event it is claimed that the superintendent or superintendent’s designee committed the alleged bullying or harassment or some other conflict of interest exists.  Complaints shall be filed within 180 days of the event giving rise to the complaint or from the date the Complainant could reasonably become aware of such occurrence.  The Complainant will state the nature of the complaint and the remedy requested. The Complainant shall receive assistance as needed.

 

Investigation

The school district will promptly and reasonably investigate allegations of bullying or harassment upon receipt of a written complaint. The superintendent (hereinafter “Investigator”) will be responsible for handling all complaints alleging bullying or harassment. 

The investigation may include, but is not limited to the following:

  • Interviews with the Complainant and the individual named in the complaint (“Respondent”)
  • A request for the Complainant to provide a written statement regarding the nature of the complaint;
  • A request for the Respondent to provide a written statement;
  • Interviews with witnesses identified during the course of the investigation;
  • A request for witnesses identified during the course of the investigation to provide a written statement; and
  • Review and collection of documentation or information deemed relevant to the investigation.

The Investigator shall consider the totality of circumstances presented in determining whether conduct objectively constitutes bullying or harassment as defined in Board policy.  Upon completion of the investigation, the Investigator shall issue a report with respect to the findings, and provide a copy of the report to the appropriate building principal or Superintendent if the investigation involved the building principal

The complaint and identity of the Complainant, Respondent, or witnesses will only be disclosed as reasonably necessary in connection with the investigation or as required by law or policy.  Similarly, evidence uncovered in the investigation shall be kept confidential to the extent reasonably possible.

 

Decision

The investigator, building principal or superintendent, depending on the individuals involved, shall inform the Complainant and the accused about the outcome of the investigation.  If, after an investigation, a student is found to be in violation of the policy, the student shall be disciplined by appropriate measures, which may include suspension and expulsion.  If after an investigation a school employee is found to be in violation of this policy, the employee shall be disciplined by appropriate measures, which may include termination.  If after an investigation a school volunteer is found to be in violation of this policy, the volunteer shall be subject to appropriate measures, which may include exclusion from school grounds.

Individuals who knowingly file false bullying and/or harassment complaints and any person who gives false statements in an investigation may be subject to discipline by appropriate measures, as shall any person who is found to have retaliated against another in violation of this policy.  Any student found to have retaliated in violation of this policy shall be subject to measures up to, and including, suspension and expulsion.  Any school employee found to have retaliated in violation of this policy shall be subject

to measures up to, and including, termination of employment.  Any school volunteer found to have retaliated in violation of this policy shall be subject to measures up to, and including, exclusion from school grounds. 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/30/2023 - 09:25

105 - Assistance Animals

105 - Assistance Animals

It is the policy of Maquoketa Valley Community School District to foster an equal education environment for all students, employees and community members within the district.  The purpose of this policy is to provide guidance to the district on the proper use of assistance animals while on district property.  The district shall allow the use of qualified service animals and assistive animals to accompany individuals with disabilities in all areas of district buildings where the public is normally allowed to go.  This can include classrooms, cafeteria and school buses.  Individuals with disabilities are people who have a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits one or more major life activities.  Service animals are dogs and in some instances miniature horses trained to do work or perform tasks for individuals with disabilities.  Assistive animals are simians or any other animal specially trained or in the process of being trained to assist a person with a disability. 

 

Service animals and assistive animals must be current on all required vaccinations.  Service animals and assistive animals also must be under control while on district grounds.  The animal may be under control by either the individual with a disability, or a handler of the service or assistive animal.  Under control means harnessed, leashed or tethered, unless these devices interfere with the animal’s work, in which case under voice or other directive control.

 

Miniature Horses as Service Animals

Miniature horses shall be allowed as service animals within the district whenever it is reasonable to allow them.  Factors to consider when determining reasonableness include:  whether the miniature horse is house broken; whether the miniature horse is under the owner’s control; whether the facility can accommodate the miniature horse’s type, size and weight; and whether the miniature horse’s presence will not compromise legitimate safety requirements necessary for safe operation of the facility.

 

Establishing the Need for a Service Animal

When no prior notice is given to the district of the use of a service or assistive animal, the Superintendent and/or school administrators are permitted to ask the following questions: 

“Do you need/require this animal because of a disability?”

If the animal’s trained tasks are not readily apparent, the administrator may ask: 

“What work or task has the animal been trained to perform?”

 

Service and Assistive Animals in training

Assuming the handler and animal are otherwise allowed, individuals who train service and/or assistive animals will also be allowed access with their service animal in training to public areas of district buildings and property.  The service or assistive animal in training is expected to abide by the same requirements as a service or assistive animal.

 

Exclusion of Service and Assistive Animals

In certain limited circumstances, it may be reasonable to exclude the use of a service or assistive animal from district property.  The Superintendent is permitted to exclude service and assistive animals from district buildings and property in the following circumstances:  The presence of the animal poses a direct threat to the health and safety of others; the owner or handler is unable to control the animal; the animal is not house broken; the presence of the animal significantly disrupts or interferes with the educational process; or the presence of the animal would require a fundamental alteration to the program.  If a service animal is properly excluded from district property, the district shall provide the student served by the animal the opportunity to participate in the program, service or activity without having the service animal on district property. 

 

 

Legal References:  29 U.S.C. §794
  
                                        42 U.S.C. §12132
  
                                        28 C.F.R. 35
 
                                         Iowa Code §216C

Cross References:  606.3    Animals in the Classroom

 

NOTE:  The use of service and assistive animals is a civil right established by federal and state laws. However, the use of emotional support and therapy animals does not necessarily have the same legal protections.

 

Approved     1/2020                   
Reviewed   11/21/22                            
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/30/2023 - 09:26

106 - Discrimination and Harassment Based on Sex Prohibited

106 - Discrimination and Harassment Based on Sex Prohibited

In accordance with Title IX of the Education Amendments Act of 1972, the Maquoketa Valley Community School District prohibits sex discrimination, including sexual harassment as defined by the regulations implementing Title IX (34 C.F.R. § 106.30), against any individual participating in any education program or activity of the District.  This prohibition on discrimination applies to students, employees, and applicants for employment. 

The Board authorizes the Superintendent to adopt procedures for any individual to report sexual harassment to the District’s Title IX Coordinator, for the provision of supportive measures to anyone who has been subjected to sexual harassment whether or not they proceed with a formal complaint under those procedures, and for the investigation and resolution of such complaints, as required by Title IX.  This Title IX grievance process shall be used to respond to all complaints of sexual harassment that fall within the scope of Title IX.  For complaints of sexual harassment that do not fall within the scope of Title IX, the District may still offer supportive measures to the subject of such conduct and shall apply any other policy or procedure applicable to the alleged conduct.

Any individual with questions about the District’s Title IX policy and procedures, or who would like to make a report or file a formal complaint of sex discrimination or sexual harassment may contact the District’s designated Title Coordinator,  Troy Osterhaus, Maquoketa Valley  Community School District, Delhi, Iowa 52223; or by telephoning 563-599-2091.

Retaliation against a person who made a report or complaint of sexual harassment, assisted, or participated in any manner in an investigation or resolution of a sexual harassment report or complaint is strictly prohibited. Retaliation includes threats, coercion, discrimination, intimidation, reprisals, and/or adverse actions related to employment or education.  Any individual who believed they have been retaliated against in violation of this Policy should immediately contact the District’s Title IX Coordinator.

 

 

Legal References:  20 U.S.C. § 1681 et seq.
                                          
34 C.F.R. § 106 et seq.

Approved     1/2020                               
Reviewed 11/21/22______           
Revised ____________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/30/2023 - 09:29

200 - BOARD OF DIRECTORS

200 - BOARD OF DIRECTORS Jen@iowaschool… Mon, 10/02/2023 - 09:58

200 - Legal Status of the Board of Directors

200 - Legal Status of the Board of Directors dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 16:22

200.01 - Organization of the Board of Directors

200.01 - Organization of the Board of Directors

The Maquoketa Valley Community School District board is authorized by and derives its organization from Iowa law.  The board will consist of 5 board members.  Board members are elected at-large.

The board is organized for the purpose of setting policy and providing general direction for the school district.  The board will hold its organizational meeting at the first regular meeting following the canvass of votes.  The retiring board will transfer materials, including the board policy manual, and responsibility to the new board.

The organizational meeting allows the outgoing board to approve minutes of its previous meetings, complete unfinished business and review the school election results.  The retiring board will adjourn and the new board will then begin.  The board secretary will administer the oath of office to the newly-elected board members.  The Superintendent will preside while the new board elects the president and vice-president of the new board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 274.2; 275.23A; 277.23, .28, .31; 279.1, .5, .7, .8, .33.
 
                                      281 I.A.C. 12.3(2).

Cross Reference:   202                                    Board of Directors Members
 
                             206.1                                  President
 
                             206.2                                  Vice-President
 
                             210                                     Board of Directors' Meetings

Approved    2/2020          
Reviewed    
2/19/24                                                                
Revised       2/19/24         

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 16:23

200.01R1 - Organizational Meeting Procedures

200.01R1 - Organizational Meeting Procedures

The board will hold its organizational meeting in odd-numbered years at or before the first regular meeting following the canvass of votes.  Notice of the meeting's place and time will be given by the board secretary to each member, member-elect and the public.

The purpose of the meeting is to transfer material and responsibility from the outgoing board to the new board.  At the meeting, the board will elect a president and a vice president who will hold office for one year.  Once elected, the president and vice president will be entitled to vote on all matters before the board.

 

Meeting Procedure

The organizational meeting of the board will be held in two parts:  the final meeting of the outgoing board and the organizational meeting of the new board.

 

1.     Final Meeting of the Retiring Board

        (1)      Call to order.

        (2)      Roll call.

        (3)      Approval of minutes of previous meeting(s).

        (4)      Visitors.

        (5)      Unfinished business.

                  (a)  Current claims and accounts (for the retiring board to authorize).

        (6)      Examine and settle the books for the previous year.

        (7)      Review of election results.  The board secretary will present the county auditor's official report on the latest elections.  Official results are recorded in the minutes.

        (8)      Adjournment of the retiring board.

 

2.     Organizational Meeting of the New Board

        (1)      The Superintendent as president pro-tem, will preside over the meeting until a new board president is elected.

        (2)      Call to order.

        (3)      Roll call.

        (4)      Oath of office.  The board secretary will administer the oath to new members.

        (5)      Election of a president of the board.  The president pro-tem calls for nominations; nominations need not be seconded.  The board will then vote on the nominations.  The secretary will announce the result of the vote, and the board secretary will administer the oath of office to the newly elected president and the newly elected president will assume the chair.

        (6)      Election of the vice-president.  The president of the board will call for nominations; the nominations need not be seconded.  The board will then vote on the nominations.  The president will announce the results and administer the oath of office to the vice-president.

Other items of business at the organizational meeting may include:

        (7)      Board resolution of appreciation recognizing the public service rendered by retiring board members.

        (8)      Determination of dates, times, and places for regular meetings of the board.

        (9)      Board resolution to define the operating rules and practices that will be followed by the new board.

        (10)    Board resolution to authorize the interim payment of bills pursuant to policy 705.3.

        (11)    Visitors.

        (12)    Superintendent's report.

        (13)    Adjournment.

       

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 16:23

200.02 - Powers of the Board of Directors

200.02 - Powers of the Board of Directors

The board, acting on behalf of the school district, will have jurisdiction over school matters within the territory of the school district.

The board is empowered to make policy for its own governance, for employees, for students and for school district facilities.  The board is also empowered to enforce its policies.  The board may, through its quasi-judicial power, conduct hearings and rule on issues and disputes confronting the school district.

The board has these powers and all other powers expressly granted to it in federal and state law as well as the powers that can be reasonably implied from the express powers.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Board of Directors of Ind. School Dist. of Waterloo v. Green, 259 Iowa 1260, 147 N.W.2d 854 (1967).
 
                                      Iowa Code §§ 28E; 274.1-.2; 279.8.
 
                                      281 I.A.C. 12.1(2).

Cross Reference:  209                                      Board of Directors' Management Procedures

Approved     2/2020                               
Reviewed      2/19/24                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 16:24

200.03 - Responsibilities of the Board of Directors

200.03 - Responsibilities of the Board of Directors

The board is authorized to govern the school district which it oversees.  The board is entrusted with public funds and is responsible for overseeing the improvement of student outcomes, including student academic achievement and skill proficiency. As the governing board of the school district, the board has three duties to perform:  legislative duty, executive duty and evaluative duty.

As a representative of the citizens of the school district community, the board is responsible for legislating policy for the school district.  As a policy making body, the board has jurisdiction to enact policy with the force and effect of law for the management and operation of the school district.

It is the responsibility of the board, under the board's executive duty, to select its chief executive officer, the superintendent, to operate the school district on the board's behalf.  The board delegates to the superintendent its authority to carry out board policy, to formulate and carry out rules and regulations and to handle the administrative details in a manner which supports and is consistent with board policy.

The board has a responsibility to review the education program's performance under its evaluative duty.  The board regularly reviews the education program and ancillary services.  The review includes a careful study and examination of the facts, conditions and circumstances surrounding the amount of funds received or expended and the education program's ability to achieve the board's educational philosophy and goals for the school district.

The board fulfills its quasi-judicial duties in serving as a neutral arbiter for hearings related to student suspension or expulsion proceedings and certain employment termination hearings and appeals.  This important power was granted by the Iowa legislature and cannot be delegated.  To preserve the board’s neutrality to hear and decide upon these matters, the board does not investigate or become involved in student disciplinary matters or employment matters that may come before it and would require the board to serve in its quasi-judicial role.  

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 274.1; 279.1, .8, .20; 280.12.
 
                                      281 I.A.C. 12.3(2).

Cross Reference:  101                                      Educational Philosophy of the School District
 
                                      103                                      Long-Range Needs Assessment
 
                                      209                                      Board of Directors' Management Procedures
 
                                      600                                      Goals and Objectives of the Education Program

Approved     2/2020                               
Reviewed     2/19/24                                                                          
Revised       2/19/24            

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 16:25

201 - Board of Directors' Elections

201 - Board of Directors' Elections

The school election takes place on the first Tuesday after the first Monday in November of odd-numbered years.  Each school election is used to elect citizens to the board to maintain a 5 member board and to address questions that are submitted to the voters.

Citizens of the school district community seeking a seat on the board must file their nomination papers with the board secretary, or the board secretary's designee, in accordance with the timelines established by law.

If a vacancy occurs on the board it shall be filled in accordance with law and board policy. 

It is the responsibility of the county commissioner of elections to conduct school elections.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 39; 45; 63; 69; 274.7; 277; 278.1; 279.7.

Cross Reference:  202                                      Board of Directors Members
 
                                      202.3                                  Term of Office
 
                                      202.4                                  Vacancies
 
                                      203                                      Board of Directors' Conflict of Interest

Approved     2/2020                               
Reviewed       2/19/24                                                                        
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 16:26

202 - Board of Directors Members

202 - Board of Directors Members dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 16:27

202.01 - Qualifications

202.01 - Qualifications

Serving on the board of directors is an honor and privilege.  Its rewards are respect from the community, students, and employees and the satisfaction from knowing each board member contributed to the success of the children in the school district community.  Only those who are willing to put forth the effort to care and to make a difference should consider running for a position on the board.

Individuals who are willing to serve on the board should believe public education is important, support the democratic process, willingly devote time and energy to board work, respect educators and have the ability to examine the facts and make a decision.  The board believes an individual considering a position on the school board should possess these characteristics.

Citizens wanting to run for a position on the board must be a citizen of the school district, an eligible elector of the district and free from a financial conflict of interest with the position.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 63; 68B; 277.4, .27; 279.7A.

Cross Reference:  201                                      Board of Directors' Elections
 
                                      202.4                                  Vacancies
 
                                      203                                      Board of Directors' Conflict of Interest

Approved     2/2020                   
Reviewed     2/19/24                                                              
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 16:27

202.02 - Oath of Office

202.02 - Oath of Office

Board members are officials of the state.  As a public official, each board member must pledge to uphold the Iowa and the United States Constitution and carry out the responsibilities of the office to the best of the board member's ability.

Each newly-elected board member will take the oath of office prior to any action taken as a school official.  The oath of office is taken by each new board member elected at the school election at or before the organizational meeting of the board.  In the event of an appointment or special election to fill a vacancy, the new board member will take the oath of office within ten days of the appointment or election.

Board members elected to offices of the board will also take the same oath of office but replacing the office of board member with the title of the office to which they were elected.

The oath of office is administered by the board secretary and does not need to be given at a board meeting.  In the event the board secretary is absent, the oath is administered by another board member.

"Do you solemnly swear that you will support the Constitution of the United States and the Constitution of the state of Iowa, and that you will faithfully and impartially to the best of your ability discharge the duties of the office of                                (naming the office) in the Maquoketa Valley Community School District  as now and hereafter required by law?"

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 277.28; 279.1, .6.

Cross Reference:  200.1    Organization of the Board of Directors
 
                                       201       Board of Directors' Elections
 
                                       202       Board of Directors Members
 
                                       204       Code of Ethics
 
                                       206       Board of Directors' Officers

Approved     2/2020                   
Reviewed     2/19/24                          
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 16:28

202.03 - Term of Office

202.03 - Term of Office

Board members elected for a full term at a regularly scheduled school election in November, of odd-numbered years, serve for four years.  Board members appointed to fill a vacant position will serve until a successor is elected and qualified at the next regular school election, unless there is an intervening special election for the school district, in which event a successor shall be elected at the intervening special election.  A board member elected to fill a vacancy will serve out the unexpired term.

Being a board member is a unique opportunity for a citizen to participate on a governing board of the school district.  Eligible board members are encouraged to consider running for more than one term.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 69.12; 274.7; 279.6; 279.7

Cross Reference:  201                                      Board of Directors' Elections
 
                                      202                                      Board of Directors Members
 
                                      202.4                                  Vacancies

Approved     2/2020                               
Reviewed      2/19/24                                                                         
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 16:29

202.04 - Vacancies

202.04 - Vacancies

A vacancy occurs as provided by law, which includes but is not limited to when a board member dies, resigns or leaves office, or fails to reside in the school district or director district.

If a vacancy occurs prior to the expiration of a term of office, the vacancy will be filled by board appointment within 30 days of the vacancy.  The board shall publish notice stating that the board intends to fill the vacancy by appointment, but the electors of the school district have the right to file a petition within 14 days of the publication of the notice requiring the vacancy be filled by a special election.

A person appointed to fill a vacancy shall hold office until a successor is elected and qualified at the next regular school election, unless there is an intervening special election for the school district, in which event a successor shall be elected at the intervening special election.

If the board is unable to fill a vacancy by appointment within 30 days after the vacancy occurs or if a valid petition is submitted, the board secretary will call a special election to be held no sooner than 60 days and not later than 70 days after the vacancy occurred.  A board member elected at the special election will serve the remaining portion of the unexpired term.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 69; 277.29; 279.
 
                                      Good v. Crouch, 397 N.W.2d 757 (Iowa 1986).
   
                                    Board of Directors of Grimes Independent School Dist. v. County Board of Public Instruction of Polk Co., 257 Iowa 106, 131 N.W.2d 802 (1965).
   
                                    Board of Directors of Menlo Consol. School Dist. v. Blakesburg, 240 Iowa 910, 36 N.W.2d 751 (1949).

Cross Reference:  201                                      Board of Directors' Elections
 
                                      202                                      Board of Directors Members
 
                                      202.3                                  Term of Office

Approved     2/2020                               
Reviewed    2/19/24                                                                           
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 16:30

203 - Board of Directors' Conflict of Interest

203 - Board of Directors' Conflict of Interest

Board members must be able to make decisions objectively.  It is a conflict of interest for a board member to receive direct compensation from the school district, unless exempted in law or policy, for anything other than reimbursement of actual and necessary expenses, including travel, incurred in the performance of official duties.  A board member will not act as an agent for school textbooks or school supplies including sports apparel or equipment, in any transaction with a director, officer, or other staff member of the school district during the board member’s term of office.  It will not be a conflict of interest for board members to receive compensation from the school district for contracts for the purchase  of goods or services which benefits a board member, or to compensation for part-time or temporary employment which benefits a board member, if the benefit to the board member does not exceed $20,000in a fiscal year or if the contracts are made by the board, upon competitive bid in writing, publicly invited and opened.

The conflict of interest provisions do not apply to a contract that is a bond, note or other obligation of a school corporation if the contract is not acquired directly from the school corporation, but is acquired in a transaction with a third party, who may or may not be the original underwriter, purchaser, or obligee of the contract, or to a contract in which a director has an interest solely by reason of employment if the contract was made by competitive bid, in writing, publicly invited and opened, or if the remuneration for employment will not be directly affected as a result of the contract and duties of employment do not involve any of the preparation or procurement of any part of the contract.  The competitive bid section of the conflict of interest provision does not apply to a contract for professional services not customarily awarded by competitive bid.

It will also be a conflict of interest for a board member to engage in any outside employment or activity which is in conflict with the board member’s official duties and responsibilities.  In determining whether outside employment or activity of a board member creates a conflict of interest, situations in which an unacceptable conflict of interest is deemed to exist includes, but are not limited to, any of the following:

(1)     The outside employment or activity involves the use of the school district’s time, facilities, equipment and supplies or the use of the school district badge, uniform, business card or other evidence of office to give the board member or member of the board member’s immediate family an advantage or pecuniary benefit that is not available to other similarly situated members or classes of members of the general public.  For purposes of this section, a person is not “similarly situated” merely by being related to a board member.

(2)     The outside employment or activity involves the receipt of, promise of, or acceptance of money  or other consideration by the board member or a member of the board member’s immediate family from anyone other than the state or the school district for the performance of any act that the board member would be required or expected to perform as part of the board member’s regular duties or during the hours in which the board member performs service or work for the school district.

(3)     The outside employment or activity is subject to the official control, inspection, review, audit, or enforcement authority of the board member, during the performance of the board member’s duties of office or employment.

If the outside employment or activity is employment or activity in (1) or (2) above, the board member must cease the employment of or activity.  If the activity or employment falls under (3), then the board member must:

  • Cease the outside employment or activity; or;
  • Publicly disclose the existence of the conflict and refrain from taking any official action or performing any official duty that would detrimentally affect or create a benefit for the outside employment or activity.  Official action or official duty includes, but is not limited to, participating in any vote, taking affirmative action to influence any vote, determining the facts or law in a contested case or rulemaking proceeding, conducting any inspection, or providing any other official service or thing that is not available generally to members of the public in order to further the interests of the outside employment or activity.

When procurement is supported by Federal Child Nutrition funds, board members will not participate in the selection, award, or administration of a contract if there is a real or apparent conflict of interest in the contract.  Contract, for purposes of this paragraph, includes a contract where the board member, board member’s immediate family, partner, or a non-school district employer of these individuals is a party to the contract.

It is the responsibility of each board member to be aware of and take the action necessary to eliminate a potential conflict of interest should it arise.

 

 

Legal Reference:  22 C.F.R. § 518.42.
                                      
Iowa Code §§ 68B; 71.1; 277.27; 279.7A; 301.28.

Cross Reference:  201       Board of Directors’ Elections
   
                                    202.1    Qualifications
 
                                      204       Code of Ethics
 
                                      216.3    Board of Directors’ Member Compensation and Expenses
 
                                      217       Gifts to Board of Directors
   
                                    401.3    Nepotism

Approved    7/18/22                   
Reviewed   2/19/24                                
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 16:31

204 - Code of Ethics

204 - Code of Ethics

Board members' actions, verbal and nonverbal, reflect the attitude and the beliefs of the school district.  Therefore, board members must conduct themselves professionally and in a manner fitting to their position.

Each board member shall follow the code of ethics stated in this policy.

 

AS A SCHOOL BOARD MEMBER:

  1. I will listen.
  2. I will respect the opinion of others.
  3. I will recognize the integrity of my predecessors and associates and the merit of their work.
  4. I will be motivated only by an earnest desire to serve my school district and the children of my school district community in the best possible way.
  5. I will not use the school district or any part of the school district program for my own personal advantage or for the advantage of my friends or supporters.
  6. I will vote for a closed session of the board if the situation requires it, but I will consider "star chamber" or "secret" sessions of board members unethical.
  7. I will recognize that to promise in advance of a meeting how I will vote on any proposition which is to be considered is to close my mind and agree not to think through other facts and points of view which may be presented in the meeting.
  8. I will expect, in board meetings, to spend more time on education programs and procedures than on business details.
  9. I will recognize that authority rests with the board in legal session and not with individual members of the board, except as authorized by law.
  10. I will make no disparaging remarks, in or out of the board meeting, about other members of the board or their opinions.
  11. I will express my honest and most thoughtful opinions frankly in board meetings in an effort to have decisions made for the best interests of the children and the education program.
  12. I will insist that the members of the board participate fully in board action and recommend that when special committees are appointed, they serve only in an investigative and advisory capacity.
  13.    I will abide by majority decisions of the board.
  14.    I will carefully consider petitions, resolutions and complaints and will act in the best interests of the school district.
  15.    I will not discuss the confidential business of the board in my home, on the street or in my office; the place for such discussion is the board meeting.
  16.    I will endeavor to keep informed on local, state and national educational developments of significance so I may become a better board member.

 

IN MEETING MY RESPONSIBILITY TO MY SCHOOL DISTRICT COMMUNITY

  1.    I will consider myself a trustee of public education and will do my best to protect it, conserve it, and advance it, giving to the children of my school district community the educational facilities that are as complete and adequate as it is possible to provide.
  2.    I will consider it an important responsibility of the board to interpret the aims, methods and attitudes of the school district to the community.
  3.    I will earnestly try to interpret the needs and attitudes of the school district community and do my best to translate them into the education program of the school district.
  4.    I will attempt to procure adequate financial support for the school district.
  5.    I will represent the entire school district rather than individual electors, patrons or groups.
  6.    I will not regard the school district facilities as my own private property but as the property of the people.

 

IN MY RELATIONSHIP WITH SUPERINTENDENT AND EMPLOYEES

  1.    I will function, in meeting the legal responsibility that is mine, as a part of a legislative, evaluative, policy-forming body, not as an administrative officer.
  2.    I will recognize that it is my responsibility, together with that of my fellow board members, to see the school district is properly run and not to run them myself.
  3.    I will expect the school district to be administered by the best-trained technical and professional people it is possible to procure within the financial resources of the school district.
  4.    I will recognize the superintendent as executive officer of the board.
  5. I will work through the administrative employees of the board, not over or around them.
  6.    I will expect the superintendent to keep the board adequately informed through oral and written reports.
  7.    I will vote to employ employees only after the recommendation of the superintendent has been received.
  8. I will insist that contracts be equally binding on teachers and the board.
  9.    I will give the superintendent power commensurate with the superintendent's responsibility and will not in any way interfere with, or seek to undermine, the superintendent's authority.
  10.    I will give the superintendent friendly counsel and advice.
  11.    I will present any personal criticism of employees to the superintendent.
  12. I will refer complaints to the proper administrative officer.

 

TO COOPERATE WITH OTHER SCHOOL BOARDS

  1.    I will not employ a superintendent, principal or teacher who is already under contract with another school district without first securing assurance from the proper authority that the person can be released from contract.
  2.    I will consider it unethical to pursue any procedure calculated to embarrass a neighboring board or its representatives.
  3.    I will associate myself with board members of other school districts for the purpose of discussing school district issues and cooperating in the improvement of the education program.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21.6(3)(d); 68B; 69; 277.28; 279.7A, 279.8, 301.28.

Cross Reference:  202               Board of Directors Members
                                       203               Board of Directors' Conflict of Interest

Approved     2/2020                               
Reviewed      2/19/24                                                                         
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 16:33

205 - Board Member Liability

205 - Board Member Liability

Board members will not be held personally liable for actions taken in the performance of their duties and responsibilities vested in them by the laws of Iowa and the members of the school district community.  In carrying out the duties and responsibilities of their office, board members will act in good faith.

The school district will defend, save harmless and indemnify board members against tort claims or demands, whether groundless or otherwise, arising out of an alleged act or omission occurring within the scope of their official duties, unless the act constitutes a willful or wanton act or omission.  The school district, however, cannot save harmless or indemnify board members for punitive damages.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Wood v. Strickland, 420 U.S. 308 (1975).
 
                                      42 U.S.C. §§ 1983,1985 (2012).
                                       
Iowa Code ch. 670.

Cross Reference:  709   Insurance Program

Approved     2/2020                   
Reviewed       2/19/24                        
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 16:34

206 - Board of Directors Officers

206 - Board of Directors Officers dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 16:35

206.01 - President

206.01 - President

It is the responsibility of the board president to lead a well-organized board in an efficient and effective manner.  The board president will set the tone of the board meetings and, as the representative of the consensus of the board, speak on behalf of the board to the public.

The president of the board is elected to serve a one-year term by a majority vote at the organizational meeting in odd-numbered years, or, in even-numbered years, at  a regular meeting held between twelve to thirteen months after the most recent organizational meeting.

The president, in addition to presiding at the board meetings, will take an active role in board decisions by discussing and voting on each motion before the board in the same manner as other board members.  Before making or seconding a motion, the board president will turn over control of the meeting to either the vice-president or other board member.

The board president has the authority to call special meetings of the board.  Prior to board meetings, the board president will consult with the superintendent on the development of the agenda for the meeting.

The board president, as the chief officer of the school district, will sign employment contracts and sign other contracts and school district warrants approved by the board and appear on behalf of the school corporation in causes of action involving the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.1-.2; 291.1.

Cross Reference:  200.1                                      Organization of the Board of Directors
 
                                      202.2                                      Oath of Office
 
                                      206.2                                      Vice-President

Approved     2/2020                   
Reviewed      2/19/24                         
Revised       2/19/24            

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 16:35

206.02 - Vice-President

206.02 - Vice-President

The vice-president of the board is elected by a majority vote at the organizational meeting of in odd-numbered years, or, in even-numbered years, at a regular meeting held between twelve to thirteen months after the most recent organizational meeting, to serve a one-year term of office.

By this election, if the board president is unable or unwilling to carry out the duties required, it is the responsibility of the Vice-President of the board to carry out the duties of the president.  If the president is unable or unwilling to complete the term of office, the vice-president will serve as president for the balance of the president's term of office, and a new vice-president will be elected.

The vice-president will accept control of the meeting from the president when the president wishes to make or second a motion.  The vice-president will take an active role in board decisions by discussing and voting on matters before the board in the same manner as other board members.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.5

Cross Reference:  200.1                                      Organization of the Board of Directors
 
                                      202.2                                      Oath of Office
 
                                      206.1                                      President

Approved     2/2020                   
Reviewed        2/19/24                       
Revised       2/19/24            

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 16:36

206.03 - Secretary-Treasurer

206.03 - Secretary-Treasurer

A board secretary-treasurer may be appointed from employees, other than a position requiring a teaching certificate, or from the public.  To finalize the appointment, the board secretary-treasurer will take the oath of office during the meeting at which the individual was appointed or no later than ten days thereafter.

It is the responsibility of the board secretary-treasurer, as custodian of school district records, to preserve and maintain the records and documents pertaining to the business of the board; to keep complete minutes of special and regular board meetings, including closed sessions; to keep a record of the results of regular and special elections; to keep an accurate account of school funds; to sign warrants drawn on the school funds after board approval; and collect data on truant students.  The board secretary-treasurer will also be responsible for filing the required reports with the Iowa Department of Education.

In the event the board secretary-treasurer is unable to fulfill the responsibilities set out by the board and the law, the Superintendent/Superintendent Designee will assume those duties until the board secretary-treasurer is able to resume the responsibility or a new board secretary-treasurer is appointed.  The board secretary-treasurer will give bond or be covered by an insurance policy in an amount set by the board.  The cost of the bond or insurance policy will be paid by the school district.
 

 

Legal Reference:     Iowa Code §§ 12B.10; 12C; 64; 279.3, .5, .7, .31-.33, .35; 291.2-.4, .6-.12, .14; 299.10.
                                281 I.A.C. 12.3(1).

Cross Reference:    202.2       Oath of Office
                                210.1      Annual Meeting
                                215         Board of Directors' Records
                                501.10    Truancy - Unexcused Absences
                                704.3      Investments
                                707         Fiscal Reports
                                708         Care, Maintenance and Disposal of School District Records

 

Approved        2/2020             
Reviewed        7/15/24             
Revised          7/15/24             

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 16:36

206.04 - Treasurer

206.04 - Treasurer

It is the responsibility of the board to appoint a treasurer.  The board may appoint a treasurer from its employees, other than a position requiring a teaching certificate, or from the public.  To finalize the appointment, the treasurer will take the oath of office during the meeting at which the individual was appointed or no later than ten days thereafter.

It is the responsibility of the treasurer to oversee the investment portfolio, to receive funds of the school district, to pay out the funds for expenses approved by the board, to maintain accurate accounting records for each fund, to report monthly regarding the investment portfolio and the status of each fund and to file required reports with the appropriate state agencies and other entities.

If the treasurer is unable or unwilling to carry out the duties required, it is the responsibility of the Superintendent/Superintendent Designee to carry out the duties of the treasurer.

The treasurer will give bond or be covered by an insurance policy in an amount set by the board.  The cost of the bond or insurance policy will be paid by the school district.

 

Legal Reference:     Iowa Code §§ 12B.10; 12C; 279.3, .31-.33; 291.2-.4, .8, .11, 12, 14.
                                281 I.A.C. 12.3(1).    

Cross Reference:    202.2    Oath of Office
                                206.3    Secretary
                                210.1    Annual Meeting
                                215       Board of Directors' Records
                                704.3    Investments
                                707       Fiscal Reports

Approved     2/2020                                 
Reviewed     7/15/2024                                                                             
Revised        7/15/2024         

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 16:38

207 - Board of Directors' Legal Counsel

207 - Board of Directors' Legal Counsel

It is the responsibility of the board to employ legal counsel to assist the board and the administration in carrying out their duties with respect to the numerous legal issues confronting the school district.  The board may appoint legal counsel at its annual meeting.

The superintendent and board secretary will have the authority to contact the board's legal counsel on behalf of the board when the superintendent or board secretary believes it is necessary for the management of the school district.  The board president may contact and seek advice from the school board's legal counsel.  The board's legal counsel will attend both regular and special school board meetings upon the request of the board or the superintendent.  Board members may contact legal counsel upon approval of a majority of the board.  It is the responsibility of each board member to pay the legal fees, if any, of an attorney the board member consulted regarding matters of the school district unless the board has authorized the board member to consult an attorney on the matter.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to keep the board informed of matters for which legal counsel was consulted, particularly if the legal services will involve unusual expense for the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Bishop v. Iowa State Board of Public Instruction, 395 N.W.2d 888 (Iowa 1986).
                                        Iowa Code § 279.37.

Cross Reference:  200  Legal Status of the Board of Directors

Approved     2/2020                               
Reviewed        2/19/24                                                                       
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 16:39

208 - Ad Hoc Committees

208 - Ad Hoc Committees

Whenever the board deems it necessary, the board may appoint a committee composed of citizens, employees or students to assist the board.  Committees formed by the board are ad hoc committees.

An ad hoc committee may be formed by board resolution which will outline the duties and purpose of the committee.  The committee is advisory in nature and has no duty or responsibility other than that specifically stated in the board resolution.  The committee will automatically dissolve upon the delivery of its final recommendation to the board or upon completion of the duties outlined in the board resolution.  The board will receive the report of the committee for consideration.  The board retains the authority to make a final decision on the issue.  The committee may be subject to the open meetings law.

The method for selection of committee members will be stated in the board resolution.  When possible, and when the necessary expertise required allows, the committee members will be representative of the school district community and will consider the various viewpoints on the issue.  The board may designate a board member and the superintendent to serve on an ad hoc committee.  The committee will select its own chairperson, unless the board designates otherwise.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21; 279.8; 280.12(2).
 
                                      281 I.A.C. 12.3(3), .3(8); .5(8).

Cross Reference:  103                                      Long-Range Needs Assessment
 
                                      211                                      Open Meetings
 
                                      212                                      Closed Sessions
 
                                      215                                      Board of Directors' Records
 
                                      605.1                                  Instructional Materials Selection
 
                                      900                                      Principles and Objectives for Community Relations

Approved     2/2020                   
Reviewed      2/19/24                         
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 16:40

208.01E1 - Ad Hoc Committees Exhibit

208.01E1 - Ad Hoc Committees Exhibit

Ad Hoc Committee Purpose and Function

The specific purpose of each ad hoc committee varies.  Generally, the primary function of an ad hoc committee is to give specific advice and suggestions.  The advice and suggestions should focus on the purpose and duties stated in the board resolution establishing the committee.  It is the board's role to take action based on information received from the ad hoc committee and other sources.  Ad hoc committees may be subject to the open meetings law.

 

Role of an Ad Hoc Committee Member

The primary role of an ad hoc committee member is to be a productive, positive member of the committee.  In doing so, it is important to listen to and respect the opinions of others.  When the ad hoc committee makes a recommendation to the board, it is important for the ad hoc committee members to support the majority decision of the ad hoc committee.  An ad hoc committee will function best when its members work within the committee framework and bring items of business to the ad hoc committee.

 

Ad Hoc Committee Membership

Ad hoc committee members may be appointed by the board.  The board may request input from individuals or organizations, or it may seek volunteers to serve.  Only the board or superintendent has the authority to appoint members to an ad hoc committee.  Boards must follow the legal limitations or requirements regarding the membership of an ad hoc committee.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 16:40

209 - Board of Directors' Management Procedures

209 - Board of Directors' Management Procedures dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 16:41

209.01 - Development of Policy

209.01 - Development of Policy

The board has jurisdiction to legislate policy for the school district with the force and effect of law.  Board policy provides the general direction as to what the board wishes to accomplish and why it wishes to accomplish it while allowing the superintendent to implement board policy.

The written policy statements contained in this manual provide guidelines and goals to the citizens, administration, employees and students in the school district community.  The policy statements are the basis for the formulation of regulations by the administration.  The board will determine the effectiveness of the policy statements by evaluating periodic reports from the administration.

Policy statements may be proposed by a board member, administrator, employee, student or member of the school district community.  Proposed policy statements or ideas will be submitted to the superintendent's office for possible placement on the board agenda.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to bring these proposals to the attention of the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 274.1-.2; 279.8.
 
                                      281 I.A.C. 12.3(2).

Cross Reference:  101                                      Educational Philosophy of the School District
 
                                      200.2                                  Powers of the Board of Directors
 
                                      200.3                                  Responsibilities of the Board of Directors
 
                                      209                                      Board of Directors' Management Procedures

Approved     2/2020                               
Reviewed    2/19/24                                                                           
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 16:41

209.02 - Adoption of Policy

209.02 - Adoption of Policy

The board will give notice of adoption of new policies by placing the item on the agenda of a regular board meeting.  

The final action taken to adopt the proposed policy will be approved by a simple majority vote of the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8.
 
                                      281 I.A.C. 12.3(2).

Cross Reference:  200.2                                  Powers of the Board of Directors
 
                                      200.3                                  Responsibilities of the Board of Directors
 
                                      209                                      Board of Directors' Management Procedures

Approved     2/2020                               
Reviewed      
2/19/24                                                                         
Revised      2/19/24             

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 16:42

209.03 - Dissemination of Policy

209.03 - Dissemination of Policy

The board policy manual is available electronically.  Persons unable to access the policy manual electronically should contact the board secretary for assistance.

Copies of changes in board policy will also be included in or attached to the minutes of the meetings in which the final action was taken to adopt the new or changed policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 277.31; 279.8.
 
                                      281 I.A.C. 12.3(2).

Cross Reference:  200.3                                  Responsibilities of the Board of Directors
 
                                      209                                      Board of Directors' Management Procedures

Approved     2/2020                               
Reviewed     2/19/24                                                                          
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 16:45

209.04 - Suspension of Policy

209.04 - Suspension of Policy

Generally, the board will follow board policy and enforce it equitably.  The board, and only the board, may, in extreme emergencies of a very unique nature, suspend policy.  It is within the discretion of the board to determine when an extreme emergency of a very unique nature exists.  Reasons for suspension of board policy will be documented in board minutes.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8
 
                                      281 I.A.C. 12.3(2).

Cross Reference:  200.3                                  Responsibilities of the Board of Directors
                                       209                                      Board of Directors' Management Procedures

Approved     2/2020                               
Reviewed     2/19/24                                                                          
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 16:46

209.05 - Administration in the Absence of Policy

209.05 - Administration in the Absence of Policy

When there is no board policy in existence to provide guidance on a matter, the superintendent is authorized to act appropriately under the circumstances surrounding the situation keeping in mind the educational philosophy and financial condition of the school district.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to inform the board of the situation and the action taken and to document the action taken.  If needed, the superintendent will draft a proposed policy for the board to consider.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8
 
                                      281 I.A.C. 12.3(2).

Cross Reference:  200.3                                  Responsibilities of the Board of Directors
 
                                      209                                      Board of Directors' Management Procedures
 
                                      302.4                                  Superintendent Duties
 
                                      304                                      Policy Implementation
Approved     2/2020                               
Reviewed       2/19/24                                                                        
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 16:47

209.06 - Review and Revision of Policy

209.06 - Review and Revision of Policy

The board shall, at least once every five years, review board policy.  Once the policy has been reviewed, even if no changes were made, a notation of the date of review is made on the face of the policy statement.

The board will review one-fifth of the policy manual annually according to the following subject areas:

  • Board of Directors (Series 200)
  • Administration, Employees (Series 300 and 400)
  • School District, Education Program (Series 100 and 600)
  • Students (Series 500)
  • Noninstructional Operations and Business Services, Buildings and Sites, School District-Community Relations (Series 700, 800 and 900)

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to keep the board informed as to legal changes at both the federal and state levels.  The superintendent will also be responsible for bringing proposed policy statement revisions to the board's attention.

If a policy is revised because of a legal change over which the board has no control or a change which is minor, the policy may be approved at one meeting at the discretion of the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8
               
                       281 I.A.C. 12.3(2).

Cross Reference:  200.3  Responsibilities of the Board of Directors
                
                       209       Board of Directors' Management Procedures

Approved     2/2020                               
Reviewed      2/19/24                                                                         
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 16:47

209.07 - Review of Administrative Regulations

209.07 - Review of Administrative Regulations

Board policy sets the direction for the administration of the education program and school district operations.  Some policies require administrative regulations for implementation.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations to implement the board policies.  The regulations, including handbooks, will be approved by the board prior to their use in the school district.

The administrative regulations will be available no later than the first regular board meeting after the adoption of the board policy unless the board directs otherwise.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .20.

Cross Reference:  200.3                                  Responsibilities of the Board of Directors
 
                                      209                                      Board of Directors' Management Procedures

Approved     2/2020                   
Reviewed       2/19/24                        
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 16:49

210 - Board of Directors' Meetings

210 - Board of Directors' Meetings dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 16:49

210.01 - Annual Meeting

210.01 - Annual Meeting

Each year after August 31 and prior to the organizational meeting of the board in odd-numbered years, the board will hold its annual meeting.

At the annual meeting, the board will examine the financial books and settle the secretary's and treasurer's statements for the fiscal year ending the preceding June 30.  As part of the annual reports, the treasurer will present affidavits from depository banks.  The board may also appoint the board's legal counsel at the annual meeting.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.1, .3, .33.

Cross Reference:  206.3 Secretary
 
                                      206.4 Treasurer
 
                                      701.1  Depository of Funds
 
                                      707     Fiscal Reports

Approved     2/2020                                
Reviewed      2/19/24                                       
Revised ____________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 16:50

210.02 - Regular Meeting

210.02 - Regular Meeting

The regular meeting time and date will be set by the board at the organizational meeting in odd-numbered years, or at the annual meeting in even-numbered years. 

The regular meetings of the board will be held on the third Monday of each month.  Meetings will begin promptly at  5:30 p.m.  The board will adhere to this meeting date and time unless the board requires additional meetings or, due to circumstances beyond the board's control, the meeting cannot be held on the regular meeting date, and the meeting will be rescheduled in accordance with law and policy.  Public notice of the meetings will be given.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21.3, .4; 279.1

Cross Reference:  200.1  Organization of the Board of Directors
 
                                      210      Board of Directors' Meetings

Approved     2/2020                               
Reviewed      2/19/24                                                                         
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 16:50

210.03 - Special Meeting

210.03 - Special Meeting

It may be necessary for the board to conduct a special meeting in addition to the regularly scheduled board meeting.  Special meetings may be called by the president of the board or by the board secretary at the request of a majority of the board.  Should a special meeting be called, public notice will be given.

If the special meeting called is an emergency meeting and the board cannot give public notice in its usual manner, the board will give public notice of the meeting as soon as practical and possible in light of the situation.  Emergency meetings will only be held when an issue cannot wait twenty-four hours necessary for a special meeting.  The reason for the emergency meeting and why notice in its usual manner could not be given will be stated in the minutes.

Only the purpose or issue for which the special meeting was called may be discussed and decided in the special meeting.  The board will strictly adhere to the agenda for the special meeting and action on other issues will be reserved for the next regular or special board meeting.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21.3, .4; 279.

Cross Reference:  200.1                                 Organization of the Board of Directors
 
                                      210                                      Board of Directors' Meetings

Approved     2/2020                               
Reviewed       2/19/24                                                                        
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 16:51

210.04 - Work Sessions

210.04 - Work Sessions

The board, as a decision making body, is confronted with a continuing flow of problems, issues and needs which require action.  While the board is determined to expedite its business, it is also mindful of the importance of planning, brainstorming and thoughtful discussion without action.  Therefore, the board may schedule work sessions and retreats in order to provide its members and the administration with such opportunities.  The board has the authority to hire an outside facilitator to assist them in work sessions.

Topics for discussion and study will be announced publicly, and work sessions and retreats will be conducted in open session.  No board action will take place at the work session.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21; 279.8.

Cross Reference:  210                                      Board of Directors' Meetings
 
                                      211                                      Open Meetings

Approved     2/2020                               
Reviewed       2/19/24                                                                        
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 16:52

210.05 - Meeting Notice

210.05 - Meeting Notice

Public notice will be given for meetings and work sessions held by the board.  Public notice will indicate the time, place, date and tentative agenda of board meetings.  The public notice will be posted on the bulletin board or another prominent place clearly designated for posting agendas in the central administration office at least 2 days before it is scheduled, but, at the minimum, twenty-four hours notice needs to be given.

A copy of the public notice will be provided to those who have filed a request for notice with the secretary.  A copy of the public notice will also be accessible to employees and students.

In the case of special meetings, public notice will be given in the same manner as for a regular meeting unless it is an emergency meeting.  In that case, public notice of the meeting will be given as soon as practical and possible in light of the situation.  The media and others who have requested notice will be notified of the emergency meeting.  Attendance at a special meeting or emergency meeting by the media or board members will constitute a waiver of notice.

It is the responsibility of the board secretary to give public notice of board meetings and work sessions.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Dobrovolny v. Reinhardt, 173 N.W.2d 837 (Iowa 1970).
 
                                      Iowa Code §§ 21.2-.4; 279.1, .2.

Cross Reference:  210                                      Board of Directors' Meetings
 
                                      210.8                                  Board of Directors' Meeting Agenda

Approved     2/2020                   
Reviewed     2/19/24                          
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 16:53

210.06 - Quorum

210.06 - Quorum

Action by the board regarding the affairs of the school district may be taken only when a quorum, a majority of the board members, is in attendance at the board meeting.  While in person participation is encouraged, board members may attend meetings either in person or electronically provided each member can hear and be heard in real time by all members present and the public.

While board members are encouraged to attend board meetings, [3 or 4] members will constitute a quorum and are a sufficient number to transact business of the school corporation.  The adjournment of a meeting may be executed without a quorum.

An affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast is sufficient to pass a motion or take action unless law or board policy requires a vote of a greater number.

It is the responsibility of each board member to attend board meetings.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21.5(1); 279.4.

Cross Reference:  210                                      Board of Directors' Meetings

Approved     2/2020                               
Reviewed     2/19/24                                                                          
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 16:53

210.07 - Rules of Order

210.07 - Rules of Order

An orderly board meeting allows the board members to participate in the discussion and decision process on an issue confronting the school district.  Rules of order for board meetings allow school district business and the relative information concerning the business to be brought to the attention of the board.  They also allow the board to discuss, act upon and make a clear record of school district business in a regular, ordered, reasonable and consistent manner.

The board will follow Robert's Rule of Order, Revised, latest edition as modified by this policy and subsequent rule.

The purpose of modified rules adopted by the board are:

      To establish guidelines by which the business of the governing board can be conducted in a regular and internally consistent manner;

      To organize the meetings so all necessary matters can be brought to the board and decisions of the board can be made in an orderly and reasonable manner;

      To ensure members of the board, concentrating on the substantive issues at hand, have the necessary information to make decisions, and to ensure adequate discussion of decisions to be made; and,

      To ensure meetings and actions of the board are conducted so as to be informative to the staff and the public, and to produce a clear record of actions taken and decisions made.

It is the responsibility of each board member to follow the rules of order stated in this policy at each meeting, and it is the responsibility of the presiding officer to conduct the board meeting within these rules.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21.2, .7; 279.8.

Cross Reference:  210        Board of Directors' Meetings
 
                                      210.8    Board Meeting Agenda

Approved     2/2020                               
Reviewed     2/19/24                                                                          
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 16:54

210.07R1 - Rules of Order Regulation

210.07R1 - Rules of Order Regulation

The following rules of procedure have been adopted by the board at the annual or organizational meeting:

1.      Board members need not rise to gain the recognition of the board president.

2.      All motions will be made as a positive action.

3.      A motion will be adopted or carried if it receives an affirmative vote from more than half of the votes cast.  Only "yes" and "no" votes are counted in this calculation.  It should be noted that some motions require larger numbers of affirmative votes, such as to move into a closed session.

4.      All motions shall receive a second, prior to opening the issue for discussion of the board.  If a motion does not receive a second, the board president may declare the motion dead for lack of a second.

5.      The board president may decide the order in which board members will be recognized to address an issue.  An attempt should be made to alternate between pro and con positions.

6.      The board president shall rule on all motions that come before the board.

7.      The board president may rule on points of order brought before the board.

8.      The board president shall have complete authority to recognize a member of the audience regarding a request to participate in the board meeting.  Members of the public who wish to participate shall follow board policy.

9.      The board president has the authority to declare a recess at any time for the purpose of restoring decorum to the meeting.

10.    The board president has the same authority and responsibility as each board member to vote on all issues

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 16:55

210.08 - Board Meeting Agenda

210.08 - Board Meeting Agenda

The tentative agenda for each board meeting will state the topics for discussion and action at the board meeting.  The agenda is part of the public notice of the board meeting and will be posted and distributed.

Persons requesting to place an item on the agenda must make a request to the superintendent prior to the drafting of the tentative agenda.  The person making the request must state the person's name, address, purpose of the presentation, action desired and pertinent background information.  Requests from the public may be added to the tentative agenda at the discretion of the superintendent after consultation with the board president.  Requests received after the deadline may only be added to the agenda for good cause.

The tentative agenda and supporting documents will be sent to the board members 3 days prior to the scheduled board meeting.  These documents are the private property of the board member.  Persons wishing to view the tentative agenda and supporting documents may do so at the central administration office.

The board will take action only on the items listed on the tentative agenda posted with the public notice.  Items added to the agenda may be discussed or taken under advisement by the board.  If an added item is acted upon, the minutes of the board meeting will state the reason justifying the immediate action.

It is the responsibility of the board president and superintendent to develop the agenda for each board meeting.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21; 279.8.

Cross Reference:  210                                      Board of Directors' Meetings
 
                                      211                                      Open Meetings
 
                                      213                                      Public Participation in Board Meetings
 
                                      215                                      Board of Directors' Records
 
                                      402.5                                  Public Complaints About Employees
 
                                      502.4                                  Student Complaints and Grievances

Approved     2/2020                               
Reviewed      2/19/24                                                                         
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 16:56

210.08E1 - Board Meeting Agenda Example

210.08E1 - Board Meeting Agenda Example

BOARD MEETING AGENDA EXAMPLE

 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

MAQUOKETA VALLEY COMMUNITY SCHOOL DISTRICT

Regular Meeting 5:30 P.M   

High School Library

Monday, April 19, 2021

 

 

AGENDA

  1. Call to Order
  1. Call the Roll
  1. Approve Meeting Agenda
  1. Approve Consent Items
  1. Visitors / Public Forum
  1. Presenter
  1. Principal and Coordinator Reports
  1. Personnel Recommendations
  1. Action Items
  1. Discussion Items
  2. Adjourn

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 16:57

210.09 - Consent Agendas

210.09 - Consent Agendas

Very often the board must consider agenda items which are noncontroversial or similar in content.  Such agenda items might include ministerial tasks such as, but not limited to, the approval of the agenda, approval of previous minutes, approval of bills, approval of reports, etc.  These items might also include similar groups of decisions such as, but not limited to, approval of staff contracts, approval of maintenance details for the school buildings and grounds, open enrollment requests or approval of various schedules.

In order for a more efficient administration of board meetings, the board may elect to use a consent agenda for the passage of noncontroversial items or items of a similar nature.

The superintendent in consultation with the board president and board secretary shall place items on the consent agenda.  By using a consent agenda, the board has consented to the consideration of certain items as a group under one resolution.  Items may be removed from the consent agenda at the request of a board member.

Nothing in this policy is to be construed as an attempt to avoid full compliance with laws dealing with open meetings or public notice of the agenda and meeting.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21; 279.8.

Cross Reference:  210       Board of Directors' Meetings

Approved     2/2020                                             
Reviewed      2/19/24                                   
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 16:58

211 - Open Meetings

211 - Open Meetings

A gathering of a majority of board members either in person or electronically in which deliberation of an issue within the scope of the board's policy making duties takes place is a board meeting.  A gathering for the purpose of social or ministerial action will not constitute a board meeting when there is no discussion of policy or no intent to avoid the purpose of the open meetings law.  Meetings of the board will be conducted in an open meeting unless a closed session is authorized by law or the meeting is exempt from the open meetings law.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21, 279.1-.2.

Cross Reference:  208                                      Ad Hoc Committees
 
                                      210                                      Board of Directors' Meetings
 
                                      210.8                                  Board Meeting Agenda
 
                                      212                                      Closed Sessions

Approved     2/2020                               
Reviewed       2/19/24                                                                        
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 16:59

212 - Closed Sessions

212 - Closed Sessions

Generally, board meetings will be open meetings, unless a closed session is provided for by law. 

 

Exceptions to the Open Meetings Law

Closed sessions take place as part of an open meeting. The board may enter into a closed session for any reason permitted by law.

The item for discussion in the closed session will be listed as part of the tentative agenda on the public notice with the full text of the Iowa Code citation reference stated on the agenda.  The motion for a closed session, stating the purpose for the closed session, will be made and seconded during the open meeting.  A minimum of two-thirds of the board, or all of the board members present, must vote in favor of the motion on a roll call vote.  Closed sessions will be tape recorded and have detailed minutes kept by the board secretary.  Final action on matters discussed in the closed session will be taken in an open meeting. 

The minutes and the tape recording will restate the motion made in the open meeting, the roll call vote, the members present, and the time the closed session began and ended.  The tape recordings and the written minutes will be kept for one year from the date of the meeting.  Real estate related minutes and tapes will be made public after the real estate transaction is completed.

The detailed minutes and tape recording will be sealed and will not be public records open to public inspection.  The minutes and tape recording will only be available to board members or opened upon court order in an action to enforce the requirements of the open meetings law.  The board has complete discretion as to whom may be present at a closed session but generally closed sessions will be limited to the board, a recording secretary and the superintendent if indicated.  The board has discretion to nominate the board secretary or any board member to serve as recording secretary for the closed session.

Reasons for the board entering into a closed session from an open meeting include, but are not limited to, the following:

        1.       To review or discuss records which are required or authorized by state or federal law to be kept confidential or to be kept confidential as a condition for the board's possession or receipt of federal funds.

        2.       To discuss strategy with legal counsel in matters presently in litigation, or where litigation is imminent, if disclosure would be likely to prejudice or disadvantage the board.

        3.       To discuss whether to conduct a hearing, or conduct a hearing for suspension or expulsion of a student, unless an open meeting is requested by the student or the parent of the student.

        4.       To evaluate the professional competency of an individual whose appointment, hiring, performance, or discharge is being considered when a closed session is necessary to prevent needless and irreparable injury to that individual's reputation and that individual requests a closed session.

        5.       To discuss the purchase or sale of particular real estate, but only when premature disclosure could be reasonably expected to increase the price the board would have to pay for the property, or in case of a sale reduce the price the board could receive for the property.

 

Exemptions to the Open Meetings Law

Board meetings at which a quorum is not present, or gatherings of the board for purely ministerial or social purposes when there is no discussion of policy or no intent to avoid the purposes of the open meetings law, are exempt from the open meetings law requirements.  Since gatherings of this type are exempt from the open meetings requirements, they can be held without public notice, be separate from an open meeting, be held without taping the gathering or taking minutes, and be held without a vote or motion.  The board may also hold an exempt session for the following:

        1.       negotiating sessions, strategy meetings of public employers or employee organizations, mediation and the deliberative process of arbitration;

        2.       to discuss strategy in matters relating to employment conditions of employees not covered by the collective bargaining law;

        3.       to conduct a private hearing relating to the recommended termination of a teacher's contract.  The private hearing however, in the teacher's contract termination will be recorded verbatim by a court reporter; and

        4.       to conduct a private hearing relating to the termination of a probationary administrator's contract or to review the proposed decision of the administrative law judge regarding the termination of an administrator's contract.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.17; 21; 22.7; 279.15, .16, .24.

Cross Reference:  208                                      Ad Hoc Committees
 
                                      211                                      Open Meetings

Approved     2/2020                               
Reviewed     2/19/24                                                                          
Revised      2/19/24             

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 17:00

212.01 - Exempt Sessions

212.01 - Exempt Sessions

Exemptions to the Open Meetings Law

Board meetings at which a quorum is not present, or gatherings of the board for purely ministerial or social purposes when there is no discussion of policy or no intent to avoid the purposes of the open meetings law, are exempt from the open meetings law requirements.  Since gatherings of this type are exempt from the open meetings requirements, they can be held without public notice, be separate from an open meeting, be held without taping the gathering or taking minutes, and be held without a vote or motion.  The board may also hold an exempt session for the following:

        1.       negotiating sessions, strategy meetings of public employers or employee organizations, mediation and the deliberative process of arbitration;

        2.       to discuss strategy in matters relating to employment conditions of employees not covered by the collective bargaining law;

        3.       to conduct a private hearing relating to the recommended termination of a teacher's contract.  The private hearing however, in the teacher's contract termination will be recorded verbatim by a court reporter; and

        4.       to conduct a private hearing relating to the termination of a probationary administrator's contract or to review the proposed decision of the administrative law judge regarding the termination of an administrator's contract.

 

 

Legal Reference:            Iowa Code §§ 20.17; 21; 22.7; 279.15, .16, .24.

Cross Reference:            208                                                                          Ad Hoc Committees
                                      211                                                                          Open Meetings

 

Approved     2/19/24                 
Reviewed                    
Revised                   

susan.larson@f… Wed, 02/21/2024 - 15:10

213 - Public Participation in Board Meetings

213 - Public Participation in Board Meetings

The board recognizes the importance of citizen participation in school district matters.  In order to assure citizens are heard and board meetings are conducted efficiently and in an organized manner, the board will set aside a specific time for public comment. 

 

Public Comment During Board Meetings

Citizens wishing to address the board during public comment must notify the board secretary prior to the board meeting. The board president will recognize these individuals to make their comments at the appropriate time during public comment.  Citizens wishing to present petitions to the board may also do so at this time.  The board however, will only receive the petitions and not act upon them or their contents. 

The board has the discretion to limit the amount of time set aside for public participation. Normally, speakers will be limited to 5 minutes with a total allotted time for public participation of 30 minutes.   However, the board president may modify this time limit, if deemed appropriate or necessary.  Public comment is a time set aside for community input, but the board will not discuss or take any action on any matter during public comment. 

A public comment shall be limited to regular board meetings and will not be routinely held during special board meetings. 

 

Petitions to Place a Topic on the Agenda

Individuals who wish for an item to be placed on the board agenda may submit a valid petition to the board.  For a petition to be valid, it must be signed by at least 500 eligible electors of the district, or ten percent of the individuals who voted in the last school election, whichever number is lower.

Upon receiving a valid petition to the board to place a proposal on the next board agenda for public hearing, the board will place the proposal identified in the petition on the agenda of the next regular meeting, or a special meeting held within 30 days of receipt of the petition.  The board will provide a sign-up sheet for all individuals who wish to speak on the proposal, and individuals will be called to speak in order of sign-up.  The sign-up sheet will require each individual to list their legal name and mailing address.  Each speaker will be limited to an amount of time established by the board president that is reasonable and necessary based on the number of speakers signed up.  The same time limit will apply to all speakers on the proposal.  Each individual will be limited to one opportunity to speak.  The board maintains absolute discretion on whether or not to discuss or act on the public comments made on the proposal. If a petition is related to curriculum, the district maintains discretion to determine whether to stop teaching that curriculum until the board holds the public hearing to discuss the curriculum. 

The board has a significant interest in maintaining the decorum of its meetings, and it is expected that members of the public and the board will address each other with civility.  The orderly process of the board meeting will not be interfered with or disrupted by public comment.  Only individuals recognized by the board president will be allowed to speak.  Comments by others are out of order.  If disruptive, the individual causing disruption may be asked to leave the board meeting.  Defamatory comments may be subject to legal action. 

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21; 22; 279.8.

Cross Reference:  205                                      Board Member Liability
                                       210.8                                  Board Meeting Agenda
                                       214                                      Public Hearings
                                       307                                      Communication Channels
                                       401.4                                  Employee Complaints

                                       402.5                                  Public Complaints About Employees
                                       502.4                                  Student Complaints and Grievances

Approved    7/17/23               
Reviewed     2/19/24             
Revised                             

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 17:01

213.01 - Public Complaints

213.01 - Public Complaints

The board recognizes situations may arise in the operation of the school district which are of concern to parents and other members of the school district community. 

The board firmly believes concerns should be resolved at the lowest organizational level by those individuals closest to the concern.  Whenever a complaint or concern is brought to the attention of the board it will be referred to the administration to be resolved.  Prior to board action however, the following should be completed:

(a)  Matters should first be addressed to the teacher or employee.

(b)  Unsettled matters from (a) above or problems and questions about individual attendance centers should be addressed to the employee's building principal.

(c)  Unsettled matters from (b) above or problems and questions concerning the school district should be directed to the superintendent.

(d)  If a matter cannot be settled satisfactorily by the superintendent, it may then be brought to the board for consideration.  To bring a concern, the individual shall notify the board president or board secretary in writing, who may bring it to the attention of the entire board.

Parents, guardians and community members of the district who have concerns about the district or the board may refer to the student handbook for additional guidance from the Iowa Department of Education.

It is within the discretion of the board to address complaints from the members of the school district community, and the board will only consider whether to address complaints if they are in writing, signed, and the complainant has complied with this policy.  The board is not obligated to address a complaint and may defer to the decision of the superintendent.  If the board elects not to address a complaint, the decision of the superintendent shall be final.  If the board does elect to address a complaint, its decision shall be final.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8

Cross Reference:  210.8                                  Board Meeting Agenda
 
                                      213                                      Public Participation in Board Meetings
 
                                      307                                      Communication Channels

Approved     2/2020                               
Reviewed      2/19/24                                                                         
Revised      2/19/24             

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 17:03

214 - Public Hearings

214 - Public Hearings

Public hearings may be held on school district matters at the discretion of the board.  Public notice of a public hearing will be in the same manner as for a board meeting except that the notice will be given at least ten days before the hearing is to be held unless it is impossible or impractical to do so, or the law requires otherwise.

At public hearings, citizens of the district who register at the door will be allowed to speak on the issue for which the public hearing is being held.  Others may be allowed to speak at the board's discretion.  Speakers are asked to keep their remarks as brief as possible.  Prior to the beginning of the hearing, speakers and spectators will be apprised of the rules of order to be followed regarding time limitations, questions, remarks and rebuttals.  In no event will a speaker be allowed to take the time of another speaker.

The board will conduct public hearings in an orderly fashion.  At the beginning of the hearing, statements, background materials and public hearing rules and procedures will be presented by the board president.  The board president will recognize the speakers.  A board member may ask questions of the speakers after receiving permission from the board president.  Only those speakers recognized by the chair will be allowed to speak.  Comments by others are out of order.  Individuals who interfere with or interrupt speakers, the board or the proceedings will be asked to leave.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ Ch. 21; 26.12; Ch. 24; 279.8, .10; 297.22.

Cross Reference:  210     Board of Directors' Meetings
                                       213     Public Participation in Board Meetings
                                       
601.1  School Calendar
 
                                      703.1  Budget Planning

Approved     2/2020                               
Reviewed      2/19/24                                                                         
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 17:04

215 - Board of Directors' Records

215 - Board of Directors' Records

The board will keep and maintain permanent records of the board including, but not limited to, records of the minutes of board meetings and other required records of the board.

It is the responsibility of the board secretary to keep the minutes of the board meetings.  The minutes of each board meeting will include, at a minimum, the following items: a record of the date, time, place, members present, action taken and the vote of each member, and the schedule of bills allowed will be attached.  This information will be available within two weeks of the board meeting and forwarded to the newspaper designated as the official newspaper for publication.  The information does not need to be published within two weeks.  The schedule of bills allowed may be published on a once monthly basis in lieu of publication with the minutes.  The permanent records of the board minutes may include more detail than is required for the publication of the minutes.

Minutes waiting approval at the next board meeting will be available for inspection at the central administration office after the board secretary transcribes the notes into typewritten material which has been proofread for errors and retyped.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21; 22; 279.8, .35, .36; 291.6, .7; 618.3.
                                      281 I.A.C. 12.3(1).

Cross Reference:  206.3  Secretary
 
                                      206.4  Treasurer
 
                                      208     Ad Hoc Committees
 
                                      210.8  Board Meeting Agenda
 
                                      708     Care, Maintenance and Disposal of School District Records
             
                          901     Public Examination of School District Records

Approved     2/2020                               
Reviewed     2/19/24                                                                          
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 17:05

215.01E1 - Board Meeting Minutes

215.01E1 - Board Meeting Minutes

Since the official minutes of the board are the only legal record, it is important that they be recorded with extreme care and completeness.  The board secretary will follow the following guidelines in writing board minutes:

With respect to content, the minutes should show the following:

1.   The place, date, and time of each meeting.

2.   The type of meeting--regular, special, emergency, work session.

3.   Members present and members absent, by name.

4.   The call to order and adjournment.

5.   The departure of members by name before adjournment.

6.   The late arrival of members, by name.

7.   The time and place of the next meeting.

8.   Approval, or amendment and approval, of the minutes of the preceding meeting.

9.   Complete information as to each subject of the board's deliberation and the action taken.

10. The maker and seconder of the motion, what action was taken, and the vote on the motion detailed enough to attribute a vote to each member present.

11. Complete text of all board resolutions, numbered consecutively for each fiscal year.

12. A record of all contracts entered into, with the contract documents kept in a separate file.

13. A record of all change orders on construction contracts.

14. All employment changes, including resignations or terminations.

15. A record, by number, of the bills of account approved by the board for payment.

16. A record of all calls for bids, bids received, and action taken thereon.

17. Approval of all transfers of funds from one budgetary fund to another.

18. Important documents forming a part of a motion should be made a part of the minutes by exhibit and placed in the minute book along with the minutes.

19. Board policy and administrative guides should be made a part of the minutes by exhibit.

20. Adoption of textbooks and establishment of bus routes by the board for the school year as well as the school calendar should become a part of the minutes.

21. Approval or disapproval of open enrollment requests with justification for disapproval or approval after the deadline.

22. A record of all delegations appearing before the board and a record of all petitions.

23. At the annual meeting each year the record should indicate that the books of the treasurer and secretary and the Certified Annual Report have been examined and approved subject to audit.

24. The election or appointment of board officers.

25. The appointment of auditors to examine the books.

 

At the annual or organizational meeting in odd-numbered years, the minutes should reflect the following:

26. Appointment of a temporary chairperson if not specified in policy.

27. Oath of office administered to newly elected board members.

28. Nominations taken for the office of president and vice-president.

29. Election of the president and vice-president, the votes and the oath of office administered to the president and vice-president.

30. The resolution to pay bills when the board is not in session.

31. A resolution to automatically disburse payroll along with a roster of all employees under contract.

32. A resolution naming depositories along with the maximum deposit for each depository.

33. Resolution authorizing the use of a check protector and signer and the proper control of the signer.

34. Motion designating a member or a committee to examine the bills of account for a designated period of time on a rotation basis if desired for the balance of the school year.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 17:07

216 - Board of Directors' Member Services

216 - Board of Directors' Member Services dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 17:08

216.01 - Association Membership

216.01 - Association Membership

Participation in board member associations are beneficial to the board.  The board will maintain an active membership in the Iowa Association of School Boards and in organizations the board determines will be of benefit to the board and the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.38.

Cross Reference:  216.2                                      Board of Directors' Member Development and Training

Approved     2/2020                               
Reviewed     2/19/24                                                                          
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 17:08

216.02 - Board of Directors' Member Development and Training

216.02 - Board of Directors' Member Development and Training

The board may participate in conferences sponsored by educational associations and agencies in addition to its own in-service programs and work sessions.

The board will work closely with the Iowa Association of School Boards' and encourage the board members to participate in conferences to achieve the Better Boardsmanship Award.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .38.

Cross Reference:  216.1                                      Association Membership

Approved     2/2020                               
Reviewed    2/19/24                                                                           
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 17:09

216.03 - Board of Directors' Member Compensation and Expenses

216.03 - Board of Directors' Member Compensation and Expenses

As an elected public official, the board member is a public servant who serves without compensation.  Board members will be reimbursed for actual and necessary expenses incurred in the performance of their official duties.

Prior to reimbursement of actual and necessary expenses, the board member must submit a detailed receipt indicating the date, purpose and nature of the expense for each claim item.  Failure to provide a detailed receipt will make the expense nonreimbursable.  Personal expenses will be reimbursed by the board member to the school district no later than ten working days following the date of the expense.  In exceptional circumstances, the board may allow a claim without proper receipt.  Written documentation explaining the exceptional circumstances will be maintained as part of the school district's record of the claim.

It is the responsibility of the board secretary to compile the expenses of board members and bring them to the board for audit and approval in the same manner as other claims of the school district.  It is the responsibility of the board to determine through the audit and approval process of the board whether the expenses incurred by a board member are actual and necessary expenses incurred in the performance of their official duties.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 68B; 277.27; 279.7A, .8, .32

Cross Reference:  203                                      Board of Directors' Conflict of Interest
                                       401.7                                  Employee Travel Compensation
                                       401.10                               Credit Cards

Approved     2/2020                               
Reviewed     2/19/24                                                                          
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 17:09

217 - Gifts to Board of Directors

217 - Gifts to Board of Directors

Board members may receive a gift on behalf of the school district.  Board members will not, either directly or indirectly, solicit, accept or receive a gift, series of gifts or an honorarium unless the donor does not meet the definition of "restricted donor" stated below or the gift or honorarium does not meet the definition of gift or honorarium stated below.

A "restricted donor" is defined as a person or other entity which:

              Is seeking to be or is a party to any one or any combination of sales, purchases, leases or contracts to, from or with the school district;

              Will be directly and substantially affected financially by the performance or nonperformance of the board member's official duty in a way that is greater than the effect on the public generally or on a substantial class of persons to which the person belongs as a member of a profession, occupation, industry or region; or

              Is a lobbyist or a client of a lobbyist with respect to matters within the school district's jurisdiction.

A "gift" is the giving of anything of value in return for which something of equal or greater value is not given or received.  However, "gift" does not include any of the following:

              Contributions to a candidate or a candidate's committee;

              Information material relevant to a board member's official function, such as books, pamphlets, reports, documents, periodicals or other information that is recorded in a written, audio or visual format;

              Anything received from a person related within the fourth degree by kinship or marriage, unless the donor is acting as an agent or intermediary for another person not so related;

              An inheritance;

              Anything available or distributed to the general public free of charge without regard to the official status of the board recipient;

              Items received from a charitable, professional, educational or business organization to which the board member belongs as a dues paying member if the items are given to all members of the organization without regard to an individual member's status or positions held outside of the organization and if the dues paid are not inconsequential when compared to the items received;

                Actual expenses of a board member for food, beverages, travel and lodging for a meeting, which is given in return for participation in a panel or speaking engagement at the meeting when the expenses relate directly to the day or days on which the board member has participation or presentation responsibilities;

                Plaques or items of negligible resale value given as recognition for public service;

                Nonmonetary items with a value of less than three dollars that are received from any one donor during one calendar day;

                Items or services solicited or given to a state, national or regional organization in which the state of Iowa or a school district is a member for purposes of a business or educational conference, seminar or other meeting or solicited by or given to state, national or regional government organizations whose memberships and officers are primarily composed of state or local government officials or employees for purposes of a business or educational conference, seminar or other meeting;

                Items or services received by members or representatives of members as part of a regularly scheduled event that is part of a business or educational conference, seminar or other meeting that is sponsored and directed by any state, national or regional government organization in which the state of Iowa or a political subdivision of the state of Iowa is a member or received at such an event by members or representatives of members of state, national or regional government organizations whose memberships and officers are primarily composed of state or local government officials or employees;

                Funeral flowers or memorials to a church or nonprofit organization;

                Gifts which are given to a public official for the public official's wedding or twenty-fifth or fiftieth wedding anniversary;

                Payment of salary or expenses by a board member's employer or the firm in which the board member is a member for the cost of attending a meeting of a subunit of an agency when the board member whose expenses are being paid serves on a board, commission, committee, council or other subunit of the agency and the board member is not entitled to receive compensation or reimbursement of expenses from the school district;

                Gifts other than food, beverages, travel and lodging received by a board member which are received from a person who is a citizen of a country other than the United States and is given during a ceremonial presentation or as a result of a custom of the other country and is of personal value only to the board member; or

                Actual registration costs for informational meetings or sessions which assist a public official or public employee in the performance of the person's official functions.  The costs of food, drink, lodging and travel are not "registration costs" under this paragraph.  Meetings or sessions which a public official or public employee attends for personal or professional licensing purposes are not "informational meetings or sessions which assist a public official or public employee in the performance of the person's official functions" under this paragraph.

 

An "honorarium" is anything of value that is accepted by, or on behalf of, a board member as consideration for an appearance, speech or article.  An honorarium does not include any of the following:

                Actual expenses of a board member for registration, food, beverages, travel or lodging for a meeting, which is given in return for participation in a panel or speaking engagement at a meeting when the expenses relate directly to the day or days on which the board member has participation or presentation responsibilities;

                A nonmonetary gift or series of nonmonetary gifts donated within thirty days to a public body, an educational or charitable organization or the department of general services; or

                A payment made to a board member for services rendered as part of a private business, trade or profession in which the board member is engaged if the payment is commensurate with the actual services rendered and is not being made because of the person's status as a board member but, rather, because of some special expertise or other qualification.

 

It is the responsibility of each board member to know when it is appropriate to accept or reject gifts or honorariums.

 

 

Legal References:  Iowa Code ch. 68B

Cross References:  203        Board of Directors' Conflict of Interest
 
                                        402.4     Gifts to Employees
 
                                        704.4     Gifts - Grants - Bequests

Approved     2/2020                               
Reviewed     2/19/24                                                                          
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 17:11

300 - ADMINISTRATION

300 - ADMINISTRATION Jen@iowaschool… Mon, 10/02/2023 - 10:03

300 - Role of School District Administration

300 - Role of School District Administration

In this series of the board policy manual, the board defines the role and the employment of school district administrators.  Policies in the 400 Series, "Employees," also apply to administrators unless a more specific policy exists in the 300 Series, "Administration."

School district administrators have been given a great opportunity and responsibility to manage the school district, to provide educational leadership, and to implement the educational philosophy of the school district.  They are responsible for the day-to-day operations of the school district.  In carrying out these operations, the administrators are guided by board policies, the law, the needs of the students, and the wishes of the citizens in the school district community.

It is the responsibility of the administrators to implement and enforce the policies of the board, to oversee employees, to monitor educational issues confronting the school district, and to inform the board about school district operations.

While the board holds the superintendent ultimately responsible for these duties, the principals are more directly responsible for educational results, for the administration of the school facilities and for the employees.

The board and the administration will work together to share information and decisions under the management team concept.

 

 

Approved      3/2020                 
Reviewed                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/30/2023 - 09:31

301 - Administrative Structure

301 - Administrative Structure dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/30/2023 - 09:32

301.01 - Management

301.01 - Management

The board and the administrators will work together in making decisions and setting goals for the school district.  This effort is designed to obtain, share, and use information to solve problems, make decisions, and formulate school district policies and regulations.

It is the responsibility of each administrator to fully participate in the management of the school district by investigating, analyzing, and expressing their views on issues.  Those board members or administrators with special expertise or knowledge of an issue may be called upon to provide information.  Each board member and administrator will support the decisions reached on the issues confronting the school district.

The board is responsible for making the final decision in matters pertaining to the school district.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop guidelines for cooperative decision-making.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8

Cross Reference:  301                                      Administrative Structure

Approved    3/2020                               
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/30/2023 - 09:32

302 - Superintendent

302 - Superintendent dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/30/2023 - 09:33

302.01 - Superintendent Qualifications, Recruitment, Appointment

302.01 - Superintendent Qualifications, Recruitment, Appointment

The board will employ a superintendent to serve as the chief executive officer of the board, to conduct the daily operations of the school district, and to implement board policy with the power and duties prescribed by the board and the law.

The board will consider applicants that meet or exceed the standards set by the Iowa Department of Education and the qualifications established in the job description for the superintendent position.  In employing a superintendent, the board will consider the qualifications, credentials and records of the applicants without regard to race, color, creed, religion, sex, national origin, age, sexual orientation, gender identity or disability.  In keeping with the law, however, the board will consider the veteran status of the applicants.  The board will look closely at the training, experience, skill and demonstrated competence of qualified applicants in making its final decision.

In choosing a superintendent, the board will also consider the school district's educational philosophy, financial situation, organizational structure, education programs, and other factors deemed relevant by the board.

The board may contract for assistance in the search for a superintendent.

 

 

Legal Reference:  29 U.S.C. §§ 621-634.
   
                                    42 U.S.C. §§ 2000e et seq.
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 21.5(1)(i); 35C; 216; 279.8, .20.
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.4(4).

Cross Reference:  200.2                                  Powers of the Board of Directors
   
                                    200.3                                  Responsibilities of the Board of Directors
   
                                    301                                      Administrative Structure
   
                                    302                                      Superintendent

Approved       3/2020                            
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/30/2023 - 09:33

302.02 - Superintendent Contract and Contract Nonrenewal

302.02 - Superintendent Contract and Contract Nonrenewal

The length of the contract for employment between the superintendent and the board is determined by the board.  The contract will begin on July 1 and end on June 30.  The contract will state the terms of employment and shall not exceed three years. .

The first three consecutive years of a contract issued to a newly employed superintendent is considered a probationary period.  The probationary period may be extended for an additional year upon the consent of the superintendent.  In the event of termination of a probationary or nonprobationary contract, the board will afford the superintendent appropriate due process, as required by law.  The superintendent and board may mutually agree to terminate the superintendent's contract at any time.

It is the responsibility of the board to provide the contract for the superintendent.  The board may issue a temporary and nonrenewable contract in accordance with law.

If the superintendent wishes to resign, to be released from a contract, or to retire, the superintendent must comply with applicable law board policies.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Martin v. Waterloo Community School District, 518 N.W. 2d 381 (Iowa 1994).
 
                                      Cook v Plainfield Community School District, 301 N.W.2d 771 (Iowa App. 1980).
                     
                  Board of Education of Fort Madison Community School District v. Youel, 282 N.W.2d 677 (Iowa 1979).
           
                            Briggs v Board of Directors of Hinton Community School District, 282 N.W.2d 740 (Iowa 1979).
        
                               Luse v. Waco Community School District of Henry Co., 258 Iowa 1087, 141 N.W.2d 607 (1966).
                                       Iowa Code §§ 279
                                       281 I.A.C. 12.4.

Cross Reference:  302                                      Superintendent

Approved      3/2020                             
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/30/2023 - 09:38

302.03 - Superintendent Salary and Other Compensation

302.03 - Superintendent Salary and Other Compensation

The board has complete discretion to set the salary of the superintendent.  It is the responsibility of the board to set the salary and benefits of the superintendent at a level that will include consideration of, but not be limited to, the economic condition of the school district and the training, experience, skill, and demonstrated competence of the superintendent.  The salary is set at the beginning of each contract term.

In addition to the salary and benefits, the superintendent's actual and necessary expenses are paid by the school district when the superintendent is performing work-related duties.  It is within the discretion of the board to pay dues to professional organizations for the superintendent.

The board may approve the payment of dues and other benefits or compensation over and above the superintendent's contract.  Approval of dues and other benefits or compensation will be included in the records of the board in accordance with board policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .20.

Cross Reference:  302                                      Superintendent

Approved     3/2020                              
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/30/2023 - 09:40

302.04 - Superintendent Duties

302.04 - Superintendent Duties

The board employs a superintendent of schools to serve as the chief executive officer of the board.  The board delegates to the superintendent the authority to implement board policy and to execute decisions made by the board concerning the internal operations of the school district, unless specifically stated otherwise.

The superintendent is responsible for the implementation and execution of board policy and the observance of board policy by employees and students.  The superintendent is responsible for overall supervision and discipline of employees and the education program.

In executing the above-stated duties, the superintendent will consider the financial situation of the school district as well as the needs of the students.  Specifically, the superintendent:

      Interprets and implements all board policies and all state and federal laws relevant to education;

      Supervises, either directly or through delegation, all activities of the school system according to, and consistent with, the policies of the board;

      Represents the board as a liaison between the school district and the community;

      Establishes and maintains a program of public relations to keep the public well-informed of the activities and needs of the school district, effecting a wholesome and cooperative working relationship between the school district and the community;

      Attends and participates in all meetings of the board, except when the superintendent has been excused, and makes recommendations affecting the school district;

      Reports to the board on such matters as deemed material to the understanding and proper management of the school district or as the board may request;

      Assumes responsibility for the overall financial planning of the district and for the preparation of the annual budget, and submits it to the board for review and approval;

      Establishes and maintains efficient procedures and effective controls for all expenditures of school district funds in accordance with the adopted budget, subject to the direction and approval of the board;

      Files, or causes to be filed, all reports required by law;

      Makes recommendations to the board for the selection of employees for the school district;

      Makes and records assignments and transfers of all employees pursuant to their qualifications;

      Employs such employees as may be necessary, within the limits of budgetary provisions and subject to the board's approval;

      Recommends to the board, for final action, the promotion, salary change, demotion, or dismissal of any employee;

      Prescribes rules for the classification and advancement of students, and for the transfer of students from one building to another in accordance with board policies;

      Summons employees of the school district to attend such regular and occasional meetings as are necessary to carry out the education program of the school district;

      Supervises methods of teaching, supervision, and administration in effect in the schools;

      Attends such conventions and conferences as are necessary to keep informed of the latest educational trends;

      Accepts responsibility for the general efficiency of the school system, for the development of the employees, and for the educational growth and welfare of the students;

      Defines educational needs and formulates policies and plans for recommendation to the board;

      Makes administrative decisions necessary for the proper functioning of the school district;

      Responsible for scheduling the use of buildings and grounds by all groups and/or organizations;

      Acts as the purchasing agent for the board, and establishes procedures for the purchase of books, materials and supplies;

      Approves vacation schedules for employees;

      Conducts periodic district administration meetings;

      Performs other duties as may be assigned by the board.

      Supervises the establishment or modification of the boundaries of school attendance and transportation areas subject to approval of the board; and

      Directs studies of buildings and sites, taking into consideration population trends and the educational and cultural needs of the district in order to ensure timely decisions by the board and the electorate regarding construction and renovation projects.

This list of duties will not act to limit the board's authority and responsibility over the superintendent.  In executing these duties and others the board may delegate, the superintendent will consider the school district's financial condition as well as the needs of the students in the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .20, 23A.
 
                                      281 I.A.C. 12.4(4).

Cross Reference:  209                                      Board of Directors' Management Procedures
                                       301                                      Administrative Structure
                                       302                                      Superintendent

Approved     3/2020                              
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/30/2023 - 09:40

302.05 - Superintendent Evaluation

302.05 - Superintendent Evaluation

The board will conduct an ongoing evaluation of the superintendent's skills, abilities, and competence.  At a minimum, the board will formally evaluate the superintendent on an annual basis.  The goal of the superintendent's formal evaluation is to ensure the education program for the students is carried out, promote growth in effective administrative leadership, clarify the superintendent's role, clarify the immediate priorities of the board, and develop a working relationship between the board and the superintendent.

The superintendent will be an educational leader who promotes the success of all students by:

  • Facilitating the development, articulation, implementation, and stewardship of a vision of learning that is shared and supported by the school community. 
  • Advocating, nurturing and sustaining a school culture and instructional program conducive to student learning and staff professional development. 
  • Ensuring management of the organization, operations and resources for a safe, efficient and effective learning environment. 
  • Collaborating with families and community members, responding to diverse community interests and needs and mobilizing community resources.   
  • Acting with integrity, fairness and in an ethical manner.
  • Understanding the profile of the community, and responding to and influencing the larger political, social, economic, legal and cultural context.

The formal evaluation will be based upon the following principles:

    The evaluation criteria will be in writing, clearly stated and mutually agreed upon by the board and the superintendent.  The criteria will be related to the job description and the school district's goals;

    At a minimum, the evaluation process will be conducted annually at a time agreed upon;

    Each board member will have an opportunity to individually evaluate the superintendent, and these individual evaluations will be compiled into an overall evaluation by the entire board;

    The superintendent will conduct a self-evaluation prior to discussing the board's evaluation, and the board as a whole will discuss its evaluation with the superintendent;

    The board may discuss its evaluation of the superintendent in closed session upon a request from the superintendent and if the board determines its discussion in open session will needlessly and irreparably injure the superintendent's reputation; and,

    The individual evaluation by each board member, if individual board members so desire, will not be reviewed by the superintendent.  Board members are encouraged to communicate their criticisms and concerns to the superintendent in the closed session.  The board president will develop a written summary of the individual evaluations, including both the strengths and the weaknesses of the superintendent, and place it in the superintendent's personnel file to be incorporated into the next cycle of evaluations.

This policy supports and does not preclude the ongoing, informal evaluation of the superintendent's skills, abilities and competence.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Wedergren v. Board of Directors, 307 N.W.2d 12 (Iowa 1981).
 
                                      Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .20, .23, .23A.
 
                                      281 I.A.C. Ch. 83; 12.3(4).

Cross Reference:  212                                      Closed Sessions
 
                                      302                                      Superintendent

Approved      3/2020     
Reviewed                      
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/30/2023 - 09:42

302.06 - Superintendent Professional Development

302.06 - Superintendent Professional Development

The board encourages the superintendent to continue professional growth by being involved in professional organizations, attending conferences, continuing education, and participating in other professional activities.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to arrange the superintendent's schedule in order to enable attendance at various conferences and events.  If a conference or event requires the superintendent to be absent from the office for more than three days, requires overnight travel, or involves unusual expense, the superintendent will bring it to the attention of the board president prior to attending the event.

The superintendent will report to the board after an event.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8
 
                                      281 I.A.C. 12.7.

Cross Reference:  303.7                                      Administrator Professional Development
 
                                      401.7                                      Employee Travel Compensation

Approved      3/2020                             
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/30/2023 - 09:43

302.07 - Superintendent Civic Activities

302.07 - Superintendent Civic Activities

The board encourages the superintendent to be involved in the school district community by belonging to school district community organizations and attending and participating in school district community activities.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to become involved in school district community activities and events.  It is within the discretion of the board to pay annual fees for professional organizations and activities.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8.

Cross Reference:  302.3                                      Superintendent Salary and Other Compensation
 
                                      303.8                                      Administrator Civic Activities

Approved      3/2020                             
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/30/2023 - 09:44

302.08 - Superintendent Consulting/Outside Employment

302.08 - Superintendent Consulting/Outside Employment

The superintendent is considered a full-time employee.  The board expects the superintendent to give the responsibilities of the position precedence over other employment.  The superintendent may accept consulting or outside employment for pay as long as, in the judgment of the board, the work is conducted on the superintendent's personal time and it does not interfere with the performance of the superintendent's duties.

The board reserves the right, however, to request that the superintendent cease the outside employment as a condition of continued employment.  The board will give the superintendent thirty days notice to cease outside employment.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .20.

Cross Reference:  302.2                                      Superintendent Contract and Contract Nonrenewal
 
                                      302.4                                      Superintendent Duties

Approved     3/2020      
Reviewed                      
Revised          

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/30/2023 - 09:45

303 - Administrative Employees

303 - Administrative Employees dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/30/2023 - 09:46

303.02 - Administrator Qualifications, Recruitment, Appointment

303.02 - Administrator Qualifications, Recruitment, Appointment

The board will employ building principals and other administrators, in addition to the superintendent, to assist in the daily operations of the school district.

The board will consider applicants who meet or exceed the standards set by the Iowa Department of Education and the qualifications established in the job description for the position.  In employing an administrator, the board will consider the qualifications, credentials and records of the applicants without regard to race, color, creed, religion, sex, national origin, age, sexual orientation, gender identity or disability.  In keeping with the law, however, the board will consider the veteran status of the applicants.  The board will look closely at the training, experience, skill and demonstrated competence of qualified applicants in making its final decision.

In choosing an administrator, the board will also consider the school district's educational philosophy, financial condition, organizational structure, education programs, and other factors deemed relevant by the board.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board for filling an administrative position, based on the requirements stated in this policy.  The board will act only on the superintendent's recommendation.

The board may contract for assistance in the search for administrators.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .21.
 
                                      281 I.A.C. 12.4.

Cross Reference:  303                                      Administrative Employees

Approved       3/2020    
Reviewed                      
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/30/2023 - 09:46

303.03 - Administrator Contract and Contract Nonrenewal

303.03 - Administrator Contract and Contract Nonrenewal

The length of the contract for employment between an administrator and the board will be determined by the board and stated in the contract.  The contract will also state the terms of the employment.

The first three consecutive years of a contract issued to a newly employed administrator will be considered a probationary period.  The probationary period may be extended for an additional year upon the consent of the administrator.  In the event of termination of a probationary or nonprobationary contract, the board will afford the administrator appropriate due process, as required by law.  The administrator and board may mutually agree to terminate the administrator's contract.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to create a contract for each administrative position.  The board may issue temporary and nonrenewable contracts in accordance with the law.

Administrators who wish to resign, to be released from a contract, or to retire, must comply with applicable law and board policies.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Martin v. Waterloo Community School District, 518 N.W. 2d 381 (Iowa 1994).
 
                                      Cook v Plainfield Community School District, 301 N.W. 2d 771 (Iowa App. 1980).
                       
                Board of Education of Fort Madison Community School District v Youel, 282 N.W. 2d 677 (Iowa 1979).
              
                         Briggs v Board of Education of Hinton Community School District, 282 N.W. 2d 740 (Iowa 1979).
 
                                      Iowa Code §§ 279
 
                                      281 I.A.C. 12.4.

Cross Reference:  303                                      Administrative Employees

Approved       3/2020    
Reviewed                      
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/30/2023 - 09:47

303.04 - Administrator Salary and Other Compensation

303.04 - Administrator Salary and Other Compensation

The board has complete discretion to set the salary of the administrators.  It is the responsibility of the board to set the salary and benefits of the administrators at a level that will include consideration of, but not be limited to, the economic condition of the school district and the training, experience, skill, and demonstrated competence of the administrators.  The salary will be set at the beginning of each contract period.

In addition to the salary and benefits agreed upon, the administrator's actual and necessary expenses will be paid by the school district when the administrator is performing work-related duties.  The board will approve the payment of other benefits or compensation over and above the administrator's contract.  Approval of other benefits or items of an administrator's compensation will be included in the records of the board in accordance with board policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.21.

Cross Reference:  303                                      Administrative Employees

Approved      3/2020     
Reviewed                      
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/30/2023 - 09:48

303.05 - Administrator Duties

303.05 - Administrator Duties

Administrators will be hired by the board to assist the superintendent in the day-to-day operations of the school district.

Each attendance center will have a building principal responsible for the administration and operation of the attendance center.  Each building principal, as chief administrator of the assigned attendance center, is responsible for the building and grounds, for the students and employees assigned to the attendance center, for school activities at the attendance center, for the education program offered in the attendance center, and the budget for the attendance center.  The principal is considered the professional advisor to the superintendent in matters pertaining to the attendance center supervised by the principal.  Although the principals serve under the direction of the superintendent, duties of the principal may include, but not be limited to the following:

Cooperate in the general organization and plan of procedure in the school under the principal's supervision;

Supervision of the teachers in the principal's attendance center;

Maintain the necessary records for carrying out delegated duties;

Work with the superintendent in rating, recommending and selecting supervised employees whenever possible;

Work with the superintendent in determining the education program to be offered and in arranging the schedules.  As much of the schedule as possible should be made before school closes for summer vacation.  In the matter of courses offered, the final approval rests with the superintendent who is in turn responsible to the board;

Ensure that proper care is taken of all school books, supplies, materials, equipment, furniture and facilities;

Instruct teachers to make a complete annual inventory of all school property contained in their individual rooms.  This inventory is reviewed and filed with the board secretary;

Investigate excessive cases of absence or tardiness of students and notify the parents or guardians of unexcused absence or tardiness.  All such cases should be reported to the superintendent;

Make such reports from time to time as the superintendent may require;

Maintain the regular schedule of school hours established by the board and make no temporary changes in the schedule without the consent of the superintendent;

Promptly notify the superintendent whenever ventilation, sanitation or heating of the building is unsatisfactory;

Contribute to the formation and implementation of general policies and procedures of the school;

Perform such other duties as may be assigned by the superintendent of schools.

This list of duties will not act to limit the board's authority and responsibility over the position of the administrators.  In executing these duties and others the board may delegate, the administrators will consider the school district's financial condition as well as the needs of the students in the school district.

 

NOTE:  This is a sample listing of administrator duties.  Boards may want to amend it to reflect actual duties..

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .21, .23A.
 
                                      281 I.A.C. 12.4(5), .4(6), .4(7).

Cross Reference:  301        Administrative Structure
 
                                      303        Administrative Employees

Approved      3/2020                             
Reviewed                                                         
Revised           

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/30/2023 - 09:48

303.06 - Administrator Evaluation

303.06 - Administrator Evaluation

The Superintendent will conduct an ongoing process of evaluating the administrators on their skills, abilities, and competence.  At a minimum, Superintendent will formally evaluate the administrators annually.  The goal of the formal evaluation process is to ensure that the educational program for the students is carried out, ensure student learning goals of the school district are met, promote growth in effective administrative leadership for the school district, clarify the administrator's role as defined by the board and the superintendent, ascertain areas in need of improvement, clarify the immediate priorities of the responsibilities listed in the job description, and develop a working relationship between the superintendent and the administrator.

The superintendent is responsible for designing an administrator evaluation instrument.  The formal evaluation will include written criteria related to the job description.  The superintendent, after receiving input from the administrators, will present the formal evaluation instrument to the board for approval.

The formal evaluation will also include an opportunity for the administrator and the superintendent to discuss the written criteria, the past year's performance and the future areas of growth.  The evaluation is completed by the superintendent, signed by the administrator and filed in the administrator's personnel file.

The principal will be an educational leader who promotes the success of all students by:

  • Facilitating the development, articulation, implementation, and stewardship of a vision of learning that is shared and supported by the school community. 
  • Advocating, nurturing and sustaining a school culture and instructional program conducive to student learning and staff professional development. 
  • Ensuring management of the organization, operations and resources for a safe, efficient and effective learning environment. 
  • Collaborating with families and community members, responding to diverse community interests and needs and mobilizing community resources.   
  • Acting with integrity, fairness and in an ethical manner.
  • Understanding the profile of the community, and responding to and influencing the larger political, social, economic, legal and cultural context.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to conduct a formal evaluation of the probationary administrators and nonprobationary administrators prior to May 15.

This policy supports and does not preclude the ongoing informal evaluation of the administrator's skills, abilities and competence.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .21-.23A.
 
                                      281 I.A.C. 12.3(3); ch 83.

Cross Reference:  303                                      Administrative Employees

Approved      3/2020     
Reviewed                      
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/30/2023 - 09:49

303.07 - Administrator Professional Development

303.07 - Administrator Professional Development

The board encourages the administrators to continue their professional growth by becoming involved in professional organizations, attending conferences, continuing their education, and participating in other professional activities.

It is the responsibility of the administrators to arrange their schedules in order to attend various conferences and events in which they are involved.  Prior to attendance at an event, the administrator must receive approval from the superintendent.  In the case where overnight travel or unusual expense is involved, the superintendent will bring it to the attention of the board prior to the administrator attending the event.

The administrator will report to the superintendent after an event.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8
 
                                      281 I.A.C. 12.7.

Cross Reference:  302.6                                      Superintendent Professional Development
 
                                      401.7                                      Employee Travel Compensation

Approved     3/2020                              
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/30/2023 - 09:50

303.08 - Administrator Civic Activities

303.08 - Administrator Civic Activities

The board encourages the administrators to be involved in the school district community by belonging to community organizations and by attending and participating in school district community activities.

It is the responsibility of the administrators to become involved in school district community activities and events.  It is within the discretion of the board to pay annual fees for professional organizations and activities.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8

Cross Reference:  302.7                                      Superintendent Civic Activities

Approved     3/2020      
Reviewed                      
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/30/2023 - 09:51

303.09 -Administrator Consulting/Outside Employment

303.09 -Administrator Consulting/Outside Employment

An administrative position is considered full-time employment.  The board expects administrators to give the responsibilities of their positions in the school district precedence over other employment.  An administrator may accept consulting or outside employment for pay as long as, in the judgment of the board and the superintendent, the work is conducted on the administrator's personal time and it does not interfere with the performance of the administrative duties contracted by the board.

The board reserves the right, however, to request the administrator cease the outside employment as a condition of continued employment.  The board will give the administrator thirty days notice to cease outside employment.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .21.

Cross Reference:  303.3                                      Administrator Contract and Contract Nonrenewal
 
                                      303.5                                      Administrator Duties

Approved      3/2020                             
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/30/2023 - 09:51

304 - Administrative Regulations

304 - Administrative Regulations dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/30/2023 - 09:52

304.01 - Development and Enforcement of Administrative Regulations

304.01 - Development and Enforcement of Administrative Regulations

Administrative regulations may be necessary to implement board policy.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations.

In developing the administrative regulations, the superintendent should consult with administrators or others likely to be affected by the regulations.  Once the regulations are developed, employees, students and other members of the school district community will be informed in a manner determined by the superintendent.

The board will be kept informed of the administrative regulations utilized and their revisions.  The board may review and recommend change of administrative regulations prior to their use in the school district if they are contrary to the intent of board policy.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to enforce administrative regulations.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8

Cross Reference:  209                                      Board of Directors' Management Procedures
 
                                      304.2                                  Monitoring of Administrative Regulations

Approved       3/2020                            
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/30/2023 - 09:52

304.02 - Monitoring of Administrative Regulations

304.02 - Monitoring of Administrative Regulations

The administrative regulations will be monitored and revised when necessary.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to monitor and revise the administrative regulations.

The superintendent may rely on the board, administrators, employees, students, and other members of the school district community to inform the superintendent about the effect of and possible changes in the administrative regulations.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .20.

Cross Reference:  209                                      Board of Directors' Management Procedures
 
                                      304.1                                  Development and Enforcement of Administrative Regulations

Approved      3/2020                             
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/30/2023 - 09:53

305 - Administrator Code of Ethics

305 - Administrator Code of Ethics

Administrators, as part of the educational leadership in the school district community, represent the views of the school district.  Their actions, verbal and nonverbal, reflect the attitude and the beliefs of the school district.  Therefore, administrators will conduct themselves professionally and in a manner fitting to their position.

Each administrator will follow the code of ethics stated in this policy.  Failure to act in accordance with this code of ethics or in a professional manner, in the judgment of the board, will be grounds for discipline up to, and including, discharge.

The professional school administrator:

  • Makes the education and well-being of students the fundamental value of all decision making.
  • Fulfills all professional duties with honesty and integrity and always acts in a trustworthy and responsible manner.
  • Supports the principle of due process and protects the civil and human rights of all individuals.
  • Implements local, state and national laws.
  • Advises the school board and implements the board's policies and administrative rules and regulations.
  • Pursues appropriate measures to correct those laws, policies, and regulations that are not consistent with sound educational goals or that are not in the best interest of children.
  • Avoids using his/her position for personal gain through political, social, religious, economic or other influences.
  • Accepts academic degrees or professional certification only from accredited institutions.
  • Maintains the standards and seeks to improve the effectiveness of the profession through research and continuing professional development.
  • Honors all contracts until fulfillment, release or dissolution mutually agreed upon by all parties.
  • Accepts responsibility and accountability for one’s own actions and behaviors.
  • Commits to serving others above self.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8
 
                                      282 I.A.C. 13.

Cross Reference:  404                                      Employee Conduct and Appearance

Approved     3/2020                              
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/30/2023 - 09:54

306 - Succession of Authority to the Superintendent

306 - Succession of Authority to the Superintendent

In the absence of the superintendent, it is the responsibility of the other administrators to assume the superintendent's duties.  The succession of authority to the superintendent is in this order:

1. High School Principal 

2.  Earlville Elementary Principal                                                                                                                 

3.  Johnston Elementary Principal                                                                                                                 

4.  Delhi Elementary Principal                                                                                                                                                      

If the absence of the superintendent is temporary, the successor will assume only those duties and responsibilities of the superintendent that require immediate action.  If the board determines the absence of the superintendent will be a lengthy one, the board will appoint an acting superintendent to assume the responsibilities of the superintendent.  The successor will assume the duties when the successor learns of the superintendent's absence or when assigned by the superintendent or the board.

References to "superintendent" in this policy manual will mean the "superintendent or the superintendent's designee" unless otherwise stated in the board policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8
 
                                      281 I.A.C. 12.4(4).

Cross Reference:  302                                      Superintendent

Approved      3/2020                             
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/30/2023 - 09:54

307 - Communication Channels

307 - Communication Channels

Questions and problems are resolved at the lowest organizational level nearest to the complaint.  School employees are responsible for conferring with their immediate supervisor on questions and concerns.  Students and other members of the school district community will confer with a licensed employee and then with the principal on questions and concerns.

If resolution is not possible by any of the above, individuals may bring it to the attention of the superintendent within 5 school days of their discussion with the principal.  If there is no resolution or plan for resolution by the superintendent within 15 school days of the individual's discussion with the superintendent, the individual may ask to have the question or problem placed on the board agenda.  It is within the board’s discretion whether to hear the concern.

It will first be the responsibility of the administrators to resolve questions and problems raised by the employees and the students they supervise and by other members of the school district community.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8

Cross Reference:  213                                      Public Participation in Board Meetings
 
                                      213.1R1                            Public Complaints
 
                                      401.4                                  Employee Complaints
 
                                      502.4                                  Student Complaints and Grievances
 
                                      504.3                                  Student Publications

Approved      3/2020                             
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/30/2023 - 09:55

400 - EMPLOYEES

400 - EMPLOYEES Jen@iowaschool… Mon, 10/02/2023 - 10:03

400 - Role of and Guiding Principles for Employees

400 - Role of and Guiding Principles for Employees

This series of the board policy manual is devoted to the board's goals and objectives for employees in the performance of their jobs.  Employees provide a variety of important services for the children of the school district community.  They may be teaching or assisting in the classroom, working in the office, maintaining the facilities, driving or repairing the school buses, or cooking lunches.  Each employee plays a vital role in providing an equal opportunity for a quality education for students commensurate with the students' individual needs.  While the teachers have the most direct impact on the formal instruction of students, all employees have an impact on the school environment by their dedication to their work and their actions.  As role models for the students, employees shall promote a cooperative, enthusiastic, and supportive learning environment for the students.

In striving to achieve a quality education program, the board's goal is to obtain and retain qualified and effective employees.  The board shall have complete discretion to determine the number, the qualifications, and the duties of the positions and the school district's standards of acceptable performance.  It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to make recommendations to the board in these areas prior to board action.  The board recognizes its duty to bargain collectively with duly certified collective bargaining units.  To the extent a group of employees has a recognized collective bargaining unit, the provisions of the master contract regarding such topics shall prevail.

Board policies in this series relating to general employees will apply to employees regardless of their position as a licensed employee, classified employee, substitute or administrator.  Board policies relating to licensed employees will apply to positions that require a teaching license or administrator's certificate or other professional license, certificate or endorsement, unless administrative positions are specifically excluded from the policy or a more specific policy is in the 300 series, Administration.  Classified employees' policies included in this series will apply to positions that do not fall within the definition of licensed employee.

 

 

Approved   5/18/2020                            
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 18:46

401 - Employees and Internal Relations

401 - Employees and Internal Relations dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 18:47

401.01 - Equal Employment Opportunity

401.01 - Equal Employment Opportunity

The Maquoketa Valley Community School District will provide equal opportunity to employees and applicants for employment in accordance with applicable equal employment opportunity and affirmative action laws, directives and regulations of federal, state and local governing bodies.  Opportunity to all employees and applicants for employment includes hiring, placement, promotion, transfer or demotion, recruitment, advertising or solicitation for employment, treatment during employment, rates of pay or other forms of compensation, and layoff or termination.  The school district will take affirmative action in major job categories where women, men, minorities and persons with disabilities are underrepresented.  Employees will support and comply with the district's established equal employment opportunity and affirmative action policies.  Employees will be given notice of this policy annually.

The board will appoint an affirmative action coordinator.  The affirmative action coordinator will have the responsibility for drafting the affirmative action plan.  The affirmative action plan will be reviewed by the board at least every two years.

Individuals who file an application with the school district will be given consideration for employment if they meet or exceed the qualifications set by the board, administration, and Iowa Department of Education for the position for which they apply.  In employing individuals, the board will consider the qualifications, credentials, and records of the applicants without regard to race, color, creed, sex, national origin, religion, age, sexual orientation, gender identity or disability.  In keeping with the law, the board will consider the veteran status of applicants.

Advertisements and notices for vacancies within the district will contain the following statement:  "The Maquoketa ValleyCommunity School District is an EEO/AA employer."  The statement will also appear on application forms.

Inquiries by employees or applicants for employment regarding compliance with equal employment opportunity and affirmative action laws and policies, including but not limited to complaints of discrimination, will be directed to the Affirmative Action Coordinator by writing to the Affirmative Action Coordinator, Maquoketa Valley Community School District, Delhi, Iowa 52223; or by telephoning 562-922-2091. 

Inquiries by employees or applicants for employment regarding compliance with equal employment opportunity and affirmative action laws and policies, including but not limited to complaints of discrimination, may also be directed in writing to the Equal Employment Opportunity Commissions, Milwaukee Area Office, Reuss Federal Plaza, 310 West Wisconsin Ave., Suite 800, Milwaukee, WI., 53203-2292, (800) 669-4000 or TTY (800) 669-6820. http://www.eeoc.gov/field/milwaukee/index.cfm or the Iowa Civil Rights Commission, 400 E. 14th Street, Des Moines, Iowa, 50319-1004, (515) 281-4121 or 1-800-457-4416, http://www.state.ia.us/government/crc/index.html.  This inquiry or complaint to the federal office may be done instead of, or in addition to, an inquiry or complaint at the local level.

Further information and copies of the procedures for filing a complaint are available in the school district's central administrative office and the administrative office in each attendance center.

 

 

Legal Reference:  29 U.S.C. §§ 621-634.
  
                                     42 U.S.C. §§ 2000e et seq.
  
                                     42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 et seq.
               
                        Iowa Code §§ 19B; 20; 35C; 73; 216; 279.8.
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.4; 95.

Cross Reference:  102       Equal Educational Opportunity
   
                                    104       Bullying/Harassment
   
                                    405.2    Licensed Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection
   
                                    411.2    Classified Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection

Approved      5/18/2020                         
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 18:47

401.02 - Employee Conflict of Interest

401.02 - Employee Conflict of Interest

Employees' use of their position with the school district for financial gain is considered a conflict of interest with their position as employees and may subject employees to disciplinary action.

Employees have access to information and a captive audience that could award the employee personal or financial gain.  No employee may solicit other employees or students for personal or financial gain to the employee without the approval of the superintendent.  If the approval of the superintendent is given, the employee must conduct the solicitations within the conditions set by the superintendent.  Further, the superintendent may, upon five days notice, require the employee to cease such solicitations as a condition of continued employment.

Employees will not act as an agent or dealer for the sale of textbooks or other school supply companies doing business with the school district.  Employees will not participate for personal financial remuneration in outside activities wherein their position on the staff is used to sell goods or services to students or to parents.  Employees will not engage in outside work or activities where the source of information concerning the customer, client or employer originates from information obtained because of the employee's position in the school district.

It will also be a conflict of interest for an employee to engage in any outside employment or activity which is in conflict with the employee's official duties and responsibilities.  In determining whether outside employment or activity of an employee creates a conflict of interest, situations in which an unacceptable conflict of interest is deemed to exist will include, but not be limited to, any of the following:

(1)     The outside employment or activity involves the use of the school district's time, facilities, equipment and supplies or the use of the school district's badge, uniform, business card or other evidences of office to give the employee or the employee's immediate family an advantage or pecuniary benefit that is not available to other similarly situated members or classes of members of the general public.  For purposes of this section, a person is not "similarly situated" merely by being related to an employee who is employed by the school district.

(2)     The outside employment or activity involves the receipt of, promise of, or acceptance of more or other consideration by the employee or a member of the employee's immediate family from anyone other than the school district for the performance of any act that the employee would be required or expected to perform as part of the employee's regular duties or during the hours during which the employee performs service or work for the school district.

(3)     The outside employment or activity is subject to the official control, inspection, review, audit or enforcement authority of the employee during the performance of the employee's duties.

If the outside employment or activity is employment or activity in (1) or (2) above, the employee must cease the employment of or activity.  If the activity or employment falls under (3), then the employee must:

  • Cease the outside employment or activity; or,
  • Publicly disclose the existence of the conflict and refrain from taking any official action or performing any official duty that would detrimentally affect or create a benefit for the outside employment or activity.  Official action or official duty includes, but is not limited to, participating in any vote, taking affirmative action to influence any vote, or providing any other official service or thing that is not available generally to members of the public in order to further the interests of the outside employment or activity.

When procurement is supported by Federal Child Nutrition funds, employees will not participate in the selection, award, or administration of a contract if there is a real or apparent conflict of interest in the contract.  Contract, for purposes of this paragraph, includes a contract where the employee, employee’s immediate family, partner, or a non-school district employer of these individuals is a party to the contract.

It is the responsibility of each employee to be aware of and take the necessary action to eliminate a potential conflict of interest should it arise.

 

 

Legal Reference:  7 C.F.R. 3016.36(3).
                                         
Iowa Code §§ 20.7; 68B; 279.8; 301.28.

Cross Reference:  203       Board of Directors' Conflict of Interest
   
                                    402.4    Gifts to Employees
                                       
402.6    Employee Outside Employment
                                       
404       Employee Conduct and Appearance

Approved      5/18/2020             
Reviewed ___________           
Revised ___________                  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 18:49

401.03 - Nepotism

401.03 - Nepotism

More than one family member may be an employee of the school district.  It is within the discretion of the superintendent to allow one family member employed by the school district to supervise another family member employed by the school district [subject to the approval of the board].

The employment of more than one individual in a family is on the basis of their qualifications, credentials and records.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20; 71; 277.27; 279.8.

Cross Reference:  405.2                                    Licensed Employee Qualifications, Recruitment Selection
   
                                    411.2                                    Classified Employee Qualifications, Recruitment Selection

Approved    5/18/2020                          
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 18:51

401.04 - Employee Complaints

401.04 - Employee Complaints

Complaints of employees against fellow employees should be discussed directly between employees.  If necessary, complaints will be brought directly to the immediate supervisor, principal or superintendent and will be made in a constructive and professional manner.  Complaints will never be made in the presence of other employees, students or outside persons.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8

Cross Reference:  307        Communication Channels

Approved     5/18/2020                         
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 18:51

401.05 - Employee Records

401.05 - Employee Records

The school district will maintain personnel records on employees.  The records are important for the daily administration of the educational program, for implementing board policy, for budget and financial planning, and for meeting state and federal requirements.

The records will include, but not be limited to, records necessary for the daily administration of the school district, salary records, evaluations, application for employment, references, and other items needed to carry out board policy.  Employee personnel files are school district records and are considered confidential records and therefore are not generally open to public inspection or accessibility.  Only in certain limited instances, when the employee has given a signed consent, will employee personnel records be accessible to individuals other than the employee or authorized school officials.

Employees may have access to their personnel files, with the exception of letters of reference, and copy items from their personnel files at a time mutually agreed upon between the superintendent and the employee.  The school district may charge a reasonable fee for each copy made.  Employees, however, will not be allowed access to the employment references written on behalf of the employee.  Board members will generally only have access to an employee's file when it is necessary because of an employee related matter before the board.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to keep employees' personnel files current.  The board secretary is the custodian of employee records.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations for the implementation of this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code chs. 20; 21; 22; 91B.

Cross Reference:  402.1    Release of Credit Information
   
                                    403         Employees' Health and Well-Being
   
                                    708         Care, Maintenance and Disposal of School District Records

Approved         5/18/2020                      
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 18:52

401.05R1 - Employee Records Regulation

401.05R1 - Employee Records Regulation

Employee Personnel Records Content

1.     Employee personnel records may contain the following information:

  • Personal information including, but not limited to, name, address, telephone number, emergency numbers, birth date and spouse.
  • Individual employment contract.
  • Evaluations.
  • Application, resume and references.
  • Salary information.
  • Copy of the employee's license or certificate, if needed for the position.
  • Educational transcripts.
  • Assignment.
  •     Records of disciplinary matters.

2.     Employee health and medical records are kept in a file separate from the employee's personnel records.  Health and medical records may contain, but are not limited to:

  • Medical professional signed physical form.
  • Sick or long-term disability leave days.
  • Worker's compensation claims.
  • Reasonable accommodation made by the school district to accommodate the employee's disability.
  • Employee's medical history.
  • Employee emergency names and numbers.
  • Family and medical leave request forms.

3.     The following are considered public personnel records available for inspection:

  • The name and compensation of the individual, including any written agreement establishing compensation or any other terms of employment, except for that information that is otherwise protected. “Compensation” includes the value of benefits conferred including, but not limited to: casualty, disability, life or health insurance, other health or wellness benefits, vacation, holiday and sick leave, severance payments, retirement benefits and deferred compensation;
  • The dates the individual was employed by the government body;
  • The positions the individual holds or has held with the government body;
  • The educational institutions attended by the individual, including any diplomas and degrees earned, and the names of the individual’s previous employers, positions previously held and dates of previous employment;
  • The fact that the individual was discharged as the result of a final disciplinary action upon the exhaustion of all applicable contractual, legal and statutory remedies; and,
  • Personal information in confidential personnel records of government bodies relating to student employees shall only be released pursuant to the Family Educational Privacy Rights Act (FERPA.)

 

Applicant File Records Content

Records on applicants for positions with the school district are maintained in the central administration office.  The records will include, but not be limited to:

  • Application for employment.
  • Resume.
  • References.
  • Evidence of appropriate license or certificate, if necessary for the position for which the individual applied.
  • Affirmative action form, if submitted.

 

Record Access

Only authorized school officials will have access to an employee's records without the written consent of the employee.  Authorized school officials may include, but not be limited to, the superintendent, building principal, or board secretary.  In the case of a medical emergency, the school nurse or other first aid or safety personnel may have access to the employee's health or medical file without the consent of the employee.  Board members will generally only have access to an employee's personnel file without the consent of the employee when necessary for the conducting of board business.

 

Employee Record Retention

All employee records, except payroll and salary records, are maintained for a minimum of one year after termination of employment with the district.  Applicant records are maintained for a minimum of one year after the position was filled.  Payroll and salary records are maintained for a minimum of three years after payment.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 18:53

401.06 - Limitations to Employment References

401.06 - Limitations to Employment References

The district believes in taking appropriate measures to promote the health and welfare of all students.  Any school employee, volunteer, contractor, or agent shall not assist another school employee, contractor, or agent in obtaining a new job, apart from the routine transmission of administrative personnel files, if the individual or agency knows, or has probable cause to believe, that such school employee, contractor, or agent engaged in sexual misconduct regarding a minor or student in violation of the law. Sexual misconduct means physical or sexual abuse of students, including but not limited to sexual or physical relationships, grooming behavior, and otherwise inappropriate relationships with students.  

This limitation does not apply if the matter has been properly reported to law enforcement and any other regulatory authorities required by law, and either: 

  • the matter has been officially closed by the law enforcement agency; 
  • the individual is acquitted or otherwise exonerated of the alleged misconduct; or 
  • more than four years has passed since the case was opened, and no charges or indictment have been filed.

 

Legal References:     20 U.S.C. §7926
                                  Iowa Code §256
                                  281 I.A.C. 12.3(14)

Cross References:    401.5 Employee Records 
                                  402.2 Child Abuse Reporting
                                  402.3 Abuse of Students by School District Employees
                                  405.2 Licensed Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection
                                  411.2 Classified Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection

Approved       5/18/2020           
Reviewed      7/15/2024       
Revised         7/15/2024       

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 18:54

401.07 - Employee Travel Compensation

401.07 - Employee Travel Compensation

Employees traveling on behalf of the school district and performing approved school district business will be reimbursed for their actual and necessary expenses.  Actual and necessary travel expenses will include, but not be limited to, transportation and/or mileage costs, lodging expenses, meal expenses and registration costs.

 

Travel Outside the School District

Travel outside of the school district must be pre-approved.  Pre-approval will include an evaluation of the necessity of the travel, the reason for the travel and an estimate of the cost of the travel to qualify as approved school district business.  Travel outside the school district by employees, other than the superintendent, is pre-approved by the superintendent or an immediate supervisor.  Travel outside the school district by the superintendent shall be approved by the board president.

Reimbursement for actual and necessary expenses may be allowed for travel outside the school district if the employee received pre-approval for the travel.  Prior to reimbursement of actual and necessary expenses, the employee must provide the school district with a detailed, itemized receipt, indicating the date, purpose and nature of the expense for each claim item.  In exceptional circumstances, the superintendent may allow a claim without proper receipt.  Written documentation explaining the exceptional circumstances is maintained as part of the school district's record of the claim.

Failure to have a detailed, itemized receipt will make the expense a personal expense.  Personal expenses, including mileage, in excess of that required for the trip are reimbursed by the employee to the school district no later than 10 working days following the date of the expense.

Reimbursement for actual and necessary expenses for travel outside the school district will be limited to the pre-approved expenses.  Pre-approved expenses for registration are limited to the actual cost of the registration.

Pre-approved expenses for transportation within three-hundred miles of the school district administrative office will be by automobile.  If a school district vehicle is not available, the employee will be reimbursed mileage at the rate of $0.45 per mile.  Travel to/from home and work is never a reimbursable travel expense.  Travel costs for a spouse or anyone other than the district employee shall be a personal expense not reimbursed by the district.

 

Travel Within the School District

Employees required to travel in their personal vehicle between school district buildings to carry out the duties of their position may be reimbursed at the rate of $0.45 per mile.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to approve travel within the school district by employees.  It is the responsibility of the board to review the travel within the school district by the superintendent through the board's audit and approval process.

Travel allowances within the district will be provided only after board approval.  Employees who are allowed a within district travel allowance will have the amount of the allowance actually received during each calendar year included on the employee's W-2 form as taxable income according to the Internal Revenue Code.

 

Use of District-Owned Vehicles

Certain district employment positions may require regular and extensive travel.  Due to the required duties of these positions, the district may provide certain positions with use of district-owned vehicles.  Employees who utilize district-owned vehicles during the course of their job duties are fulfilling the public purpose of meeting the needs of the educational community in an efficient, and time-sensitive manner.  District-owned vehicles are purchased and maintained with public money and must be used strictly in accordance with fulfilling a public purpose.  These vehicles represent the district in carrying out its educational mission.  Therefore, district-owned vehicles will be clearly marked at all times to identify the district. 

The superintendent is responsible for developing administrative regulations regarding actual and necessary expenses, in-school district travel allowances and assignment and proper use of school district vehicles.  The administrative regulations will include the appropriate forms to be filed for reimbursement to the employee from the school district and the procedures for obtaining approval for travel outside of and within the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Constitution, Art. III, § 31.
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 70A.9-.11.

Cross Reference:  216.3    Board of Directors' Member Compensation and Expenses
                                       401.6    Transporting of Students by Employees
   
                                    401.10  Credit Cards
   
                                    904.1    Transporting Students in Private Vehicles

Approved      5/18/2020                        
Reviewed   11/221/22                                                                 
Revised    11/21/22        

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 18:56

401.08 - Recognition for Service of Employees

401.08 - Recognition for Service of Employees

The board recognizes and appreciates the service of its employees.  Employees who retire or resign may be honored by the board, administration and staff in an appropriate manner.

If the form of honor thought appropriate by the administration and employees involves unusual expense to the school district, the superintendent will seek prior approval from the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Const. Art. III, § 31.
   
                                     Iowa Code § 279.8

Cross Reference:  407                                      Licensed Employee Termination of Employment
   
                                     413                                      Classified Employee Termination of Employment

Approved   5/18/2020                           
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 18:57

401.09 - Employee Political Activity

401.09 - Employee Political Activity

Employees will not engage in political activity upon property under the jurisdiction of the board including the use of school district e-mail accounts.  Activities including, but not limited to, posting of political circulars or petitions, the distribution of political circulars or petitions, the collection of or solicitation for campaign funds, solicitation for campaign workers, general information regarding elections or ballot issues and the use of students for writing or addressing political materials, or the distribution of such materials to or by students are specifically prohibited.

Violation of this policy may be grounds for disciplinary action.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 55; 279.8.

Cross Reference:  409.5                                    Licensed Employee Political Leave
   
                                    414.5                                    Classified Employee Political Leave

Approved   5/18/2020                           
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 18:58

401.10 - Credit and Procurement Cards

401.10 - Credit and Procurement Cards

Employees may use school district credit cards and/or procurement cards (p-cards) for the actual and necessary expenses incurred in the performance of work-related duties.  Actual and necessary expenses incurred in the performance of work-related duties include, but are not limited to travel expenses related to professional development or fulfillment of required job duties, fuel for school district transportation vehicles used for transporting students to and from school and for school-sponsored events, payment of claims related to professional development of the board and employees, and other expenses required by employees and the board in the performance of their duties.

Employees and officers using a school district credit or procurement card must submit a detailed, itemized receipt in addition to a credit or procurement card receipt indicating the date, purpose and nature of the expense for each claim item.  Failure to provide a proper receipt will make the employee responsible for expenses incurred.  Those expenses are reimbursed to the school district no later than ten working days following use of the school district's credit or procurement card.  In exceptional circumstances, the superintendent or board may allow a claim without proper receipt.  Written documentation explaining the exceptional circumstances is maintained as part of the school district's record of the claim.

The school district may maintain a school district credit or procurement card for actual and necessary expenses incurred by employees and officers in the performance of their duties.  The superintendent may maintain a school district credit or procurement card for actual and necessary expenses incurred in the performance of the superintendent's duties.  The transportation director may maintain a school district credit or procurement card for fueling school district transportation vehicles in accordance with board policy.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to determine whether the school district credit or procurement card use is for appropriate school business.  It is the responsibility of the board to determine through the audit and approval process of the board whether the school district credit or procurement card used by the superintendent and the board is for appropriate school business.

The superintendent is responsible for developing administrative regulations regarding actual and necessary expenses and use of a school district credit or procurement card.  The administrative regulations will include the appropriate forms to be filed for obtaining a credit  or procurement card.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Constitution, Art. III, § 31.
                                       Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .29, .30.
                                       281 I.A.C. 12.3(1).

Cross Reference:  216.3                                    Board of Directors' Member Compensation and Expenses
                                       401.7                                    Employee Travel Compensation

Approved     5/18/2020                         
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 18:59

401.11 - Employee Orientation

401.11 - Employee Orientation

Employees must know their role and duties.  New employees may be required to participate in an orientation program for new employees.  The employee's immediate supervisor should provide the new employee with a review of the employee's responsibilities and duties.  Payroll procedures and employee benefit programs and accompanying forms will be explained to the employee by the School Business Official.  Regular employees ineligible for the school district's group health plan will be given information regarding where they can obtain health care or health care insurance.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20; 279.8.
   
                                    191 I.A.C. 74.

Cross Reference:  404                                    Employee Conduct and Appearance
   
                                    406                                    Licensed Employee Compensation and Benefits
   
                                    412                                    Classified Employee Compensation and Benefits

Approved    5/18/2020                          
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 19:01

401.12 - Employee Use of Cell Phones

401.12 - Employee Use of Cell Phones

The use of cell phones and other communication devices may be appropriate to provide for the effective and efficient operation of the School district and to help ensure safety and security of people and property while on School district property or engaged in school-sponsored activities.

Employees may possess and use cell phones during the school day as outlined in this policy and as provided in the administrative regulation developed by the superintendent.  Employees should not use cell phones for personal business while on-duty, including staff development times, parent-teacher conferences, etc., except in the case of an emergency or during prep time or break/lunch times.  Employees, except for bus drivers, see below, are prohibited from using cell phones while driving except in the case of an emergency and any such use must comply with applicable state and federal law and district policies and regulations. 

Cell phones are not to be used for conversations involving confidential student or employee information. 

School bus drivers are prohibited from using any communication device while operating the bus except in the case of an emergency, or to call for assistance, after the vehicle has been stopped.  Any such use must comply with applicable state and federal law and district policies and regulations.

Certain positions within the district may require the regular use of cell phones to conduct district business.  These employees may purchase and/or maintain cell phones and related equipment, at their own expense, to make themselves accessible to the district and to conduct district business more efficiently.  The superintendent has discretion to determine which district positions qualify for a cell phone allowance.  The monthly cell phone allowance amount shall be established by the superintendent and/or the board.  Employees who utilize their personal cell phones in accordance with this policy shall do so in accordance with this policy and accompanying procedures.  The cell phone allowance is neither permanent nor guaranteed.  The district reserves the right to rescind the allowance at any time for a violation of district policy or regulation or for any other reason.

Employees violating the policy will be subject to discipline, up to and including, discharge.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal References:  Internal Revenue Comment Notice, 2009-46, http://www.irs.gov/irb/2009-23_IRB/ar07.html
   
                                      Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 321.276.

Cross References:  406       Licensed Employee Compensation and Benefits
                              
           412       Classified Employee Compensation and Benefits     
                                        
707.5    Internal Controls

Approved    5/18/2020                     
Reviewed                                                                         
Revised                 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 19:02

401.12R1 - Employee Use of Cell Phones Regulation

401.12R1 - Employee Use of Cell Phones Regulation

Cell phone Usage

1.   Cell phones shall be used in a manner that does not disrupt instruction and should not be used during school-sponsored programs, meetings, in-services, or other events where there exists a reasonable expectation of quiet attentiveness unless there is a reason of personal health or safety involved.

2.   Cell phones should not be used to transmit confidential student or personal information either verbally or written. 

3.   Employees are prohibited from using a cell phone while driving as part of their work duties, unless in the case of an emergency, unless the vehicle has come to a complete stop and the gear is in park. 

 

Cell Phone Business Procedures

School district employees may be reimbursed for use of privately owned cell phones to conduct school district business in accordance with board policy and this regulation, with prior approval of the superintendent.

1.   Requests for reimbursement for authorized use of employee owned cell phones are to be submitted on school district provided forms accompanied by a copy of the billing statement with the school district business related calls highlighted. A notation for each highlighted entry, indicating the nature of the call is required.  The employee’s immediate supervisor must sign-off on the billing statement verifying the calls were school district business related.  School district reimbursement for authorized use of employee owned cell phones will be made in conformance with school district payment procedures.  Requests for reimbursement, including the highlighted billing statement must be submitted within thirty (30) days of the end of the time period for which reimbursement is requested.  Requests submitted after the reimbursement deadline has passed will be denied.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 19:03

401.14 - Employee Expression

401.14 - Employee Expression

The board believes the district has an interest in maintaining an orderly and effective work environment while balancing employees First Amendment rights to freedom of expression and diverse viewpoints and beliefs.  When employees speak within their official capacity, their expression represents the district and may be regulated.  The First Amendment protects a public employee’s speech when the employee is speaking as an individual citizen on a matter of public concern.  Even so, employee expression that has an adverse impact on district operations and/or negatively impacts an employee’s ability to perform their job for the district may still result in disciplinary action up to and including termination.

Employees will comply with Iowa law to the extent that compliance does not infringe on employees’ free speech rights.

Employees who use social media platforms are encouraged to remember that the school community may not be able to separate employees as private citizens, from their role within the district.  Employee expression on social media platforms that interferes with the district’s operations or prevents the district from functioning efficiently and effectively may be subject to discipline up to and including termination.

A district employee who acts to protect a student for engaging in free expression or who refuses to infringe on students engaging in free expression; and who is acting within the scope of their professional ethics will not be retaliated against or face any adverse employment action based on their behavior provided that expression is otherwise permitted by law and board policy. 

If the board or court finds an employee that is subject to licensure, certification or authorization by the Board of Educational Examiners discriminated against a student or other co-employee, the board will refer the employee to the Board of Educational Examiners for additional proceedings as required by law and which may result in discipline up to and including termination.

 

 

Legal Reference:  U.S. Const. Amend. I
                                      
Kennedy v. Bremerton School District, 597 U.S.    (2022)
                                       
Iowa Code §§ 279.73; 280.22

Cross Reference:  401.13         Staff Technology Use/Social Networking
                                        401.13R1   Staff Technology Use/Social Networking Regulation
                                        502.03         Student Expression and Student Publications Code
                                        502.03R1  Student Expression and Student Publications Code Regulation

Approved      10/24/22                            
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 19:08

402 - Employees and Outside Relations

402 - Employees and Outside Relations dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 19:12

402.01 - Release of Credit Information

402.01 - Release of Credit Information

The following information will be released to an entity with whom an employee has applied for credit or has obtained credit:  title of position, income, and number of years employed.  This information will be released without prior written notice to the employee.  Confidential information about the employee will be released to an inquiring creditor with a written authorization from the employee.

It is the responsibility of the board secretary or superintendent to respond to inquiries from creditors.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 22.7; 279.8.

Cross Reference:  401.5                                    Employee Records

Approved      5/18/2020                          
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 19:12

402.02 - Child Abuse Reporting

402.02 - Child Abuse Reporting

In compliance with state law and to provide protection to victims of child abuse, the board believes incidents of alleged child abuse should be reported to the proper authorities. All licensed school employees, teachers, coaches and paraeducators and all school employees 18 years of a are mandatory reporters as provided by law and are to report alleged incidents of child abuse they become aware of within the scope of their professional duties.

When a mandatory reporter suspects a student is the victim of child abuse, the mandatory reporter shall make an oral report of the suspected child abuse to the Iowa Department of Human Services within 24 hours of becoming aware of the abusive incident and shall make a written report to the Iowa Department of Human Services within 48 hours following the oral report. If the mandatory reporter believes the child is in immediate danger, the local law enforcement agency will also be notified. 

Within six months of their initial employment, mandatory reporters will take a two-hour training course involving the identification and reporting of child abuse, or submit evidence they’ve taken the course within the previous three years.   Once the training course has been taken, the certificate will remain valid for three years.  Employees who have taken the two-hour training course will take the one-hour follow up training course every three years and prior to the expiration of their certificate.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 232.67-.77; 232A; 235A; 280.17.
   
                                    441 I.A.C. 9.2; 155; 175.

Cross Reference:  402.3                                Abuse of Students by School District Employees
   
                                    502.9                                Interviews of Students by Outside Agencies
   
                                    507                                    Student Health and Well-Being

Approved      5/18/2020                   
Reviewed    7/18/22               
Revised      7/17/23             

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 19:13

402.03 - Abuse of Students by School District Employees

402.03 - Abuse of Students by School District Employees

Physical or sexual abuse of students, including but not limited to sexual or physical relationships, grooming behavior, and otherwise inappropriate relationships with students by employees will not be tolerated.  The definition of employees for the purpose of this policy includes not only those who work for pay but also those who are volunteers of the school district under the direction and control of the school district.  Employees found in violation of this policy will be subject to disciplinary action up to and including discharge.

The school district will respond promptly to allegations of abuse of students by school district employees by investigating or arranging for the investigation of an allegation and timely reporting to all relevant agencies as required by law.  The processing of a complaint or allegation will be handled confidentially to the maximum extent possible.  Employees are required to assist in the investigation when requested to provide information and to maintain the confidentiality of the reporting and investigation process.

The school district has appointed a Level I investigator and alternate Level I investigator.  The school district has also arranged for a trained, experienced professional to serve as the Level II investigator.  The Level I investigator and alternate will be provided training in the conducting of an investigation at the expense of the school district.  The names of the investigators are listed in the student handbook published annually in the local newspaper and posted in all school facilities.

The superintendent is responsible for drafting administrative regulations to implement this policy.

 

Legal Reference:    Iowa Code §§ 232.67, .70, .73, .75; 235A; 256.160; 272A; 280.17; 709; 728.12(1).
                               281 I.A.C. 12.3(6), 102; 103.
                               441 I.A.C. 155; 175.

Cross Reference:    104       Bullying/Harassment 
                                402.2    Child Abuse Reporting
                                503.5    Corporal Punishment

Approved      5/18/2020        
Reviewed       7/15/2024       
Revised         7/15/2024        

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 19:14

402.04 - Gifts To Employees

402.04 - Gifts To Employees

Employees may receive a gift on behalf of the school district.  Employees will not, either directly or indirectly, solicit, accept or receive any gift, series of gifts or an honorarium unless the donor does not meet the definition of "restricted donor" stated below or the gift or honorarium does not meet the definition of gift or honorarium stated below.

A "restricted donor" is defined as a person or other entity which:

            Is seeking to be, or is a party to, any one or any combination of sales, purchases, leases or contracts to, from or with the school district;

            Will be directly and substantially affected financially by the performance or nonperformance of the employee's official duty in a way that is greater than the effect on the public generally or on a substantial class of persons to which the person belongs as a member of a profession, occupation, industry or region; or

            Is a lobbyist or a client of a lobbyist with respect to matters within the school district's jurisdiction.

A "gift" is the giving of anything of value in return for which something of equal or greater value is not given or received.  However, "gift" does not include any of the following:

            Contributions to a candidate or a candidate's committee;

            Information material relevant to an employee's official function, such as books, pamphlets, reports, documents, periodicals or other information that is recorded in a written, audio or visual format;

            Anything received from a person related within the fourth degree by kinship or marriage, unless the donor is acting as an agent or intermediary for another person not so related;

            An inheritance;

            Anything available or distributed to the general public free of charge without regard to the official status of the employee;

            Items received from a charitable, professional, educational or business organization to which the employee belongs as a dues paying member if the items are given to all members of the organization without regard to an individual member's status or positions held outside of the organization and if the dues paid are not inconsequential when compared to the items received;

            Actual expenses of an employee for food, beverages, travel and lodging for a meeting, which is given in return for participation in a panel or speaking engagement at the meeting when the expenses relate directly to the day or days on which the employee has participation or presentation responsibilities;

            Plaques or items of negligible resale value given as recognition for public service;

            Nonmonetary items with a value of less than three dollars that are received from any one donor during one calendar day;

            Items or services solicited or given to a state, national or regional organization in which the state of Iowa or a school district is a member for purposes of a business or educational conference, seminar or other meeting or solicited by or given for the same purposes to state, national or regional government organizations whose memberships and officers are primarily composed of state or local government officials or employees for purposes of a business or educational conference, seminar or other meeting;

            Funeral flowers or memorials to a church or nonprofit organization;  

           Gifts other than food, beverages, travel and lodging received by an employee which are received from a person who is a citizen of a country other than the United States and is given during a ceremonial presentation or as a result of a custom of the other country and is of personal value only to the employee

            Gifts which are given to an employee for the employee's wedding or twenty-fifth or fiftieth wedding anniversary;

            Items or services received by members or representatives of members as part of a regularly scheduled event that is part of a business or educational conference, seminar or other meeting that is sponsored and directed by any state, national or regional government organization in which the state of Iowa or a political subdivision of the state of Iowa is a member or received at such an event by members or representatives of members of state, national or regional government organizations whose memberships and officers are primarily composed of state or local government officials or employees;

            Payment of salary or expenses by the school district for the cost of attending a meeting of a subunit of an agency when the employee whose expenses are being paid serves on a board, commission, committee, council or other subunit of the agency and the employee is not entitled to receive compensation or reimbursement of expenses from the school district for attending the meeting; or

               Actual registration costs for informational meetings or sessions which assist a public official or public employee in the performance of the person's official functions.  The costs of food, drink, lodging and travel are not "registration costs" under this paragraph.  Meetings or sessions which a public official or public employee attends for personal or professional licensing purposes are not "informational meetings or sessions which assist a public official or public employee in the performance of the person's official functions" under this paragraph.

An "honorarium" is anything of value that is accepted by, or on behalf of, an employee as consideration for an appearance, speech or article.  An honorarium does not include any of the following:

            Actual expenses of an employee for registration, food, beverages, travel or lodging for a meeting, which is given in return for participation in a panel or speaking engagement at a meeting when the expenses relate directly to the day or days on which the employee has participation or presentation responsibilities;

            A nonmonetary gift or series of nonmonetary gifts donated within thirty days to a public body, an educational or charitable organization or the Iowa department of general services; or

            A payment made to an employee for services rendered as part of a private business, trade or profession in which the employee is engaged if the payment is commensurate with the actual services rendered and is not being made because of the person's status as an employee of the district, but, rather, because of some special expertise or other qualification.

It is the responsibility of each employee to know when it is appropriate to accept or reject gifts or an honorarium.

 

 

Legal References:  Iowa Code ch. 68B 

Cross References:  217          Gifts to Board of Directors
                                          401.2      Employee Conflict of Interest
                                 
          704.4      Gifts-Grants-Bequests

Approved    5/18/2020              
Reviewed                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 19:15

402.05 - Required Professional Development for Employees

402.05 - Required Professional Development for Employees

Appropriate training and professional development of all employees is crucial to the success of all students.  The district will provide professional development opportunities appropriate to the duties of school employees. 

For all professional development programs the district requires employees to take, the district will provide to the employee notice indicating the section of the law, or rules adopted by the state board of education or board of educational examiners that the district determines requires the employee to participate in the professional development program.

NOTE:  This requirement exists regardless of the employee’s status as a licensed or classified employee. With the change in law stating that all school employees are now mandatory reporters, this policy language will apply to all employees for at least some training.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 

Cross Reference:  302.6 Superintendent Professional Development
   
                                    303.7 Administrator Professional Development
   
                                    408.1 Licensed Employee Professional Development

Approved    7/17/23       
Reviewed     7/17/23     
Revised     7/17/23 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 19:17

402.06 - Employee Outside Employment

402.06 - Employee Outside Employment

The board believes the primary responsibility of employees is to the duties of their position within the school district as outlined in their job description.  The board considers an employee's duties as part of a regular, full-time position as full-time employment.  The board expects such employees to give the responsibilities of their positions in the school district precedence over any other employment.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to counsel employees, whether full-time or part-time, if, in the judgment of the superintendent and the employee's immediate supervisor, the employee's outside employment interferes with the performance of the employee's duties required in the employee's position within the school district.

The board may request the employee to cease the outside employment as a condition of continued employment with the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.7; 279.8.

Cross Reference:  401.2                                    Employee Conflict of Interest
   
                                    408.3                                    Licensed Employee Tutoring

Approved    5/18/2020                           
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 19:19

403 - Employee Health and Well Being

403 - Employee Health and Well Being dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 19:20

403.01 - Employee Physical Examinations

403.01 - Employee Physical Examinations

The Maquoketa Valley Community School District believes good health is important to job performance. School bus drivers will present evidence of good health upon initial hire and every other year in the form of a physical examination report, unless otherwise required by law or medical opinion.

The form indicating the employee is able to perform the duties, with or without reasonable accommodation, for which the employee was hired, must be returned prior to the performance of duties. The cost of bus driver renewal physicals will be paid by the school district up to a maximum of $120.00.  The bus driver must provide proof of DOT physical examination in order to be reimbursed by the district.

Employees whose physical or mental health, in the judgment of the administration, may be in doubt will submit to additional examinations to the extent job-related and consistent with business necessity, when requested to do so, at the expense of the school district.

The district will comply with occupational safety and health requirements as applicable to its employees in accordance with law.

 

 

Legal Reference:  29 C.F.R. § 1910.1030.
   
                                    49 C.F.R. §§ 391.41 – 391.49.
                            
            Iowa Code §§ 20; 279.8; 321.376.
                           
            281 I.A.C. 43.15; 43.17.

Cross Reference:  403       Employees' Health and Well-Being

Approved     5/18/2020                 
Reviewed                                                                            
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 19:20

403.02 - Employee Injury on the Job

403.02 - Employee Injury on the Job

When an employee becomes seriously injured on the job, the employee’s supervisor will attempt to notify a member of the family, or an individual of close relationship, as soon as the employee’s supervisor becomes aware of the injury.

If possible, an employee may administer emergency or minor first aid.  An injured employee will be turned over to the care of the employee's family or qualified medical employees as quickly as possible.  The school district is not responsible for medical treatment of an injured employee.

It is the responsibility of the employee injured on the job to inform the superintendent within twenty-four hours of the occurrence.  It is the responsibility of the employee's immediate supervisor to file an accident report within twenty-four hours after the employee reported the injury.

It is the responsibility of the board secretary to file worker’s comp claims.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 85; 279.40; 613.17.

Cross Reference:  403                                    Employees' Health and Well-Being
   
                                    409.2                                    Licensed Employee Personal Illness Leave
   
                                    414.2                                    Classified Employee Personal Illness Leave

Approved      5/18/2020                          
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 19:21

403.03 - Communicable Diseases - Employees

403.03 - Communicable Diseases - Employees

Employees with a communicable disease will be allowed to perform their customary employment duties provided they are able to perform the essential functions of their position and their presence does not create a substantial risk of illness or transmission to students or other employees.  The term "communicable disease" will mean an infectious or contagious disease spread from person to person, or animal to person, or as defined by law.

Prevention and control of communicable diseases is included in the school district's bloodborne pathogens exposure control plan.  The procedures will include scope and application, definitions, exposure control, methods of compliance, universal precautions, vaccination, post-exposure evaluation, follow-up, communication of hazards to employees and record keeping.  This plan is reviewed annually by the superintendent and school nurse.

The health risk to immunodepressed employees is determined by their personal physician.  The health risk to others in the school district environment from the presence of an employee with a communicable disease is determined on a case-by-case basis by the employee's personal physician, a physician chosen by the school district or public health officials.

Health data of an employee is confidential and it will not be disclosed to third parties.  Employee medical records are kept in a file separate from their personal file.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the school nurse, to develop administrative regulations stating the procedures for dealing with employees with a communicable disease.

 

 

Legal Reference:  29 U.S.C. §§ 794, 1910.
   
                                    42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 et seq.
   
                                    45 C.F.R. Pt. 84.3.
   
                                    Iowa Code chs. 139A; 141A.
   
                                    641 I.A.C. .1, .2, .7.

Cross Reference:  401.5          Employee Records
                                       403.1          Employee Physical Examinations
                                       507.3          Communicable Diseases - Students

Approved    5/18/2020               
Reviewed                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 19:22

403.03E1 - Hepatitis B Vaccine Information and Record

403.03E1 - Hepatitis B Vaccine Information and Record

The Disease

Hepatitis B is a viral infection caused by the Hepatitis B virus (HBV) which causes death in 1-2% of those infected.  Most people with HBV recover completely, but approximately 5-10% become chronic carriers of the virus.  Most of these people have no symptoms, but can continue to transmit the disease to others.  Some may develop chronic active hepatitis and cirrhosis.  HBV may be a causative factor in the development of liver cancer.  Immunization against HBV can prevent acute hepatitis and its complications.

 

The Vaccine

The HBV vaccine is produced from yeast cells.  It has been extensively tested for safety and effectiveness in large scale clinical trials.

Approximately 90 percent of healthy people who receive two doses of the vaccine and a third dose as a booster achieve high levels of surface antibody (anti-HBs) and protection against the virus.  The HBV vaccine is recommended for workers with potential for contact with blood or body fluids.  Full immunization requires three doses of the vaccine over a six-month period, although some persons may not develop immunity even after three doses.

There is no evidence that the vaccine has ever caused Hepatitis B.  However, persons who have been infected with HBV prior to receiving the vaccine may go on to develop clinical hepatitis in spite of immunization.

 

Dosage and Administration

The vaccine is given in three intramuscular doses in the deltoid muscle.  Two initial doses are given one month apart and the third dose is given six months after the first.

 

Possible Vaccine Side Effects

The incidence of side effects is very low.  No serious side effects have been reported with the vaccine.  Ten to 20 percent of persons experience tenderness and redness at the site of injection and low grade fever.  Rash, nausea, joint pain, and mild fatigue have also been reported.  The possibility exists that other side effects may be identified with more extensive use.

 

CONSENT FORM OF HEPATITIS B VACCINATION

I have knowledge of Hepatitis B and the Hepatitis B vaccination.  I have had an opportunity to ask questions of a qualified nurse or physician and understand the benefits and risks of Hepatitis B vaccination.  I understand that I must have three doses of the vaccine to obtain immunity.  However, as with all medical treatment, there is no guarantee that I will become immune or that I will not experience side effects from the vaccine.  I give my consent to be vaccinated for Hepatitis B.

___________________________________________     _______________________________
Signature of Employee (consent for Hepatitis B vaccination)               Date

 

___________________________________________     _______________________________
Signature of Witness                                                                                                      Date

 

 

REFUSAL FORM OF HEPATITIS B VACCINATION

I understand that due to my occupational exposure to blood or other potentially infectious materials I may be at risk of acquiring the Hepatitis B virus infection.  I have been given the opportunity to be vaccinated with Hepatitis B vaccine at no charge to myself.  However, I decline the Hepatitis B vaccination at this time.  I understand that by declining this vaccine, I continue to be at risk of acquiring Hepatitis B, a serious disease.  If in the future I continue to have occupational exposure to blood or other potentially infectious materials and I want to be vaccinated with the Hepatitis B vaccine, I can receive the vaccination series at no charge to me.

___________________________________________     _______________________________
Signature of Employee (refusal for Hepatitis B vaccination)                 Date

 

___________________________________________     _______________________________
Signature of Witness                                                                                                      Date

 

I refuse because I believe I have (check one)

                  started the series                                              completed the series

 

 

RELEASE FORM FOR HEPATITIS B MEDICAL INFORMATION

I hereby authorize                                           (individual or organization holding Hepatitis B records and address) to release to the                                Community School District, my Hepatitis B vaccination  records for required employee records.

I hereby authorize release of my Hepatitis B status to a health care provider, in the event of an exposure incident.

 

___________________________________________     _______________________________
Signature of Employee                                                                                          Date

 

___________________________________________     _______________________________
Signature of Witness                                                                                               Date

 

HEPATITIS B VACCINE INFORMATION AND RECORD

 

CONFIDENTIAL RECORD

___________________________________________     _______________________________
Employee Name (last, first, middle)                                                                                     Social Security Number

Job Title:  ______________________________________________________________________________

     Hepatitis B Vaccination Date                             Lot Number                            Site                                       Administered by
1.  _______________________________      _________________     _________________     ____________________________
2.  _______________________________      _________________     _________________     ____________________________
3.  _______________________________      _________________     _________________     ____________________________

Additional Hepatitis B status information:
________________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________________________________
 

Post-exposure incident: (Date, time, circumstances, route under which exposure occurred)
________________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________________________________
 

Identification and documentation of source individual:
________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

Source blood testing consent:
________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

Description of employee's duties as related to the exposure incident:
________________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________________________________
 

Copy of information provided to health care professional evaluating an employee after an exposure incident:
________________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________________

​​​​​​​________________________________________________________________________________________________________
 

Attach a copy of all results of examinations, medical testing, follow-up procedures, and health care professional's written opinion.

Training Record: (date, time, instructor, location of training summary)
​​​​​​​________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 19:23

403.03R1 - Universal Precautions Regulation

403.03R1 - Universal Precautions Regulation

Universal precautions (UP) are intended to prevent transmission of infection, as well as decrease the risk of exposure for employees and students.  It is not currently possible to identify all infected individuals, thus precautions must be used with every individual.  UP pertain to blood and other potentially infectious materials (OPIM) containing blood.  These precautions do not apply to other body fluids and wastes (OBFW) such as saliva, sputum, feces, tears, nasal secretions, vomitus and urine unless blood is visible in the material.  However, these OBFW can be sources of other infections and should be handled as if they are infectious.  The single most important step in preventing exposure to and transmission of any infection is anticipating potential contact with infectious materials in routine as well as emergency situations.  Based on the type of possible contact, employees and students should be prepared to use the appropriate precautions prior to the contact.  Diligent and proper hand washing, the use of barriers, appropriate disposal of waste products and needles, and proper decontamination of spills are essential techniques of infection control.  All individuals should respond to situations practicing UP followed by the activation of the school response team plan.  Using common sense in the application of these measures will enhance protection of employees and students.

 

Hand Washing

Proper hand washing is crucial to preventing the spread of infection.  Textured jewelry on the hands or wrists should be removed prior to washing and kept off until completion of the procedure and the hands are rewashed.  Use of running water, lathering with soap and using friction to clean all hand surfaces is key.  Rinse well with running water and dry hands with paper towels.

    Hands should be washed before physical contact with individuals and after contact is completed.

    Hands should be washed after contact with any used equipment.

    If hands (or other skin) come into contact with blood or body fluids, hands should be washed immediately before touching anything else.

    Hands should be washed whether gloves are worn or not and, if gloves are worn, after the gloves are removed.

 

Barriers

Barriers anticipated to be used at school include disposable gloves, absorbent materials and resuscitation devices.  Their use is intended to reduce the risk of contact with blood and body fluids as well as to control the spread of infectious agents from individual to individual.  Gloves should be worn when in contact with blood, OPIM or OBFW.  Gloves should be removed without touching the outside and disposed of after each use.

 

Disposal of Waste

Blood, OPIM, OBFW, used gloves, barriers and absorbent materials should be placed in a plastic bag and disposed of in the usual procedure.  When the blood or OPIM is liquid, semi-liquid or caked with dried blood, it is not absorbed in materials, and is capable of releasing the substance if compressed, special disposal as regulated waste is required.  A band aid, towel, sanitary napkin or other absorbed waste that does not have the potential of releasing the waste if compressed would not be considered regulated waste.  It is anticipated schools would only have regulated waste in the case of a severe incident.  Needles, syringes and other sharp disposable objects should be placed in special puncture-proof containers and disposed of as regulated waste.  Bodily wastes such as urine, vomitus or feces should be disposed of in the sanitary sewer system.

 

Clean up

Spills of blood and OPIM should be cleaned up immediately.  The employee should:

          Wear gloves.

          Clean up the spill with paper towels or other absorbent material.

          Use a solution of one part household bleach to one hundred parts of water (1:100) or other EPA-approved disinfectant and use it to wash the area well.

          Dispose of gloves, soiled towels and other waste in a plastic bag.

          Clean and disinfect reusable supplies and equipment.

 

Laundry

Laundry with blood or OPIM should be handled as little as possible with a minimum of agitation.  It should be bagged at the location.  If it has the potential of releasing the substance when compacted, regulated waste guidelines should be followed.  Employees who have contact with this laundry should wear protective barriers.

 

Exposure

An exposure to blood or OPIM through contact with broken skin, mucous membrane or by needle or sharp stick requires immediate washing, reporting and follow-up.

          Always wash the exposed area immediately with soap and water.

          If a mucous membrane splash (eye or mouth) or exposure of broken skin occurs, irrigate or wash the area thoroughly.

          If a cut or needle stick injury occurs, wash the area thoroughly with soap and water.

The exposure should be reported immediately, the parent or guardian is notified, and the person exposed contacts a physician for further health care.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 19:34

403.04 - Hazardous Chemical Disclosure

403.04 - Hazardous Chemical Disclosure

The board authorizes the development of a comprehensive hazardous chemical communication program for the school district to disseminate information about hazardous chemicals in the workplace.

Each employee will annually review information about hazardous substances in the workplace.  When a new employee is hired or transferred to a new position or work site, the information and training, if necessary, is included in the employee's orientation.  When an additional hazardous substance enters the workplace, information about it is distributed to all employees, and training is conducted for the appropriate employees.  The superintendent will maintain a file indicating which hazardous substances are present in the workplace and when training and information sessions take place.

Employees who will be instructing or otherwise working with students will disseminate information about the hazardous chemicals with which they will be working as part of the instructional program. 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this program. 

 

 

Legal Reference:  29 C.F.R. Pt. 1910; 1200 et seq.
   
                                    Iowa Code chs. 88; 89B.

Cross Reference:  403                                    Employees' Health and Well-Being
   
                                    804                                    Safety Program

Approved     5/18/2020                          
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 19:35

403.05 - Substance-Free Workplace

403.05 - Substance-Free Workplace

The board expects the school district and its employees to remain substance free.  No employee will unlawfully manufacture, distribute, dispense, possess, use, or be under the influence of, in the workplace, any narcotic drug, hallucinogenic drug, amphetamine, barbituate, marijuana or any other controlled substance or alcoholic beverage as defined by federal or state law.  "Workplace" includes school district facilities, school district premises or school district vehicle, also includes nonschool property if the employee is at any school-sponsored, school-approved or school-related activity, event or function, such as field trips or athletic events where students are under the control of the school district or where the employee is engaged in school business.

If an employee is convicted of a violation of any criminal drug offense committed in the workplace, the employee will notify the employee's supervisor of the conviction within five days of the conviction.

The superintendent will make the determination whether to require the employee to undergo substance abuse treatment or to discipline the employee.  An employee who violates the terms of this policy may be subject to discipline up to and including termination.  An employee who violates this policy may be required to successfully participate in a substance abuse treatment program approved by the boardIf the employee fails to successfully participate in a program, the employee may be subject to discipline up to and including termination. 

The superintendent is responsible for publication and dissemination of this policy to each employee.  In addition, the superintendent will oversee the establishment of a substance-free awareness program to educate employees about the dangers of substance abuse and notify them of available substance abuse treatment programs.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations to implement this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  41 U.S.C. §§ 81
   
                                    42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 et seq.
    
                                    34 C.F.R. Pt. 85
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 123.46; 124; 279.8.

Cross Reference:  404                       Employee Conduct and Appearance

Approved     5/18/2020                          
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 19:36

403.05E1 - Substance-Free Workplace Notice to Employees

403.05E1 - Substance-Free Workplace Notice to Employees

EMPLOYEES ARE HEREBY NOTIFIED it is a violation of the Substance-Free Workplace policy for an employee to unlawfully manufacture, distribute, dispense, possess, use, or be under the influence of in the workplace any narcotic drug, hallucinogenic drug, amphetamine, barbiturate, marijuana or any other controlled substance or alcohol, as defined in Schedules I through V of section 202 of the Controlled Substances Act (21 U.S.C. 812) and as further defined by regulation at 21 C.F.R. 1300.11 through 1300.15 and Iowa Code Chapter 124.

"Workplace" is defined as the site for the performance of work done in the capacity as an employee.  This includes school district facilities, other school premises or school district vehicles.  Workplace also includes nonschool property if the employee is at any school-sponsored, school-approved or school-related activity, event or function, such as field trips or athletic events where students are under the control of the school district or where the employee is engaged in school business.

Employees who violate the terms of the Substance-Free Workplace policy may be required to successfully participate in a substance abuse treatment program approved by the board.  The superintendent retains the discretion to discipline an employee for violation of the Substance-Free Workplace policy.  If the employee fails to successfully participate in such a program the employee is subject to discipline up to and including termination.

EMPLOYEES ARE FURTHER NOTIFIED it is a condition of their continued employment that they comply with the above policy of the school district and will notify their supervisor of their conviction of any criminal drug statute for a violation committed in the workplace, no later than five days after the conviction.

 

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

SUBSTANCE-FREE WORKPLACE ACKNOWLEDGMENT FORM

 

I,                                                    , have read and understand the Substance-Free Workplace policy.  I understand that if I violate the Substance-Free Workplace policy, I may be subject to discipline up to and including termination or I may be required to participate in a substance abuse treatment program.  If I fail to successfully participate in a substance abuse treatment program, I understand I may be subject to discipline up to and including termination.  I understand that if I am required to participate in a substance abuse treatment program and I refuse to participate, I may be subject to discipline up to and including termination.  I also understand that if I am convicted of a criminal drug offense committed in the workplace, I must report that conviction to my supervisor within five days of the conviction.

 

_________________________________________     ____________________________
(Signature of Employee)                                                                                       (Date)

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 19:37

403.05R1 - Substance-Free Workplace Regulation

403.05R1 - Substance-Free Workplace Regulation

A superintendent who suspects an employee has a substance abuse problem will follow these procedures:

1.   Identification - the superintendent will document the evidence the superintendent has which leads the superintendent to conclude the employee has violated the Substance-Free Workplace policy.  After the superintendent has determined there has been a violation of the Substance-Free Workplace policy, the superintendent will discuss the problem with the employee.

2.   Discipline - if, after the discussion with the employee, the superintendent determines there has been a violation of the Substance-Free Workplace policy, the superintendent may recommend discipline up to and including termination [or may recommend the employee seek substance abuse treatment].  Participation in a substance abuse treatment program is voluntary.

3.   Failure to participate in referral – if the employee refuses to participate in a substance abuse treatment program or if the employee does not successfully complete a substance abuse treatment program, the employee may be subject to discipline up to and including termination.

4.   Conviction - if an employee is convicted of a criminal drug offense committed in the workplace, the employee must notify the employer of the conviction within five days of the conviction.

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 19:38

403.06 - Drug and Alcohol Testing Program

403.06 - Drug and Alcohol Testing Program

Employees who operate school vehicles are subject to drug and alcohol testing if a commercial driver's license is required to operate the school vehicle and the school vehicle transports sixteen or more persons including the driver or the school vehicle weighs twenty-six thousand one pounds or more.  For purposes of the drug and alcohol testing program, the term "employees" includes applicants who have been offered a position to operate a school vehicle.

The employees operating a school vehicle as described above are subject to pre-employment drug testing and random, reasonable suspicion and post-accident drug and alcohol testing.  Employees operating school vehicles will not perform a safety-sensitive function within four hours of using alcohol.  Employees governed by this policy are subject to the drug and alcohol testing program beginning the first day they operate or are offered a position to operate school vehicles and continue to be subject to the drug and alcohol testing program as long as they may be required to perform a safety-sensitive function as it is defined in the administrative regulations.  Employees with questions about the drug and alcohol testing program may contact the school district business official at the central office..

Employees who violate the terms of this policy may be subject to discipline up to and including termination.  Employees who violate this policy bear the personal and financial responsibility, as a condition of continued employment, to successfully participate in a substance abuse evaluation and a substance abuse treatment program recommended by the substance abuse professional.  Employees who fail to or refuse to successfully participate in a substance abuse evaluation or recommended substance abuse treatment program may be subject to discipline up to and including termination.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations to implement this policy in compliance with the law.  The superintendent will inform applicants of the requirement for drug and alcohol testing in notices or advertisements for employment.

The superintendent will also be responsible for publication and dissemination of this policy and supporting administrative regulations and forms to employees operating school vehicles.  The superintendent will also oversee a substance-free awareness program to educate employees about the dangers of substance abuse and notify them of available substance abuse treatment resources and programs.

IASB Drug and Alcohol Testing Program (IDATP) Web site: 

https://www.ia-sb.org/Main/Affiliated_Programs/Iowa_Drug_Alcohol_Testing_Program.aspx.

 

 

Legal Reference:  American Trucking Association, Inc., v. Federal Highway Administration, 51 Fed. 3rd 405 Cir. (4th 1995).
                                       49 U.S.C. §§ 5331 et seq.
                                       42 U.S.C. §§ 12101.

                                       41 U.S.C. §§ 81.
                                       49 C.F.R. Pt. 40; 382; 39.
                                       34 C.F.R. Pt. 85.
                                       Local 301, Internat'l Assoc. of Fire Fighters, AFL-CIO, and City of Burlington, PERB No. 3876 (3-26-91).
                                       Iowa Code §§ 124; 279.8; 321.375(2); 730.5.

Cross Reference:  403.5    Substance-Free Workplace
                                       409.2    Licensed Employee Personal Illness Leave
   
                                    414.2    Classified Employee Personal Illness Leave       

Approved     5/18/2020                          
Reviewed                                           
Revised  __________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 19:39

403.06E1 - Drug and Alcohol Testing Program Notice to Employees

403.06E1 - Drug and Alcohol Testing Program Notice to Employees

EMPLOYEES GOVERNED BY THE DRUG AND ALCOHOL TESTING POLICY ARE HEREBY NOTIFIED they are subject to the school district's drug and alcohol testing program for pre-employment drug testing and random, reasonable suspicion and post-accident drug and alcohol testing as outlined in the Drug and Alcohol Testing Program policy, its supporting documents and the law.

Employees who operate school vehicles are subject to drug and alcohol testing if a commercial driver's license is required to operate the school vehicle and the school vehicle transports sixteen or more persons including the driver or the school vehicle weighs twenty-six thousand, one pounds or more.  For purposes of the drug and alcohol testing program, "employees" also includes applicants who have been offered a position to operate a school vehicle.  The employees operating a school vehicle are subject to the drug and alcohol testing program beginning the first day they operate or are offered a position to operate a school vehicle and continue to be subject to the drug and alcohol testing program.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to inform employees of the drug and alcohol testing program requirements.  Employees with questions regarding the drug and alcohol testing requirements will contact the school district contact person.

EMPLOYEES GOVERNED BY THE DRUG AND ALCOHOL TESTING POLICY ARE FURTHER NOTIFIED that employees violating this policy, its supporting documents or the law may be subject to discipline up to and including termination.

EMPLOYEES GOVERNED BY THE DRUG AND ALCOHOL TESTING POLICY ARE FURTHER NOTIFIED that information related to drug or alcohol violations will be reported to the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA) Clearinghouse.

EMPLOYEES GOVERNED BY THE DRUG AND ALCOHOL TESTING POLICY ARE FURTHER NOTIFIED it is a condition of their continued employment to comply with the Drug and Alcohol Testing Program policy, its supporting documents and the law.  It is a condition of continued employment for employees operating a school vehicle to notify their supervisor of any prescription medication they are using.  Drug and alcohol testing records about a driver are confidential and are released in accordance with this policy, its supporting documents or the law.

EMPLOYEES GOVERNED BY THE DRUG AND ALCOHOL TESTING POLICY ARE FURTHER NOTIFIED that employees violating this policy, its supporting documents or the law may be subject to discipline up to and including termination.  As a condition of continued employment, employees violating this policy, its supporting documents or the law bear the personal and financial responsibility, as a condition of continued employment, to successfully participate in a substance abuse evaluation and, a substance abuse treatment program recommended by the substance abuse professional.  Employees required to participate in and who fail to or refuse to successfully participate in a substance abuse evaluation or recommended substance abuse treatment program may be subject to discipline up to and including termination.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 19:42

403.06E2 - Drug & Alcohol Program and Pre-Employment Testing Acknowledgement Form

403.06E2 - Drug & Alcohol Program and Pre-Employment Testing Acknowledgement Form

I,   Name of Employee   ), have received a copy, read and understand the Drug and Alcohol Testing Program policy of the ________________________ School District and its supporting documents. 

I understand that if I violate the Drug and Alcohol Testing Program policy, its supporting documents or the law, I may be subject to discipline up to and including termination.

I also understand that I must inform my supervisor of any prescription medication I use. 

 In addition, I have received a copy of the U.S. DOT publication, “What Employees Need to Know about DOT Drug & Alcohol Testing,” and have read and understand its contents.

Furthermore, I know and understand that I am required to submit to a controlled substance (drug) test, the results of which must be received by this employer before being employed by the school district and before being allowed to perform a safety-sensitive function.  I also understand that if the results of the pre-employment test are positive, that I will not be considered further for employment with the school district.

I further understand that drug and alcohol testing records and information about me are confidential, and may be released at my request or in accordance with the district’s drug and alcohol testing program policy, its supporting documents or the law.

__________________________________________________               ________________________
(Signature of Employee)                                                                                                      (Date)

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 19:43

403.06E3 - Drug & Alcohol Program and Pre-Employment Testing Written Consent to Share Information

403.06E3 - Drug & Alcohol Program and Pre-Employment Testing Written Consent to Share Information

I,   Name of Employee   ), understand that as part of my employment in a position that requires a commercial driver’s license in the __________ District, I grant consent for the District to conduct queries of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (“FMCSA”) Commercial Driver’s License Drug and Alcohol Clearinghouse to determine whether drug or alcohol violation information about me exists in the Clearinghouse.  I further consent to the District sharing information related to my drug and alcohol testing results with prior, current and future employers, as well as the FMCSA Clearinghouse in accordance with state and federal laws. 

I understand that the District will check and perform queries of my drug and alcohol testing results prior to my employment in any position which requires the use of a commercial driver’s license.  I further understand the District will check and perform queries of my testing results annually and is required to report any drug and alcohol violations of this policy to the FMCSA Clearinghouse. 

I understand that I am not required to consent to the query of the FMCSA Clearinghouse or the District sharing of drug and alcohol testing information with past, present or future employers or the FMCSA Clearinghouse; but that without my consent I understand I will be prohibited from performing safety sensitive functions, including driving a commercial motor vehicle, as required by FMCSA’s drug and alcohol program regulations. 

I hereby give my consent to the District to perform queries of the FMCSA Clearinghouse and share my drug and alcohol testing results with past, present and future employers, as well as the FMCSA Clearinghouse.

                                

__________________________________________________               ________________________
(Signature of Employee)                                                                                                       (Date)

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 19:44

404 - Employee Conduct and Appearance

404 - Employee Conduct and Appearance

Employees are role models for the students who come in contact with them during and after school hours.  The board recognizes the positive effect employees can have on students in this capacity.  To this end, the board strongly suggests and encourages employees to dress themselves, groom themselves and conduct themselves in a manner appropriate to the educational environment.

Employees will conduct themselves in a professional manner.  Employees will dress in attire appropriate for their position.  Clothing should be neat, clean, and in good taste.  Discretion and common sense call for an avoidance of extremes which would interfere with or have an effect on the educational process.

Licensed employees of the school district, including administrators, will follow the code of ethics for their profession as established by the Iowa Board of Educational Examiners.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8
   
                                    282 I.A.C. 13.25, .26.

Cross Reference:  104                Anti-Bullying/Harassment
                                       305                Administrator Code of Ethics
   
                                    401.11         Employee Orientation
   
                                    403.5            Substance-Free Workplace
                                       407                Licensed Employee Termination of Employment
                                       413                Classified Employee Termination of Employment

Approved   5/18/2020                            
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 19:45

404.R1 - Employee Conduct Regulation

404.R1 - Employee Conduct Regulation

CHAPTER 25

282—25.1(272) Scope of standards. This code of professional conduct and ethics constitutes mandatory minimum standards of practice for all licensed practitioners as defined in Iowa Code chapter 272. The adherence to certain professional and ethical standards is essential to maintaining the integrity of the education profession.

282—25.2(272) Definitions. Except where otherwise specifically defined by law:

“Administrative and supervisory personnel” means any licensed employee such as superintendent, associate superintendent, assistant superintendent, principal, associate principal, assistant principal, or other person who does not have as a primary duty the instruction of pupils in the schools.

“Board” means the Iowa board of educational examiners.

“Discipline” means the process of sanctioning a license, certificate or authorization issued by the board.

“Ethics” means a set of principles governing the conduct of all persons governed by these rules.

“Fraud” means knowingly providing false information or representations on an application for licensure or employment, or knowingly providing false information or representations made in connection with the discharge of duties.

“License” means any license, certificate, or authorization granted by the board.

“Licensee” means any person holding a license, certificate, or authorization granted by the board.

“Practitioner” means an administrator, teacher, or other licensed professional, including an individual who holds a statement of professional recognition, who provides educational assistance to students.

“Responsibility” means a duty for which a person is accountable by virtue of licensure.

“Right” means a power, privilege, or immunity secured to a person by law.

“Student” means a person, regardless of age, enrolled in a prekindergarten through grade 12 school, who is receiving direct or indirect assistance from a person licensed by the board.

“Teacher” means any person engaged in the instructional program for prekindergarten through grade 12 children, including a person engaged in teaching, administration, and supervision, and who is required by law to be licensed for the position held.

[ARC 7979B, IAB 7/29/09, effective 9/2/09]

282—25.3(272) Standards of professional conduct and ethics. Licensees are required to abide by  all federal, state, and local laws applicable to the fulfillment of professional obligations. Violation of federal, state, or local laws in the fulfillment of professional obligations constitutes unprofessional and unethical conduct which can result in disciplinary action by the board. In addition, it is hereby deemed unprofessional and unethical for any licensee to violate any of the following standards of professional conduct and ethics:

25.3(1) Standard I—conviction of crimes, sexual or other immoral conduct with or toward a student, and child and dependent adult abuse. Violation of this standard includes:
a
.  Fraud. Fraud means the same as defined in rule 282—25.2(272).
b.  Criminal convictions. The commission of or conviction for a criminal offense as defined by Iowa law provided that the offense is relevant to or affects teaching or administrative performance.
     (1)  
Disqualifying criminal convictions. The board shall deny an application for licensure and shall revoke a previously issued license if the applicant or licensee has, on or after July 1, 2002, been convicted of, has pled guilty to, or has been found guilty of the following criminal offenses, regardless of whether the judgment of conviction or sentence was deferred:
          1.  
Any of the following forcible felonies included in Iowa Code section 702.11: child endangerment, assault, murder, sexual abuse, or kidnapping;
          2.  Any of the following criminal sexual offenses, as provided in Iowa Code chapter 709, involving a child:

  • First-, second- or third-degree sexual abuse committed on or with a person who is under the age of 18;
  • Lascivious acts with a child;
  • Assault with intent to commit sexual abuse;
  • Indecent contact with a child;
  • Sexual exploitation by a counselor;
  • Lascivious conduct with a minor;
  • Sexual exploitation by a school employee;
  • Enticing a minor under Iowa Code section 710.10; or
  • Human trafficking under Iowa Code section 710A.2;

          3.  Incest involving a child as prohibited by Iowa Code section 726.2;
          4.  Dissemination and exhibition of obscene material to minors as prohibited by Iowa Code section 728.2;
          5.  Telephone dissemination of obscene material to minors as prohibited by Iowa Code section 728.15;
          6.  Any offense specified in the laws of another jurisdiction, or any offense that may be prosecuted in a federal, military, or foreign court, that is comparable to an
               offense listed in subparagraph 25.3(1)“b”(1); or

          7.  Any offense under prior laws of this state or another jurisdiction, or any offense under prior law that was prosecuted in a federal, military, or foreign court, that
               is comparable to an offense listed in subparagraph 25.3(1)“b”(1).

     (2)  Other criminal convictions and founded child abuse. In determining whether a person should be denied a license or whether a licensee should be disciplined based upon any other criminal conviction, including a conviction for an offense listed in 25.3(1)“b”(1) which occurred before July 1, 2002, or a founded report of abuse of a child, the board shall consider:

          1.  The nature and seriousness of the crime or founded abuse in relation to the position sought;
          2.  The time elapsed since the crime or founded abuse was committed;
          3.  The degree of rehabilitation which has taken place since the crime or founded abuse was committed;
          4.  The likelihood that the person will commit the same crime or abuse again;
          5.  The number of criminal convictions or founded abuses committed; and
          6.  Such additional factors as may in a particular case demonstrate mitigating circumstances or heightened risk to public safety.

c.  Sexual involvement or indecent contact with a student. Sexual involvement includes, but is not limited to, the following acts, whether consensual or nonconsensual: fondling or touching the inner thigh, groin, buttocks, anus or breasts of a student; permitting or causing to fondle or touch the practitioner’s inner thigh, groin, buttocks, anus, or breasts; or the commission of any sex act as defined in Iowa Code section 702.17.

d.  Sexual exploitation of a minor. The commission of or any conviction for an offense prohibited by Iowa Code section 728.12, Iowa Code chapter 709 or 18 U.S.C. Section 2252A(a)(5)(B).

e.  Student abuse. Licensees shall maintain professional relationships with all students, both inside and outside the classroom. The following acts or behavior constitutes unethical conduct without regard to the existence of a criminal charge or conviction:

          1.  Committing any act of physical abuse of a student;
          2.  Committing any act of dependent adult abuse on a dependent adult student;
          3.  Committing or soliciting any sexual or otherwise indecent act with a student or any minor;
          4.  Soliciting, encouraging, or consummating a romantic or otherwise inappropriate relationship with a student;
          5.  Furnishing alcohol or illegal or unauthorized drugs or drug paraphernalia to any student or knowingly allowing a student to consume alcohol or illegal or
               unauthorized drugs in the presence of the licensee;

          6.  Failing to report any suspected act of child or dependent adult abuse as required by state law; or
          7.  Committing or soliciting any sexual conduct as defined in Iowa Code section 709.15(3)“b” or soliciting, encouraging, or consummating a romantic
               relationship with any person who was a student within 90 days prior to any conduct alleged in the complaint, if that person was taught by the practitioner or
               was supervised by the practitioner in any school activity when that person was a student.

25.3(2) Standard II—alcohol or drug abuse. Violation of this standard includes:

a.  Being on school premises or at a school-sponsored activity involving students while under the influence of, possessing, using, or consuming illegal or unauthorized drugs or abusing legal drugs.

b.  Being on school premises or at a school-sponsored activity involving students while under the influence of, possessing, using, or consuming alcohol.

25.3(3) Standard III—misrepresentation, falsification of information. Violation of this standard includes:

a.  Falsifying or deliberately misrepresenting or omitting material information regarding professional qualifications, criminal history, college credit, staff development credit, degrees, academic award, or employment history when applying for employment or licensure.

b.  Falsifying or deliberately misrepresenting or omitting material information regarding compliance reports submitted to federal, state, and other governmental agencies.

c.  Falsifying or deliberately misrepresenting or omitting material information submitted in the course of an official inquiry or investigation.

d.  Falsifying any records or information submitted to the board in compliance with the license renewal requirements imposed under 282—Chapter 20.

e.  Falsifying or deliberately misrepresenting or omitting material information regarding the evaluation of students or personnel, including improper administration of any standardized tests, including, but not limited to, changing test answers, providing test answers, copying or teaching identified test items, or using inappropriate accommodations or modifications for such tests.

25.3(4) Standard IV—misuse of public funds and property. Violation of this standard includes:

a.  Failing to account properly for funds collected that were entrusted to the practitioner in an educational context.

b.  Converting public property or funds to the personal use of the practitioner.

c.  Submitting fraudulent requests for reimbursement of expenses or for pay.

d.  Combining public or school-related funds with personal funds.

e.  Failing to use time or funds granted for the purpose for which they were intended.

25.3(5) Standard V—violations of contractual obligations.

a.  Violation of this standard includes:

          1.  Asking a practitioner to sign a written professional employment contract before the practitioner has been unconditionally released from a current contract,
               unless the practitioner provided notice to the practitioner’s employing board as set forth in subparagraph 25.3(5)“b”(2).

          2.  Abandoning a written professional employment contract without prior unconditional release by the employer.
          3.  As an employer, executing a written professional employment contract with a practitioner which requires the performance of duties that the practitioner is not 
               legally qualified to perform.

          4.  As a practitioner, executing a written professional employment contract which requires the performance of duties that the practitioner is not legally qualified
               to perform.

b.  In addressing complaints based upon contractual obligations, the board shall consider factors beyond the practitioner’s control. For purposes of enforcement of this standard, a practitioner will not be found to have abandoned an existing contract if:

     (1)  The practitioner obtained a release from the employing board before discontinuing services under the contract; or
     (2)  The practitioner provided notice to the employing board no later than the latest of the following dates:

          1.  The practitioner’s last work day of the school year;
          2.  The date set for return of the contract as specified in statute; or
          3.  June 30.

25.3(6) Standard VI—unethical practice toward other members of the profession, parents, students, and the community. Violation of this standard includes:

  1.  

a.  Denying the student, without just cause, access to varying points of view.
b.  Deliberately suppressing or distorting subject matter for which the educator bears responsibility.
c.  Failing to make reasonable effort to protect the health and safety of the student or creating conditions harmful to student learning.
d.  Conducting professional business in such a way that the practitioner repeatedly exposes students or other practitioners to unnecessary embarrassment or disparagement.
e.  Engaging in any act of illegal discrimination, or otherwise denying a student or practitioner participation in the benefits of any program on the grounds of race, creed, color, religion, age, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, disability, marital status, or national origin.
f.  Soliciting students or parents of students to purchase equipment, supplies, or services from the practitioner for the practitioner’s personal advantage.
g.  Accepting gifts from vendors or potential vendors where there may be the appearance of or an actual conflict of interest.
h.  Intentionally disclosing confidential information including, but not limited to, unauthorized sharing of information concerning student academic or disciplinary records, health and medical information, assessment or testing results, or family income. Licensees shall comply with state and federal laws and local school board policies relating to the confidentiality of student records, unless disclosure is required or permitted by law.
i.  Refusing to participate in a professional inquiry when requested by the board.
j.  Aiding, assisting, or abetting an unlicensed person in the completion of acts for which licensure is required.
k.  Failing to self-report to the board within 60 days any founded child abuse report, or any conviction for a criminal offense listed in 25.3(1)“b”(1) which requires revocation of the practitioner’s license.
l.  Delegating tasks to unqualified personnel.
m.  Failing to comply with federal, state, and local laws applicable to the fulfillment of professional obligations.
n.  Allowing another person to use one’s practitioner license for any purpose.
o.  Performing services beyond the authorized scope of practice for which the individual is licensed or prepared or performing services without holding a valid license.
p.  Falsifying, forging, or altering a license issued by the board.
q.  Failure of the practitioner holding a contract under Iowa Code section 279.13 to disclose to the school official responsible for determining assignments a teaching assignment for which the practitioner is not properly licensed.
r.  Failure of a school official responsible for assigning licensed practitioners holding contracts under Iowa Code section 279.13 to adjust an assignment if the practitioner discloses to the official that the practitioner is not properly licensed for an assignment.

25.3(7) Standard VII—compliance with state law governing obligations to state or local governments, child support obligations, and board orders. Violation of this standard includes:

a.  Failing to comply with 282—Chapter 8 concerning payment of debts to state or local governments.
b.  Failing to comply with 282—Chapter 10 concerning child support obligations.
c.  Failing to comply with a board order.

25.3(8) Standard VIII—incompetence. Violation of this standard includes, but is not limited to:

a.  Willfully or repeatedly departing from or failing to conform to the minimum standards of acceptable and prevailing educational practice in the state of Iowa.
b.  Willfully or repeatedly failing to practice with reasonable skill and safety.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 19:46

404.R2 - Code of Rights and Responsibilities Regulation

404.R2 - Code of Rights and Responsibilities Regulation

chapter 26
 

282—26.1 (272)  Purpose. The code of professional conduct and ethics in 282—Chapter 25 defines unprofessional and unethical conduct justifying disciplinary sanction. The board acknowledges that the discharge of professional obligations should occur in recognition of certain fundamental rights and responsibilities. Accordingly, the board recognizes the following rights and responsibilities of all educators licensed under Iowa Code chapter 272 and agrees that the exercise of these rights and responsibilities may present mitigating facts and circumstances in the board’s evaluation of allegations of unprofessional or unethical conduct.

 

282—26.2 (272) Rights. Educators licensed under Iowa Code chapter 272 have the following rights:

1.       The educator has a right to be licensed and endorsed under professional standards established and enforced by the board.

2.      The educator has a right to refuse assignments for which the educator is not legally authorized, in terms of holding a valid Iowa license with the appropriate endorsement(s) or approval(s).

3.      The educator has a right, subject to board and administrator authority, to exercise professional judgment in the evaluation, selection, and use of teaching methods and instructional materials appropriate to the needs, abilities, and background of each student.

 

282—26.3 (272) Responsibilities. Educators licensed under Iowa Code chapter 272 have the following responsibilities:

1.      The educator has a responsibility to maintain and improve the educator’s professional competence.

2.      The educator has a responsibility to accept only those assignments for which the educator is legally authorized.

3.      The educator has a responsibility to provide conditions that are conducive to teaching and student learning.

4.      The educator shall protect students from conditions harmful to learning or to health or safety.

5.      The educator shall not, without just cause, restrain a student from independent action in the pursuit of learning and shall not, without just cause, deny a student access to varying points of view.

6.      The educator shall not use professional relationships with students for personal advantage.

7.      The educator shall not discriminate against any student on the grounds of race, color, religion, age, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, disability, marital status, or national origin.

8.      The educator shall accord just and equitable treatment to all members of the profession.

9.      The educator shall keep in confidence personally identifiable information regarding a student or the student’s family members that has been obtained in the course of professional service, unless disclosure is required by law or is necessary for the personal safety of the student or others.

10.     The educator who has reasonable basis to believe that a student has been abused, as defined by law, shall make all reports required by law and the Iowa Administrative Code and which are necessary to ensure the safety and well-being of the student.

11.     In the administration of discipline, the educator shall treat all students with respect and in compliance with all policies of the school district served by the educator.

12.     The educator shall provide accurate, truthful, and complete information to the board and to the local education system concerning all licensure transactions.

13.     The educator shall not refuse to participate in a professional inquiry, when requested by the board.

14.     The educator shall not require or direct another educator to violate any provisions of the code of professional conduct and ethics or any rights of a student, parent, educator or citizen.

15.     The educator shall not delegate assigned tasks to unqualified personnel.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 19:59

405 - Licensed Employees - General

405 - Licensed Employees - General dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 20:00

405.01 - Licensed Employee Defined

405.01 - Licensed Employee Defined

Licensed employees, including administrators, are those employees required to hold an appropriate license from the Iowa Department of Education for their position as required by the Board of Educational Examiners or others with professional licenses.  Licenses required for a position will be considered met if the employee meets the requirements established by the Iowa Department of Education.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to establish job specifications and job descriptions for licensed employees' positions, other than the position of the superintendent.  Job descriptions may be approved by the board.

Licensed employees must present evidence of current license to the board secretary prior to payment of salary each year.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Clay v. Independent School District of Cedar Falls, 187 Iowa 89, 174 N.W. 47   (1919).
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 256.7(3); 272; 279.8.
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.4
   
                                    282 I.A.C. 14.

Cross Reference:  405.2                                    Licensed Employee Qualifications, Recruitment Selection
   
                                    410.1                                    Substitute Teachers
   
                                    411.1                                    Classified Employee Defined

Approved      5/18/2020                         
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 20:01

405.02 - Licensed Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection

405.02 - Licensed Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection

Persons interested in a licensed position, other than administrative positions which will be employed in accordance with board policies in Series 300, "Administration," will have an opportunity to apply and qualify for licensed positions in the school district in accordance with applicable laws and school district policies regarding equal employment.  Job applicants for licensed positions will be considered on the basis of the following:

    Training, experience, and skill;

    Nature of the occupation;

               Demonstrated competence; and

    Possession of, or ability to obtain, state license if required for the position.

All job openings shall be submitted to the Iowa Department of Education for posting on TeachIowa, the online state job posting system. Additional announcements of the position may occur in a manner which the superintendent believes will inform potential applicants about the position. Whenever possible, the preliminary screening of applicants will be conducted by the administrator who will be directly supervising and overseeing the person being hired.

The board will employ licensed employees after receiving a recommendation from the superintendent.  The superintendent, however, will have the authority to employ a licensed employee on a temporary basis until a recommendation can be made and action can be taken by the board on the position.

 

 

Legal Reference:  29 U.S.C. §§ 621-634
                       
                42 U.S.C. §§ 2000e, 12101 et seq.
                        
                Iowa Code §§ 20; 35C; 216; 279.13
                      
                281 I.A.C. 12.
                       
                282 I.A.C. 14.

Cross Reference:  401.1  Equal Employment Opportunity
                                        405     Licensed Employees - General
                        
                410.1  Substitute Teachers

Approved      5/18/2020             
Reviewed                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 20:02

405.03 - Licensed Employee Individual Contracts

405.03 - Licensed Employee Individual Contracts

The board will enter into a written contract with licensed employees, other than administrators, employed on a regular basis.  Each contract will be for a period of one year.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to complete the contracts for licensed employees and present them to the board for approval.  The contracts, after being signed by the board president, are returned to the superintendent.  The superintendent will obtain the employee's signature.  After being signed, the contract is filed with the board secretary.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Harris v. Manning Independent School District of Manning, 245 Iowa 1295, 66 N.W.2d 438 (1954).
             
                          Shackelford v. District Township of Beaver, Polk County, 203 Iowa 243, 212 N.W. 467 (1927).
              
                         Burkhead v. Independent School District of Independence, 107 Iowa 29, 77 N.W. 491 (1898).
   
                                    Iowa Code chs. 20; 279.

Cross Reference:  405.2                                Licensed Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection
   
                                    405.4                                Licensed Employee Continuing Contracts
   
                                    407                                    Licensed Employee Termination of Employment

Approved     5/18/2020                          
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 20:04

405.04 - Licensed Employee Continuing Contracts

405.04 - Licensed Employee Continuing Contracts

Contracts entered into with licensed employees, other than an administrator, will continue from year to year except as modified or terminated as provided by law. The board may issue temporary and nonrenewable contracts in accordance with law.

Licensed employees whose contracts will be recommended for termination by the board will receive due process as required by law.  The superintendent will make a recommendation to the board for the termination of the licensed employee's contract.

Licensed employees who wish to resign, to be released from a contract, or to retire must comply with applicable law and board policies.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Ar-We-Va Community School District v. Long and Henkenius, 292 N.W.2d 402 (Iowa 1980).
   
                                    Bruton v. Ames Community School District, 291 N.W.2d 351 (Iowa 1980).
   
                                    Hartman v. Merged Area VI Community College, 270 N.W.2d 822 (Iowa 1978).
   
                                    Keith v. Community School District of Wilton in the Counties of Cedar and Muscatine, 262 N.W.2d 249 (Iowa 1978).
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 20; 272; 279.

Cross Reference:  405.3                                Licensed Employee Individual Contracts
   
                                    405.9                                Licensed Employee Probationary Status
   
                                    407                                    Licensed Employee Termination of Employment

Approved   5/18/2020                            
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 20:05

405.05 - Licensed Employee Work Day

405.05 - Licensed Employee Work Day

The work day for licensed employees will begin each day of the school year at a time established by the superintendent.  Licensed employees who are employed only during the academic year will have the same work day as other licensed employees.  "Day" is defined as one work day regardless of full-time or part-time status of an employee.

Licensed employees are to be in their assigned school building during the work day.  Advance approval to be absent from the school building must be obtained from the principal whenever the licensed employees must leave the school building during the work day.

The building principal is authorized to make changes in the work day in order to facilitate the education program.  These changes are reported to the superintendent.

The work day outlined in this policy is a minimum work day.  Nothing in this policy prohibits licensed employees from working additional hours outside the work day.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20; 279.8

Cross Reference:  200.2                                    Powers of the Board of Directors

Approved      5/18/2020             
Reviewed                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 20:06

405.06 - Licensed Employee Assignment

405.06 - Licensed Employee Assignment

Determining the assignment of each licensed employee is the responsibility of and within the sole discretion of the board.  In making such assignments the board will consider the qualifications of each licensed employee and the needs of the school district.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make recommendations to the board regarding the assignment of licensed employees.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20; 279.8

Cross Reference:  200.2             Powers of the Board of Directors

Approved      5/18/2020                         
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 20:07

405.07 - Licensed Employee Transfers

405.07 - Licensed Employee Transfers

Determining the location where an employee's assignment will be carried out is the responsibility and within the sole discretion of the board.  In making such assignments the board will consider the qualifications of each licensed employee and the needs of the school district.

A transfer may be initiated by the employee, the principal, or the superintendent.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make recommendations to the board regarding the transfer of licensed employees.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20; 216.14; 279.8.

Cross Reference:  405.2                         Licensed Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection
                                       405.6                         Licensed Employee Assignment

Approved     5/18/2020                          
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 20:08

405.08 - Licensed Employee Evaluation

405.08 - Licensed Employee Evaluation

Evaluation of licensed employees on their skills, abilities, and competence is an ongoing process supervised by the building principals and conducted by approved evaluators.  The goal of the formal evaluation of licensed employees, other than administrators, but including extracurricular employees, is to improve the education program, to maintain licensed employees who meet or exceed the board's standards of performance, to clarify the licensed employee's role, to ascertain the areas in need of improvement, to clarify the immediate priorities of the board, and to develop a working relationship between the administrators and other employees.

The formal evaluation criteria is in writing and approved by the board.  The formal evaluation will provide an opportunity for the evaluator and the licensed employee to discuss performance and the future areas of growth.  The formal evaluation is completed by the evaluator, signed by the licensed employee and filed in the licensed employee's personnel file.  This policy supports, and does not preclude, the ongoing informal evaluation of the licensed employee's skills, abilities and competence. 

Licensed employees will be required to:

  • Demonstrate the ability to enhance academic performance and support for and implementation of the school district’s student achievement goals.
  • Demonstrate competency in content knowledge appropriate to the teaching position.
  • Demonstrate competency in planning and preparation for instruction.
  • Use strategies to deliver instruction that meets the multiple learning needs of students.
  • Use a variety of methods to monitor student learning.
  • Demonstrate competence in classroom management.
  • Engage in professional growth.
  • Fulfill professional responsibilities established by the school district.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to ensure licensed employees are evaluated.  New and probationary licensed employees are evaluated at least twice each year.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 279; 284; 294.
   
                                    Aplington Community School District v. PERB, 392 N.W.2d 495 (Iowa 1986).
   
                                    Saydel Education Association v. PERB, 333 N.W.2d 486 (Iowa 1983).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 83; 12.3.

Cross Reference:  405.2                                    Licensed Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection
   
                                    405.9                                    Licensed Employee Probationary Status

Approved     5/18/2020                          
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 20:09

405.09 - Licensed Employee Probationary Status

405.09 - Licensed Employee Probationary Status

The first three consecutive years of a licensed employee's contract is a probationary period unless the employee has already successfully completed the probationary period in an Iowa school district.  New employees who have successfully completed a probationary period in a previous Iowa school district will serve a two year probationary period.  For purposes of this policy, an employee will have met the requirements for successfully completing a probationary period in another Iowa school district if, at the teacher’s most recent performance evaluation, the teacher received at least a satisfactory or better evaluation and the individual has not engaged in conduct which would disqualify the teacher for a continuing contract.  

Only the board, in its discretion, may waive the probationary period.  The board may extend the probationary period for one additional year with the consent of the licensed employee.  The board will make the decision to extend or waive a licensed employee's probationary status based upon the superintendent's recommendation.  During this probationary period the board may terminate the licensed employee's contract at the end of the year without cause or immediately discharge the employee consistent with applicable law and board policies.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279

Cross Reference:  405.4              Licensed Employee Continuing Contracts
                                       405.8              Licensed Employee Evaluation

Approved    5/18/2020                           
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 20:10

406 - Licensed Employees Compensation and Benefits

406 - Licensed Employees Compensation and Benefits dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 20:11

406.01 - Licensed Employee Compensation

406.01 - Licensed Employee Compensation

The board will establish compensation for licensed employees' positions keeping in mind the financial condition of the school district, the education and experience of the licensed employee, the educational philosophy of the school district, and other factors deemed relevant by the board.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board annually regarding licensed employee compensation.  The base wages of licensed employees are subject to review and modification through the collective bargaining process.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.1, .4, .7, .9; 279.8.

Cross Reference:  405                                    Licensed Employees - General
   
                                    406.2                                Licensed Employee Compensation Advancement

Approved   5/18/2020                           
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 20:12

406.02 - Licensed Employee Compensation Advancement

406.02 - Licensed Employee Compensation Advancement

The board will determine if licensed employees will advance in compensation for their licensed employees' positions, keeping in mind the financial condition of the school district, the education and experience of the licensed employee, the educational philosophy of the school district, and other considerations as determined by the board.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board for the advancement of licensed employees.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.1, .4, .7, .9; 279.8.

Cross Reference:  405                                    Licensed Employees - General
   
                                    406                                    Licensed Employee Compensation and Benefits

Approved    5/18/2020               
Reviewed                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 20:12

406.03 - Licensed Employee Continued Education Credit

406.03 - Licensed Employee Continued Education Credit

Continued education on the part of licensed employees may entitle them to advancement in compensation.  Licensed employees who have completed additional hours may be considered for advancement.  The board may determine which licensed employees will advance in compensation for continued education keeping in mind the financial condition of the school district, the education and experience of the licensed employee, the educational philosophy of the school district, and any other items deemed relevant by the board.

Licensed employees who wish to obtain additional education for advancement must notify their supervisor by September 10th.  The superintendent has the discretion to approve credit outside the employee's area of endorsement or responsibility.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board for the advancement of a licensed employee.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.1, .4, .7, .9; 279.8.

Cross Reference:  405                                    Licensed Employees - General
   
                                    406                                    Licensed Employee Compensation and Benefits

Approved     5/18/2020                          
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 20:13

406.04 - Licensed Employee Compensation for Extra Duty

406.04 - Licensed Employee Compensation for Extra Duty

A licensed employee may volunteer or be required to take on extra duty, with the extra duty being secondary to the major responsibility of the licensed employee.  The board may, in its sole discretion, establish compensation for extra duty licensed employee positions, keeping in mind the financial condition of the school district, the education and experience of the licensed employee, the educational philosophy of the school district, and other considerations as determined by the board.

Vacant extra duty positions, for which extra compensation will be earned, will be posted to allow qualified licensed employees to volunteer for the extra duty.  If no licensed employee volunteers for extra duty, the superintendent will assign the extra duty positions to qualified licensed employees.  The licensed employee will receive compensation for the extra duty required to be performed.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board annually as to which licensed employees will have the extra duty, and the compensation for extra duty, for the board's review.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .13-.15, .19A-B.

Cross Reference:  405                                    Licensed Employees - General
   
                                    406                                    Licensed Employee Compensation and Benefits

Approved     5/18/2020                          
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 20:14

406.05 - Licensed Employee Group Benefits

406.05 - Licensed Employee Group Benefits

Licensed employees may be eligible for group benefits as determined by the board and required by law. The board will select the group benefit program(s) and the insurance company or third party administrator which will provide or administer the program. See the Master Contract for more information.

Licensed employees and their spouse and dependents may be allowed to continue coverage of the school district's group health program if they cease employment with the school district by meeting the requirements of the plan. 

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 85; 85B; 279.12, .27; 509; 509A; 509B.
   
                                    Internal Revenue Code § 4980H(c)(4); Treas. Reg. § 54.4980H-1(a)(21)(ii).
                                         
Shared Responsibility for Employers Regarding Health Coverage, 26 CFR Parts 1, 54 and 301, 78 Fed. Reg. 217, (Jan 2, 2013).
                                      
   Shared Responsibility for Employers Regarding Health Coverage, 26 CFR Parts 1, 54 and 301, 79 Fed. Reg. 8543 (Feb. 12, 2014).

Cross Reference:  405.1                                    Licensed Employee Defined
   
                                    706.2                                    Payroll Deductions

Approved   5/18/2020                            
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 20:15

406.06 - Licensed Employee Tax Shelter Programs

406.06 - Licensed Employee Tax Shelter Programs

Employees may elect to have amounts withheld from their pay for items authorized by law, subject to agreement of the district. The board may authorize the administration to make a payroll deduction for licensed employees' tax-sheltered annuity premiums purchased from a company or program if chosen by the board.

Licensed employees wishing to have payroll deductions for tax-sheltered annuities will make a written request to the business manager.   A salary reduction agreement must also be presented to the business manager before deductions can be made.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 260C; 273; 294.16.                                                                           

Cross Reference:  706 Payroll Procedures

Approved      5/18/2020                         
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 20:16

407 - Licensed Employee Termination of Employment

407 - Licensed Employee Termination of Employment dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 20:17

407.01 - Licensed Employee Resignation

407.01 - Licensed Employee Resignation

A licensed employee who wishes to resign must notify the superintendent in writing within the time period set by the board for return of the contract.  This applies to regular contracts for the licensed employee's regular duties and for an extracurricular contract for extra duty.  Resignations of this nature will be accepted by the board.

The board may require an individual who has resigned from an extracurricular contract to accept the resigned position for only the subsequent school year when the board has made a good faith effort to find a replacement and the licensed employee is continuing to be employed by the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 91A.2, .3, .5; 279.13, .19A.

Cross Reference:  405.3            Licensed Employee Individual Contracts
                                       405.4            Licensed Employee Continuing Contracts

                                       407                 Licensed Employee Termination of Employment

Approved      5/18/2020                        
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 20:17

407.02 - Licensed Employee Contract Release

407.02 - Licensed Employee Contract Release

Licensed employees who wish to be released from an executed contract must give at least twenty-one days notice to the superintendent.  Licensed employees may be released at the discretion of the board.  Only in unusual and extreme circumstances will the board release a licensed employee from a contract.  The board will have sole discretion to determine what constitutes unusual and extreme circumstances.

Release from a contract will be contingent upon finding a suitable replacement.  Licensed employees requesting release from a contract after it has been signed and before it expires may be required to pay the board the cost of advertising incurred to locate and hire a suitable replacement.  Upon written mutual agreement between the employee and the superintendent, the costs may be deducted from the employee's salary.  Payment of these costs is a condition for release from the contract at the discretion of the board.  Failure of the licensed employee to pay these expenses may result in a cause of action being filed in small claims court.

The superintendent is required to file a complaint with the Iowa Board of Educational Examiners against a licensed employee who leaves without proper release from the board. 

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 216; 272; 279.13, .19A, .46.

Cross Reference:  405.3                                    Licensed Employee Individual Contracts
   
                                    405.4                                    Licensed Employee Continuing Contracts
   
                                    407.3                                    Licensed Employee Retirement

Approved      5/18/2020                         
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 20:19

407.03 - Licensed Employee Retirement

407.03 - Licensed Employee Retirement

Licensed employees who will complete their current contract with the board may apply for retirement.  No licensed employee will be required to retire at a specific age.

Application for retirement will be considered made when the licensed employee states in writing to the superintendent, no later than the date set by the board for the return of the employee's contract to the board, the intent of the employee to retire.  The letter must state the employee's desire to retire and be witnessed by another party other than the principal or the superintendent.  Applications made after the date set by the board for the return of the employee's contract to the board may be considered by the board if special circumstances exist.  It is within the discretion of the board to determine whether special circumstances exist.

Board action to approve a licensed employee's application for retirement is final and such action constitutes nonrenewal of the employee's contract for the next school year.

Licensed employees who retire under this policy may qualify for retirement benefits through the Iowa Public Employees Retirement System.

Licensed employees and their spouse and dependents are allowed to continue coverage in the school district's group health insurance program at their own expense by meeting the requirements of the insurer.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 97B; 216; 279.46.
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 21.

Cross Reference:  407.6                                    Licensed Employee Early Retirement

Approved   5/18/2020                           
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 20:20

407.04 - Licensed Employee Suspension

407.04 - Licensed Employee Suspension

Licensed employees will perform their assigned job, respect and follow board policy and obey the law.  The superintendent is authorized to suspend a licensed employee pending board action on a discharge, for investigation of charges against the employee, and for disciplinary purposes.  It is within the discretion of the superintendent to suspend a licensed employee with or without pay.

In the event of a suspension, appropriate due process will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Northeast Community Education Association v. Northeast Community School District, 402 N.W.2d 765, 769 (Iowa 1987).
                             
          McFarland v. Board of Education of Norwalk Community School District, 277 N.W.2d 901 (Iowa 1979);
                            
          Iowa Code §§ 20.7, .24; 279.13, .15-.19, .27.

Cross Reference:  404       Employee Conduct and Appearance
                               
        407     Licensed Employee Termination of Employment

Approved      5/18/2020                         
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 20:20

407.05 - Licensed Employee Reduction in Force

407.05 - Licensed Employee Reduction in Force

The board has the exclusive authority to determine the appropriate number of licensed employees.  A reduction of licensed employees may occur as a result of, but not be limited to, changes in the education program, staff realignment, changes in the size or nature of the student population, financial situation considerations, and other reasons deemed relevant by the board.

The reduction in licensed employees, other than administrators, will be done through normal attrition if possible.  If normal attrition does not meet the necessary reduction in force required, the board may terminate licensed employees.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation for termination to the board.  The process for reduction in force shall be as outlined in the Employee Handbook.

Due process for terminations due to a reduction in force will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20; 279.

Cross Reference:  407.4           Licensed Employee Suspension
                                       413.5           Classified Employee Reduction in Force
                                       703                Budget

Approved     5/18/2020                          
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 20:21

408 - Licensed Employees Professional Growth

408 - Licensed Employees Professional Growth dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 20:23

408.01 - Licensed Employee Professional Development

408.01 - Licensed Employee Professional Development

The board encourages licensed employees to attend and participate in professional development activities to maintain, develop, and extend their skills.  The board will maintain and support an in-service program for licensed employees. Professional development activities will include activities that promote and/or teach about compliance with applicable Iowa laws. 

For all professional development programs the district requires employees to take, the district will provide to the employee notice indicating the section of the law, or rules adopted by the state board of education or board of educational examiners that the district determines requires the employee to participate in the professional development program.

Requests for attendance or participation in a development program, other than those development programs sponsored by the school district, are made to the superintendent.  Approval of the superintendent must be obtained prior to attendance by a licensed employee in a professional development program when the attendance would result in the licensed employee being excused from their duties or when the school district pays the expenses for the program.

The superintendent will have sole discretion to allow or disallow licensed employees to attend or participate in the requested event.  When making this determination, the superintendent will consider the value of the program for the licensed employee and the school district, the effect of the licensed employee's absence on the education program and school district operations and the school district's financial situation as well as other factors deemed relevant in the judgment of the superintendent.  Requests that involve unusual expenses or overnight travel must also be approved by the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8; 294.
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.7; 83.6(1)(f)

Cross Reference:  414.9                                    Classified Employee Professional Purposes Leave

Approved   5/18/2020                           
Reviewed      10/24/22                                                                         
Revised     7/17/23               

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 20:24

408.02 - Licensed Employee Publication or Creation of Materials

408.02 - Licensed Employee Publication or Creation of Materials

Materials created by licensed employees and the financial gain there from are the property of the school district if school materials and time were used in their creation and/or such materials were created in the scope of the licensed employee's employment.  The licensed employee must seek prior written approval of the superintendent concerning such activities.

 

 

Legal Reference:  17 U.S.C. § 101 et al.
   
                                    Iowa Code § 279.8

Cross Reference:  401.2                                    Employee Conflict of Interest
   
                                    606.4                                    Student Production of Materials and Services

Approved     5/18/2020             
Reviewed                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 20:24

408.03 - Licensed Employee Tutoring

408.03 - Licensed Employee Tutoring

Every effort will be made by the licensed employees to help students with learning problems before recommending that the parents engage a tutor.  Since there are exceptional cases when tutoring will help students overcome learning deficiencies, tutoring by licensed employees may be approved by the superintendent.

Licensed employees may only tutor students other than those for whom the teacher is currently exercising teaching, administrative or supervisory responsibility unless approved by the superintendent.

Tutoring for a fee may not take place within school facilities or during regular school hours unless approved by the superintendent.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.7; 279.8.

Cross Reference:  401.2                                    Employee Conflict of Interest
   
                                    402.7                                    Employee Outside Employment

Approved    5/18/2020              
Reviewed                      
Revised                 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 20:25

409 - Employee Vacations and Leaves of Absence

409 - Employee Vacations and Leaves of Absence dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 20:26

409.01 - Employee Vacation - Holidays

409.01 - Employee Vacation - Holidays

The board will determine the amount of vacation and holidays that will be allowed on an annual basis for employees.

Vacation for full-time regular employees who work at least 245 days a year, unless the employee's individual contract indicates otherwise, will be 5 days per year after 90 days of employment, 10 days per year after one year of employment and 15 per year days after 15 years of employment.  Unused vacation will not be allowed to be carried over, unless the employee’s individual contract indicates otherwise.

The vacation may be taken during the school year provided the vacation will not disrupt the operation of the school district.  The employee must submit a vacation request to the superintendent, who will determine whether the request will disrupt the operation of the school district.  In the case of the superintendent's request, the board will make the determination.

Regular full-time employees who work at least 245 days a year will be allowed 10 holidays per year.  It is within the discretion of the board to set the holidays annually.

Employees who work during the school academic year, whether full-time or part-time, will have time off in concert with the school calendar. 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board annually on vacations and holidays for employees.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 1C; 4.1(34); 20

Cross Reference:  601.1                                    School Calendar

Approved     5/18/20                 
Reviewed      3.27.23           
Revised     3.27.23              

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 20:26

409.02 - Employee Leaves of Absence

409.02 - Employee Leaves of Absence

The board will offer the following leave to full-time regular licensed employees:

  • Personal Illness (Sick) Leave – Leave for medically-related disability or illness
  • Family Sick Leave_- Leave to care for a sick member of the employee’s immediate family
  • Bereavement Leave – Leave to mourn the loss of a family member or close friend
  • Personal Leave – Leave to accomplish personal business that cannot be conducted outside the work day
  • Jury Duty Leave – Leave to be excused for jury duty
  • Professional Leave - Leave to attend educational meetings or visit other schools
  • Association Leave - Leave to attend conferences of the ISEA, NEA of JDC

The board will offer the following paid leave to full-time regular classified employees:

  • Personal Illness (Sick) Leave – Leave for medically-related disability or illness
  • Family Sick Leave – Leave to care for a sick member of the employee’s immediate family
  • Bereavement Leave – Leave to mourn the loss of a family member or close friend
  • Personal Leave – Leave to accomplish personal business that cannot be conducted outside the work day
  • Jury Duty Leave – Leave to be excused for jury duty
  • Professional Leave - Leave to attend educational meetings or visit other schools

The provisions of each leave offering will be detailed in [the Master Contract and/or Employee Handbook].

Leave offered by the district will not be less than what is required by law. In the event of an emergency or unforeseen circumstance, the superintendent may authorize additional paid leave.

 

 

Legal Reference:  29 U.S.C. §§ 2601 et seq.
   
                                    Pub.L. 116–127
   
                                    29 C.F.R. §§ 825; 826.
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 20; 29A; 55; 85; 216; 279.40; 607A.
   
                                    Whitney v. Rural Ind. School District, 232 Iowa 61, 4 N.W.2d 394 (1942).
   
                                    Bewley v. Villisca Community School District, 299 N.W. 2d 904 (Iowa 1980).

Cross Reference:  403.2    Employee Injury on the Job
   
                                    409.3    Licensed Employee Family and Medical Leave
   
                                    409.8    Licensed Employee Unpaid Leave

Approved                                              
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 20:27

409.03 - Employee Family and Medical Leave

409.03 - Employee Family and Medical Leave

Unpaid family and medical leave will be granted up to 12 weeks per year to assist employees in balancing family and work life.  For purposes of this policy, a year is defined as a fixed 12 month period beginning July 1st through June 30th.  Requests for family and medical leave will be made to the superintendent. 

Employees may be allowed to substitute paid leave for unpaid family and medical leave by meeting the requirements set out in the family and medical leave administrative rules.  Employees eligible for family and medical leave must comply with the family and medical leave administrative rules prior to starting family and medical leave.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative rules to implement this policy. 

Links:   https://www.dol.gov/whd/regs/compliance/posters/fmlaen.pdf

              WH-380-E Certification of Health Care Provider for Employee’s Serious Health Condition (PDF)

WH-385 Certification for Serious Injury or Illness of Covered Servicemember -- for Military Family Leave (PDF)

 

 

Legal Reference:  29 U.S.C. §§ 2601 et seq.
   
                                    29 C.F.R. § 825
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 20; 85; 216; 279.40.
   
                                    Whitney v. Rural Ind. School. District, 232 Iowa 61, 4 N.W.2d 394 (1942).

Cross Reference:  409.2  Employee Leaves of Absence

Approved                      
Reviewed                      
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 20:28

409.03E2 - Employee Family and Medical Leave Request Form

409.03E2 - Employee Family and Medical Leave Request Form

Date:                                 

 

I,                                               , request family and medical leave for the following reason: 

 

(check all that apply)

                 for the birth of my child;

                 for the placement of a child for adoption or foster care;

                 to care for my child who has a serious health condition;

                 to care for my parent who has a serious health condition;

                 to care for my spouse who has a serious health condition; or

             because I am seriously ill and unable to perform the essential functions of my position.

             because of a qualifying exigency arising out of the fact that my ___spouse; ___ son or daughter; ___parent is on active duty or call to active duty status in support of a contingency operation as a member of the National Guard or Reserves.

             because I am the ___ spouse; ___ son or daughter; ___ parent; ___next of kin of a covered service member with a serious injury or illness.

I acknowledge my obligation to provide medical certification of my serious health condition or that of a family member in order to be eligible for family and medical leave within 15 days of the request for certification. 

I acknowledge receipt of information regarding my obligations under the family and medical leave policy of the school district.

I request that my family and medical leave begin on                                      and I request leave as follows: (check one)

                 continuous

                I anticipate that I will be able to return to work on                 .

                 intermittent leave for the:

           birth of my child or adoption or foster care placement subject to agreement by the district;

           serious health condition of myself, spouse, parent, or child when medically necessary;

           because of a qualifying exigency arising out of the fact that my ___ spouse; ___ son or daughter; ___parent is on active duty or call to active duty status in support of a contingency operation as a member of the National Guard or Reserves.

      ___   because I am the ___ spouse; ___ son or daughter; ___ parent; ___next of kin of a covered service member with a serious injury or illness.

Details of the needed intermittent leave:
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________

I anticipate returning to work at my regular schedule on                                  .

         reduced work schedule for the:

                               birth of my child or adoption or foster care placement subject to agreement by the district;

                        _     serious health condition of myself, spouse, parent, or child when medically necessary;

                                                                                                                                                    ____                                                                  because of a qualifying exigency arising out of the fact that my ___spouse; ___ son or daughter; ___parent is on active duty or call to active duty status in support of a contingency operation as a member of the National Guard or Reserves.

                                                                                                                                                    ____                                                                  because I am the ___ spouse; ___ son or daughter; ___ parent; ___next of kin of a covered service member with a serious injury or illness.

Details of needed reduction in work schedule as follows:
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________

I anticipate returning to work at my regular schedule on                                  .

I realize I may be moved to an alternative position during the period of the family and medical intermittent or reduced work schedule leave.  I also realize that with foreseeable intermittent or reduced work schedule leave, subject to the requirements of my health care provider, I may be required to schedule the leave to minimize interruptions to school district operations.

While on family and medical leave, I agree to pay my regular contributions to employer sponsored benefit plans.  My contributions will be deducted from moneys owed me during the leave period.  If no monies are owed me, I will reimburse the school district by personal check or cash for my contributions.  I understand that I may be dropped from the employer-sponsored benefit plans for failure to pay my contribution. 

I agree to reimburse the school district for any payment of my contributions with deductions from future monies owed to me or the school district may seek reimbursement of payments of my contributions in court. 

 

I acknowledge that the above information is true to the best of my knowledge.

 

Signed _____________________________________________________________________

Date _____________________________

If the employee requesting leave is unable to meet the above criteria, the employee is not eligible for family and medical leave. 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 20:31

409.03R1 - Employee Family and Medical Leave Regulation

409.03R1 - Employee Family and Medical Leave Regulation

A.  School district notice.

      1.      The school district will post the notice in Exhibit 409.3E1 regarding family and medical leave.

      2.      Information on the Family and Medical Leave Act and the board policy on family and medical leave, including leave provisions and employee obligations will be provided annually.  The information will be in the [employee handbook].

      3.      When an employee requests family and medical leave, the school district will provide the employee with information listing the employee's obligations and requirements.  Such information will include:

    a.  a statement clarifying whether the leave qualifies as family and medical leave and will, therefore, be credited to the employee's annual 12-week entitlement or 26 week entitlement depending on the purpose of the leave;

    b.  a reminder that employees requesting family and medical leave for their serious health condition or for that of an immediate family member must furnish medical certification of the serious health condition and the consequences for failing to do so or proof of call to active duty in the case of military family and medical leave;

    c. an explanation of the employee's right to substitute paid leave for family and medical leave including a description of when the school district requires substitution of paid leave and the conditions related to the substitution; and

    d. a statement notifying employees that they must pay and must make arrangements for paying any premium or other payments to maintain health or other benefits.

 

B.   Eligible employees.  (choose one)                                                                              

            Employees are eligible for family and medical leave if three criteria are met.

    1. The employee has worked for the school district for at least twelve months or 52 weeks (the months and weeks need not be consecutive); and,

    2.  The employee has worked at least 1,250 hours during the 12 months immediately before the date FMLA leave is to begin.  Full-time professional employees who are exempt from the wage and hour law may be presumed to have worked the minimum hour requirement.

If the employee requesting leave is unable to meet the above criteria, the employee is not eligible for family and medical leave. 

 

C.  Employee requesting leave -- two types of leave.

        1.        Foreseeable family and medical leave.

  a.  Definition - leave is foreseeable for the birth or placement of an adopted or foster child with the employee or for planned medical treatment.

  b.  Employee must give at least thirty days notice for foreseeable leave.  Failure to give the notice may result in the leave beginning thirty days after notice was received.  For those taking leave due to military family and medical leave, notice should be given as soon as possible.

  c.  Employees must consult with the school district prior to scheduling planned medical treatment leave to minimize disruption to the school district.  The scheduling is subject to the approval of the health care provider.

2.        Unforeseeable family and medical leave.

  a.  Definition - leave is unforeseeable in such situations as emergency medical treatment or premature birth.

  b.  Employee must give notice as soon as possible but no later than one to two work days after learning that leave will be necessary.

  c.  A spouse or family member may give the notice if the employee is unable to personally give notice.

D.    Eligible family and medical leave determination.  The school district may require the employee giving notice of the need for leave to provide reasonable documentation or a statement of family relationship.

        1.     Six purposes.

                        a. The birth of a son or daughter of the employee and in order to care for that son or daughter prior to the first anniversary of the child's birth;

b. The placement of a son or daughter with the employee for adoption or foster care and in order to care for that son or daughter prior to the first anniversary of the child's placement;

c. To care for the spouse, son, daughter or parent of the employee if the spouse, son, daughter or parent has a serious health condition; or

d. Employee's serious health condition that makes the employee unable to perform the essential functions of the employee's position.

e. because of a qualifying exigency arising out of the fact that an employee’s ___ spouse; ___ son or daughter; ___ parent is on active duty or call to active duty status in support of a contingency operation as a member of the National Guard or Reserves.

f. because the employee is the spouse; ___ son or daughter; ___ parent; ___ next of kin of a covered service member with a serious injury or illness.

          g.    [Boards who adopt other purposes for which family and medical leave may be taken should add them here.]

 

        2.     Medical certification. 

a.         When required:

(1)        Employees [may/shall] be required to present medical certification of the employee's serious health condition and inability to perform the essential functions of the job.

(2)        Employees [may/shall] be required to present medical certification of the family member's serious health condition and that it is medically necessary for the employee to take leave to care for the family member.

(3)        Employees [may/shall] be required to present certification of the call to active duty when taking military family and medical leave.

b.         Employee's medical certification responsibilities:

(1)        The employee must obtain the certification from the health care provider who is treating the individual with the serious health condition.

(2)        The school district may require the employee to obtain a second certification by a health care provider chosen by and paid for by the school district if the school district has reason to doubt the validity of the certification an employee submits.  The second health care provider cannot, however, be employed by the school district on a regular basis.

(3)        If the second health care provider disagrees with the first health care provider, then the school district may require a third health care provider to certify the serious health condition.  This health care provider must be mutually agreed upon by the employee and the school district and paid for by the school district.  This certification or lack of certification is binding upon both the employee and the school district.

c.        Medical certification will be required fifteen days after family and medical leave begins unless it is impracticable to do so.  The school district may request recertification every thirty days.  Recertification must be submitted within fifteen days of the school district's request.

d.        Employees taking military caregiver family and medical leave to care for a family service member cannot be required to obtain a second opinion or to provide recertification.

Family and medical leave requested for the serious health condition of the employee or to care for a family member with a serious health condition which is not supported by medical certification will be denied until such certification is provided.

 

E.     Entitlement.

        1.     Employees are entitled to twelve weeks unpaid family and medical leave per year.   Employees taking military caregiver family and medical leave to care for a family service member are entitled to 26 weeks of unpaid family and medical leave but only in a single 12 month period.

2.      Year is defined as:  (choose one)

                         Fiscal year

        3.     If insufficient leave is available, the school district may:

a.         Deny the leave if entitlement is exhausted

b.         Award leave available

c.         [Award leave in accordance with other provisions of board policy or the collective bargaining agreement.]

 

F.     Type of Leave Requested.

        1.     Continuous - employee will not report to work for set number of days or weeks.

        2.     Intermittent - employee requests family and medical leave for separate periods of time.

            a.         Intermittent leave is available for:

            birth of my child or adoption or foster care placement subject to agreement by the district;

            serious health condition of myself, spouse, parent, or child when medically necessary;

            because of a qualifying exigency arising out of the fact that my ___ spouse; ___ son or daughter; ___ parent is on active duty or call to active duty status in support of a contingency operation as a member of the National Guard or Reserves;

            because I am the ___ spouse; ___ son or daughter; ___ parent; ___ next of kin of a covered service member with a serious injury or illness.

            b.         In the case of foreseeable intermittent leave, the employee must schedule the leave to minimize disruption to the school district operation.

            c.         During the period of foreseeable intermittent leave, the school district may move the employee to an alternative position with equivalent pay and benefits.  (For instructional employees, see G below.)

        3.     Reduced work schedule - employee requests a reduction in the employee's regular work schedule.

a.     Reduced work schedule family and medical leave is available for:

              birth of my child or adoption or foster care placement subject to agreement by the district;

              serious health condition of myself, spouse, parent, or child when medically necessary;

____      because of a qualifying exigency arising out of the fact that my ___ spouse; ___ son or daughter; ___ parent is on active duty or call to active duty status in support of a contingency operation as a member of the National Guard or Reserves;

____      because I am the ___ spouse; ___ son or daughter; ___ parent; ___ next of kin of a covered service member with a serious injury or illness.

b.         In the case of foreseeable reduced work schedule leave, the employee must schedule the leave to minimize disruption to the school district operation.

 c.        During the period of foreseeable reduced work schedule leave, the school district may move the employee to an alternative position with equivalent pay and benefits.  (For instructional employees, see G below.)

 

G.    Special Rules for Instructional Employees.

        1.        Definition - an instructional employee is one whose principal function is to teach and instruct students in a class, a small group or an individual setting.  This includes, but is not limited to, teachers, coaches, driver's education instructors and special education assistants.

        2.        Instructional employees who request foreseeable medically necessary intermittent or reduced work schedule family and medical leave greater than twenty percent of the work days in the leave period may be required to:

a.  Take leave for the entire period or periods of the planned medical treatment; or,

b.  Move to an available alternative position, with equivalent pay and benefits, but not necessarily equivalent duties, for which the employee is qualified.

        3.        Instructional employees who request continuous family and medical leave near the end of a semester may be required to extend the family and medical leave through the end of the semester.  The number of weeks remaining before the end of a semester does not include scheduled school breaks, such as summer, winter or spring break.

a.  If an instructional employee begins family and medical leave for any purpose more than five weeks before the end of a semester, the school district may require that the leave be continued until the end of the semester if the leave will last at least three weeks and the employee would return to work during the last three weeks of the semester if the leave was not continued.

b.  If the employee begins family and medical leave for a purpose other than the employee's own serious health condition during the last five weeks of a semester, the school district may require that the leave be continued until the end of the semester if the leave will last more than two weeks and the employee would return to work during the last two weeks of the semester.

c.  If the employee begins family and medical leave for a purpose other than the employee's own serious health condition during the last three weeks of the semester and the leave will last more than five working days, the school district may require the employee to continue taking leave until the end of the semester.

        4.        The entire period of leave taken under the special rules is credited as family and medical leave.  The school district will continue to fulfill the school district's family and medical leave responsibilities and obligations, including the obligation to continue the employee's health insurance and other benefits, if an instructional employee's family and medical leave entitlement ends before the involuntary leave period expires.

 

H.    Employee responsibilities while on family and medical leave.

        1.         Employee must continue to pay health care benefit contributions or other benefit contributions regularly paid by the employee unless employee elects not to continue the benefits.

        2.         The employee contribution payments will be deducted from any money owed to the employee or the employee will reimburse the school district at a time set by the superintendent.

        3.         An employee who fails to make the health care contribution payments within thirty days after they are due will be notified that their coverage may be canceled if payment is not received within an additional 15 days.

        4.         An employee may be asked to re-certify the medical necessity of family and medical leave for the serious medical condition of an employee or family member once every thirty days and return the certification within fifteen days of the request. 

        5.         The employee must notify the school district of the employee's intent to return to work at least once each month during their leave and at least two weeks prior to the conclusion of the family and medical leave.

        6.         If an employee intends not to return to work, the employee must immediately notify the school district, in writing, of the employee's intent not to return.  The school district will cease benefits upon receipt of this notification.

 

I.      Use of paid leave for family and medical leave.

        1.         An employee may substitute unpaid family and medical leave for the serious health condition of the employee with paid sick, vacation and personal leave.  Upon the expiration of paid leave, the family and medical leave for the serious health condition of the employee is unpaid.

        2.         An employee may substitute unpaid family and medical leave for the serious health condition of an employee's family member or to care for a family service member with paid sick, vacation and personal leave.  Upon the expiration of paid leave, the family and medical leave for the serious health condition of an employee's family member is unpaid.

        3.         An employee may substitute unpaid family and medical leave for the birth of a child of the employee and in order to care for that child prior to the first anniversary of the child's birth with sick, vacation and personal leave.  Upon the expiration of paid leave, the family and medical leave for the birth of a child of the employee and in order to care for that child prior to the first anniversary of the child's birth is unpaid.

        4.         An employee may substitute unpaid family and medical leave for the placement of a child with the employee for adoption or foster care and in order to care for that child prior to the first anniversary of the child's placement or adoption with sick, vacation and personal leave.  Upon the expiration of paid leave, the family and medical leave for the placement of a child with the employee for adoption or foster care and in order to care for the child prior to the first anniversary of the child's placement or adoption is unpaid.

        5.         An employee may substitute unpaid family and medical leave when a family service member is called to active duty or on call to active duty with sick, vacation and personal leave.  Upon expiration of the paid leave, the leave is unpaid.

        6.         When the school district determines that paid leave is being taken for an FMLA reason, the school district will notify the employee within two business days that the paid leave will be counted as FMLA leave.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 20:36

409.03R2 - Employee Family and Medical Leave Definitions

409.03R2 - Employee Family and Medical Leave Definitions

Active Duty - duty under a call or order to active duty under a provision of law referring to in section 101(a)(13) of title 10, U.S. Code.

Common Law Marriage - according to Iowa law, common law marriages exist when there is a present intent by the two parties to be married, continuous cohabitation, and a public declaration that the parties are husband and wife.  There is no time factor that needs to be met in order for there to be a common law marriage.

Contingency Operation - has the same meaning given such term in section 101(a)(13) of title 10, U.S. Code.

Continuing Treatment - a serious health condition involving continuing treatment by a health care provider includes any one or more of the following:

      A period of incapacity (i.e., inability to work, attend school or perform other regular daily activities due to the serious health condition, treatment for or recovery from) of more than three consecutive calendar days and any subsequent treatment or period of incapacity relating to the same condition that also involves:

        --          treatment two or more times by a health care provider, by a nurse or physician's assistant under direct supervision of a health care provider, or by a provider of health care services (e.g., physical therapist) under orders of, or in referral by, a health care provider; or

        --          treatment by a health care provider on at least one occasion which results in a regimen of continuing treatment under the supervision of a the health care provider.

      Any period of incapacity due to pregnancy or for prenatal care.

      Any period of incapacity or treatment for such incapacity due to a chronic serious health condition.  A chronic serious health condition is one which:

        --          requires periodic visits for treatment by a health care provider or by a nurse or physician's assistant under direct supervision of a health care provider;

        --          Continues over an extended period of time (including recurring episodes of a single underlying condition); and

        --          May cause episodic rather than a continuing period of incapacity (e.g., asthma, diabetes, epilepsy, etc.).

      Any period of incapacity which is permanent or long-term due to a condition for which treatment may not be effective.  The employee or family member must be under the continuing supervision of, but need not be receiving active treatment by, a health care provider.  Examples include Alzheimer's, a severe stroke or the terminal stages of a disease.

      Any period of absence to receive multiple treatments (including any period of recovery from) by a health care provider or by a provider of health care services under orders of, or on referral by, a health care provider, either for restorative surgery after an accident or other injury, or for a condition that would likely result in a period of incapacity of more than three consecutive calendar days in the absence of medical intervention or treatment, such as cancer (chemotherapy, radiation, etc.), severe arthritis (physical therapy), kidney disease (dialysis).

Covered Servicemember - a current member of the Armed Forces, including a member of the National Guard or Reserves, who is undergoing medical treatment, recuperation, or therapy, is otherwise in outpatient status, or is otherwise on the temporary disability retired list, for a serious injury or illness.

Eligible Employee - The employee has worked for the district for at least twelve months and has worked at least 1250 hours within the previous year.

Essential Functions of the Job - those functions which are fundamental to the performance of the job.  It does not include marginal functions.

Employment Benefits - all benefits provided or made available to employees by an employer, including group life insurance, health insurance, disability insurance, sick leave, annual leave, educational benefits, and pensions, regardless of whether such benefits are provided by a practice or written policy of an employer or through an "employee benefit plan."

Family Member - individuals who meet the definition of son, daughter, spouse or parent.

Group Health Plan - any plan of, or contributed to by, an employer (including a self-insured plan) to provide health care (directly or otherwise) to the employer's employees, former employees, or the families of such employees or former employees.

Health Care Provider-

    A doctor of medicine or osteopathy who is authorized to practice medicine or surgery by the state in which the doctor practices; or

    Podiatrists, dentists, clinical psychologists, optometrists, and chiropractors (limited to treatment consisting of manual manipulation of the spine to correct a subluxation as demonstrated by X ray to exist) authorized to practice in the state and performing within the scope of their practice as defined under state law; and

    Nurse practitioners and nurse-midwives, and clinical social workers who are authorized to practice under state law and who are performing within the scope of their practice as defined under state law; and

    Christian Science practitioners listed with the First Church of Christ Scientist in Boston, Massachusetts;

    Any health care provider from whom an employer or a group health plan's benefits manager will accept certification of the existence of a serious health condition to substantiate a claim for benefits;

    A health care provider as defined above who practices in a country other than the United States who is licensed to practice in accordance with the laws and regulations of that country.

In Loco Parentis - individuals who had or have day-to-day responsibilities for the care and financial support of a child not their biological child or who had the responsibility for an employee when the employee was a child.

Incapable of Self-Care - that the individual requires active assistance or supervision to provide daily self-care in several of the "activities of daily living" or "ADLs."  Activities of daily living include adaptive activities such as caring appropriately for one's grooming and hygiene, bathing, dressing, eating, cooking, cleaning, shopping, taking public transportation, paying bills, maintaining a residence, using telephones and directories, using a post office, etc.

Instructional Employee - an employee employed principally in an instructional capacity by an educational agency or school whose principal function is to teach and instruct students in a class, a small group, or an individual setting, and includes athletic coaches, driving instructors, and special education assistants such as signers for the hearing impaired.  The term does not include teacher assistants or aides who do not have as their principal function actual teaching or instructing, nor auxiliary personnel such as counselors, psychologists, curriculum specialists, cafeteria workers, maintenance workers, bus drivers, or other primarily noninstructional employees.

Intermittent Leave - leave taken in separate periods of time due to a single illness or injury, rather than for one continuous period of time, and may include leave or periods from an hour or more to several weeks.

Medically Necessary - certification for medical necessity is the same as certification for serious health condition.

"Needed to Care For" - the medical certification that an employee is "needed to care for" a family member encompasses both physical and psychological care.  For example, where, because of a serious health condition, the family member is unable to care for his or her own basic medical, hygienic or nutritional needs or safety or is unable to transport himself or herself to medical treatment.  It also includes situations where the employee may be needed to fill in for others who are caring for the family member or to make arrangements for changes in care.

Next of Kin - an individual's nearest blood relative

Outpatient Status - the status of a member of the Armed Forces assigned to –

  • either a military medical treatment facility as an outpatient; or
  • a unit established for the purpose of providing command and control of members of the Armed Forces receiving medical care as outpatients.

Parent - a biological parent or an individual who stands in loco parentis to a child or stood in loco parentis to an employee when the employee was a child.  Parent does not include parent-in-law.

Physical or Mental Disability - a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits one or more of the major life activities of an individual.

Reduced Leave Schedule - a leave schedule that reduces the usual number of hours per workweek, or hours per workday, of an employee.

Serious Health Condition -

     An illness, injury, impairment, or physical or mental condition that involves:

  • Inpatient care (i.e. an overnight stay) in a hospital, hospice or residential medical care facility including any period of incapacity (for purposes of this section, defined to mean inability to work, attend school or perform other regular daily activities due to the serious health condition, treatment for or recovery from), or any subsequent treatment in connection with such inpatient care; or
  • Continuing treatment by a health care provider.  A serious health condition involving continuing treatment by a health care provider includes:

--     A period of incapacity (i.e., inability to work, attend school or perform other regular daily activities due to the serious health condition, treatment for or recovery from) of more than three consecutive calendar days, including any subsequent treatment or period of incapacity relating to the same condition, that also involves:

--    Treatment two or more times by a health care provider, by a nurse or physician's assistant under direct supervision of a health care provider, or by a provider of health care services (e.g., physical therapist) under orders or, or on referral by, a health care provider; or

--    Treatment by a health care provider on at least one occasion which results in a regimen of continuing treatment under the supervision of the health care provider.

--     Any period of incapacity due to pregnancy or for prenatal care.

--     Any period of incapacity or treatment for such incapacity due to a chronic serious health condition.  A chronic serious health condition is one which:

--    Requires periodic visits for treatment by a health care provider or by a nurse or physician's assistant under direct supervision of a health care provider;

--    Continues over an extended period of time (including recurring episodes of s single underlying condition); and

--    May cause episodic rather than a continuing period of incapacity (e.g., asthma, diabetes, epilepsy, etc.).

--  A period of incapacity which is permanent or long-term due to a condition for which treatment may not be effective.  The employee or family member must be under the continuing supervision of, but need not be receiving active treatment by, a health care provider.  Examples include Alzheimer's a severe stroke or the terminal stages of a disease.

--  Any period of absence to receive multiple treatments (including any period of recovery from) by a health care provider or by a provider of health care services under orders of, or on referral by, a health care provider, either for restorative surgery after an accident or other injury, or for a condition that would likely result in a period of incapacity of more than three consecutive calendar days in the absence of medical intervention or treatment, such as cancer (chemotherapy, radiation, etc.), severe arthritis (physical therapy), kidney disease (dialysis).

  Treatment for purposes of this definition includes, but is not limited to, examinations to determine if a serious health condition exists and evaluation of the condition.  Treatment does not include routine physical examinations, eye examinations or dental examinations.  Under this definition, a regimen of continuing treatment includes, for example, a course of prescription medication (e.g., an antibiotic) or therapy requiring special equipment to resolve or alleviate the health condition (e.g., oxygen).  A regimen of continuing treatment that includes the taking of over-the-counter medications such as aspirin, antihistamines, or salves; or bed rest, drinking fluids, exercise and other similar activities that can be initiated without a visit to a health care provider, is not, by itself, sufficient to constitute a regimen of continuing treatment for purposes of FMLA leave.

  Conditions for which cosmetic treatments are administered (such as most treatments for acne or plastic surgery) are not "serious health conditions" unless inpatient hospital care is required or unless complications develop.  Ordinarily, unless complications arise, the common cold, the flu, ear aches, upset stomach, ulcers, headaches other than migraine, routine dental or orthodontia problems, periodontal disease, etc., are examples of conditions that do not meet the definition of a serious health condition and do not qualify for FMLA leave.  Restorative dental or plastic surgery after an injury or removal of cancerous growths are serious health conditions provided all the other conditions of this regulation are met.  Mental illness resulting from stress or allergies may be serious health conditions, but only if all the conditions of this section are met.

  Substance abuse may be a serious health condition if the conditions of this section are met.  However, FMLA leave may only be taken for treatment for substance abuse by a health care provider or by a provider of health care on referral by a health care provider.  On the other hand, absence because of the employee's use of the substance, rather than for treatment, does not qualify for FMLA leave.

  Absence attributable to incapacity under this definition qualify for FMLA leave even though the employee or the immediate family member does not receive treatment from a health care provider during the absence, and even if the absence does not last more than three days.  For example, an employee with asthma may be unable to report for work due to the onset of an asthma attack or because the employee's health care provider has advised the employee to stay home when the pollen count exceeds a certain level.  An employee who is pregnant may be unable to report to work because of severe morning sickness.

Serious Injury or Illness - an injury or illness incurred by a member of the Armed forces, including the National Guard or Reserves in the line of duty on active duty in the Armed Forces that may render the member medically unfit to perform the duties of the member's office, grade, rank, or rating.

Son or daughter - a biological child, adopted child, foster child, stepchild, legal ward, or a child of a person standing in loco parentis.  The child must be under age 18 or, if over 18, incapable of self-care because of a mental or physical disability.

Spouse - a husband or wife recognized by Iowa law including common law marriages.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 20:47

410 - Other Licensed Employees

410 - Other Licensed Employees dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 20:49

410.01 - Substitute Teachers

410.01 - Substitute Teachers

The board recognizes the need for substitute teachers.  Substitute teachers shall be licensed to teach in Iowa.

It shall be the responsibility of the building principal to maintain a list of substitute teachers who may be called upon to replace regular contract licensed employees.  Individuals whose names do not appear on this list will not be employed as a substitute without specific approval of the superintendent.  It shall be the responsibility of the building principal to fill absences with substitute teachers immediately.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Association of School Boards v. PERB, 400 N.W.2d 571 (Iowa 1987).
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 20.1, .4(5), .9; Ch.272.
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.4.

Cross Reference:  405.1    Licensed Employee Defined
   
                                    405.2    Licensed Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection

Approved     5/18/2020                          
Reviewed                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 20:49

410.02 - Summer School Licensed Employees

410.02 - Summer School Licensed Employees

The Maquoketa Valley Community School District shall offer summer school options in accordance with law and may, in its discretion offer additional programming during the summer recess.  Licensed employees who volunteer or who are appointed to deliver the summer education program are compensated in addition to their regular duties during the school academic year, unless such arrangements are made prior to determining the employee's compensation for the year.

Licensed employees will be given the opportunity to volunteer for the positions available.  If the board determines a course must be offered and no licensed employee volunteers for the position, the board will make the necessary arrangements to fill the position.  The board will consider applications from volunteers of current licensed employees in conjunction with other applications.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board regarding the need for and the delivery of the summer education program.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.14.

Cross Reference:  505.2  Student Promotion – Retention - Acceleration
   
                                    603.2  Summer School Instruction

Approved   5/18/2020               
Reviewed                      
Revised               

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 20:50

410.04 - Education Associate

410.04 - Education Associate

The board may employ education associates or other instructional support personnel to assist licensed personnel in nonteaching duties, including, but not limited to:

                      managing and maintaining records, materials and equipment;

                      attending to the physical needs of children; and

                      performing other limited services to support teaching duties when such duties are determined and directed by the teacher.

Education associates who hold a teaching certificate are compensated at the rate of pay established for their position as an education associate.  It is the responsibility of the principal to supervise education associates.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3, .14.
                              
        281 I.A.C. 12.4(9); .5(9).

Cross Reference:  411.2         Classified Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection

Approved     5/18/2020                         
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 20:51

411 - Classified Employees General

411 - Classified Employees General dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 20:52

411.01 - Classified Employee Defined

411.01 - Classified Employee Defined

Classified employees are employees who are not administrators or employees in positions which require a teaching license issued by the Iowa Board of Educational Examiners and who are employed to fulfill the duties listed on their job description on a monthly or hourly basis.  Classified employees will include, but not be limited to, teacher and classroom aides, custodial and maintenance employees, clerical employees, food service employees, bus drivers, and temporary help for summer or other maintenance.  The position may be full-time or part-time.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to establish job specifications and job descriptions for classified employee positions.  Job descriptions may be approved by the board.

Classified employees required to hold a license for their position must present evidence of their current license to the board secretary prior to payment of wages each year.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20; 279.8.

Cross Reference:  405.1                                    Licensed Employee Defined
   
                                    411.2                                    Classified Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection
   
                                    412.3                                    Classified Employee Group Insurance Benefits

Approved    5/18/2020                          
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 20:52

411.02 - Classified Employee - Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection

411.02 - Classified Employee - Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection

Persons interested in a classified employee position will have an opportunity to apply and qualify for classified employee positions in the school district in accordance with applicable laws and school district policies regarding equal employment.  Job applicants for classified employee positions will be considered on the basis of the following:

∙    Training, experience, and skill;

∙    Nature of the occupation;

∙    Demonstrated competence; and

    Possession of, or ability to obtain, state or other license or certificate, if required, for the position.

All job openings shall be submitted to the Iowa Department of Education for posting on TeachIowa, the online state job posting system.  Additional announcements of the position may occur through means the superintendent believes will inform potential applicants about the position.  Whenever possible, the preliminary screening of applicants will be conducted by the administrator who directly supervises and oversees the position.

The superintendent will recommend employment of classified employees to the board for approval. 

 

 

Legal Reference:  29 U.S.C. §§ 621-634.
                                       42 U.S.C. §§ 2000e; 12101 et seq.
   
                                   Iowa Code §§ 20; 35C; 216; 256.27; 279.8; 279.20
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12

Cross Reference:  401.1    Equal Employment Opportunity
   
                                    411        Classified Employees - General

Approved    5/18/2020                          
Reviewed                                                                                              
Revised                      

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 20:53

411.03 - Classified Employee Contracts

411.03 - Classified Employee Contracts

The board may enter into written contracts with classified employees employed on a regular basis.  The contract will state the terms of employment.

Each contract will include a 30 day cancellation clause.  Either the employee or the board must give notice of the intent to cancel the contract at the end of 30 days.  This notice will not be required when the employee is terminated during a probationary period or for cause.

Classified employees will receive a job description stating the specific performance responsibilities of their position.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to draw up and process the classified employee contracts and present them to the board for approval.  The contracts, after being signed by the board president, are filed with the board secretary.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20; 279.7A; 285.5(9).

Cross Reference:  411       Classified Employees - General
   
                                    412.1    Classified Employee Compensation
   
                                    412.2    Classified Employee Wage and Overtime Compensation
   
                                    413       Classified Employee Termination of Employment

Approved    5/18/2020                          
Reviewed                                                                                              
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 20:54

411.04 - Classified Employee Licensing / Cerification

411.04 - Classified Employee Licensing / Cerification

Classified employees who require a special license or other certification will keep them current at their own expense.  Licensing requirements needed for a position will be considered met if the employee meets the requirements established by law for the position.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 285.5(9); 272; 279.8
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.4(10); 36; 43.

Cross Reference:  411.2                                    Classified Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection

Approved      5/18/2020                        
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 20:55

411.05 - Classified Employee Assignment

411.05 - Classified Employee Assignment

Determining the assignment of each classified employee is the responsibility of the superintendent and within the sole discretion of the board.  In making such assignments each year the superintendent will consider the qualifications of each classified employee and the needs of the school district.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to assign classified employees and report such assignments to the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20; 279.8.

Cross Reference:  200.2                                    Powers of the Board of Directors
   
                                    411.6                                    Classified Employee Transfers

Approved    5/18/2020                          
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 20:56

411.06 - Classified Employee Transfers

411.06 - Classified Employee Transfers

Determining the location where a classified employee's assignment will be performed is the responsibility of the superintendent and within the sole discretion of the board.  In making such assignments each year the superintendent will consider the qualifications of each classified employee and the needs of the school district.

A transfer may be initiated by the employee, the principal or the superintendent.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to transfer classified employees and report such transfers to the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  29 U.S.C. §§ 621-634.
   
                                    42 U.S.C. §§ 2000e et seq.
 
 
                                    42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 et seq..
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 35C; 216; 279.8; 294.1.

Cross Reference:  411.2                                    Classified Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection
                                       411.5                                    Classified Employment Assignment

Approved   5/18/2020                           
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 20:57

411.07 - Classified Employee Evaluation

411.07 - Classified Employee Evaluation

Evaluation of classified employees on their skills, abilities, and competence is an ongoing process supervised by the superintendent.  The goal of the formal evaluation of classified employees is to maintain classified employees who meet or exceed the board's standards of performance, to clarify each classified employee's role, to ascertain the areas in need of improvement, to clarify the immediate priorities of the board, and to develop a working relationship between the administrators and other employees.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to ensure classified employees are formally evaluated annually. 

 

 

Legal Reference:  Aplington Community School District v. PERB, 392 N.W.2d 495 (Iowa 1986).
   
                                    Saydel Education Association v. PERB, 333 N.W.2d 486 (Iowa 1983).
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 279.14.
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(3).

Cross Reference:  411.2                                    Classified Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection
   
                                    411.8                                    Classified Employee Probationary Status

Approved     5/18/2020                          
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 20:58

412 - Classified Employees Compensation and Benefits

412 - Classified Employees Compensation and Benefits dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 11:05

412.01 - Classified Employee Compensation

412.01 - Classified Employee Compensation

The board will determine the compensation to be paid for the classified employees' positions, keeping in mind the education and experience of the classified employee, the educational philosophy of the school district, the financial condition of the school district and any other considerations as deemed relevant by the board.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board annually regarding the compensation of classified employees.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.1, .4, .7, .9; 279.8.

Cross Reference:  411.3                            Classified Employee Contracts
   
                                    412.2                            Classified Employee Wage and Overtime Compensation

Approved   5/18/2020                           
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 11:05

412.02 - Classified Employee Wage and Overtime Compensation

412.02 - Classified Employee Wage and Overtime Compensation

Each non-exempt employee compensated on an hour-by-hour basis, whether full-or part-time, permanent or temporary, will be paid no less than the prevailing minimum wage.  Whenever a non-exempt employee must work more than forty hours in a given work week, the employee is compensated at one and one-half times their regular hourly wage rate.  This compensation is in the form of overtime pay or compensatory time.  Overtime will not be permitted without prior authorization of the superintendent.

Each non-exempt employee paid on an hour-by-hour basis must complete, sign, and turn in a daily time record showing the actual number of hours worked.  Failure of the employee to maintain, or falsification of, a daily time record will be grounds for disciplinary action.

It is the responsibility of the board secretary to maintain wage records.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Garcia v. San Antonio Metropolitan Transit Authority, 469 U.S. 528 (1985).
   
                                    29 U.S.C. §§ 2601 et seq. (
   
                                    29 C.F.R. Pt. 511

Cross Reference:  411.3                                    Classified Employee Contracts
   
                                    412.1                                    Classified Employee Compensation

Approved    5/18/2020                          
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 11:07

412.03 - Classified Employee Group Benefits

412.03 - Classified Employee Group Benefits

Classified employees may be eligible for group benefits as determined by the board and required by law. The board will select the group benefit program(s) and the insurance company or third party administrator which will provide or administer the program.

The board will have the authority and right to change or eliminate group benefit programs, other than the group health plan, for its licensed employees.

Regular full-time and part-time classified employees who wish to purchase coverage may participate in group benefit programs by meeting the requirements of the applicable plan. Full-time and regular part-time classified employees who wish to purchase coverage for their spouse or dependents may do so by meeting the requirements of the applicable plan.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 85; 85B; 279.12; 509; 509A; 509B.
      
                                      Internal Revenue Code § 4980H(c)(4); Treas. Reg. § 54.4980H-1(a)(21)(ii).
                                             
Shared Responsibility for Employers Regarding Health Coverage, 26 CFR Parts 1, 54 and 301, 78 Fed. Reg. 217, (Jan 2, 2013).
                                            
 
Shared Responsibility for Employers Regarding Health Coverage, 26 CFR Parts 1, 54 and 301, 79 Fed. Reg. 8543 (Feb. 12, 2014).

Cross Reference:  411.1                                    Classified Employee Defined

Approved   5/18/2020                           
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 11:08

412.04 - Classified Employee Tax Shelter Programs

412.04 - Classified Employee Tax Shelter Programs

Employees may elect to have amounts withheld from their pay for items authorized by law, subject to agreement of the district.  The board may authorize the administration to make a payroll deduction for classified employees' tax-sheltered annuity premiums purchased from a company or program if chosen by the board.

Licensed employees wishing to have payroll deductions for tax-sheltered annuities will make a written request to the business manager.   A salary reduction agreement must also be presented to the business manager before deductions can be made.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996, Section 1450(a), repealing portions of IRS REG § 1.403(b)-1(b)(3).
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 260C; 273; 294.16.

Cross Reference:  706                                    Payroll Procedures

Approved  5/18/2020                            
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 11:11

413 - Classified Employee Termination of Employment

413 - Classified Employee Termination of Employment dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 11:12

413.01 - Classified Employee Resignation

413.01 - Classified Employee Resignation

Classified employees who wish to resign during the school year will give the board notice of their intent to resign and final date of employment and cancel their contract 30 days prior to their last working day.

Notice of the intent to resign will be in writing to the superintendent.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 91A.2, .3, .5; 279.19A; 285.5(9).

Cross Reference:  411.3                                Classified Employee Contracts
   
                                    413                                    Classified Employee Termination of Employment

Approved     5/18/2020                         
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 11:13

413.02 - Classified Employee Retirement

413.02 - Classified Employee Retirement

Classified employees who will complete their current contract with the board may apply for retirement.  No classified employee will be required to retire at any specific age.

Application for retirement will be considered made when the classified employee states in writing to the superintendent, no later than the date set by the board for the return of the employee's contract to the board if applicable, the employee's intent to retire.  The letter must state the employee's desire to retire and be witnessed by another party other than the principal or the superintendent. 

Board action to approve a classified employee's application for retirement is final, and such action constitutes termination of the employee's contract effective the day of the employee's retirement.

Classified employees and their spouse and dependents who have group insurance coverage through the school district may be allowed to continue coverage of the school district's group health insurance program, at their own expense, by meeting the requirements of the insurer.

 

 

Legal Reference:  29 U.S.C. §§ 621 et seq
                                       Iowa Code §§ 91A.2, .3, .5; 97B; 216; 279.19A, .46.

Cross Reference:  412                                    Classified Employee Compensation and Benefits
   
                                    413                                    Classified Employee Termination of Employment

Approved    5/18/2020                          
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 11:14

413.03 - Classified Employee Suspension

413.03 - Classified Employee Suspension

Classified employees will perform their assigned job, respect and follow board policy and obey the law.  The superintendent is authorized to suspend a classified employee with or without pay pending board action on a discharge or during investigation of charges against the employee or for disciplinary purposes.  It is within the discretion of the superintendent to suspend a classified employee with or without pay.

In the event of a suspension, due process will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Northeast Community Education Association v. Northeast Community School District, 402 N.W.2d 765, 769 (Iowa 1987).
                                        McFarland v. Board of Education of Norwalk Community School District, 277 N.W.2d 901 (Iowa 1979).
                                        Iowa Code §§ 20.7, .24.

                                                                                                              

 

 

Cross Reference:  404        Employee Conduct and Appearance
                                        413        Classified Employee Termination of Employment

Approved       5/18/2020                        
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 11:15

413.04 - Classified Employee Dismissal

413.04 - Classified Employee Dismissal

The board believes classified employees should perform their jobs, respect board policy and obey the law.  A classified employee may be dismissed upon thirty days notice or immediately for cause.  Due process procedures will be followed.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation for dismissal to the board.  A classified employee may be dismissed for any reason, including, but not limited to, incompetence, willful neglect of duty, reduction in force, willful violation of board policy or administrative regulations, or a violation of the law.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.7, .24.

Cross Reference:  404                                    Employee Conduct and Appearance
   
                                    413.3                                Classified Employee Suspension
   
                                    413.5                                Classified Employee Reduction in Force

Approved    5/18/2020                          
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 11:18

413.05 - Classified Employee Reduction in Force

413.05 - Classified Employee Reduction in Force

It is the exclusive power of the board to determine when a reduction in classified employees is necessary.  Employees who are terminated due to a reduction in force will be given thirty days notice.  Due process will be followed for terminations due to a reduction in force.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation for termination to the board.  The superintendent will consider the relative qualifications, skills, ability and demonstrated performance through evaluation procedures in making the recommendations.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.7, .24.

Cross Reference:  407.5                                Licensed Employee Reduction in Force
   
                                    413.3                                Classified Employee Suspension
   
                                    413.4                                Classified Employee Dismissal
   
                                    703                                    Budget

Approved   5/18/2020                           
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 11:20

414 - Classified Employee Professional Purposes Leave

414 - Classified Employee Professional Purposes Leave

Professional purposes leave may be granted to classified employees for the purpose of attending meetings and conferences directly related to their assignments.  Application for the leave must be presented to the superintendent five days prior to the meeting or conference.

It is within the discretion of the superintendent to grant professional purposes leave.  The leave may be denied on the day before or after a vacation or holiday, on special days when services are needed, when it would cause undue interruption of the education program and school district operations, or for other reasons deemed relevant by the superintendent.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8
                                       281 I.A.C. 12.7.

Cross Reference:  411                                    Classified Employees - General
   
                                    408.1                                Classified Employee Professional Development

Approved   5/18/2020                           
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 11:21

500 - STUDENTS

500 - STUDENTS Jen@iowaschool… Mon, 10/02/2023 - 10:03

501 - Student Attendance

501 - Student Attendance dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 10:30

501.01 - Resident Students

501.01 - Resident Students

Children who are residents of the school district community will attend the school district without paying tuition.

The residence of a student means the place, abode, or dwelling of the student.  Generally, the legal dwelling of minors is the same as their parents.  A student may establish a dwelling with someone other than the parents and attend public school in the school district without paying tuition if the primary purpose for residing in the school district is not for the purpose of obtaining a free public education.  Further, students who have reached the age of majority and who are still eligible to attend an Iowa secondary school may declare their residence independent of the residence of the parents.

Each case involving the bona fide residence of a student will be decided upon its individual merits by the superintendent.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Lakota Cons. Ind. School v. Buffalo Center-Rake Comm. School, 334 N.W.2d 704 (Iowa 1983).
   
                                    Mt. Hope School Dist. v. Hendrickson, 197 N.W. 47 (Iowa 1924).
   
                                    Oshel v. Creston Comm. School Dist., DPI Admin. Doc. 570 (1981).
   
                                    33 D.P.I. Dec. Rule 80 (1984).
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 257.6; 282.2, .6, .7; 285.4.

Cross Reference:  100                                    Legal Status of the School District
   
                                    501                                    Student Attendance

Approved     1/18/21                  
Reviewed                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 10:31

501.02 - Nonresident Students

501.02 - Nonresident Students

Students who are eligible to attend an Iowa public school but who are not legal residents of the school district may be admitted into the school district at the discretion of the superintendent upon application and payment of tuition.  The tuition rate is the current per-pupil cost of the school district as computed by the board secretary and as authorized by the Iowa Department of Education.

Resident students whose families move from the school district after the start of a semester and who wish to complete the semester in the school district may be permitted to attend without the payment of tuition at the discretion of the superintendent and approval of the board.  Students who plan to open enroll to the nonresident district may complete the school year without approval of the superintendent or board.  These students, other than students in grades eleven and twelve, must have the recommendation of the principal.

Students in grades eleven or twelve who are no longer residents of the school district, but were residents in the preceding school year, may continue to attend school until they graduate without the payment of tuition.  These students may be required to identify an adult, who resides in the school district, identified for purposes of administration.

Nonresident students who are eligible to attend an Iowa public school and who have evidence they will become legal residents of the school district prior to October 1 may be allowed to attend without the payment of tuition.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Lakota Cons. Ind. School v. Buffalo Center-Rake Comm. School, 334 N.W.2d 704 (Iowa 1983).
   
                                    Mt. Hope School Dist. v. Hendrickson, 197 N.W. 47 (Iowa 1924).
   
                                    Oshel v. Creston Comm. School Dist., DPI Admin. Doc. 570 (1981).
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 257.6; 282.1, .2, .6, .7, .24.

Cross Reference:  501                                    Student Attendance

Approved      1/18/21                 
Reviewed                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 10:32

501.03 - Compulsory Attendance

501.03 - Compulsory Attendance

Parents within the school district who have children over age six and under age sixteen by September 15, in proper physical and mental condition to attend school, will have the children attend the school district at the attendance center designated by the board.  Students will attend school the number of days or hours school is in session in accordance with the school calendar.  Students of compulsory attendance age will attend school a minimum of 1080 hours.  Students not attending the minimum 1080 hours  must be exempted by this policy as listed below or, referred to the county attorney.  Exceptions to this policy include children who:

  • have completed the requirements for graduation in an accredited school or have obtained a high school equivalency diploma;
  • are excused for sufficient reason by any court of record or judge;
  • are attending religious services or receiving religious instruction;
  • are unable to attend school due to legitimate medical reasons;
  • has an individualized education program that affects the child’s attendance;
  • has a plan under Section 504 of the federal Rehabilitation Act, 29 U.S.C. §794, that affects the child’s attendance;
  • are attending an approved or probationally approved private college preparatory school;
  • are attending an accredited nonpublic school; 
  • are receiving independent private instruction; or,
  • are receiving competent private instruction.

It is the responsibility of the parent of a child to provide evidence of the child's mental and physical inability to attend school or of the child's qualifications for one of the exceptions listed above.

 

Legal Reference:    Iowa Code §§ 259A; 279.10-.11; ch. 299; 299A.

Cross Reference:    501    Student Attendance
                                601.1    School Calendar
                                604.1    Competent Private Instruction

Approved      1/18/2021     
Reviewed      7/15/2024     
Revised         7/15/2024     

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 10:33

501.04 - Entrance - Admissions

501.04 - Entrance - Admissions

Children in the school district community will be allowed to enroll in the school district's regular education program beginning at age five.  The child must be age five on or prior to September 15 to participate in the school district's kindergarten program.  The child must be age six on or prior to September 15 to begin the first grade of the education program.

Before the student may enroll in the district's education program the board will require evidence of age and residency in the form of a birth certificate or other evidence of age.  It is within the discretion of the superintendent to determine what is satisfactory evidence for proof of age.

Prior to enrollment, the child must provide the administration with their health and immunization certificate.  Failure to provide this information within the time period set by the superintendent is reason for suspension, expulsion or denying admission to the student.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 139A.8; 144.45(5); 282.1, .3, .6.

Cross Reference:  501                                    Student Attendance
   
                                    507.1                                Student Health and Immunization Certificates

Approved     1/18/21                              
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 10:35

501.05 - Attendance Center Assignment

501.05 - Attendance Center Assignment

The board will have complete discretion to determine the boundaries for each attendance center and, to assign students to the attendance centers.

Parents or guardians of siblings in the same grade level academically in grades kindergarten through grade five may request the siblings be placed in the same or different classrooms.  In order to be valid, the request must be made in writing and submitted to the school principal at the time of registration for classes, or within fourteen days after the children’s first day of attendance during the school year.  If a valid request is received by the school principal, the request must be honored.  While a parent or guardian may make a placement request that siblings be placed together or apart, the district administration retains complete discretion to select the classroom teacher(s) to which siblings are assigned.  If after the initial grading period following the placement of siblings in the same or different classrooms the school principal determines the placement is disruptive to the class; the principal may assign one or more of the siblings to different classrooms.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board annually regarding the assigned attendance center for each student.  In making the recommendation, the superintendent will consider the geographical layout of the school district, the condition and location of the school district facilities, the location of student population, possible transportation challenges, financial condition of the school district and other factors deemed relevant by the superintendent or the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.11; 282.7-.8.

Cross Reference:  501                                    Student Attendance

Approved        1/18/21                           
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 10:35

501.06 - Student Transfers In

501.06 - Student Transfers In

Students who transfer into the school district must meet the immunization and age requirements set out for students who initially enroll in the school district.

The school district will request the student's cumulative records from the previous school district.  If the student cannot offer proof of grade level, the superintendent will make the grade level determination.  The superintendent may require testing or other information to determine the grade level.  Students expelled or suspended from their previous school district will only be enrolled after approval of the board.

The superintendent will determine the amount of credits to be transferred.  If the student has not previously attended an accredited school, it is within the superintendent's discretion to accept or reject credits or grades.

The board may deny admission if the student is not willing to provide the board with the necessary information.

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. § 1232g.
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 139A.8; 282.1, .3, .4; 299A.

Cross Reference:  501                                    Student Attendance
   
                                    505.3                                Student Honors and Awards
   
                                    507                                    Student Health and Well-Being
   
                                    604.1                                Competent Private Instruction

Approved          1/18/21                         
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 10:36

501.07 - Student Transfers Out or Withdrawals

501.07 - Student Transfers Out or Withdrawals

If the student's parents wish to withdraw or transfer the student from school prior to completing and graduating from the education program, they should notify the superintendent in writing as soon as possible of the decision to withdraw or transfer the student from the education program.  The student or parent should present this written notice at the office and receive instructions regarding the return of textbooks, library books, locker equipment, hot lunch tickets, etc. 

The notice should state the student's final day of attendance.  If the student is not enrolling in another school district, the school district will maintain the student's records in the same manner as the records of students who have graduated from the school district.

If the parents wish to have the student's cumulative record sent to the new school district, the parents must notify the superintendent in writing.  This notice will include the name of the school district and the person at the new school district to whom the student's cumulative records should be sent.  If the new school district requests the student's cumulative records, the school district will forward the cumulative records and notify the parents the records have been sent.  The notice will inform the parents of their right to review the records sent.

If the student is of compulsory education age and not transferring to another public school district or an accredited nonpublic school, the parents will notify the superintendent that the student is receiving competent private instruction and file the necessary competent private instruction reports.

                                   

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. § 1232g.
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 274.1; 299.1-.1A; 299A.11

Cross Reference:  501                                    Student Attendance
   
                                    506                                    Student Records
   
                                    604.1                                Competent Private Instruction

Approved         1/18/21                          
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 10:37

501.08 - Student Attendance Records

501.08 - Student Attendance Records

As part of the school district's records, the daily attendance of each student is recorded and maintained on file with the permanent records of the board secretary.

It is the responsibility of the principals to ensure that such reports are filed with the board secretary, the custodian of school records.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 294.4; 299.
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(4).

Cross Reference:  501                                    Student Attendance
   
                                    506                                    Student Records

Approved       1/18/21                            
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 10:38

501.09 - Chronic Absenteeism and Truancy

501.09 - Chronic Absenteeism and Truancy

The district believes that traditional, in-person school attendance leads to the greatest learning opportunities for students. Students who are present in school and engaged active learners take greater ownership over their educational outcomes. For this reason, it is the priority of the district to foster regular student attendance throughout the school year and reduce barriers to regular attendance for students in the district. 

Chronic absenteeism/absences means any absence from school for more than ten percent of the semester hours listed in the current school calendar established by the district.

Truant/truancy means a child of compulsory attendance age who is absent from school for any reason for at least twenty percent of the semester hours listed in the current school calendar established by the district. 

  • have completed the requirements for graduation in an accredited school or has obtained a high school equivalency diploma;
  • are excused for sufficient reason by any court of record or judge;
  • are attending religious services or receiving religious instruction;
  • are attending a private college preparatory school accredited or probationally accredited;
  • are excused under Iowa Code §299.22; and
  • are exempt under Iowa Code §299.24.

Students are subject to disciplinary action for truancy including suspension and expulsion. It is within the discretion of the principal to determine, in light of the circumstances, whether a student may make up work missed because of truancy. Students receiving special education services will not be assigned specific consequences unless the goals and objectives of the student’s Individualized Education Program are capable of being met. 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the designated school officials, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy. The administrative regulations will indicate the disciplinary action to be taken for truancy.

 

Legal Reference:    34 C.F.R. sec. 300
                               28 C.F.R. Pt. 35
                               Iowa Code §§ 294.4; 299.
                               281 I.A.C. 12.3(4).

Cross Reference:   501    Student Attendance
                               503    Student Discipline
                               504    Student Activities
                               506    Student Records

Approved       1/18/2021      
Reviewed       7/15/2024      
Revised          7/15/2024      

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 10:40

501.09E1 - Request for Remote Learning Form

501.09E1 - Request for Remote Learning Form

Date:  ________________

Student Name:  ____________________________                                          

 Attendance Center:  ______________________

Parent/Guardian:  ___________________________

I, _________________________ (Parent/Guardian) am requesting accommodation for my child,__________________________(Student Name) to participate in remote learning opportunities for the duration of the declared public emergency, or until I have determined my child can safely return to traditional in-person learning at his/her designated attendance center, whichever occurs first. 

I have attached to this form documentation from an Iowa Board of Medicine-licensed medical professional confirming that remote learning is medically necessary due to the vulnerable health condition of my child or of a family member residing within the same home as my child.

I understand that the district will do their utmost to accommodate my child’s learning needs, but that some learning opportunities may need to be modified in a remote environment.  The provision of special education and accommodations for students who have individualized education programs (IEPs) or Section 504 plans will be determined by each respective IEP or Section 504 team.  

I understand that in order for my child to continue to participate in mandatory learning, his/her remote attendance will be taken, assessments administered, and grades will be counted toward my child’s cumulative grade average.  I understand that any devices, technology, or materials given to my child to facilitate remote learning are the property of the district and must be returned at the end of the remote learning period. 

I am requesting that remote learning opportunities begin on ______________ (date) and continue until

[_____________(date) or the declared public emergency is dismissed].

(Parent/Guardian) ____________________________________

(Date) ________________

Request approved by: __________________________________  (School official)             _____________________

(Date) ________________

Note:  This form is to be utilized by parents/guardians of a student who, during the course of a declared public emergency, believe that further attendance by the student at traditional in person school would be detrimental to the health or safety of the student or the student’s family member residing with the student.  This form is not necessary when the school building is closed to traditional in person learning and remote learning opportunities are already available to students.  It is only to be utilized during a public emergency declared by state or local officials when traditional in person learning continues to be held. 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 10:52

501.09R1 - Chronic Absenteeism and Truancy

501.09R1 - Chronic Absenteeism and Truancy

Daily, punctual attendance is an integral part of the learning experience.  The education that goes on in the classroom builds from day to day and absences can cause disruption in the educational progress of the absent student. Irregular attendance or tardiness by students not only limits their own studies, but also interferes with the progress of those students who are regular and prompt in attendance.  Attendance is a shared responsibility that requires cooperation and communication among students, parents and the school. 

This regulation is divided into two sections: Section I addresses legal requirements related to chronic absenteeism and truancy and Section II addresses additional academic, disciplinary and extracurricular consequences students face due to chronic absenteeism and truancy.  It is important for students to recognize that chronic absenteeism and truancy impacts all these facets of their educational experience.

SECTION I – Legal Requirements 

Chronic Absenteeism

When a student meets the threshold to be considered chronically absent, the school official will send notice by mail or e-mail to the county attorney where the district’s central office is located.  The school official will also notify the student, or if a minor, the student’s parent, guardian or legal or actual custodian via certified mail that includes information related to the student’s absences from school and the policies and disciplinary processes associated with additional absences. 

School Engagement Meeting

If a student is absent from school for at least fifteen percent of the hours in the grading period, the school official will attempt to find the cause of the absences and start and participate in a school engagement meeting. All of the following individuals must participate in the school engagement meeting:

  • The student;
  • The student’s parent, guardian or legal or actual custodian if the student is an unemancipated minor; and
  • A school official.

The purpose of the meeting is to understand the reasons for the student’s absences and attempt to remove barriers to the student’s ongoing absences; and to create and sign an absenteeism prevention plan.  

Absenteeism Prevention Plan

The absenteeism prevention plan will identify the causes of the student’s absences and the future responsibilities of each participant.  The school official will contact the student and student’s parent/guardian at least once per week for the remainder of the school year to monitor the performance of the student and the student’s parent/guardian under the plan.  If the student and student’s parent/guardian do not attend the meeting, do not enter into a plan or violate the terms of the plan, the school official will notify the county attorney.

SECTION II – Academic and Disciplinary Requirements

Students are required to be in attendance, pursuant to board policy, for  1080    hours per school year unless their absences have been excused for illness (absences of three or more consecutive days due to illness requires a doctor's note), family emergencies, funerals, doctor or dental appointment, recognized religious observances and school sponsored or approved activities.  Reasonable excuses may also include family trips or vacations.  Absences that do not fall within the categories listed above will be considered unexcused unless approved by the principal.  Parents are expected to telephone the school office to report a student's absence prior to 8:15   a.m. on the day of the absence.  

Students who are absent without a reasonable excuse may be assigned to supervised study hall, detention, early bird school, Saturday school, in-school suspension, structured WIN time, extracurricular consequences, or other appropriate disciplinary sanction up to loss of class credit.  

School work missed because of absences must be made up within two times the number of days absent, not to exceed 5 school days.  The time allowed for make-up work may be extended at the discretion of the classroom teacher and will follow the district's homework and assessment policy.

 

I.C. Iowa Code
Iowa Code  § 294.4    Teachers - Daily Register
Iowa Code  § 299       Compulsory Education

I.A.C. Iowa Administrative Code
281 I.A.C. 12.3           Administration

C.F.R. - Code of Federal Regulations
28 C.F.R. 35               Judicial - Disability - Nondiscrimination
34 C.F.R. Pt. 300       Education - Disabilities/Children/Assistance to States

Approved                          
Reviewed      7/15/2024    
Revised         7/15/2024    

susan.larson@f… Thu, 07/25/2024 - 10:11

501.10 - Truancy - Unexcused Absences

501.10 - Truancy - Unexcused Absences

Regular attendance by the students at school is essential for students to obtain the maximum opportunities from the education program.  Parents and students alike are encouraged to ensure an absence from school is a necessary absence.  Students will attend school unless excused by the principal of their attendance center.

Truancy is the failure to attend school for the minimum number of days established in the school calendar by the board.  Truancy is the act of being absent without a reasonable excuse.  These absences will include, but not be limited to, tardiness, shopping, hunting, concerts, preparation or participation in parties and other celebrations and employment.  Truancy will not be tolerated by the board.

Students are subject to disciplinary action for truancy including suspension and expulsion.  It is within the discretion of the principal to determine, in light of the circumstances, whether a student may make up work missed because of truancy.  Students receiving special education services will not be assigned to supervised study hall, in-school suspension unless the goals and objectives of the student's Individualized Education Program are capable of being met.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.  The administrative regulations will indicate the disciplinary action to be taken for truancy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 294.4; 299.
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(4).

Cross Reference:  206.3                                Secretary [or Secretary/Treasurer]
   
                                    410.3                                Truancy Officer
   
                                    501                                    Student Attendance
   
                                    503                                    Student Discipline
   
                                    504                                    Student Activities
   
                                    506                                    Student Records

Approved        1/18/21               
Reviewed                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 10:54

501.10R1 - Truancy - Unexcused Absence Regulation

501.10R1 - Truancy - Unexcused Absence Regulation

Students are required to be in attendance, pursuant to board policy, for 176 days per school year unless their absences have been excused by the principal for illness (absences for three or more consecutive days due to illness require a doctor's note), family emergencies, doctor or dental appointment, recognized religious observances and school sponsored or approved activities.  Reasonable excuses may also include family trips or vacations if the student's work is finished prior to the trip or vacation.  Absences that do not fall within the categories listed above will be considered unexcused unless approved by the principal.  Parents are expected to telephone the school office to report a student's absence prior to 8:00 a.m. on the day of the absence. 

If a student accumulates 15 unexcused absences in a class, he or she may lose credit for the class.  Prior to imposing the loss of credit in one or more classes, the principal will provide the student an opportunity for an informal hearing. 

School work missed because of absences must be made up within two times the number of days absent, not to exceed 10 days.  The time allowed for make-up work may be extended at the discretion of the classroom teacher.

Students will remain in class until the hearing panel makes a decision regarding loss or restoration of credit.  Full credit is awarded to all assignments and tests submitted that meet the teacher's specifications until a decision regarding credit has been made. 

If a student loses credit, that fact is recorded in the student's record as an ("AD" [administrative drop])

A student who loses credit due to excessive absences is assigned to supervised study hall, for the period(s) in which the course(s) meets or the student may be reassigned to another class or location.  A student who, after a hearing before the board, loses credit in all courses due to unexcused absences, will not be allowed to participate in any school activities until the following semester.  However, the student is eligible to practice if all other eligibility criteria have been met.

The administration and guidance staff will make reasonable efforts to advise and counsel and may impose discipline upon any student approaching 7 unexcused absences.  Such advice, discipline and counseling includes, but is not limited to, oral or written notices to the student and his or her parents, conferences with the student and parents, written contracts, or loss of non-academic privileges such as early dismissal.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 10:56

501.11 - Student Release During School Hours

501.11 - Student Release During School Hours

Students will be allowed to leave the school district facilities during school hours only with prior authorization from their parents, unless the parent appears personally at the student's attendance center to arrange for the release of the student during school hours, or with the permission of the principal.

Approved reasons for release of a student during the school day will include, but not be limited to, illness, family emergencies, medical appointments, religious instruction, classes outside the student's attendance center, employment for which the student has been issued a work permit and other reasons determined appropriate by the principal.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 294.4
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(4).

Cross Reference:  501                                    Student Attendance
   
                                    503                                    Student Discipline
   
                                    504                                    Student Activities
   
                                    506                                    Student Records

Approved                                              
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 10:59

501.12 - Pregnant Students

501.12 - Pregnant Students

The board encourages pregnant students to continue to attend the education program as long as they are physically able to do so.  The pregnant student is encouraged to notify the principal or the guidance counselor as soon as they are aware of the pregnancy in order for the district to facilitate the student’s equal access to the district’s education programs and activities.  The school may require that a pregnant student provide the principal with a written note from her doctor relative to special conditions that might exist and specific suggestions as to how long the student may continue to attend classes.  If the student is unable to attend school because of their pregnancy, the student may be excused and arrangements made to continue her studies during their absence.  The student will resume classes upon the recommendation of her physician.

 

Legal Reference:    34 C.F.R. § 106.40    
                               Iowa Code §§ 216; 279.8; 280.3.

Cross Reference:   501       Student Attendance
                               604.2    Individualized Instruction

Approved        1/18/2021     
Reviewed       7/15/2024      
Revised          7/15/2024      

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 10:59

501.13 - Students of Legal Age

501.13 - Students of Legal Age

Students who have attained legal age may continue the education program without payment of tuition as long as they are eligible to attend an Iowa public school and are residents of the school district.

Parents will be allowed to access and view the student's records without written permission from the student if the student is still a dependent for tax purposes.  In most cases, with the discretion of the principal or the superintendent, the student will be able to make decisions and sign documents rather than requiring parental permission or signature.

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. § 1232g
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 22; 282.2, .6, .7; 285.4; 599.1; 622.10.
    
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(6).

Cross Reference:  501                                    Student Attendance
   
                                    506                                    Student Records

Approved       1/18/21                            
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 11:01

501.14 - Open Enrollment Transfers - Procedures as a Sending District

501.14 - Open Enrollment Transfers - Procedures as a Sending District

The school district will participate in open enrollment as a sending district.  As a sending district, the board will allow resident students who meet the requirements to open enroll to another public school district.

Parents requesting open enrollment out of the school district for their student will notify the sending and receiving school district no later than March 1 in the school year preceding the first year desired for open enrollment. The notice is made on forms provided by the Department of Education.  The forms are available at the central administration office.

Parents of children who will begin kindergarten in the school district are exempt from the open enrollment March 1 deadline. Parents of children who will begin kindergarten and prekindergarten children enrolled in special education programs and included in the district’s basic enrollment will file in the same manner set forth above by September 1. Parents who have good cause as defined by law for failing to meet the March 1 deadline may make an open enrollment request by September 1 unless another deadline applies.

The receiving district will approve open enrollment requests according to the timelines established by law.  The parents may withdraw the open enrollment request prior to the start of the school year. The receiving district’s superintendent will notify the parents and sending school district by mail within five days of the school district’s action to approve or deny the open enrollment request.  

Subject to applicable laws, the board may approve a student's request to allow the receiving district to enter the school district for the purposes of transportation.     

An open enrollment request out of the school district from parents of a special education student is reviewed on a case-by-case basis.  The determining factor for approval of such an open enrollment request will be whether the special education program available in the receiving school district is appropriate for the student's needs.  The area education agency director of special education serving the receiving district will determine whether the program is appropriate.  The special education student will remain in the school district until the final determination is made.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to maintain open enrollment request applications and notice forms.  It will also be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop appropriate office procedures and administrative regulations necessary for open enrollment requests.

 

Legal Reference:    Iowa Code §§ 139A.8; 274.1; 279.11; 282.1, .3, .8, .18; 299.1.
                               281 I.A.C. 17.

Cross Reference:    501    Student Attendance
                                506    Student Records

Approved      1/18/2021    
Reviewed      7/15/2024    
Revised         7/15/2024    

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 11:15

501.15 - Open Enrollment Transfers - Procedures As a Receiving District

501.15 - Open Enrollment Transfers - Procedures As a Receiving District

The school district will participate in open enrollment as a receiving district.  As a receiving district, the board will allow nonresident students, who meet the legal requirements, to open enroll into the school district.  The board will have complete discretion to determine the attendance center of the students attending the school district under open enrollment.

The superintendent will approve all timely filed applications by June 1; incoming kindergarten applications; good cause application; or continuation of an educational program application filed by September 1.

The superintendent will notify the sending school district and parents within five days of the school district’s action to approve or deny the open enrollment request.  

Open enrollment requests into the school district will not be approved if insufficient classroom space exists.  Open enrollment requests into the school district will also not be approved for students who have been suspended or expelled by the administration or the board of the school district the student is or was attending until the student has been reinstated into the school district from which the student was suspended or expelled.  Once the student is reinstated, the student's open enrollment request will be considered in the same manner as other open enrollment requests provided the required timelines are met. The district reserves the right to deny continued open enrollment to any students who meet the definition of truant. The district will notify the truant student’s parent or guardian and district of residence of the decision to deny enrollment in the future in accordance with applicable laws. 

Open enrollment requests into the school district that, if denied, would result in students from the same nuclear family being enrolled in different school districts, will be given highest priority.  The board, in its discretion, may waive the insufficient classroom space reason for denial for students of the same nuclear family to prevent the division of a nuclear family between two school districts.  Other open enrollment requests into the school district are considered in the order received by the school district with the first open enrollment request given a higher priority than the second open enrollment request and so forth.

Students in grades nine through twelve open enrolling into the school district will be eligible for participation in interscholastic athletics, at the varsity level, in accordance with applicable law.

Parents of students whose open enrollment requests are approved by the board or superintendent are responsible for providing transportation to and from the receiving school district without reimbursement. 

A receiving district may send school vehicles into the sending district’s boundaries to transport students to and from school in the receiving district, if the total enrollment of the student’s resident district is less than two thousand students; the student’s resident district is contiguous to the receiving district; and the student’s resident district has sent school vehicles into the receiving district pursuant to Iowa Code 282.18(8)(b)(1). 

An open enrollment request into the school district from parents of a special education student is reviewed on a case-by-case basis.  The determining factors for approval of such an open enrollment request will be whether the special education program available in the school district is appropriate for the student's needs and whether the enrollment of the special education student will cause the class size to exceed the maximum allowed.  The area education agency director of special education serving the school district will determine whether the program is appropriate.  The special education student will remain in the sending district until the final determination is made.

The policies of the school district will apply to students attending the school district under open enrollment.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop appropriate office procedures and administrative regulations necessary for open enrollment requests.

 

Legal Reference:     Iowa Code §§ 139A.8; 274.1; 279.11; 282.1, .3, .8, .18; 299.1.
                                281 I.A.C. 17.            

Cross Reference:    501.6      Student Transfers In
                                501.7      Student Transfers Out or Withdrawals
                                501.14    Open Enrollment Transfers - Procedures as a Sending District
                                506         Student Records
                                507         Student Health and Well-Being
                                606.6      Insufficient Classroom Space

Approved       1/18/2021      
Reviewed       7/15/2024      
Revised          7/15/2024      

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 11:17

501.16 - Homeless Children and Youth

501.16 - Homeless Children and Youth

The Maquoketa Valley School District believes all students should have access to a free, appropriate public education. The district will ensure that homeless children and youth have equal access to the same free, appropriate public education as other children and youth.

The term “homeless children and youth” means individuals who lack a fixed, regular, and adequate nighttime residence. The term includes:

  • Children and youth who are:
    • Sharing the housing of other persons due to loss of housing, economic hardship, or a similar reason (sometimes referred to as “doubled up”);
    • Living in motels, hotels, trailer parks, or camping grounds due to lack of alternative adequate accommodations;
    • Living in emergency or transitional shelters; or
    • Abandoned in hospitals.
  • Children and youth who have a primary nighttime residence that is a public or private place not designed for, or ordinarily used as, a regular sleeping accommodation for human beings;
  • Children and youth who are living in cars, parks, public spaces, abandoned buildings, substandard housing, bus or train stations, or similar settings; and
  • Migratory children who qualify as homeless because they are living in circumstances described above.

To help ensure that homeless children and youth have a full opportunity to enroll, attend, and succeed at school, the board shall:

  • Designate the middle school counselor as the local homeless children and youth liaison;
  • Provide training opportunities for staff so staff may help identify and meet the needs of homeless children and youth;
  • Remove barriers, including those associated with fees, fines, and absences, to the identification, enrollment, retention, attendance and/or success in school for homeless children and youth;
  • Ensure collaboration and coordination with other service providers;
  • Ensure transportation is provided in accordance with legal requirements;
  • Provide school stability in school assignment according to the child’s best interests;
  • Ensure the privacy of student records, as provided by applicable law, including information about a homeless child or youth’s living situation;
  • Engage in the dispute resolution process for decisions relating to the educational placement of homeless children and youth as provided by applicable law; and
  • Prohibit the segregation of a homeless child or youth from other students enrolled in the district.

The superintendent may develop an administrative process or procedures to implement this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. § 6301.
                                
        42 U.S.C. § 11302.
                               
        42 U.S.C. §§ 11431 et seq.        
                                
        281 I.A.C. 33.

 

Cross Reference:  501        Student Attendance
                                       503.3    Fines - Fees - Charges
                                       506        Student Records
                               
        507.1    Student Health and Immunization Certificates
                               
        603.3    Special Education
                               
        711.1    Student School Transportation Eligibility

Approved       1/18/21                            
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 11:19

502 - Student Rights and Responsibilities

502 - Student Rights and Responsibilities dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 11:22

502.01 - Student Appearance

502.01 - Student Appearance

The board believes inappropriate student appearance causes material and substantial disruption to the school environment or presents a threat to the health and safety of students, employees and visitors.

Students are expected to adhere to standards of cleanliness and dress that are compatible with the requirements of a good learning environment.  The standards will be those generally acceptable to the community as appropriate in a school setting.

The board expects students to be clean and well-groomed and wear clothes in good repair and appropriate for the time, place and occasion.  Clothing or other apparel promoting products illegal for use by minors and clothing displaying obscene material, profanity, or reference to prohibited conduct are disallowed.  While the primary responsibility for appearance lies with the students and their parents, appearance disruptive to the education program will not be tolerated.  When, in the judgment of a principal, a student's appearance or mode of dress disrupts the educational process or constitutes a threat to health or safety, the student may be required to make modifications.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principals, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Hazelwood School District v. Kuhlmeier, 484 U.S. 260 (1988).
   
                                    Bethal School District  v. Fraser, 478 U.S. 675 (1986).
   
                                    Tinker v. Des Moines Ind. Comm. Sch. Dist., 393 U.S. 503 (1969).
   
                                    Bystrom v. Fridley High School, 822 F.2d 747 (8th Cir. 1987).
 
                                     Torvik v. Decorah Community School, 453 F.2d 779 (8th Cir. 1972).
   
                                    Turley v. Adel Community School District, 322 F.Supp. 402 (S.D. Iowa 1971).
   
                                    Sims v. Colfax Comm. School Dist., 307 F.Supp. 485 (Iowa 1970).
   
                                    Iowa Code § 279.8

Cross Reference:  500                                    Objectives for Equal Educational Opportunities for Students
   
                                    502                                    Student Rights and Responsibilities

Approved     1/18/21                              
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 11:22

502.02 - Care of School Property/Vandalism

502.02 - Care of School Property/Vandalism

Students will treat school district property with the care and the respect they would treat their own property.  Students found to have destroyed or otherwise harmed school district property may be required to reimburse the school district.  They may be subject to discipline under board policy and the school district rules and regulations.  They may also be referred to local law enforcement authorities.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative rules regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 282.4, .5; 613.16.

Cross Reference:  502                                    Student Rights and Responsibilities
   
                                    802.1                                Maintenance Schedule

Approved      1/18/21                             
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 11:24

502.03 - Student Expression

502.03 - Student Expression

It is the goal of the district to protect the educational environment for all students to help ensure it is free from substantial disruption or infringement upon their rights.  Student expression should be appropriate to ensure that the students learn and meet the goals of the school activity and that the potential audience is not exposed to material that may be harmful or inappropriate for their level of maturity.

While students will generally be allowed to express their viewpoints and opinions, in certain qualifying circumstances, student speech may require administrative regulation to help ensure the safety and welfare of the school community.  The district may regulate speech that:  causes or is reasonably anticipated to cause a material and substantial disruption to the education environment; infringes upon the rights of others; is obscene or lewd; is school sponsored; and/or promotes illegal activity.  The administration, when making this judgment, will consider whether the activity in which the expression was made is school-sponsored and whether review or prohibition of the students' speech furthers an educational purpose.  The expression must be done in a reasonable time, place, and manner that is not disruptive to the orderly and efficient operation of the school district.

The superintendent may develop procedures for safely addressing qualifying types of mass protests by students, including walk-ins and walk-outs.  Walk-ins occur when students leave their learning environments during school hours and gather in a group or groups with the purpose of promoting a belief or beliefs.  Walk-outs occur when students leave their learning environments during school hours and gather in a group or groups off district property with the purpose of promoting a belief or beliefs. 

The superintendent is encouraged to obtain feedback from community stakeholders in the development of these procedures.  The goal of the procedures shall be to address student safety, maintain the educational environment and promote communication during demonstrations while remaining viewpoint neutral.

Students who violate this policy may be subject to disciplinary measures.  Employees are responsible for ensuring students' expression is in keeping with this policy.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  U.S. Const. amend. I.
   
                                    Iowa Const. art. I (sec. 7)
   
                                    Morse v. Frederick, 551 U.S. 393 (2007)
   
                                    Hazelwood School District v. Kuhlmeier, 484 U.S. 260 (1988).
   
                                    Bethel School District v. Fraser, 478 U.S. 675 (1986).
   
                                    New Jersey v. T.L.O., 469 U.S. 325 (1985).
   
                                    Tinker v. Des Moines Ind. Comm. Sch. Dist., 393 U.S. 503 (1969).
   
                                    Bystrom v. Fridley High School, 822 F.2d 747 (8th Cir. 1987).
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.22

Cross Reference:  102                                    Equal Educational Opportunity
   
                                    502                                    Student Rights and Responsibilities
   
                                    504                                    Student Activities
   
                                    603.9                                Academic Freedom
   
                                    903.5                                Distribution of Materials

Approved     1/18/21                              
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 11:24

502.04 - Student Complaints and Grievances

502.04 - Student Complaints and Grievances

Student complaints and grievances regarding board policy or administrative regulations and other matters should be addressed to the student's teacher or another licensed employee, other than the administration, for resolution of the complaint.  It is the goal of the board to resolve student complaints at the lowest organizational level.

If the complaint cannot be resolved by a licensed employee, the student may discuss the matter with the principal within 5 days of the employee's decision.  If the matter cannot be resolved by the principal, the student may discuss it with the superintendent within   5       days after speaking with the principal.

If the matter is not satisfactorily resolved by the superintendent, the student may ask to have the matter placed on the board agenda of a regularly scheduled board meeting in compliance with board policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8

Cross Reference:  210.8                                Board Meeting Agenda
   
                                    213                                    Public Participation in Board Meetings
   
                                    307                                    Communication Channels
   
                                    502                                    Student Rights and Responsibilities
   
                                    504.3                                Student Publications

Approved        1/18/21                           
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 11:26

502.05 - Student Lockers

502.05 - Student Lockers

Student lockers are the property of the school district.  Students will use the lockers assigned to them by the school district for storing their school materials and personal belongings necessary for attendance at school.  It is the responsibility of students to keep their assigned lockers clean and undamaged.

To ensure students are properly maintaining their assigned lockers, the principal of the building may periodically inspect all or a random selection of lockers.  Either students or another individual will be present during the inspection of lockers.  Student lockers may also be searched, at any time and without advance notice, in compliance with board policy regulating search and seizure.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.14; 808A.

Cross Reference:  502                                    Student Rights and Responsibilities

Approved     1/18/21                  
Reviewed                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 11:27

502.06 - Weapons

502.06 - Weapons

The board believes weapons, other dangerous objects and look-a-likes in school district facilities cause material and substantial disruption to the school environment or present a threat to the health and safety of students, employees and visitors on the school district premises or property within the jurisdiction of the school district.

School district facilities are not an appropriate place for weapons, dangerous objects and look-a-likes. Weapons and other dangerous objects and look-a-likes will be taken from students and others who bring them onto the school district property or onto property within the jurisdiction of the school district or from students who are within the control of the school district.

Parents of students found to possess weapons, dangerous objects or look-a-likes on school property are notified of the incident.  Possession or confiscation of weapons, dangerous objects or look-a-likes will be reported to law enforcement officials, and students will be subject to disciplinary action including suspension or expulsion.

Students bringing firearms to school or knowingly possessing firearms at school will be expelled for not less than one year.  The superintendent has the authority to recommend this expulsion requirement be modified for students on a case-by-case basis.  For purposes of this portion of this policy, the term "firearm" includes, but is not limited to, any weapon which is designed to expel a projectile by the action of an explosive, the frame or receiver of any such weapon, a muffler or silencer for such a weapon, or any explosive, incendiary or poison gas, or otherwise defined by applicable law.

Weapons under the control of law enforcement officials or other individuals specifically authorized by the board are exempt from this policy. Students and individuals approved in writing by the Superintendent who are actively engaging in a school district approved firearms safety course, hunter education course or shooting sports activity are exempt from this policy. The superintendent will develop an administrative process or procedures to implement the policy and communicate with law enforcement relevant exemptions to this policy as appropriate. 

 

Legal Reference:     18 U.S.C. § 921 
                                 Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.21B; 483A.27(11), 724 
                                 281 I.A.C. 12.3(6)

Cross Reference:     502    Student Rights and Responsibilities
                                 503    Student Discipline
                                 507    Student Health and Well-Being

Approved       1/18/2021     
Reviewed      7/15/2024     
Revised         7/15/2024     

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 11:28

502.07 - Student Substance Abuse

502.07 - Student Substance Abuse

The board believes it is imperative to promote the health and well-being of all students in the district.  The district will provide a substance use prevention program and set restrictions on substance use by students in accordance with applicable law.

The board prohibits the distribution, dispensing, manufacture, possession, use, or being under the influence of alcohol, tobacco/nicotine products, other controlled substances, or "look alike" substances that appear to be tobacco/nicotine products, alcohol or controlled substances by students while on school district property or on property within the jurisdiction of the school district; while on school owned and/or operated school or chartered vehicles; while attending or engaged in school activities; and while away from school grounds if the misconduct will directly affect the good order, efficient management and welfare of the school district. "Controlled substances" in this policy refers to the misuse of both licit and illicit drugs.

The board believes such illegal, unauthorized or contraband materials generally cause material and substantial disruption to the school environment or present a threat to the health and safety of students, employees, or visitors.

Violation of this policy by students will result in disciplinary action including suspension or expulsion.  Use, purchase or being in possession of tobacco/nicotine products for those under the age of twenty-one, may be reported to the local law enforcement authorities.  Possession, use or being under the influence of alcohol and/or of a controlled substance may also be reported to the local law enforcement authorities.

Students who violate the terms of this policy may be required to satisfactorily complete a substance use assistance or rehabilitation program approved by the school board.  If such student fails to satisfactorily complete such a program, the student may be subject to discipline including suspension or expulsion.

The board believes the substance use prevention program will include:

  • Age-appropriate, evidence-based substance use prevention curriculum for students in grades kindergarten through twelve, which address the legal, social, and health consequences of tobacco, drug and alcohol use and which provide information about effective techniques for resisting social pressure to use tobacco, drugs or alcohol;
  • A statement to students that the use of controlled substances and the unlawful possession and use of tobacco/nicotine products and alcohol is harmful to student well-being;
  • Standards of conduct for students that clearly prohibit, at a minimum, the unlawful possession, use, being under the influence of or distribution of controlled substances, tobacco/nicotine products and/or alcohol by students on school premises or as part of any of its activities;
  • A clear statement that disciplinary sanctions, up to and including suspension or expulsion and referral for prosecution, will be imposed on students who violate the policy and a description of those sanctions;
  • A statement that students may be required to complete a substance use evaluation to determine whether substance use disorder treatment is recommended and, if recommended, successfully complete an appropriate rehabilitation program;
  • Information about drug and alcohol counseling and rehabilitation and re-entry programs available to students;
  • A requirement that parents and students be given a copy of the standards of conduct and the statement of disciplinary sanctions required; and,
  • Notification to parents and students that compliance with the standards of conduct is mandatory.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

Legal Reference:

34 C.F.R. Pt. 86
Iowa Code §§ 123.46; 124; 279.8, .9; 453A.
281 I.A.C. 12.3(6); .5(3)(e), .5(4)(e), .5(5)(e)

I.C. Iowa Code    Description
Iowa Code  § 123.46    Consumption/Intoxication in Public
Iowa Code  § 124    Controlled Substances
Iowa Code  § 279.8    Directors - General Rules - Bonds of Employees
Iowa Code  § 279.9    Directors - Powers and Duties - Controlled Substances
Iowa Code  § 453A    Tobacco, Nicotine, Vapor Products - Taxes, Regulations
I.A.C. Iowa Administrative Code    Description
281 I.A.C. 12.3    Administration
281 I.A.C. 5    Public Records - Fair Access
C.F.R. - Code of Federal Regulations    Description
34 C.F.R. Pt. 86    Education - Drug and Alcohol Abuse Prevention
 

 

Approved    1/18/21                       
Reviewed     2/19/2024                      
Revised      2/19/2024             

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 11:30

502.08 - Search and Seizure

502.08 - Search and Seizure

School district property is held in public trust by the board.  School district authorities may, without a search warrant, search students or protected student areas based on a reasonable and articulable suspicion that a school district policy, rule, regulation or law has been violated.  The search is in a manner reasonable in scope to maintain order and discipline in the schools, promote the educational environment, and protect the safety and welfare of students, employees and visitors to the school district facilities.  The furnishing of a locker, desk or other facility or space owned by the school and provided as a courtesy to a student, even if the student provides the lock for it, will not create a protected student area and will not give rise to an expectation of privacy with respect to the locker, desk, or other facility.

 School authorities may seize any illegal, unauthorized or contraband materials discovered in the search.  Items of contraband may include, but are not limited to, nonprescription controlled substances, marijuana, cocaine, amphetamines, barbiturates, apparatus used for controlled substances, alcoholic beverages, tobacco/nicotine, weapons, explosives, poisons and stolen property.  Such items are not to be possessed by a student while they are on school district property or on property within the jurisdiction of the school district; while on school owned and/or operated school or chartered vehicles; while attending or engaged in school activities; and while away from school grounds if misconduct will directly affect the good order, efficient management and welfare of the school district.  Possession of such items will be grounds for disciplinary action including suspension or expulsion and may be reported to local law enforcement officials.  The board believes that illegal, unauthorized or contraband materials may cause material and substantial disruption to the school environment or presents a threat to the health and safety of students, employees, or visitors on the school district premises or property within the jurisdiction of the school district.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principals, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  U.S. Const. amend. IV.
   
                                    New Jersey v. T.L.O., 469 U.S. 325 (1985).
   
                                    Cason v. Cook, 810 F.2d 188 (8th Cir. 1987), cert. den., 482 U.S. 930 (1987).
   
                                    Iowa Code ch. 808A
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(6).

Cross Reference:  502                                    Student Rights and Responsibilities
   
                                    503                                    Student Discipline
   
                                    905.2                                Tobacco/Nicotine-Free Environment

Approved    1/18/21                               
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 11:31

502.08E1 - Search and Seizure Checklist

502.08E1 - Search and Seizure Checklist

I.      What factors caused you to have a reasonable and articulable suspicion that the search of this student or the student's effects or automobile would turn up evidence that the student has violated or is violating the law, school policy, rules or regulations affecting school order?

         A.  Eyewitness account.
      1.  By whom:  ___________________________________________
      2.  Date/Time:  __________________________________________
      3.  Place:  ______________________________________________
      4.  What was seen:  ______________________________________

         B.  Information from a reliable source.
      1.  From whom:  _________________________________________
      2.  Time received:  ________________________________________
      3.  How information was received:  ___________________________
      4.  Who received the information:  ____________________________
      5.  Describe information:  ___________________________________
           ______________________________________________________

         C.  Suspicious behaviour?  Explain.
           ______________________________________________________
           ______________________________________________________
           ______________________________________________________
           ______________________________________________________

         D.  Time of search:  ___________________________________________

         E.  Location of search:  ________________________________________

         F.  Student told purpose of search:  _______________________________

         G.  Consent of student requested:  _______________________________

II.      Was the search you conducted reasonable in terms of scope and intrusiveness? 

         A.  What were you searching for?  _______________________________

         B.  Where did you search?  _____________________________________

         C.  Sex of the student:  ________________________________________

         D.  Age of the student:  ________________________________________

         E.  Exigency of the situation:  ___________________________________

         F.  What type of search was being conducted:  ______________________

         G.  Who conducted the search:  __________________________________
       Position:  _____________________  Sex:  ______________________

         H.  Witness(s):
           ______________________________________________________

III.      Explanation of Search.

         A.  Describe the time and location of the search:_____________________
           ______________________________________________________

         B.  Describe exactly what was searched:___________________________
           ______________________________________________________

         C.  What did the search yield:____________________________________

         D.  What was seized:___________________________________________

         E.  Were any materials turned over to law enforcement officials?
           ______________________________________________________

         F.  Were parents notified of the search including the reason for it and scope:
           _______________________________________________________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 11:32

502.08R1 - Search and Seizure Regulation

502.08R1 - Search and Seizure Regulation

I.      Searches, in general.

        A.      Reasonable and Articulable Suspicion:  A search of a student will be justified when there are reasonable grounds for the suspicion that the search will turn up evidence that the student has violated or is violating the law or school district policy, rules, or regulations affecting school order.

                  Reasonable suspicion may be formed by considering factors such as the following:

             (1)      eyewitness observations by employees;

             (2)      information received from reliable sources;

             (3)      suspicious behavior by the student; or,

             (4)      the student's past history and school record although this factor alone is not sufficient to provide the basis for reasonable suspicion.

        B.       Reasonable Scope:  A search will be permissible in its scope or intrusiveness when the measures adopted are reasonably related to the objectives of the search.  Reasonableness of scope or intrusiveness may be determined based on factors such as the following:

                  (1)      the age of the student;

                  (2)      the sex of the student;

                  (3)      the nature of the infraction; and

                  (4)      the emergency requiring the search without delay.

 

II.     Types of Searches

        A.      Personal Searches

                  1.       A student's person and/or personal effects (e.g., purse, backpack, etc.) may be searched when a school official has reasonable suspicion to believe the student is in possession of illegal or contraband items or has violated school district policies, rules, regulations or the law affecting school order.

                  2.       Personally intrusive searches will require more compelling circumstances to be considered reasonable.

                            (a)    Pat-Down Search:  If a pat-down search or a search of a student's garments (such as jackets, socks, pockets, etc.) is conducted, it will be conducted in private by a school official of the same sex as the student and with another adult witness of the same sex present, when feasible.

                            (b)    A more intrusive search, short of a strip search, of the student's person, handbags, book bags, etc., is permissible in emergency situations when the health and safety of students, employees, or visitors are threatened.  Such a search may only be conducted in private by a school official of the same sex as the student, with an adult of the same sex present unless the health or safety of students will be endangered by the delay which may be caused by following these procedures.

        B.       Locker and Desk Inspections 

                  Although school lockers and desks are temporarily assigned to individual students, they remain the property of the school district at all times.  The school district has a reasonable and valid interest in ensuring the lockers and desks are properly maintained.  For this reason, lockers and desks are subject to unannounced inspections and students have no legitimate expectations of privacy in the locker or desk.  Periodic inspections of all or a random selection of lockers or desks may be conducted by school officials in the presence of the student or another individual.  Any contraband discovered during such searches will be confiscated by school officials and may be turned over to law enforcement officials.

                  The contents of a student's locker or desk (coat, backpack, purse, etc.) may be searched when a school official has reasonable and articulable suspicion that the contents contains illegal or contraband items or evidence of a violation of law or school policy or rule.  Such searches should be conducted in the presence of another adult witness when feasible.

        C.       Automobile Searches

                  Students are permitted to park on school premises as a matter of privilege, not of right.  The school retains authority to conduct routine patrols of the student parking lots.  The interior of a student's automobile on the school premises may be searched if the school official has reasonable and articulable suspicion to believe that illegal, unauthorized or contraband items are contained inside.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 11:47

502.09 - Interviews of Students by Outside Agencies

502.09 - Interviews of Students by Outside Agencies

Generally, students may not be interviewed during the school day by persons other than parents and school district officials and employees.

Requests from law enforcement officers and from persons other than parents, school district officials, and employees to interview students are made through the principal's office.  Upon receiving a request, it is the responsibility of the principal to determine whether the request will be granted.  Generally, prior to granting a request, the principal will attempt to contact the parents to inform them of the request and to ask them to be present.

If a child abuse investigator wishes to interview a student, the principal will defer to the investigator's judgment as to whether the student should be interviewed independently from the student's parents, whether the school is the most appropriate setting for the interview, and who will be present during the interview.

Students will not be taken from school without the consent of the principal and without proper warrant.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 232; 280.17.
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 102.
   
                                    441 I.A.C. 9.2; 155; 175.

Cross Reference:  402.2                                Child Abuse Reporting
   
                                    502.08                             Search and Seizure
   
                                    503                                    Student Discipline
   
                                    902.2                                News Conferences and Interviews

Approved    1/18/21                               
Reviewed                                                                                              
Revised                     

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 11:48

502.10 - Use of Motor Vehicles

502.10 - Use of Motor Vehicles

The board recognizes the convenience to families and students of having students drive to and park at their school attendance center.  Driving a motor vehicle to and parking it at the student's attendance center is a privilege.

Students who drive to and park at their school attendance center shall only drive to and park at their designated attendance center or at either their attendance center or a shared district’s attendance center for the purpose of attending extracurricular activities.  Students may not loiter around or be in their vehicle during the school day without permission from the principal.  Students shall leave their attendance center when there is no longer a legitimate reason for them to be at their attendance center.  Students who drive shall enter and leave the parking lot by the routes designated by the principal. 

Students who live within one mile of school, and would not otherwise be eligible for a student driving permit, may be eligible for a student driving permit, for driving to and from school and school activities and practices, as determined by school administration.

Students who wish to drive to and park at their school attendance center shall comply with the rules and regulations established by the building principal.  Failure to comply with this policy or the school district rules shall be reason for revocation of school driving and parking privileges as well as other disciplinary action including suspension and expulsion.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 321.

Cross Reference:  502       Student Rights and Responsibilities

Approved     1/18/21                  
Reviewed                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 11:50

503 - Student Discipline

503 - Student Discipline dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 11:51

503.01 - Student Conduct

503.01 - Student Conduct

The board believes inappropriate student conduct causes material and substantial disruption to the school environment, interferes with the rights of others, or presents a threat to the health and safety of students, employees, and visitors on school premises.  Appropriate classroom behavior allows teachers to communicate more effectively with students.

Students will conduct themselves in a manner fitting to their age level and maturity and with respect and consideration for the rights of others while on school district property or on property within the jurisdiction of the school district; while on school owned and/or operated school or chartered vehicles; while attending or engaged in school activities; and while away from school grounds if misconduct will directly affect the good order, efficient management and welfare of the school district.  Consequences for the misconduct will be fair and developmentally appropriate in light of the circumstances.

Students who fail to abide by this policy, and the administrative regulations supporting it, may be disciplined for conduct which disrupts or interferes with the education program; conduct which disrupts the orderly and efficient operation of the school district or school activity; conduct which disrupts the rights of other students to participate in or obtain their education; conduct that is violent or destructive; or conduct which interrupts the maintenance of a disciplined atmosphere.  Disciplinary measures include, but are not limited to, removal from the classroom, detention, suspension, probation, and expulsion.

A student who commits an assault against an employee on school district property or on property within the jurisdiction of the school district; while on school-owned or school-operated chartered vehicles; or while attending or engaged in school district activities will be suspended by the principal.  Notice of the suspension is sent to the board president.  The board will review the suspension and decide whether to hold a disciplinary hearing to determine whether to impose further sanctions against the student which may include expulsion.  In making its decision, the board shall consider the best interests of the school district, which shall include what is best to protect and ensure the safety of the school employees and students from the student committing the assault.  Assault for purposes of this section of this policy is defined as, when, without justification, a student does any of the following:

∙    an act which is intended to cause pain or injury to, or which is intended to result in physical contact which will be insulting or offensive to another, coupled with the apparent ability to execute the act; or

∙    any act which is intended to place another in fear of immediate physical contact which will be painful, injurious, insulting or offensive, coupled with the apparent ability to execute the act; or

∙    intentionally points any firearm toward another or displays in a threatening manner any dangerous weapon toward another.

The act is not an assault when the person doing any of the above and the other person are voluntary participants in a sport, social or other activity, not in itself criminal, when the act is a reasonably foreseeable incident of such sport or activity, and does not create an unreasonable risk of serious injury or breach of the peace.

Removal from the classroom means a student is sent to the building principal's office.  It is within the discretion of the person in charge of the classroom to remove the student.

Detention means the student's presence is required during non-school hours for disciplinary purposes.  The student can be required to appear prior to the beginning of the school day, after school has been dismissed for the day, or on a non-school day.  Whether a student will serve detention, and the length of the detention, is within the discretion of the licensed employee or the building principal, disciplining the student.

Suspension means; either an in-school suspension, an out-of-school suspension, a restriction from activities or loss of eligibility.  An in-school suspension means the student will attend school but will be temporarily isolated from one or more classes while under supervision.  An in-school suspension will not exceed ten consecutive school days.  An out-of-school suspension means the student is removed from the school environment, which includes school classes and activities.  An out-of-school suspension will not exceed ten consecutive school days.  A restriction from school activities means a student will attend school and classes and practice but will not participate in school activities.

Probation means a student is given a conditional suspension of a penalty for a definite period of time in addition to being reprimanded.  The conditional suspension will mean the student must meet the conditions and terms for the suspension of the penalty.  Failure of the student to meet these conditions and terms will result in immediate reinstatement of the penalty.

Expulsion means an action by the board to remove a student from the school environment, which includes, but is not limited to, classes and activities, for a period of time set by the board.

Discipline of special education students, including suspensions and expulsions, will comply with the provisions of applicable federal and state laws.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Goss v. Lopez, 419 U.S. 565 (1975).
   
                                    Brands v. Sheldon Community School District, 671 F. Supp. 627 (N.D. Iowa 1987).
   
                                    Sims v. Colfax Comm. School Dist., 307 F. Supp. 485 (Iowa 1970).
   
                                    Bunger v. Iowa High School Athletic Assn., 197 N.W.2d 555 (Iowa 1972).
          
                             Board of Directors of Ind. School Dist. of Waterloo v. Green, 259 Iowa 1260, 147 N.W.2d 854 (1967).
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 282.3, 282.4, 282.5; 708.1.
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(6)

Cross Reference:  501       Student Attendance
   
                                    502       Student Rights and Responsibilities
      
                                 504       Student Activities
      
                                 603.3   Special Education
   
                                    903.5   Distribution of Materials

Approved    1/18/21                               
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 11:51

503.01R1 - Student Suspension

503.01R1 - Student Suspension

Administrative Action

A.    Probation

        1.   Probation is conditional suspension of a penalty for a set period of time.  Probation may be imposed by the principal for infractions of school rules which do not warrant the necessity of removal from school.

        2.   The principal will conduct an investigation of the allegations against the student prior to imposition of probation.  The investigation will include, but not be limited to, written or oral notice to the student of the allegations against the student and an opportunity to respond.  Written notice and reasons for the probation will be sent to the parents.

B.     In-School Suspension

        1.   In-school suspension is the temporary isolation of a student from one or more classes while under administrative supervision.  In-school suspensions may be imposed by the principal for infractions of school rules, which are serious but which do not warrant the necessity of removal from school.

        2.   The principal will conduct an investigation of the allegations against the student prior to imposition of an in-school suspension.  The investigation will include, but not be limited to, written or oral notice to the student of the allegations against the student and an opportunity to respond.  In-school suspension will not be imposed for more than ten school days.  Written notice and reasons for the in-school suspension will be sent to the student's parents.

C.     Out-of-School Suspension

1.    Out-of-school suspension is the removal of a student from the school environment for periods of short duration.  Out-of-school suspension is to be used when other available school resources are unable to constructively remedy student misconduct.

2.    A student may be suspended out of school for up to ten school days by a principal for a commission of gross or repeated infractions of school rules, regulations, policy or the law, or when the presence of the student will cause interference with the maintenance of the educational environment or the operation of the school.  The principal may suspend students after conducting an investigation of the charges against the student, giving the student:

                a.         Oral or written notice of the allegations against the student, and

                b.         The opportunity to respond to those charges.

               At the principal's discretion, the student may be allowed to confront witnesses against the student or present witnesses on behalf of the student.

        3.    Notice of the out-of-school suspension will be mailed no later than the end of the school day following the suspension to the student's parents and the superintendent.  A reasonable effort is made to personally notify the student's parents and such effort is documented by the person making or attempting to make the contact.  Written notice to the parents will include the circumstances which led to the suspension and a copy of the board policy and rules pertaining to the suspension.

D.    Suspensions and Special Education Students

        1.    Students who have been identified as special education students may be referred for a review of the student's Individual Education Program (IEP).  The IEP may be revised to include a continuum of intervention strategies and programming to change the behavior.

        2.    Students who have not been identified as special education students may be referred for evaluation after the student's suspension to determine whether the student has a disability and is in need of special education.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 11:54

503.02 - Expulsion

503.02 - Expulsion

Only the board may remove a student from the school environment.  The removal of a student from the school environment, which includes, but is not limited to, classes and activities, is an expulsion from school.

Students may be expelled for violations of board policy, school rules or the law.  It is within the discretion of the board to discipline a student by using an expulsion for a single offense or for a series of offenses depending on the nature of the offense and the circumstances surrounding the offense.

It is within the discretion of the superintendent to recommend to the board the expulsion of a student for disciplinary purposes.  Only the board may take action to expel a student and to readmit the student.  The principal will keep records of expulsions in addition to the board's records.

When a student is recommended for expulsion by the board, the student is provided with:

      1.   Notice of the reasons for the proposed expulsion;

      2.   The names of the witnesses and an oral or written report on the facts to which each witness testifies unless the witnesses are students whose names may be released at the discretion of the superintendent;

      3.   An opportunity to present a defense against the charges and provide either oral testimony or written affidavits of witnesses on the student's behalf;

      4.   The right to be represented by counsel; and

      5.   The results and finding of the board in writing open to the student's inspection.

In addition to these procedures, a special education student must be provided with additional procedures.  A determination should be made of whether the student is actually guilty of the misconduct.  A staffing team should determine whether the student's behavior is caused by the student's disability and whether the conduct is the result of inappropriate placement.  Discussions and conclusions of this meeting should be recorded.

If the special education student's conduct is not caused by the disability, the student may be expelled or suspended for a long-term period following written notice to the parent and pursuant to the school district's expulsion hearing procedures.  If the misconduct is caused by the disability and a change in placement is recommended, the change must be made pursuant to the placement procedures used by the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Goss v. Lopez, 419 U.S. 565 (1975).
          
                             Wood v. Strickland, 420 U.S. 308 (1975).
          
                             Southeast Warren Comm. School District v. Dept. of Public Instruction, 285 N.W.2d 173 (Iowa 1979).
          
                             Iowa Code §§ 21.5; 282.3, .4, .5.
          
                             281 I.A.C. 12.3(6).

Cross Reference:  502     Student Rights and Responsibilities
   
                                    503     Student Discipline

Approved      1/18/21                 
Reviewed                               
Revised                                              

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 11:55

503.03 - Fines - Fees - Charges

503.03 - Fines - Fees - Charges

The board believes students should respect school district property and assist in its preservation for future use by others.  Students may be assessed fines, charges, or fees for the materials needed in a course, for overdue school materials, for participating in activities, or for misuse of school property.

The superintendent will inform the board of the dollar amount to be charged to students or others for fines, charges, or fees annually.  Parents of students meeting specific financial eligibility standards will be eligible for a waiver of student fees or a reduction of student fees based upon the request of the parent.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 256.7(20); 279.8; 280.10, .11; 282.6; 285.1; 301.1.
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 18.2.

Cross Reference:  501.16                             Homeless Children & Youth
   
                                    502                                    Student Rights and Responsibilities
   
                                    503                                    Student Discipline

Approved    1/18/21                               
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 11:57

503.03E1 - Standard Fee Waiver Application

503.03E1 - Standard Fee Waiver Application

Date _________________                                                                                  School year __________________

All information provided in connection with this application will be kept confidential.

Name of student:  ____________________________________________  Grade in school __________________

Name of student:  ____________________________________________  Grade in school __________________

Name of student:  ____________________________________________  Grade in school __________________

Attendance Center/School  _____________________________________________________________________

Name of parent, guardian: ______________________________________________________________________
  or legal or actual custodian

Please check type of wavier desired:
                  Full waiver  _________  Partial waiver  _________  Temporary waiver  _________ 

Please check if the student or the student's family meets the financial eligibility criteria or is involved in one of the following programs:

Full waiver

_________  Free meals offered under the Children Nutrition Program (CNP)
_________  The Family Investment Program (FIP)
_________  Transportation assistance under open enrollment
_________ 
Foster care

Partial waiver

_________  Reduced priced meals offered under the Children Nutrition Program

Temporary waiver

If none of the above apply, but you wish to apply for a temporary waiver of school fees because of serious financial problems, please state the reason for the request:

_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________

Signature of parent, guardian:  __________________________________________________
  or legal or actual custodian

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 11:58

503.03R1 - Student Fee Waiver and Reduction Procedures

503.03R1 - Student Fee Waiver and Reduction Procedures

The board recognizes that while certain fees charged students are appropriate and authorized, certain students and their families are not financially able to pay the fees.  The school district will grant either full waivers, partial waivers or temporary waivers depending upon the circumstances and the student or student's parents' ability to meet the financial criteria.

        A.      Waivers -

                  1.   Full Waivers - a student will be granted a full waiver of fees charged by the school district if the student or student's parents meet the financial eligibility criteria for free meals under the Child Nutrition program, Family Investment Program, or transportation assistance under open enrollment.  Students in foster care are also eligible for full waivers.

2.   Partial Waivers - a student will be granted a partial waiver of fees charged by the school district if the student or the student's parents meet the financial eligibility criteria for reduced price meals offered under the Child Nutrition program.  A partial waiver is based on the same percentage as the reduced price meals.

                  3.   Temporary Waivers - a student may be eligible for a temporary waiver of fees charged by the district in the event the student's parents are facing financial difficulty.  Temporary waivers may be applied for at any time throughout the school year and will not extend beyond the end of the school year.

        B.       Application - Parents or students eligible for a fee waiver will make an application on the form provided by the school district.  Applications may be made at any time but must be renewed annually.

        C.       Confidentiality - The school district will treat the application and application process as any other student record and student confidentiality and access provisions will be followed.

        D.      Appeals - Denials of a waiver may be appealed to the Superintendent.

        E.       Fines or charges assessed for damage or loss to school property are not fees and will not be waived.

        F.       Notice - the school district will annually notify parents and students of the waiver.  The following information will be included in registration materials.

Students whose families meet the income guidelines for free and reduced price lunch, the Family Investment Program (FIP), or transportation assistance under open enrollment, or who are in foster care are eligible to have their student fees waived or partially waived.  Students whose families are experiencing a temporary financial difficulty may be eligible for a temporary waiver of student fees.  Parents or students who believe they may qualify for temporary financial hardship should contact the principal for a waiver form.  This waiver does not carry over from year to year and must be completed annually.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 12:04

503.04 - Good Conduct Rule

503.04 - Good Conduct Rule

Participation in school activities is a privilege.  School activities provide the benefits of promoting additional interests and abilities in the students during their school years and for their lifetimes.

Students who participate in extracurricular activities serve as ambassadors of the school district throughout the calendar year, whether away from school or at school.  Students who wish to have the privilege of participating in extracurricular activities must conduct themselves in accordance with board policy and must refrain from activities which are illegal, immoral or unhealthy.

Students who fail to abide by this policy and the administrative regulations supporting it may be subject to disciplinary measures.  The principal will keep records of violations of the good conduct rule.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop rules and regulations for school activities.  Students wanting to participate in school activities must meet the requirements set out by the school district for participation in the activity.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Bunger v. Iowa High School Athletic Assn., 197 N.W.2d 555 (Iowa 1972).
   
                                    In re Jason Clark, 1 D.P.I. App. Dec. 167 (1978).
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 280.13, .13A.
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(6); 36.15(1).

Cross Reference:  502                                    Student Rights and Responsibilities
   
                                    503                                    Student Discipline
   
                                    504                                    Student Activities

Approved     1/18/21                              
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 12:05

503.05 - Corporal Punishment

503.05 - Corporal Punishment

The use of corporal punishment, mechanical restraint and/or prone restraint is prohibited in all schools. Corporal punishment is defined as the intentional physical punishment of a student.  It includes the use of unreasonable or unnecessary physical force or physical contact made with the intent to harm or cause pain.  No employee is prohibited from:

             Using reasonable and necessary force, not designed or intended to cause pain, in order to accomplish any of the following:

                  --        To quell a disturbance or prevent an act that threatens physical harm to any person.

                  --        To obtain possession of a weapon or other dangerous object within a pupil's control.

                  --        For the purposes of self-defense or defense of others as provided for in Iowa Code section 704.3.

                  --        For the protection of property as provided for in Iowa Code section 704.4 or 704.5.

                  --        To remove a disruptive pupil from class or any area of school premises or from school-sponsored activities off school premises.

                  --        To protect a student from the self-infliction of harm.

                  --        To protect the safety of others.

             Using incidental, minor, or reasonable physical contact to maintain order and control.

Mechanical restraint means the use of a device as a means of restricting a student’s freedom of movement.  Mechanical restraint does not mean a device used by a trained individual for specific approved therapeutic or safety purposes for which the device was designed and, if applicable, prescribed, including restraints for medical immobilization, adaptive devices or mechanical supports used to allow greater freedom of mobility than would be possible without use of such devices or mechanical supports; and vehicle safety restraints when used as intended during the transport of a student in a moving vehicle.

Reasonable physical force should be commensurate with the circumstances of the situation.  The following factors should be considered in using reasonable physical force for the reasons stated in this policy:

        1.       The size and physical, mental, and psychological condition of the student;

        2.       The nature of the student's behavior or misconduct provoking the use of physical force;

        3.       The instrumentality used in applying the physical force;

        4.       The extent and nature of resulting injury to the student, if any;

        5.       The motivation of the school employee using physical force.

Upon request, the student's parents are given an explanation of the reasons for physical force.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Ingraham v.Wright, 430 U.S. 651 (1977).
   
                                      Goss v. Lopez, 419 U.S. 565 (1975).
   
                                      Tinkham v. Kole, 252 Iowa 1303, 110 N.W.2d 258 (1961).
   
                                      Lai v. Erickson, PTPC Admin. Doc. 83-12 (1983).
   
                                      Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.21.
   
                                      281 I.A.C. 12.3(6); 103.

 Cross Reference:  402.3       Abuse of Students by School District Employees
   
                                        502              Student Rights and Responsibilities
                                           503              Student Discipline

Approved      1/18/21                             
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 12:06

503.06 - Physical Restraint and Seclusion of Students

503.06 - Physical Restraint and Seclusion of Students

It is the goal of the district that all students can learn and grow in a safe and peaceful environment that nurtures the student and models respect for oneself and others.  On occasion, trained district employees and others may have to use behavior management interventions, physical restraint and/or seclusion of students.  The goal of these interventions is to promote the dignity, care, safety, welfare and security of each child and the school community.  With this objective in mind, the district will prioritize the use of the least restrictive behavioral interventions appropriate for the situation.

Physical restraint means a personal restriction that immobilizes or reduces the ability of a student to move the student’s arms, legs, body, or head freely.  Physical restraint does not mean a technique used by trained school personnel, or used by a student, for the specific and approved therapeutic or safety purposes for which the technique was designed and, if applicable, prescribed.  Physical restraint does not include instructional strategies, such as physically guiding a student during an educational task, hand-shaking, hugging, or other non-disciplinary physical contact.

Seclusion means the involuntary confinement of a child in a seclusion room or area from which the child is prevented or prohibited from leaving; however, preventing a child from leaving a classroom or school building are not considered seclusion.  Seclusion does not include instances when a school employee is present within the room and providing services to the child, such as crisis intervention or instruction.

Physical restraint or seclusion is reasonable or necessary only:

  • To prevent or terminate an imminent threat of bodily injury to the student or others; or
  • To prevent serious damage to property of significant monetary value or significant non-monetary value or importance; or
  • When the student’s actions seriously disrupt the learning environment or when physical restraint or seclusion is necessary to ensure the safety of the student or others; and
  • When less restrictive alternatives to seclusion or physical restraint would not be effective, would not be feasible under the circumstances, or have failed in preventing or terminating the imminent threat or behavior; and
  • When the physical restraint or seclusion complies with all applicable laws.

Prior to using physical restraint or seclusion, employees must receive training in accordance with the law.  Any individual who is not employed by the district but whose duties could require the individual to use or be present during the use of physical restraint or seclusion on a student will be invited to participate in the same training offered to employees on this topic.

When required by law, the superintendent or the superintendent’s designee will ensure a post-occurrence debriefing meeting is held, maintain documentation and fulfill all reporting requirements for each occurrence of physical restraint or seclusion as required by law.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.21.
                                     
281 I.A.C. 103.

Cross Reference:  402.3 Abuse of Students by School District Employees
                                       
502     Student Rights and Responsibilities
                                       
503     Student Discipline
                                 503.5  Corporal Punishment

Approved     1/18/21                       
Reviewed                      
Revised                           

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 12:08

503.06E1 - Use of Physical Restraint and/or Seclusion Documentation Form

503.06E1 - Use of Physical Restraint and/or Seclusion Documentation Form

Student name:

Date of occurrence:

Start time of occurrence:

End time of occurrence:

Start time of use of physical restraint or seclusion:

End time of use of physical restraint or seclusion:

Employee names and titles who observed, were involved with or implemented physical restraint and/or seclusion during occurrence (including administrators who approved extended time if applicable):

Employee’s date of last training on use of physical restraint and seclusion:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Describe student actions before, during and after occurrence:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Describe employee actions before, during and after occurrence, including the reason for any of the following, if applicable:  use of non-approved restraint, use of non-designated seclusion rooms, any restraint or seclusion that lasted longer than necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Describe any less restrictive means attempted as an alternative to physical restraint and seclusion or why those means would not be effective or feasible, or have failed:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Approval from administrator to continue physical restraint or seclusion past 15 minutes:

Approval obtained from administrator to continue physical restraint or seclusion more than 30 minutes past last approval time:

Administrator approving:

Administrator approving:

Time approved:

Time approved:

Reasons for length of incident:

Reasons for length of incident:

If Administrator approval was not obtained at 15 minutes or every 30 minutes thereafter, or a student was not provided with breaks for bodily needs in incidents lasting longer than 15 minutes, explain why:

Parent/Guardian notification:  Parents/Guardians will be notified as soon as practicable once the occurrence is under control, but no more than one hour after, or the end of the school day, whichever occurs first. Space below for documenting multiple attempts to notify guardians is listed in case the guardian cannot be reached in the first attempt.

Employee attempting notification:

Parent/Guardian contacted:

Time and manner of attempted notification:

Was notification successful?

Employee attempting notification:

Parent/Guardian contacted:

Time and manner of attempted notification:

Was notification successful?

Employee attempting notification:

Parent/Guardian contacted:

Time and manner of attempted notification:

Was notification successful?

If Parent/Guardian notification requirements were not complied with, explain why:

Describe injuries sustained or property damaged by students or employees:

 

 

 

Describe future approaches to address student behavior including any consequences or disciplinary actions that may be imposed on the student:

 

 

 

 

 

This form has been reviewed and completed by the undersigned employee.  A written copy of this form has been sent to the student’s parent or guardian within three school days of the occurrence.  Unless the parent or guardian agrees to receive the report by email, fax, or hand delivery, the report must be sent by mail and postmarked by the third day following the occurrence.  Enclosed with a copy of this form is an invitation for the parents or guardians to participate in the debriefing meeting scheduled in accordance with the law.

____________________________________  ______________________________
Employee                                                                               Date of form delivered to Parent/Guardian

_______________________________
Method of Transmittal

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 12:11

503.06E2 - Debriefing Letter to Guardian of Student Involved in an Occurrence Where Physical Restraint and/or Seclusion was Used

503.06E2 - Debriefing Letter to Guardian of Student Involved in an Occurrence Where Physical Restraint and/or Seclusion was Used

[This letter and the enclosed report may be transmitted electronically via email or fax, picked up in person, or mailed.  If the district and the guardian do not agree on how to transmit this letter, it must be mailed via postage prepaid, first class mail to the guardian within 3 school days of the occurrence.]

Dear [Guardian],

Recently, your student [name] was involved in an occurrence at school that required the physical restraint and/or seclusion of your student as defined by 281 Iowa Administrative Code Ch. 103.  A report related to this occurrence is enclosed with this letter.

The law requires debriefing meetings be held for such occurrences in the following circumstances:

  • following the first instance of seclusion or physical restraint during a school year;
  • When any personal injury occurs as a part of the use of seclusion or physical restraint;
  • When a reasonable educator would determine a debriefing session is necessary;
  • When suggested by a student’s IEP team;
  • When agreed to by the guardian and school officials; and
  • After seven instances of seclusion or physical restraint of the student.

This letter is intended to inform you that a debriefing meeting will be held on [date within 5 days of transmission of letter, time, place] because of [reason from bulleted list above].  The following employees will be in attendance at this meeting:  [list names and titles of employees].  We are inviting you to attend this debriefing meeting to engage with us on topics related to this occurrence.

If you would like to reschedule the debriefing meeting, please contact me as soon as possible via email [email address] or telephone [telephone number], and at least one school day prior to the date and time listed for this debriefing meeting.  Your student is allowed to attend this meeting with your consent, and you are welcome to bring a representative of your choosing if you wish.  If you plan to bring a representative to this meeting, please let us know at least one school day prior to the meeting so that we have an opportunity to make arrangements.

We look forward to working with you to foster the continued health, safety and educational growth of your student.

 

___________________________________  ___________________________
[Administrator name], title                                           Date

 

Enclosure:  Report related to student occurrence

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 12:13

503.06E3 - Debriefing Meeting Document

503.06E3 - Debriefing Meeting Document

[The following individuals must attend the debriefing meeting: employees who administered physical restraint or seclusion; an administrator or employee not involved in the occurrence; the administrator or employee who approved continuation of the physical restraint or seclusion; other relevant personnel designated by the school; if indicated by student’s behavior in occurrence, an expert in behavioral/mental health or other discipline.  The following individuals must be invited to attend the debriefing meeting:  the parent or guardian of the student, the student with guardian’s consent.]

Student name:

Date of occurrence:

Date of debriefing meeting:

Time of debriefing meeting:

Location of debriefing meeting:

 

Names of individuals attending the debriefing meeting (must include the employees involved and at least one employee who was not involved):

Job title of employee and/or relation to student:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Documentation reviewed during meeting (must include at least the occurrence report; and BIP, IHP, IEP and/or safety plan if applicable):

 

 

 

 

 

Identification of patterns of behavior and proportionate response, if any, in the student and employees involved:

 

 

 

 

 

Possible alternative responses, if any, to the incident/less restrictive means, if any:

 

 

 

 

     

 

Additional resources, if any, that could facilitate those alternative responses in the future:

 

 

 

 

 

Plans for additional follow up actions, if any:

 

 

 

 

 

 

This form has been reviewed and completed by the undersigned employee.  A written copy of this form has been sent to the student’s guardian within three school days of the debriefing meeting.

____________________________________  ______________________________
Employee                                                                                Date of delivered to Parent/Guardian

______________________________
Method of Transmittal

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 12:15

503.06R1 - Use of Physical Restraint and Seclusion With Students

503.06R1 - Use of Physical Restraint and Seclusion With Students

The District will comply with 281 Iowa Administrative Code Ch. 103 for the use of physical restraint and seclusion with students, including, but not limited to:

  • Physical restraint and seclusion will be used only by employees who have been trained in accordance with applicable law unless a trained employee is not immediately available due to the unforeseeable nature of the occurrence.
  • As soon as practical after the situation is under control, but within one hour after either the occurrence or the end of the school day, whichever occurs first, the school will attempt to contact the student’s parent or guardian using the school’s emergency contact system.
  • The seclusion or physical restraint is used only for as long as necessary based on research and evidence to allow the student to regain control of their behavior to the point that the threat or behavior necessitating the use of the seclusion or physical restraint has ended, or when a medical condition occurs that puts the student at risk of harm.  Unless otherwise provided for in the student’s written approved IEP, BIP, IHP or safety plan, if the seclusion or physical restraint continues for more than 15 minutes:
  • The student will be provided with any necessary breaks to attend to personal and bodily needs, unless doing so would endanger the child or others.
  • An employee will obtain approval from an administrator or administrator’s designee to continue seclusion or physical restraint beyond 15 minutes.  After the initial approval, an employee must obtain additional approval every 30 minutes thereafter for the continuation of the seclusion or physical restraint.
  • The student’s parent or guardian and the school may agree to more frequent notifications than is required by law.
  • Schools and district employees must document and explain in writing the reasons why it was not possible for the employees to obtain approval, notify parents, or take action within prescribed time limits.
  • Schools and district employees who begin and then end use of nonapproved restraints will document and explain in writing the reasons why they had no other option but to use this type of behavioral intervention.
  • The area of seclusion will be a designated seclusion room that complies with the seclusion room requirements in accordance with law, unless the nature of the occurrence makes the use of the designated seclusion room impossible, clearly impractical, or clearly contrary to the safety of the student, others, or both; in that event, the school must document and explain in writing the reasons why a designated seclusion room was not used.
  • An employee must continually visually monitor the student for the duration of the seclusion or physical restraint.
  • If an employee restrains a student who uses sign language or an augmentive mode of communication as the student’s primary mode of communication, the student shall be permitted to have the student’s hands free of physical restraint, unless doing so is not feasible in view of the threat posed.
  • Seclusion or physical restraint shall not be used:  as punishment or discipline; to force compliance or to retaliate; as a substitute for appropriate educational or behavioral support; to prevent property damage except as provided in law; as a routine school safety measure; or as a convenience to staff.
  • The Superintendent or the Superintendent’s designee will investigate any complaint or allegation that one or more employees violated any provisions of 281 Iowa Administrative Code Ch. 103.  If the District determines a violation has occurred, corrective action will be taken up to and including termination of the employees involved.  If the allegation or complaint involves a specific student the District will notify the parents or guardian of the involved student about the results of the investigation.  If any allegation or complaint is also defined as abuse in 281 Iowa Administrative Code 102.2, the procedures listed in chapter 102 will apply.
  • The District must comply with and implement Chapter 103 whether or not a parent consents to the use of physical restraint or seclusion.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 12:10

503.07 - Student Disclosure of Identity

503.07 - Student Disclosure of Identity

It is the goal of the district to provide a safe and supportive educational environment in which all students may learn.  As part of creating that safe educational environment, no employee of the district will provide false or misleading information to the parent/guardian of a student regarding that student’s gender identity or intention to transition to a gender that is different from their birth certificate or certificate issued upon adoption.  

If a student makes a request to a licensed employee to accommodate a gender identity, name, or pronoun that is different than what was assigned to the student in the student’s registration forms or records, the licensed employee is required by Iowa law to report the request to an administrator. The school administrator receiving the report is required by Iowa law to report the request to the student’s parent/guardian.  This requirement also applies to all nicknames.

To maintain compliance with Iowa law and also provide efficiency in the reporting requirements listed above, the Superintendent will provide the opportunity for parents and guardians to list in the student’s registration paperwork any and all nicknames used for students.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §

Cross Reference:          

Approved    7/17/23                   
Reviewed                   
Revised        

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 12:30

503.07E1 - Report of Student Disclosure of Identity

503.07E1 - Report of Student Disclosure of Identity

Dear (Parent/Guardian) _________________,

 

This letter is to inform you that your student (student’s name listed on registration) ________________ has made a request of a licensed employee to (check all that apply):

______ make an accommodation that is intended to affirm the student’s gender identity as follows:  ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

______ use a name, pronoun or gender identity that is different from the name, pronoun and/or gender identity listed on the student’s school registration forms. The name, pronoun, or gender identity requested is _________________________________________________________________________. 

If you would like to amend the student’s registration paperwork to permit the student’s requested accommodation and/or include the use of the above-referenced name/pronoun/gender identity, please complete the attached form and return it to the district administration office.

 

Sincerely,

 

____________________________________________                                      __________________
Administrator                                                                                                                                    Date

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 12:31

503.07E2 - Request to Update Student Identity

503.07E2 - Request to Update Student Identity

__________________________________________________                                      __________________
(Student’s current name on registration)                                                                                             (Student ID)

 

Please update my student’s names, pronouns, and/or gender identities on my student’s registration paperwork to include all of the following:

 

__________________________________________________________________________________
(Names)

__________________________________________________________________________________
(Pronouns)

__________________________________________________________________________________
(Gender identities)

 

 

__________________________________                                                                            __________________
Parent/Guardian                                                                                                                                        Date

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 12:33

503.08 - Discipline of Students Who Make Threats of Violence or Cause Incidents of Violence

503.08 - Discipline of Students Who Make Threats of Violence or Cause Incidents of Violence

Discipline Policy  
Discipline is designed to promote behavior that will enable students to learn and successfully participate in  their educational and social environments. The district discipline policy for students who make a threat of  violence or commit an act of violence is developed to help students understand their obligations to others in  the school setting, secure the safety of all students, staff and the community, and to correct student behavior  if a violation occurs (2023 Iowa Acts, chapter 96 (House File 604), sec. 7, new section 279.79, subsection 1). 

Students will conduct themselves in a manner fitting their age, grade level, and maturity, and with respect  and consideration for the rights of others while on school district property or on property within the jurisdiction  of the school district; while on school owned and/or operated school or chartered vehicles; while attending or  engaged in school activities; and while away from school grounds if misconduct will directly affect the good  order, efficient management and welfare of the school district. Consequences for the misconduct will be fair and tailored to the age, grade level and maturity of the student. 

Discipline and other responses to threats or incidents of violence by a student with a disability, including  removal from a class, placement in a therapeutic classroom, suspensions, and expulsions, will comply with  the provisions of applicable federal and state laws including, but not limited to, the IDEA, Section 504 of the  Rehabilitation Act, and the Americans with Disabilities Act (2023 Iowa Acts, chapter 96 (House File 604), sec.  7, new section 279.79, subsection 3). 

District Response to a Threat or Incident of Violence by a Student  

Reporting a Threat of Violence or Incidence of Violence 
In the case of any threat of violence or incident of violence that results in injury, property damage or assault  by a student, the teacher will report to the school principal or lead administrator within 24 hours of the  incident. The principal or lead administrator will notify the parent or guardian of the student(s) who threatened  or perpetrated an act of violence and the student(s) who the threatened or perpetrated act of violence was  made against within 24 hours after receipt of the teacher’s report and complete an investigation of the incident as soon as possible. The classroom teacher may also notify the parent or guardian of the student  who made the threat or caused the incident, and the parent or guardian of the student against whom the  threat or incident was directed (2023 Iowa Acts, chapter 96 (House File 604), sec. 4).  

An investigation will be initiated by the principal or lead administrator upon learning of an incident of violence  or threat of violence through any credible means. If the principal or lead administrator finds that an incident of  violence or threat of violence did occur, the administrator will determine the level of threat or incident by  considering all aspects of the situation, including the student's intent and knowledge of the impact of their  actions, their developmental level and context of the incident. The resolution will focus on identifying the  cause behind the behavior and appropriate corrective action (2023 Iowa Acts, chapter 96 (House File 604),  sec. 7, new section 279.79, subsections 1 and 4).  

A student who makes a threat of violence, causes an incident of violence that results in injury or property  damage, or who commits an assault, will be subject to escalating levels of discipline for each occurrence.  When appropriate, referrals will be made to local law enforcement. The district retains the authority to assign  the level of disciplinary measures appropriate to the severity of the threat of violence or incident of violence  (2023 Iowa Acts, chapter 96 (House File 604), sec. 7, new section 279.79, subsection 5). 

Threat of Violence 
Threat of violence means a written, verbal, electronic or behavioral message that either explicitly or implicitly  expresses an intention to inflict emotional or physical injury, property damage, or assault. 

Incident of Violence 
Incident of violence means the intentional use of physical force or power against oneself, another person, a  group or community or property resulting in injury, property damage or assault.  

Injury 
Injury means “physical pain, illness or any impairment of physical condition.” State v. McKee, 312 N.W.2d  907, 913 (Iowa 1981). 

Property Damage 
Property damage means any destruction, damage, impairment or alteration of property to which the  individual does not have a right to take such an action. Property means real property, which includes any real  estate, building, or fixture attached to a building or structure, and personal property, which includes intangible  property (Iowa Code section 4.1(21)). 

Assault 
Assault means when, without justification, a student does any of the following: 

an act which is intended to cause pain or injury to, or which is intended to result in physical contact  which will be insulting or offensive to another, coupled with the apparent ability to execute the act; or  any act which is intended to place another in fear of immediate physical contact which will be painful,  injurious, insulting or offensive, coupled with the apparent ability to execute the act; or intentionally points any firearm toward another or displays in a threatening manner any dangerous weapon toward  another.  

The act is not an assault when the person doing any of the above and the other person are voluntary  participants in a sport, social or other activity, not in itself criminal, when the act is a reasonably foreseeable  incident of such sport or activity, and does not create an unreasonable risk of serious injury or breach of the  peace (Following Iowa Code section 708.1)

Escalating Responses by Grade Band:  Grades 9-12

Level 

Escalating Response

Level 1 

  • Requires parent or guardian notification.
  • Requires individualized educational program (IEP) meeting, if the student has an IEP.
  • Responses to an incident may include, but are not limited to, the following:
    • Parent or guardian conference that includes the student, when appropriate;
    • When appropriate and with written parent/guardian consent, counseling, and/or mental health counseling subject to available resources of the district;
    • Behavior intervention student agreement coupled with another response(s);
    • Restitution or opportunities to repair relationships coupled with another response(s);
    • Detention;
    • Temporary removal from extracurricular activities;
    • Temporary removal from class;
    • In-school suspension; and/or
    • Suspension of transportation, if misconduct occurred in a school vehicle.
       

Level 2 

  • Requires parent or guardian notification.
  • Review of response to prior offense, if applicable, to inform increased level of response.
  • Requires individualized educational program (IEP) meeting, if the student has an IEP.
  • Response to an incident may include the following:
    • Parent or guardian conference that includes the student, when appropriate;
    • When appropriate and with written parent/guardian consent, counseling, and/or mental health counseling subject to available resources of the district;
    • Behavior intervention student agreement coupled with another response(s);
    • Restitution or opportunities to repair relationships coupled with another response(s);
    • Detention;
    • Temporary or permanent removal from extracurricular activities;
    • Temporary or permanent removal from class;
    • In-school suspension;
    • Out-of-school suspension;
    • Suspension of transportation privileges, if misconduct occurred in a school vehicle; and/or
    • Placement in an alternative learning environment, including a therapeutic classroom, when appropriate.

Level 3 

  • Requires parent or guardian notification.
  • Review of response to prior offense, if applicable, to inform increased level of response.
  • Requires individualized educational program (IEP) meeting, if the student has an IEP.
  • Response to an incident may include the following:
    • Parent or guardian conference that includes the student, when appropriate;
    • When appropriate and with written parent/guardian consent, counseling, and/or mental health counseling subject to available resources of the district;
    • Behavior intervention student agreement coupled with another response(s);
    • Restitution or opportunities to repair relationships coupled with another response(s);
    • Detention;
    • Temporary or permanent removal from extracurricular activities;
    • Temporary or permanent removal from class;
    • In-school suspension;
    • Out-of-school suspension;
    • Suspension of transportation privileges, if misconduct occurred in a school vehicle;
    • Placement in an alternative learning environment, including a therapeutic classroom, when appropriate; and/or
    • Recommendation for expulsion.
       

Definitions (consistent with the Department’s Data Dictionary 2022-23)  

Detention means the student's presence is required during non-school hours for disciplinary purposes. The  student can be required to appear prior to the beginning of the school day, after school has been dismissed  for the day or on a non-school day. Whether a student will serve detention, and the length of the detention, is  within the discretion of the licensed employee or the building principal disciplining the student.  

Expulsion means an action by the board to remove a student from the school environment, which includes,  but is not limited to, classes and activities, for a period of time set by the board. 

In-school suspension means the student will attend school but will be temporarily isolated from one or more  classes while under supervision. An in-school suspension will not exceed ten consecutive school days.  

Out-of-school suspension means the student is removed from the school environment, which includes  school classes and activities. An out-of-school suspension will not exceed ten consecutive school days  unless due process is provided as required by federal and state law. A restriction from school activities  means a student will attend school and classes and practice but will not participate in school activities.  

Placement in an alternate learning environment means placement of a student in an environment  established apart from the regular educational program that includes rules, staff and resources designed to  accommodate student needs and to provide a comprehensive education consistent with the student learning  goals and content standards established by the school district. 

Removal from the classroom means a student is sent to the building principal's office. It is within the  discretion of the person in charge of the classroom to remove the student.

 

Legal Reference:     Iowa Code §279.79 

Approved    10/23/23                  Reviewed       10/23/23                 Revised                   

susan.larson@f… Fri, 12/06/2024 - 10:15

503.08R1 - Regulation for Threats of Violence or Cause Incidents of Violence

503.08R1 - Regulation for Threats of Violence or Cause Incidents of Violence

Effective student discipline policies serve the needs of the District in maintaining the order of the education environment while safeguarding the education interests of all students.  For this reason, it is crucial to engage many perspectives in crafting sound policies related to discipline. The board, in conjunction with teachers and administrators in the District, have assigned further meaning to concepts listed in this policy.

Incident Levels Defined

Incident levels must escalate, with Level 1 being less severe than Level 3 incidents. However, the District maintains discretion in applying the level of discipline appropriate for an incident. In making this determination, the administration will consider the following definitions of incident levels. Because no definition could encompass all possible threats or incidents, the administration has discretion in determining which level to assign the incident after looking at the nature of the incident as well as the age, grade level, and maturity of the student.

Level 1 Defined

  • Disruptive or concerning behavior
  • Student shows no sign of distress or low level of distress and disturbance
  • Possible threat made or present
  • Threat is vague and indirect
  • Information about threat or threat itself is inconsistent, implausible, or lacks detail
  • Threat lacks realism, or is repeated with variations
  • Content of threat suggests student is unlikely to carry it out
  • Seriously disruptive incident
  • Threat made or present
  • Threat is vague and indirect, but may be repeated or shared with multiple reporters

Level 2 Defined

  • Student is disturbed or advancing to dysregulation
  • Threat made or present
  • Threat is vague, but direct, or specific but indirect
  • Likely to be repeated or shared with multiple reporters
  • Information about threat or threat itself is consistent, plausible or includes increasing detail of a plan (time, place, etc.)
  • Threat is accompanied by talk or efforts to obtain weapons or other methods for harm
  • Threat is likely to be repeated with consistency (may try to convince listener they are serious)
  • Content of threat suggests student may carry it out

Level 3 Defined

  • Student is dysregulated (way off baseline) or medically disabled
  • Threat made or present
  • Threat is concrete (specific or direct)
  • Likely to be repeated or shared with multiple reporters
  • Information about threat o threat itself is consistent, plausible, or includes specific detail of a plan (time, place, etc.) often with steps already taken
  • Threat is accompanied by evidence of efforts to obtain weapons or other methods for harm
  • Threat may be repeated with consistency
  • Content of threat suggests student will carry it out (reference to weapons, means, target)
  • Student may appear detached

Timeframe for Determining Repeated Incidents

The District will consider all incidents occurring within the school year as sufficiently close in proximity between incidents to establish that a repeated incident has occurred. The rationale for establishing this timeframe is safety for students and staff. The administration will have discretion to alter this timeframe when appropriate under the circumstances, depending on the nature of the incident as well as the age, grade level and maturity of the student.

Considerations for Determining the Maturity of the Student

The District believes that gauging the maturity of a student is subject to interpretation and best left to the licensed employees who interact most closely with the student on a regular basis.  Assessing a student’s maturity level is based on individual characteristics unique to each student. Therefore, in making a determination about the maturity of a student, the administration may consult with the student’s classroom teacher and other relevant licensed staff.  The administration will consider the following factors in determining the maturity of the student:
Staff feedback
Age of the student

Considerations for Determining Whether the Off-Campus Threat of Violence or Incident of Violence Will Directly Affect the Good Order, Efficient Management and Welfare of the School District

The District recognizes that students maintain First Amendment rights to free expression both within school and outside. However, free speech protections are not absolute and do not extend to true threats of violence toward an individual or a group of individuals. In considering whether a threat or incident of violence will directly affect the good order, efficient management and welfare of the school district necessitating the need for investigation, the administration will consider, among other things, the following factors:

  • The specificity of the threat for time, location or individual(s) targeted
  • The reasonable likelihood of the student’s ability to carry out the threat
  • The reasonable likelihood that the threat will interfere with the operation of the educational environment

In addition to the notification requirements in policy, the administration will apprise the parents or guardians of any student who suffered violence or a threat of violence, of the rights to file complaints under any other relevant board policies including but not limited to anti-bullying/anti-harassment and Title IX.

 

Legal Reference:     Iowa Code §279.79

susan.larson@f… Fri, 12/06/2024 - 10:30

504 - Student Activities

504 - Student Activities dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 12:34

504.01 - Student Government

504.01 - Student Government

The student council provides for student activities, serves as a training experience for student leaders, promotes the common good, gives students a share in the management of the school, develops high ideals of personal conduct, acts as a clearinghouse for student activities, seeks to interest students in school district affairs and helps solve problems that may arise.  Members of the council are student representatives who have direct access to the administration.

The principal, in conjunction with the students and licensed employees, will set forth the guidelines for the student government's elections, operations, and other elements of the government.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8

Cross Reference:  502                                    Student Rights and Responsibilities
   
                                    504                                    Student Activities

Approved     1/18/21                              
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 12:34

504.02 - Student Organizations

504.02 - Student Organizations

Secondary school student-initiated, noncurriculum-related groups and student curriculum-related groups, upon receiving permission from the principal, may use school facilities for group meetings during non-instructional time.

Non-instructional time will mean any time before the first period of the day and after the last period of the day in which any student attends class.  Meetings will not interfere with the orderly conduct of the education program or other school district operations.  It is within the discretion of the principal to determine whether the meetings will interfere with the orderly conduct of the education program or other school district operations.  Activities relating to and part of the education program will have priority over the activities of another organization.

 

Curriculum-Related Organizations

It will also be the responsibility of the principal to determine whether a student group is curriculum-related.  One or more of the following questions will be answered affirmatively if the group is curriculum-related:

                Is the subject matter of the group actually taught in a regularly offered course?

                Will the subject matter of the group soon be taught in a regularly offered course?

                Does the subject matter of the group concern the body of courses as a whole?

                Is participation in the group required for a particular course?

                Does participation in the group result in academic credit?

Secondary school curriculum-related student organizations may use the school district facilities for meetings and other purposes before and after the instructional school day.  Employees are assigned to monitor approved meetings and may interact with curriculum-related organizations.

 

Noncurriculum-Related Organizations

Student-initiated, noncurriculum-related organizations are provided access to meeting space and school district facilities.

Only students may attend and participate in meetings of noncurriculum-related groups.  Such attendance is strictly voluntary and student-initiated.  As a means of determining whether a student's attendance is voluntary, the principal may require parental consent for the student to attend the meetings.

Employees will be assigned to monitor approved meetings.  Employees will not participate in the meeting or assist in planning, criticizing, or encouraging attendance.  Only students may be involved in and attend the noncurriculum group's meetings.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Westside Community Board of Education v Mergens, 496 U.S. 226 (1990).
              
                         Bender v. Williamsport Area Community School District, 741 F.2d 538 (3d Cir. 1984), vacated and remanded on other grounds, 475 U.S. 534 (1986).
    
                                   20 U.S.C. §§ 4071-4074
   
                                   Iowa Code §§ 287; 297.9.

Cross Reference:  502     Student Rights and Responsibilities
                                        504     Student Activities

Approved    1/18/21                               
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 12:35

504.03 - Student Publications

504.03 - Student Publications

Students may produce official school publications as part of the curriculum under the supervision of a faculty advisor and the principal.  Official school publications include material produced in the journalism, newspaper, yearbook, or writing classes and distributed to the student body either free or for a fee.

Any expression made by students, including student expression in official school publications, is not an expression of official school policy.  The school district, the board, and the employees or officials are not liable in any civil or criminal action for any student expression made or published by students unless the employees or officials have interfered with or altered the content of the student speech or expression.  The liability, if any, is only to the extent of the interference or alteration of the speech or expression.

Official school publications are free from prior restraint by employees or officials except as provided by law.  A faculty advisor will supervise student writers to maintain professional standards of English and journalism and to comply with the law including, but not limited to, the restrictions against unlawful speech.  The production of official school publications is guided by the law and by the ethical standards adopted by professional associations or societies of journalism.

Persons, other than students, who believe they have been aggrieved by student expression in a student-produced official school publication will follow the grievance procedure outlined in board policy 213.1.  Students who believe their freedom of expression in a student-produced official school publication has been restricted will follow the grievance procedure outlined in board policy 502.4.

The superintendent is responsible for developing a student publications code.  This code will include, but not be limited to, reasonable rules including time, place, and manner of restrictions.  The superintendent will also be responsible for distributing this policy and the student publications code to the students and their parents.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Hazelwood School District v. Kuhlmeier, 484 U.S. 260 (1988).
   
                                    Bystrom v. Fridley High School, 822 F.2d 747 (8th Cir. 1987).
   
                                    Iowa Code § 280.22

Cross Reference:  309                                    Communication Channels
   
                                    502                                    Student Rights and Responsibilities
   
                                    504                                    Student Activities
   
                                    903.5                                Distribution of Material

Approved      1/18/21                             
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 12:36

504.03R1 - Student Publications Code

504.03R1 - Student Publications Code

A.    Official school publications defined.

An "official school publication" is material produced by students in the journalism, newspaper, yearbook, or writing classes and distributed to students either free or for a fee.

 

B.     Expression in an official school publication.

        1.       No student will express, publish or distribute in an official school publication material which is:

                  a.       obscene;

                  b.       libelous;

                  c.       slanderous; or

                  d.       encourages students to:

                            1)     commit unlawful acts;

                            2)     violate school rules;

                            3) cause the material and substantial disruption of the orderly and efficient operation of the school or school activity;

                            4)     disrupt or interfere with the education program;

                            5)     interrupt the maintenance of a disciplined atmosphere; or

                            6)     infringe on the rights of others.

        2.       The official school publication is produced under the supervision of a faculty advisor.

 

C.     Responsibilities of students.

        1.    Students writing or editing official school publications will assign and edit the news, editorial and feature contents of the official school publications subject to the limitations of the student publications code and the law.

        2.    Students will strive to achieve professional standards of accuracy, fairness, objectivity and thoroughness in each and every aspect of official school publications.

        3.    Students will strive to achieve professional standards of grammar, usage, punctuation and spelling for clarity and accuracy of official school publications.

 

D.    Responsibilities of faculty advisors.

        Faculty advisors will supervise student writers to maintain professional standards of English and journalism and to comply with the law including, but not limited to, the restrictions against unlawful speech.

 

E.     Liability.

Student expression in an official school publication will not be deemed to be an expression of the school district.  The school district, the board, and the employees or officials are not liable in any civil or criminal action for any student expression made or published by students unless the employees or officials have interfered with or altered the content of the student expression.  The liability, if any, is only to the extent of interference or alteration of the speech or expression.

 

F.     Appeal procedure.

        1.    Students who believe they have been unreasonably restricted in their exercise of expression in an official student publication will seek review of the decision through the student grievance procedure, under board policy 502.4.

        2.    Persons who believe they have been aggrieved by a student-produced official student publication will file their complaint through the citizen grievance procedure, under board policy 213.1.

 

G.    Time, place and manner of restrictions on official school publications.

        1.       Official student publications may be distributed in a reasonable manner on or off school premises.

        2.       Distribution in a reasonable manner will not encourage students to:

a. commit unlawful acts;

b. violate school rules;

        c.  cause the material and substantial disruption of the orderly and efficient operation of the school district or school activity;

d. disrupt or interfere with the education program;

e. interrupt the maintenance of a disciplined atmosphere; or

f.  infringe on the rights of others.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 12:37

504.04 - Student Performances

504.04 - Student Performances

Students, as part of the education program, may participate in contests or other public and private events approved by the superintendent that will be of benefit to the student and the education program.  Performance at such events is a privilege.

Students, who perform at such events, serve as ambassadors of the school district and must conduct themselves in the same manner as required in the regular school day.  Students who fail to abide by this policy and the administrative regulations supporting it may be subject to disciplinary measures. 

Students will be allowed to perform in these events only with proper permission and supervision and when the events do not disrupt the education program or other school district operations.  The events must be approved by the superintendent, unless it involves unusual travel and expense, in which case the board must approve of the performance.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy. In developing the administrative regulations, these guidelines should be followed:

    Performances by student groups below the high school level should be allowed on a very limited basis;

   All groups of students should have an opportunity to participate; and

   Extensive travel by one group of students should be discouraged.

It is within the discretion of the superintendent to determine whether the event will benefit the education program and the participating students.  Contests or other performances by students unapproved by the superintendent are the responsibility of the parent and the student.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Hazelwood School District v. Kuhlmeier, 484 U.S. 260 (1988).
                   
                   Iowa Code §§ 280.13-.14.
                   
                   281 I.A.C. 12.6.

Cross Reference:  502   Student Rights and Responsibilities
                    
                   503.4  Good Conduct Rule
                   
                   504     Student Activities
                   
                   904     Community Activities Involving Students

Approved    1/18/21                   
Reviewed                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 12:38

504.05 - Student Fundraising

504.05 - Student Fundraising

Students may raise funds for school-sponsored events with the permission of the principal.  Fund raising by students for events other than school-sponsored events is not allowed.  Collection boxes for school fundraising must have prior approval from the principal before being placed on school property.

All funds generated from district-sponsored student fundraising will be placed in the district’s student activity fund.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Senior Class of Pekin High School v. Tharp, 154 N.W.2d 874 (Iowa 1967).
   
                                    Iowa Code § 279.8

Cross Reference:  502                                    Student Rights and Responsibilities
   
                                    503                                    Student Discipline
   
                                    504                                    Student Activities
   
                                    704.5                                Student Activities Fund
   
                                    905.2                                Advertising and Promotion

Approved      1/18/21                                                
Reviewed    7/18/22        
Revised   7/18/22             

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 12:40

504.05R1 - Student Fund Raising - Regulation

504.05R1 - Student Fund Raising - Regulation

Student fundraising can enhance a student’s educational experience but it must not be at the expense of the safety and education of the district’s students.  The following are additional regulations to assist the administration in developing procedures necessary for successful fundraising efforts.

 

Safety:

  • Students will not be asked to solicit door to door.
  • Students who do not wish to engage in fundraising efforts will be provided an alternative community service option to apply toward credit of funds raised.  The alternative option will not be unduly burdensome or onerous when compared to the fundraising activity.

Fiscal Responsibility:

  • All funds generated due to a student fund raising activity will be deposited into the district’s student activity funds, pursuant to applicable laws and board policies.
  • Funds raised for a participatory student activity will be equally applied to all students regardless of their participation in fundraising efforts.
  • All funds generated from district sponsored student fundraising efforts will be deposited in the student activity fund. 
  • All funds generated from non-district sponsored student fundraising efforts will be deposited into an agency fund designated by the board for such purpose.
  • No school district employee or other individual affiliated with the district may deposit student fund raising funds into any other account. 
  • All funds received from student fundraising are the property of the district.

Advertising/Promotion:

  • Any student fundraising activity which utilizes the district name, likeness and/or logo will be subject to board approval, and all other conditions of this policy and accompanying regulations. 

 

 

Legal References:  Iowa Code  § 279.8

Cross References:  507.09        Wellness
                                        507.09R1  Wellness - Regulation
                                        704.05         Student Activities Fund
                                        704.06         Online Fundraising Campaigns/Crowdfunding
                                        710.03         Vending Machines
                                        904.02         Advertising and Promotion

Approved      7/18/22                             
Reviewed                                                                               

Revised                    

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 12:41

504.06 - Student Activity Program

504.06 - Student Activity Program

Participation in school activities is a privilege.  School activities provide the benefits of promoting additional interests and ability in the students during their school years and for their lifetime.

Students will have an opportunity to participate in a school activity unless the activity is not offered or the student cannot participate for disciplinary reasons.  If the activity is an intramural or interscholastic athletic activity, students of the opposite sex will have a comparable opportunity for participation.  Comparable opportunity does not guarantee boys and girls will be allowed to play on each other's teams when there are athletic activities available that will allow both boys and girls to reap the benefits of school activities, which are the promotion of additional interests and abilities in the students.

Student activity events must be approved by the superintendent unless they involve unusual travel expense, in which case the board will take action.  The events must not disrupt the education program or other school district operations.

A high school student who participates in school sponsored athletics may participate in a non-school sponsored sport during the same season.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations for each school activity.  These regulations will include, but not be limited to, when physical examinations will be required, how and when parents will be informed about the risk of the activity, academic requirements, and proof of insurance on the student participating in certain activities.  Students wanting to participate in school activities must meet the requirements set out by the school district for participation in the activity.

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. §§ 1681-1683; 1685-1686.
   
                                    34 C.F.R. Pt. 106.41
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 216.9; 280.13-.14.
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(6), 12.6., 36.15(7).

Cross Reference:  501                                          Student Attendance
   
                                    502                                          Student Rights and Responsibilities
   
                                    503                                          Student Discipline
   
                                    504                                          Student Activities
   
                                    507                                          Student Health and Well-Being

Approved      1/18/21                             
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                    

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 12:48

505 - Student Scholastic Achievement

505 - Student Scholastic Achievement dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 12:51

505.01 - Student Progress Reports and Conferences

505.01 - Student Progress Reports and Conferences

Students will receive a progress report at the end of each grading period.  Students, who are doing poorly, and their parents, are notified prior to the end of the semester in order to have an opportunity to improve their grade.  The board encourages the notification of students who have made marked improvement prior to the end of the semester.

Parent-teacher conferences will be held at the elementary and middle school to keep the parents informed.  High school conferences are not individually scheduled.

Parents, teachers, or principals may request a conference for students in grades kindergarten through twelve in addition to the scheduled conference time.  Parents and students are encouraged to discuss the student's progress or other matters with the student's teacher.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 256.11, .41; .280, 284.12.
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(4), 12.3(6), .5(16).

Cross Reference:  505                                    Student Scholastic Achievement
                                       506                                    Student Records

Approved    1/18/21                               
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 12:50

505.02 - Student Promotion - Retention - Acceleration

505.02 - Student Promotion - Retention - Acceleration

Students will be promoted to the next grade level at the end of each school year based on the student's achievement, age, maturity, emotional stability, and social adjustment.

The district shall adhere to the following: 

  • Retention/Promotion in kindergarten – eighth grade: The retention of a student will be determined based upon the judgment of the district’s professional staff. When it becomes evident a student in grades kindergarten through eight may be retained in a grade level for an additional year, the parents will be informed prior to making the retention decision.  It is within the sole discretion of the district to retain students in their current grade level and to deny promotion to a student.
  • Retention/Promotion in ninth – twelfth grade: Students in grades nine through twelve will be informed of the required coursework necessary to be promoted each year. When it becomes evident a student in these grades will be unable to meet the minimum credit requirements for the year, the student and parents will be informed. It is within the sole discretion of the district to retain students in their current grade level and to deny promotion to a student.
  • Acceleration in kindergarten – twelfth grade: Students in grades kindergarten through twelve with exceptional talents may, with the permission of the principal and parents, take classes beyond their current grade level. Enrichment opportunities outside the school district may be allowed when they do not conflict with the school district's graduation requirements.
  • Retention or Acceleration in kindergarten – twelfth grade may also occur in additional instances as provided by law. 

For students in grades kindergarten through sixth, if a student is not reading at a proficient level, the district will notify a student’s parent or guardian of the student’s reading level, and the option for parents to request that the student be retained in the student’s current grade level for the subsequent school year. The district is prohibited from promoting a student to the next grade level if the student is not reading proficiently, and the student’s parent or guardian requests the student be retained at their current grade level for the next year. 

Any student or parent who is not satisfied with the decision of the district’s professional staff may seek recourse through policy 502.4 – Student Complaints and Grievances

 

Legal Reference:     Iowa Code §§ 256.11, .41; 279.8; .68.
                                281 I.A.C. 12.5(16).

Cross Reference:    501       Student Attendance
                                505       Student Scholastic Achievement
                                603.2    Summer School Instruction 

Approved       1/18/2021     
Reviewed       7/15/2024     
Revised         7/15/2024      

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 12:51

505.03 - Student Honors and Awards

505.03 - Student Honors and Awards

The school district will provide a program that establishes honors and awards including, but not limited to, academic letters, scholarships and good citizenship awards for students to assist students in setting goals.  Students are made aware of honors and awards and the action necessary on the part of the student to achieve them.  Students who have not attended an accredited public or private school for their entire high school education, will not be eligible for honors and awards. 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop the administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8

Cross Reference:  504                                    Student Activities
   
                                    505                                    Student Scholastic Achievement

Approved     1/18/21                              
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 12:52

505.04 - Testing Program

505.04 - Testing Program

A comprehensive testing program is established and maintained to evaluate the education program of the school district and to assist in providing guidance or counseling services to students and their families.

No student is required, as part of any applicable program, funded by the United State Department of Education, to submit to a survey, analysis or evaluation that reveals information concerning:

          political affiliations or beliefs of the student or student’s parent or guardian:

          mental or psychological problems of the student or the student's family;

          sex behavior or attitudes;

          illegal, anti-social, self-incriminating or demeaning behavior;

          critical appraisals of other individuals with whom respondents have close family relationships;

          legally recognized, privileged and analogous relationships, such as those of lawyers, physicians and ministers;

   religious practices, affiliations or beliefs of the student or student’s parent or guardian; or

          income,(other than that required by law to determine eligibility for participation in a program or for receiving financial assistance under such program);

without the prior consent of the student (if the student is an adult or emancipated minor), or in the case of an unemancipated minor, without the prior written consent of the parent.

Prior to an employee or contractor of the district providing information on a student enrolled in the district on any survey related to the social or emotional abilities, competencies or characteristics of the student; the district will provide the parent/guardian of the student detailed information related to the survey and obtain written consent of the parent/guardian of the student.  This includes the person who created the survey, the person who sponsors the survey, how the information generated by the survey is used and how information generated by the survey is stored. This requirement will not prohibit a district employee from answering questions related to a student enrolled in the district as part of developing or implementing an individualized education program for the student.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

It is the responsibility of the board to review and approve the evaluation and testing program.

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. § 1232h
                               
        Iowa Code §§ 280.3

Cross Reference:  505        Student Scholastic Achievement
                                       506        Student Records
                                       607.2    Student Health Services

Approved    1/18/21                              
Reviewed     7/17/23                                                             
Revised     7/17/23    

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 12:53

505.05 - Graduation Requirements

505.05 - Graduation Requirements

Students must successfully complete the courses required by the board and Iowa Department of Education in order to graduate. 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to ensure that students complete grades one through twelve and that high school students complete 48 credits prior to graduation.  The following credits will be required for graduation:

                  English/Language Arts         8  credits

                  Science                                          6  credits

                  Mathematics                               6  credits

                  Social Studies                             6  credits

                  Physical Education                  2  semesters

                  United State Government     1  credits

                  American History                      2  credits

                  Financial Literacy                     1 credits

The required courses of study will be reviewed by the board annually.

Beginning with the class of 2022, graduation requirements for special education students will include successful completion of four years of English, three years of math, three years of social studies and three years of science.

Prior to graduation, the district will advise students on how to successfully complete the free application for federal student aid.

Graduation requirements for special education students include successful completion of four years of English, three years of math, three years of social studies and three years of science.

Students who complete a regular session in the Legislative Page Program of the general assembly at the state capitol will be credited ½ credit of social studies.

Students enrolled in a junior officers’ training corp will receive 1/8th physical education credit for each semester the student is enrolled in the program.  

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 256.7, 11, .41; 279.8; 280.3, .14.
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3,(5); 12(5).

Cross Reference:  505       Student Scholastic Achievement
                                       603.3   Special Education

Approved     1/18/21                              
Reviewed     7/18/22                                                                          
Revised      7/18/22       

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 12:55

505.06 - Early Graduation

505.06 - Early Graduation

Generally, students will be required to complete the necessary course work and graduate from high school at the end of grade twelve.  Students may graduate prior to this time if they meet the minimum graduation requirements stated in board policy.

A student who graduates early will no longer be considered a student and will become an alumnus of the school district.  However, the student who graduates early may participate in commencement exercises.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3.
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(5); 12(5)

Cross Reference:  505                                    Student Scholastic Achievement

Approved      1/18/21                             
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 12:58

505.07 - Commencement

505.07 - Commencement

Students who have met the requirements for graduation will be allowed to participate in the commencement proceedings provided they abide by the proceedings organized by the school district.  It is the responsibility of the principal to solicit input from each graduating class regarding the proceedings for their commencement.

Failure of a student to participate in commencement will not be a reason for withholding the student's final progress report or diploma certifying the student's completion of high school.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3.
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.5.

Cross Reference:  505                                    Student Scholastic Achievement

Approved     1/18/21                              
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 12:58

505.08 - Parent and Family Engagement Districtwide Policy

505.08 - Parent and Family Engagement Districtwide Policy

Parent and family engagement is an important component in a student’s success in school.  The board encourages parents and families to become involved in their child’s education to ensure the child’s academic success.  In order to facilitate parent and family involvement, it is the goal of the district to conduct outreach and implement programs, activities and procedures to further involve parents and families with the academic success of their students.  The board will:

(In each of the following six items, the board must describe within this policy how it will accomplish each of the items.  This mandatory policy is not complete without providing specific information for each of these six categories.)

(1) Involve parents and families in the development of the Title I plan, the process for school review of the plan and the process for improvement by: 

Parents and families will be provided information and given opportunities for feedback as it relates to the Title 1 program through indepth information and resources shared in the Title 1 Parent Handbook, parent survey completed each spring, student progress reports completed each quarter, and participation in parent-teacher conferences.

 

(2) Provide the coordination, technical assistance and other support necessary to assist and build the capacity of all participating schools in planning and implementing effective parent and family involvement activities to improve student academic achievement and school performance by:

Student selection for the Title 1 program will be based on multiple factors. These factors are based on formative reading assessment scores through FAST testing as well as ISASP testing. Selection will also incorporate students F/P reading level and data trends over time.  Students will not be accepted into the Title 1 program if they are receiving an individualized education plan in the area of reading. If a student has an IEP in the area of reading, their services would fall under special education.

 

(3) To the extent feasible, coordinate and integrate parent and family engagement strategies under Title I with parent and family engagement strategies outlined in other relevant Federal, State, and local laws and programs by:

The school provides a parent compact that outlines what the parent, student, teacher, and principal will do to increase students achievement. This compact is provided to the parents of all Title 1 students and outlines the ways in which all stakeholders will work together to achieve proficiency.

 

(4)  Conduct with the involvement of parents and family members, an annual evaluation of the content and effectiveness of the parent and family engagement policy in improving the academic quality of the school served including identifying: barriers to greater participation by parents in Title I activities (with particular attention to low-income parents, Limited English Proficient (LEP) parents, parents of any racial or ethnic minority, parents with disabilities and parents with limited literacy); needs of parents and family to assist their children’s learning; and strategies to support successful school and family interactions by:  

Parents of selected Title 1 students will be sent a parent letter via mail outlining their child’s participation in the Title 1 program and a returned, signed parent permission slip is required. The Title 1 teacher will attend the fall and spring parent teacher conference to update parents on the progress of the student. Quarterly updates will also be completed by the teacher and a paper copy sent home with report cards. If there is a need, the teacher and/or parents have the right to call a conference.

Input from parents on the planning, review, and improvement of the Title 1 programs will be gathered through the spring parent Title 1 parent surveys.

 

(5) Use the findings of the annual evaluation to design strategies for more effective parent and family involvement and to revise, as necessary, the parent and family involvement policies by: 

The results from the spring parent survey will be analyzed and incorporated when possible and applicable.

 and

 

(6)  Involve parents and families in Title I activities by: 

Through the spring parent survey, parents will be able to comment on the effectiveness of the Title 1 program. Additional parent resources are provided in the Title 1 parent handbook and there are opportunities for collaboration during parent teacher conferences. The handbook provides parents multiple suggestions and ideas on how to engage with their students in reading.

 

The district shall involve parents in determining how to allocate reserved Title I funds in accordance with applicable laws. 

The board will review this policy annually.  The superintendent is responsible for notifying parents and families of this policy annually or within a reasonable time after it has been amended during the school year.  The superintendent may develop an administrative process or procedures to implement this policy. 

 

 

Legal References:  20 U.S.C. §6318

Cross References:  903.2    Community Resource Persons and Volunteers\

Approved:
Reviewed:
Revised:

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 12:59

505.08R1 - Parent and Family Engagement Building-Level Regulation

505.08R1 - Parent and Family Engagement Building-Level Regulation

To further the interests of student achievement, the superintendent will create necessary rules to engage parents and family members within the district in the following ways on a building-level basis:

 

  1. Policy Involvement:  The district will host an annual meeting and invite all parents to attend; and inform parents of their rights and the district’s requirements under Title I.  This meeting will also invite parents to become involved in the planning, review and improvement of a building policy and in developing the district plan.  The district will inform parents of: 
    • programs under this policy,
    • curriculum and assessment used for students,
    • the opportunity to meet with administration to participate in decisions related to their children’s education,
    • a description and explanation of curriculum used in the school forms of academic assessment used to measure student progress, and
    • achievement levels of the challenging State academic standards. 

 

  1. Accessibility:  Provide opportunities for informed participation of parents and family members in understandable formats and languages.  This includes participation by parents and family members who may have disabilities, limited English proficiency, and migratory children. Offer a flexible number of meetings during the day, evening and weekends to facilitate parent involvement.  The superintendent has discretion to allow schools to provide childcare for families of students during these meetings through Title I funds.

 

  1. High Student Academic Achievement:  Each school in the district will jointly develop with parents and family members a school-parent compact that outlines how parents, staff and students share responsibility for improving student academic achievement; and how a partnership will be built to achieve this.  The compact will describe the responsibility of the school to provide high quality curriculum and instruction, and the parents’ responsibility to support their children’s learning.  This will also address the importance of communication between schools and parents through parent teacher conferences, regular reports to parents on their children’s progress, and ensuring regular meaningful communication between family and school staff. 

 

  1. Building Capacity for Involvement: Each school within the district will include in their plan ways to achieve the following:
    • Assist parents and families to understand topics including academic standards and assessments and how to monitor student progress;
    • Provide materials and training to help parents work with students to improve achievement;
    • Educate teachers and staff in how to communicate with parents and build ties to foster academic success;
    • Coordinate and integrate other federal, state and local programs to support parents in more fully participating in students’ education;
    • Ensure information related to programs is sent to parents and families in understandable formats; and
    • Provide other reasonable support to encourage parental involvement

 

  1. Schools Operating a Schoolwide Program:  Each school operating a schoolwide program under this policy shall:
    • Involve parents on a timely and ongoing basis in the planning, review and improvement of programs, including the parent and family engagement school policy drafting and review, and the joint development of the schoolwide program. 
    • If the schoolwide program plan is not satisfactory to the parents of the participating children, parent comments will be requested and submitted with the plan to the district.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 13:01

506 - Student Records

506 - Student Records dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 13:02

506.01 - Education Records Access

506.01 - Education Records Access

The board recognizes the importance of maintaining education records and preserving their confidentiality as provided by law.  Education records are kept confidential at collection, storage, disclosure and destruction stages.  The board secretary is the custodian of education records.  Education records may be maintained in the central administration office or administrative office of the student's attendance center. 

 

Definitions

For the purposes of this policy, the defined words have the following meaning:

  • “Education Record” means those records that contain information directly related to a student and which are maintained by an education agency or institution or by a party acting for the agency or institution.
  • “Eligible Student” means a student who has reached eighteen years or attends a postsecondary institution. Parents of an eligible student are provided access to education records only with the written permission of the eligible student unless the eligible student is defined as a dependent by the Internal Revenue Code. In that case, the parents may be provided access without the written permission of the student. 

An education record may contain information on more than one student.  Parents will have the right to access the information relating to their student or to be informed of the information.  Eligible students will also have the right to access the information relating to themselves, or be informed of the information.

Parents, eligible students, and other individuals authorized in accordance with law will have a right to access the student's education records upon request without unnecessary delay and in no instance more than forty-five calendar days after the request is made.  Parents, other than parents of an eligible student, may be denied access to a student's records if the school district has a court order stating such or when the district has been advised under the appropriate laws that the parents may not access the student records.  Parents, an eligible student or an authorized representative of the parents will have the right to access the student's education records prior to an Individualized Education Program (IEP) meeting or hearing.

Copies of education records will be provided if failure to do so would effectively prevent the parents or student from exercising the right to access the education records.  Fees for copies of the records are waived if it would prevent the parents or student from accessing the records.  A fee may not be charged to search or retrieve information from education records. 

Upon the request of parents or an eligible student, the school district will provide an explanation and interpretation of the education records and a list of the types and locations of education records collected, maintained or used by the school district.

If the parents or an eligible student believes the information in the education records is inaccurate, misleading or violates the privacy of the student, the parents or an eligible student may request that the school district amend the education records. 

Education records may be disclosed in limited circumstances without parental or eligible student's written permission.  This disclosure is made on the condition that the education record will not be disclosed to a third party without the written permission of the parents or the eligible student.  This disclosure may be:

  • To school officials within the school district and AEA personnel whom the superintendent has determined to have a legitimate educational interest, including, but not limited to, board members, employees, school attorney, auditor, health professionals, and individuals serving on official school committees;
  • To officials of another school district in which the student wishes to enroll, provided the other school district notifies the parents the education records are being sent and the parents have an opportunity to receive a copy of the records and challenge the contents of the records unless the annual notification includes a provision that records will automatically be transferred to new school districts;
  • To the U.S. Comptroller General, the U.S. Attorney General, the U.S. Secretary of Education or state and local educational authorities;
  • In connection with a student’s application for, or receipt of, financial aid;
  • To organizations conducting studies for, or on behalf of, educational agencies or institutions for the purpose of developing, validating, or administering predictive tests, administering student aid programs, and improving instruction, if such studies are conducted in such a manner as will not permit the personal identification of students and their parents by persons other than representatives of such organizations and such information will be destroyed when no longer needed for the purpose for which it was conducted;
  • To accrediting organizations;
  • To parents of a dependent student as defined in the Internal Revenue Code;
  • To comply with a court order or judicially issued subpoena;
  • In connection with a health or safety emergency;
  • As directory information; or
  • In additional instances as provided by law.

The superintendent will keep a list of the individuals and their positions who are authorized to view a special education student's education records without the permission of the parents or the eligible student.  Individuals not listed are not allowed access without parental or an eligible student's written permission.  This list must be current and available for public inspection and updated as changes occur.

The superintendent will also keep a list of individuals, agencies and organizations which have requested or obtained access to a student's education records, the date access was given and their legitimate educational interest or purpose for which they were authorized to view the records.  The superintendent, however, does not need to keep a list of the parents, authorized educational employees, officers and agencies of the school district who have accessed the student’s education records.  This list for an education record may be accessed by the parents, the eligible student and the custodian of education records. 

Permanent education records, including a student's name, address, phone number, grades, attendance record, classes attended, grade level completed and year completed may be maintained without time limitation.  Permanent education records will be kept in a fire-safe vault or they may be maintained electronically with a secure backup file.

When personally identifiable information, other than permanent education records, is no longer needed to provide educational services to a special education student, the parents or eligible student are notified.  This notice is normally given after a student graduates or otherwise leaves the school district.  If the parents or eligible student request that the personally identifiable information be destroyed, the school district will destroy the records, except for permanent records.  Prior to the destruction of the records, the school district must inform the parents or eligible student the records may be needed by the parents or eligible student for social security benefits or other purposes.  For purposes of policy, “no longer needed to provide educational services” means that a record is no longer relevant to the provision of instruction, support, or related services and it is no longer needed for accountability and audit purposes. At a minimum, a record needed for accountability and audit purposes must be retained for five years after completion of the activity for which funds were used.

The school district will provide training or instruction to employees about parents' and eligible students' rights under this policy.  Employees will also be informed about the procedures for carrying out this policy. 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to annually notify parents and eligible students that they have the right to:

  1. Inspect and review the student's education records;
  2. Seek amendment of the student’s education records that the parent or eligible student believes to be inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise in violation of the student’s privacy rights;
  3. Consent to disclosures of personally identifiable information contained in the student’s education records, except to the extent that the law authorizes disclosure without consent; and
  4. File a complaint with the U.S. Department of Education concerning alleged failures by the district to comply with the law.

The notice is given in a parents' or eligible student's native language.  Should the school district collect personal information from students for the purposes of marketing or selling that information, the school district will annually notify parents of such activity.

The notice will include a statement that the parents have a right to file a complaint alleging the school district failed to comply with this policy.  Complaints are forwarded to Family Policy Compliance Office, U.S. Department of Education, 400 Maryland Avenue, Washington, DC. 20202-8520.

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. § 1232g, 1415.
   
                                    34 C.F.R. Pt. 99, 300, .610 et seq.
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 22; 279.9B, 280.24, .25, 622.10.
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(4); 41

Cross Reference:  501       Student Attendance
   
                                    505       Student Scholastic Achievement
   
                                    506       Student Records
   
                                    507       Student Health and Well-Being
   
                                    603.3    Special Education
   
                                    708       Care, Maintenance and Disposal of School District Records
   
                                    901       Public Examination of School District Records

Approved     1/18/21                              
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 13:02

506.01E1 - Request of Nonparent for Examination or Copies of Student Records

506.01E1 - Request of Nonparent for Examination or Copies of Student Records

The undersigned hereby requests permission to examine the                                        Community School District's official education records of:

 

 

 

 

 

(Legal Name of Student)

(Date of Birth)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The undersigned requests copies of the following official education records of the above student:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The undersigned certifies that they are (check one):

 

 

(a)

An official of another school system in which the student intends to enroll.

(  )

 

(b)

An authorized representative of the Comptroller General of the United States.

(  )

 

(c)

An authorized representative of the Secretary of

the U.S. Department of Education or U.S. Attorney General

 

(  )

 

 

 

(d)

A state or local official to whom such is specifically allowed to be reported or disclosed.

 

(  )

 

(f)

A person connected with the student's application for, or receipt of, financial aid (SPECIFY DETAILS ABOVE.)

(  )

 

 

[(g)

A representative of a juvenile justice agency with which the school district has an interagency agreement. ]

(  )

 

The undersigned agrees that the information obtained will only be redisclosed consistent with state or federal law without the written permission of the parents of the student, or the student if the student is of majority age.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Title)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Agency)

 

 

 

 

APPROVED:

Date:

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

Signature:

 

City:

 

 

 

Title:

 

State:

 

ZIP:

 

 

Dated:

 

Phone Number:

 

 

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 13:05

506.01E2 - Authorization for Release of Education Records

506.01E2 - Authorization for Release of Education Records

The undersigned hereby authorizes __________________________________________________

School District to release copies of the following official education records:
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________

concerning _________________________________  ___________________________________
                        (Full Legal Name of Student)                                    (Date of Birth)

__________________________________________________  from 20___ to 20 ___
  (Name of Last School Attended)                                                                   (Years of Attendance)

The reason for this request is: _______________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________

My relationship to the child is:_______________________________________________________

Copies of the records to be released are to be furnished to:

                   ____  the undersigned
                   ____  the student
                   ____  other (please specify)  _____________________________________________

 

__________________________________________
  (Signature)

Date: _____________________________________

Address: __________________________________

City: _____________________________________

State: ______________________ Zip:  _________

Phone Number: ____________________________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 13:16

506.01E3 - Request for Hearing on Correction of Education Records

506.01E3 - Request for Hearing on Correction of Education Records

To: _____________________________________  Address:  _____________________________________  
          Board Secretary (Custodian)

I believe certain official education records of my child,                                               , (full legal name of student),                                      (school name), are inaccurate, misleading or in violation of privacy rights of my child.

The official education records which I believe are inaccurate, misleading or in violation of the privacy or other rights of my child are:

___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________

The reason I believe such records are inaccurate, misleading or in violation of the privacy or other rights of my child is:

___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________

My relationship to the child is:  _________________________________________________________________

I understand that I will be notified in writing of the time and place of the hearing; that I will be notified in writing of the decision; and I have the right to appeal the decision by so notifying the hearing officer in writing within ten days after my receipt of the decision or a right to place a statement in my child's record stating I disagree with the decision and why.

 

__________________________________________

  (Signature)

Date: _____________________________________

Address: __________________________________

City: _____________________________________

State: ______________________ Zip:  _________

Phone Number: ____________________________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 13:21

506.01E4 - Request for Examination of Education Records

506.01E4 - Request for Examination of Education Records

To: _____________________________________  Address:  _____________________________________  
          Board Secretary (Custodian)

The undersigned desires to examine the following official education records.

__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________

of ___________________________________________________, _____________________  ______________
            (Full Legal Name of Student)                                                                               (Date of Birth)                         (Grade)

__________________________________________________________________________________________
             (Name of School)

My relationship to the student is:  _______________________________________________________________

(check one)

                       _____  I do
                       _____  I do not 

desire a copy of such records.  I understand that a reasonable charge may be made for the copies.

                                                                                     _____________________________________  
                                                                                                                      (Parent's Signature)

 

APPROVED:                                                Date:  ____________________________________________

                                                               Address:  _________________________________________

Signature: __________________________ City: _____________________________________________

Title: ______________________________ State:  ______________________  Zip:  ________________

Dated: _____________________________ Phone Number: ____________________________________

  

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 13:24

506.01E5 - Notification of Transfer of Education Records

506.01E5 - Notification of Transfer of Education Records

To: _____________________________________________  Date:  _________________________________
              Parent/Guardian

Street Address:  __________________________________________________________________________
City/State:  _______________________________________________  Zip:  _________________________

Please be notified that copies of the                                           Community School District's official education records concerning                                        , (full legal name of student) have been transferred to:

___________________________________________  _________________________________
School District Name                                                                                                          Address

upon the written statement that the student intends to enroll in said school system.

If you desire a copy of such records furnished, please check here            and return this form to the undersigned.  A reasonable charge will be made for the copies.

If you believe such records transferred are inaccurate, misleading or otherwise in violation of the privacy or other rights of the student, you have the right to a hearing to challenge the contents of such records.

 

                                                                                  _______________________________________
                                                                                           (Name)

                                                                                  _______________________________________
                                                                                           (Title)

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 13:31

506.01E6 - Letter to Parent Regarding Receipt of a Subpoena

506.01E6 - Letter to Parent Regarding Receipt of a Subpoena

Date

 

Dear     (Parent)    :

This letter is to notify you that the                                                                                                                                                                                                                           Community School District has received a      (subpoena or court order)     requesting copies of your child's education records.  The specific records requested are                                                     .

 

The school district has until   (date on subpoena or court order)   to deliver the documents to   (requesting party on subpoena or court order).  If you have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact me at   (phone #)    .

 

Sincerely,

 

(Principal or Superintendent

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 13:35

506.01E8 - Annual Notice

506.01E8 - Annual Notice

The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) affords parents and students over 18 years of age ("eligible students") certain rights with respect to the student's education records.  They are:

(1)     The right to inspect and review the student's education records within 45 days of the day the district receives a request for access.

Parents or eligible students should submit to the school principal (or appropriate school official) a written request that identifies the record(s) they wish to inspect.  The principal (or appropriate school official) will make arrangements for access and notify the parent or eligible student of the time and place where the records may be inspected.

(2)     The right to request the amendment of the student's education records that the parent or eligible student believes are inaccurate or misleading or in violation of the student's privacy rights under FERPA.

Parents or eligible students who wish to ask school district to amend a record should write the school principal, clearly identify the part of the record they want changed, and specify why it should be changed.

If the district decides not to amend the record as requested by the parent or eligible student, the district will notify the parent or eligible student of the decision and advise them of their right to a hearing regarding the request for amendment.  Additional information regarding the hearing procedures will be provided to the parent or eligible student when notified of the right to a hearing.

(3)     The right to consent to disclosures of personally identifiable information contained in the student's education records, except to the extent that FERPA authorizes disclosure without consent.

One exception, which permits disclosure without consent is disclosure to school officials with legitimate educational interests.  A school official is a person employed by the district as an administrator, supervisor, instructor, or support staff member (including health or medical staff and law enforcement unit personnel); a person serving on the school board.  A school official also may include a volunteer or contractor outside of the school who performs an institutional service of function for which the school would otherwise use its own employees and who is under the direct control of the school with respect to the use and maintenance of PII from education records, such as an attorney, auditor, medical consultant, or therapist, a or a parent or student serving on an official committee, such as a disciplinary or grievance committee or student assistance team, or assisting another school official in performing his or her tasks.

A school official has a legitimate educational interest if the official needs to review an education record in order to fulfill his or her professional responsibility.

(4)  The right to file a complaint with the U.S. Department of Education concerning alleged failures by the district to comply with the requirements of FERPA.  The name and address of the office that administers FERPA is:

Family Policy Compliance Office, U.S. Department of Education,
400 Maryland Ave., SW, Washington, DC, 20202-4605.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 13:36

506.01R1 - Use of Education Records Regulation

506.01R1 - Use of Education Records Regulation

Parents and eligible students will have a right to access a student's education records upon request without unnecessary delay and in no instance more than forty-five calendar days after the request is made. The intent of this regulation is to establish procedures for granting requests from eligible students and parents to access a student’s education records. 

Education records mean those records that contain information directly related to a student and which are maintained by an education agency or institution or by a party acting for the agency or institution. These may include, but are not necessarily limited to: dates of attendance; academic work completed; level of achievement (grades, standardized test scores); attendance data; scores on standardized intelligence, aptitude, and psychological tests; interest inventory results; health data; family background information; teacher or counselor ratings and observations; and verified reports of serious or recurrent behavior patterns.

  1. Access to Records
  1. Parents, eligible students, and other individuals authorized in accordance with law will have access to the student's education records during the regular business hours of the school district. Parents and eligible students will have a right to access the student's education records upon request without unnecessary delay and in no instance more than forty-five calendar days after the request is made. An eligible student or parent, upon written request to the board secretary, shall receive an explanation and interpretation of the education records. A student, eighteen years or older, has the right to determine who, outside the school system, has access to the records.  Parents of students who are 18 years or older but still dependents for income tax purposes may access the student's records without prior permission of the student.
  2. School officials having access to student records are defined as having a legitimate educational interest. A school official is a person employed by the school district as an administrator, supervisor, instructor or support staff member (including health or medical staff and law enforcement unit personnel); a person serving on the school board; a person or company with whom the school district has contracted to perform a special task (such as an attorney, auditor, AEA employee, medical consultant, or therapist); or a parent or student serving on an official committee, such as disciplinary or grievance committee or student assistance team, or assisting another school official in performing his or her tasks. 

B.   Release of Information Outside the School – Information from education records may be disclosed to outside parties as outlined in board policy and otherwise provided by law.

C.  Procedures for Requesting a Record Amendment

  1. If the eligible student, parent, or legal guardian believe the information in the education records is inaccurate, misleading, or violates the privacy of the student, the parents or an eligible student may request that the school district amend the education student records. 
  2. The school district will decide whether to amend the education student records within a reasonable time after receipt of the request.
  3. If the school district determines an amendment is made to the education student record, the school district will make the amendment and inform the parents or the eligible student of the decision in writing.
  4. If the school district determines that amendment of the student's education record is not appropriate, it will inform the parents or the eligible student of their right to a hearing before the hearing officer provided by the school district. The hearing officer may be an employee of the school district, so long as the employee does not have a direct interest in the outcome of the hearing.
  5. Upon parental request, the school district will hold a hearing regarding the content of a student’s education records which the parent believes to be inaccurate, misleading, or in violation of the privacy rights of students.
  6. The hearing will be held within a reasonable time after receipt of the parent or eligible student’s request. The parent or eligible student will receive reasonable advance notice of date, time and place of the hearing.
  7. The parents or eligible student will be given a full and fair opportunity to present evidence relevant to the issues. The parent or eligible student may be represented by an individual at their choice at their own expense.
  8. The hearing officer will render a written decision within a reasonable period after the hearing.  The decision will be based upon evidence presented at the hearing and must include a summary of the evidence and the reasons for the decision.
  9. The parents may appeal the hearing officer’s decision to the superintendent within [insert number] days if the superintendent does not have a direct interest in the outcome of the hearing.
  10. The parents may appeal the superintendent’s decision or the hearing officer’s decision if the superintendent was unable to hear the appeal, to the board within [insert number] days.  It is within the discretion of the board to hear the appeal.
  11. If the parents' and the eligible student's request to amend the education student record is further denied following the hearing, the parents or the eligible student are informed that they have a right to place an explanatory letter in the education student record commenting on the school district's decision or setting forth the reasoning for disagreeing with the school district. Additions to the student's education records will become a part of the education student record and be maintained like other education student records. If the school district discloses the education student records, the explanation by the parents will also be disclosed or the eligible student of the decision in writing.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 13:37

506.02 - Student Directory Information

506.02 - Student Directory Information

Directory information is information contained in the education records of a student that would not generally be considered harmful or an invasion of privacy if disclosed. The district may disclose "directory information" to third parties without consent if it has given public notice of the types of information which it has designated as "directory information," the parent's or eligible student's right to restrict the disclosure of such information, and the period of time within which a parent or eligible student has to notify the school in writing that he or she does not want any or all of those types of information designated as "directory information."  The district has designated the following as “directory information”: [Note: a district may, but does not have to, include all the information listed below, which is included in the United States Department of Education’s sample policy. This information should match the information contained in 506.1E8, 506.2R1, and 506.2E1].

  • Student’s name
  • Address
  • Telephone listing
  • Electronic mail address
  • Photograph
  • Date and place of birth
  • Major field of study
  • Dates of attendance
  • Grade level
  • Participation in officially recognized activities and sports
  • Weight and height of members of athletic teams
  • Degrees, honors, and awards received
  • The most recent educational agency or institution attended
  • Student ID number, user ID, or other unique personal identifier used to communicate in electronic systems that cannot be used to access education records without a PIN, password, etc.  (A student’s SSN, in whole or in part, cannot be used for this purpose.)  

Student is defined as an enrolled individual, PK-12 including children in school district sponsored child-care programs

Prior to developing a student directory or to giving general information to the public, parents (including parents of students open enrolled out of the school district and parents of children home schooled in the school district) will be given notice annually of the intent to develop a directory or to give out general information and have the opportunity to deny the inclusion of their child's information in the directory or in the general information about the students.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to provide notice and to determine the method of notice that will inform parents.

 

NOTE:  This is a mandatory policy.  A school district may limit what it considers to be directory information.  If the school district limits the information, it must also make those changes in the school district's annual notice. 

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. § 1232g.
   
                                    34 C.F.R. Pt. 99.
   
                                    Iowa Code § 22; 622.10.
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(4); 41.

Cross Reference:  504       Student Activities
   
                                    506       Student Records
   
                                    901       Public Examination of School District Records
   
                                    902.4    Live Broadcast or videotaping

Approved     1/18/21                              
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 13:38

506.02E1 - Authorization for Releasing Student Directory Information

506.02E1 - Authorization for Releasing Student Directory Information

The [Insert school district name] Community School District has adopted a policy designed to assure parents and students the full implementation, protection and enjoyment of their rights under the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 (FERPA).  A copy of the school district's policy is available for review [Insert location here (e.g. online, administrative offices, etc.)]

This law requires the school district to designate as "directory information" any personally identifiable information taken from a student's educational records prior to making such information available to the public.

The school district has designated the following information as directory information: [Note: a district may, but does not have to, include all the information listed below, which is included in the United States Department of Education’s sample policy. This information should match the information contained in 506.1E8, 506.2R1, and 506.2E1].

  • Student’s name
  • Address
  • Telephone listing
  • Electronic mail address
  • Photograph
  • Date and place of birth
  • Major field of study
  • Dates of attendance
  • Grade level
  • Participation in officially recognized activities and sports
  • Weight and height of members of athletic teams
  • Degrees, honors, and awards received
  • The most recent educational agency or institution attended
  • Student ID number, user ID, or other unique personal identifier used to communicate in electronic systems that cannot be used to access education records without a PIN, password, etc.  (A student’s SSN, in whole or in part, cannot be used for this purpose.)  

You have the right to refuse the designation of any or all of the categories of personally identifiable information as directory information with respect to your student provided that you notify the school district in writing not later than                , 20     of this school year.  If you desire to make such a refusal, please complete and return the slip attached to this notice.

If you have no objection to the use of student information, you do not need to take any action.

 

NOTE: If the board decides to eliminate name, address or telephone listing from their directory information, military recruiters and postsecondary institutions still have the right, under federal law, to access the three items. If the board eliminates name, address or telephone listing, the district needs to give parents a second notice allowing them to withhold this information from military recruiters or postsecondary institutions.

 

AUTHORIZATION FOR RELEASING STUDENT DIRECTORY INFORMATION

RETURN THIS FORM

____________________________________  Community School District Parental Directions to Withhold Student/Directory Information for Education Purposes, for 20     - 20      school year.

Student Name: __________________________________________  Date of Birth: _________________________________

School: ________________________________________________  Grade: _______________________________________

______________________________________________________    Date:  _______________________________________
(Signature of Parent/Legal Guardian/Custodian of Child)

 

This form must be returned to your child's school no later than                             , 20        .

Additional forms are available at your child's school.

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 13:40

506.02R1 - Use of Directory Information

506.02R1 - Use of Directory Information

The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA), a Federal law, requires that the Maquoketa Valley School District, with certain exceptions, obtain your written consent prior to the disclosure of personally identifiable information from your child’s education records.  However, the Maquoketa Valley School District may disclose appropriately designated “directory information” without written consent, unless you have advised the District to the contrary in accordance with District procedures.  The primary purpose of directory information is to allow the Maquoketa Valley School District to include this type of information from your child’s education records in certain school publications.  Examples include:

  • A playbill, showing your student’s role in a drama production;
  • The annual yearbook;
  • Honor roll or other recognition lists;
  • Graduation programs; and,
  • Sports activity sheets, such as for wrestling, showing weight and height of team members.

Directory information, which is information that is generally not considered harmful or an invasion of privacy if released, can also be disclosed to outside organizations without a parent’s prior written consent.  Outside organizations include, but are not limited to, companies that manufacture class rings or publish yearbooks.  In addition, two federal laws require local educational agencies (LEAs) receiving assistance under the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (ESEA) to provide military recruiters, upon request, with the following information – names, addresses and telephone listings – unless parents have advised the LEA that they do not want their student’s information disclosed without their prior written consent.

If you do not want the Maquoketa Valley School District to disclose directory information from your child’s education records without your prior written consent, you must notify the District in writing by [insert date].  The Maquoketa Valley School District has designated the following information as directory information:  [Note: a district may, but does not have to, include all the information listed below, which is included in the United States Department of Education’s sample policy. This information should match the information contained in 506.1E8, 506.2, and 506.2E1].

  • Student’s name
  • Address
  • Telephone listing
  • Electronic mail address
  • Photograph
  • Date and place of birth
  • Major field of study
  • Dates of attendance
  • Grade level
  • Participation in officially recognized activities and sports
  • Weight and height of members of athletic teams
  • Degrees, honors, and awards received
  • The most recent educational agency or institution attended
  • Student ID number, user ID, or other unique personal identifier used to communicate in electronic systems that cannot be used to access education records without a PIN, password, etc.  (A student’s SSN, in whole or in part, cannot be used for this purpose.)  

These laws are: Section 9528 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act (20 U.S.C. § 7908) and 10 U.S.C. § 503(c).

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 13:43

506.03 - Student Photographs

506.03 - Student Photographs

The board will permit student "portrait" photographs to be taken on school premises by a commercial photographer as a service to the students and their families.

Parents will be notified prior to the taking of pictures by a commercial photographer for student "portraits."  In no case will students be required to have their picture taken or be pressured to purchase pictures.

Students or commercial photographers may take pictures of students upon consent for such things as the yearbook or student newspaper.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative rules regarding student photographs.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8

Cross Reference:  506                                    Student Records

Approved     1/18/21                              
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 13:44

506.04 - Student Library Circulation Records

506.04 - Student Library Circulation Records

Student library circulation records are designed to be used internally to assist in the orderly administration of the school district libraries.  As a general rule, student library circulation records are considered confidential records and will not be released without parental consent.  Individuals who may access such records include a student's parents, the student, authorized licensed employees, authorized government officials from the U.S. Comptroller General, the Secretary of Education, the Commissioner and Director of the National Institute of Education, and the Assistant Secretary for Education and State Education Department.  Appropriate authorities in a health or safety emergency may access the student's library circulation records without the approval or the notification of the student's parents.  Parents may not access records, without the student's permission, of a student who has reached the age of majority or who is attending a post-secondary educational institution unless the student is considered a dependent for tax purposes.

It is the teacher-librarian's responsibility, as the person maintaining the student library circulation records, to approve requests for access to student library circulation records.  Students' library circulation records may be accessed during the regular business hours of the school district.  If copies of documents are requested, a fee for such copying may be charged.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the teacher or teacher-librarian, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. § 1232g
   
                                    34 C.F.R. Pt. 99
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 22
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(4), (12).

Cross Reference:  506       Student Records

Approved         1/18/21                          
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 13:45

507 - Student Health and Well-Being

507 - Student Health and Well-Being dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 13:46

507.01 - Student Health and Immunization Certificates

507.01 - Student Health and Immunization Certificates

Students desiring to participate in athletic activities or enrolling in kindergarten or first grade in the school district will have a physical examination by a licensed physician and provide proof of such an examination to the school district.  A physical examination and proof of such an examination may be required by the administration for students in other grades enrolling for the first time in the school district.

A certificate of health stating the results of a physical examination and signed by the physician is on file at the attendance center.  Each student will submit an up-to-date certificate of health upon the request of the superintendent.  Failure to provide this information may be grounds for disciplinary action.

Students enrolling for the first time in the school district will also submit a certificate of immunization against diphtheria, pertussis, tetanus, poliomyelitis, rubeola, rubella, and other immunizations required by law.  The student may be admitted conditionally to the attendance center if the student has not yet completed the immunization process but is in the process of doing so.  Failure to meet the immunization requirement will be grounds for suspension, expulsion or denial of admission.  Upon recommendation of the Iowa Department of Education and Iowa Department of Public Health, students entering the district for the first time may be required to pass a TB test prior to admission.  The district may conduct TB tests of current students.

Exemptions from the immunization requirement in this policy will be allowed only for medical or religious reasons recognized under the law.  The student must provide a valid Iowa State Department of Health Certificate of Immunization Exemption to be exempt from this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 139A.8; 280.13.
   
                                      281 I.A.C. 33.5.
   
                                      641 I.A.C. 7.

Cross Reference:  402.2                                  Child Abuse Reporting
   
                                      501                                      Student Attendance
   
                                      507                                      Student Health and Well-Being

Approved       1/18/21                            
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 13:46

507.02 - Administration of Medication to Students

507.02 - Administration of Medication to Students

The board is committed to the inclusion of all students in the education program and recognizes that some students may need prescription and nonprescription medication to participate in their educational program.

 

Medication shall be administered when the student's parent or guardian (hereafter "parent") provides a signed and dated written statement requesting medication administration and the medication is in the original, labeled container, either as dispensed or in the manufacturer's container. Administration of medication may also occur consistent with board policy 804.05 – Stock Prescription Medication Supply.

When administration of the medication requires ongoing professional health judgment, an individual health plan shall be developed by. a licensed health personnel working under the auspice of the school with collaboration from the parent or guardian, individual’s health care provider or education team pursuant to 281.14.2(256).  Students who have demonstrated competence in administering their own medications may self-administer their medication. A written statement by the student's parent shall be on file requesting co-administration of medication, when competence has been demonstrated.  By law, students with asthma, airway constricting diseases, respiratory distress or students at risk of anaphylaxis who use epinephrine auto-injectors may self-administer their medication upon the written approval of the student’s parents and prescribing licensed health care professional regardless of competency.  

Persons administering medication shall include authorized practitioners, such as licensed registered nurses and physicians, and persons to whom authorized practitioners have delegated the administration of medication (who have successfully completed a medication administration course conducted by a registered nurse or pharmacist that is provided by the department of education).   The medication administration course is completed every five years with an annual procedural skills check completed with a registered nurse or a pharmacist. A record of course completion shall be maintained by the school.

A written medication administration record shall be on file including:

•     date;

•     student’s name;

•     prescriber or person authorizing administration;

•     medication;

•     medication dosage;

•     administration time;

•     administration method;

•     signature and title of the person administering medication; and

•     any unusual circumstances, actions, or omissions.

Medication shall be stored in a secured area unless an alternate provision is documented.  The development of emergency protocols for medication-related reactions is required.  Medication information shall be confidential information as provided by law

Disposal of unused, discontinued/recalled, or expired abandonedmedication shall be in compliance with federal and state law. Prior to disposal school personnel shall make a reasonable attempt to return medication by providing written notification that expired, discontinued, or unused medications needs to be picked up. If medication is not picked up by the date specified, disposal shall be in accordance with the disposal procedures for the specific category of medication.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Disposing on Behalf of Ultimate Users, 79 Fed. Reg. 53520, 53546 (Sept. 9, 2014).
                                         
Iowa Code §§124.101(1); 147.107; 152.1; 155A.4(2); 280.16; 280.23.
                                         
281 IAC §14.1
      
                                   655 IAC §6.2(152).

Cross Reference:  506                                      Student Records
   
                                     507                                      Student Health and Well-Being
   
                                     603.3                                  Special Education
                                             607.2                                  Student Health Services

Approved       1/18/21                            
Reviewed   7/17/23                                                                    
Revised    7/17/23        

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 13:47

507.02E1 - Authorization - Asthma or Airway Constricting Medication Self-Administration Consent Form

507.02E1 - Authorization - Asthma or Airway Constricting Medication Self-Administration Consent Form

_____________________________       ___/___/___            _________________     ___/___/___
Student's Name (Last), (First)  (Middle)      Birthday                    School                                           Date

In accordance with applicable laws, students with asthma, airway constricting diseases, respiratory distress or students at risk of anaphylaxis who use epinephrine auto-injectors may self-administer their medication upon the written approval of the student’s parents and prescribing licensed health care professional regardless of competency. The following must occur for a student to self-administer asthma or other airway constricting disease medication or for a student with a risk of anaphylaxis to self-administer an epinephrine auto-injector:

  • Parent/guardian provides signed, dated authorization for student medication self-administration.
  • Parent/guardian provides a written statement from the student’s licensed health care professional (A person licensed under chapter 148 to practice medicine and surgery or osteopathic medicine and surgery, an advanced registered nurse practitioner licensed under chapter 152 or 152E and registered with the board of nursing, or a physician assistant licensed to practice under the supervision of a physician as authorized in chapters 147 and 148C) containing the following:
    • Name and purpose of the medication,
    • Prescribed dosage, and
    • Times or special circumstances under which the prescribed medication is to be administered.
  • The medication is in the original, labeled container as dispensed or the manufacturer's labeled container containing the student name, name of the medication, directions for use, and date.
  • Authorization shall be renewed annually.  In addition, if any changes occur in the medication, dosage or time of administration, the parent is to notify school officials immediately. The authorization shall be reviewed as soon as practical.

Provided the above requirements are fulfilled, the school shall permit the self-administration of the prescribed medication by a student while in school, at school-sponsored activities, under the supervision of school personnel, and before or after normal school activities, such as while in before-school or after-school care on school-operated property. If the student abuses the self-administration policy, the ability to self-administer may be withdrawn by the school or discipline may be imposed, after notification is provided to the student’s parent.

Pursuant to state law, the school district or and its employees are to incur no liability, except for gross negligence, as a result of any injury arising from self-administration of medication or use of an epinephrine auto-injector by the student. The parent or guardian of the student shall sign a statement acknowledging that the school district is to incur no liability, except for gross negligence, as a result of self-administration of medication or an epinephrine  auto-injector by the student as provided by law.

 

                                                                                                                                               
Medication         Dosage             Route                                                   Time

 

                                                                                                                                               
Purpose of Medication & Administration /Instructions

 

                                                                                                            /            /          
Special Circumstances                                    Discontinue/Re-Evaluate/Follow-up Date

                                                                                                            /     /            
Prescriber’s Signature                                     Date

 

                                                                                                                                               
Prescriber’s Address                                       Emergency Phone

 

  • I request the above named student possess and self-administer asthma or other airway constricting disease medication(s) and/or an epinephrine auto-injector at school and in school activities according to the authorization and instructions.
  • I understand the school district and its employees acting reasonably and in good faith shall incur no liability for any improper use of medication or an epinephrine auto-injector or for supervising, monitoring, or interfering with a student's self-administration of medication or use of an epinephrine auto-injector. I acknowledge that the school district is to incur no liability, except for gross negligence, as a result of self-administration of medication or use of an epinephrine auto-injector by the student.
  • I agree to coordinate and work with school personnel and notify them when questions arise or relevant conditions change.
  • I agree to provide safe delivery of medication and equipment to and from school and to pick up remaining medication and equipment.
  • I agree the information is shared with school personnel in accordance with the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) and any other applicable laws.
  • I agree to provide the school with back-up medication approved in this form.

 

 

                                                                                                            /            /          
Parent/Guardian Signature                                          Date

(agreed to above statement)                              

 

                                                                                                                                               
Parent/Guardian Address                                            Home Phone

 

                                                                                                                                               
                                                                                                Business Phone

                                                                                                                                               

                                                                                                                                               

                                                                                                                                               
Self-Administration Authorization Additional Information

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 13:50

507.02E2 - Parental Authorization and Release Form for the Administration of Prescription Medication to Students

507.02E2 - Parental Authorization and Release Form for the Administration of Prescription Medication to Students

_________________________________            ___/___/___            _________________     ___/___/___
Student's Name (Last), (First),  (Middle)                 Birthday                     School                                             Date

 

School medications and special health services are administered following these guidelines:

  • Parent has provided a signed, dated authorization to administer prescription medication and/or provide special health services listed. Electronic signatures meet the requirement of written signatures.
  • The prescribed medication is in the original, labeled container as dispensed or the .
  • The prescription medication label contains the student’s name, name of the medication, the medication dosage, time(s) to administer, route to administer, and date.
  • Authorization is renewed annually and as soon as practical when the parent notifies the school that changes are necessary.

 

                                                                                                                                                             
Prescribed Medication   Dosage                         Route                           Time at School

 

Special Health Services and instructions, in indicated:

                                                                                                                                               

                                                                                                                                               

 

            /           /          
Discontinue/Re-Evaluate/Follow-up Date for Prescribed Medication or Special Health Services listed

 

                                                                                                /           /           
Prescriber’s Signature                                                    Date

 

And credentials (when indicated for health service delivery)

 

                                                                                                                                   
Parent/Guardian Signature                     Date

 

_______________________________________             __________________________
Parent/Guardian address                                                                                    Home phone

 

                                                                                                            /            /          
Parent's Signature                                              Date

 

                                                                                                                                   
Parent's Address                                                Home Phone

 

                                                                                                                                   
Additional Information                                     Business Phone

                                                                                                                                               

                                                                                                                                               

                                                                                                                                               
Authorization Form

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 13:53

507.02E3 - Parental Authorization and Release Form for Independent Self Carry and Administration of Prescribed Medication or Independent Delivery of Health Services by the Student

507.02E3 - Parental Authorization and Release Form for Independent Self Carry and Administration of Prescribed Medication or Independent Delivery of Health Services by the Student

_________________________________            ___/___/___            _________________     ___/___/___
Student's Name (Last), (First),  (Middle)                 Birthday                     School                                          Date

 

I request the above-named student (Parent/Guardian initial all that apply)

______ Carry and complete co-administration of prescribed medication, when competency has been demonstrated to licensed health personnel working under the auspices of the school. In accordance with applicable laws, students with asthma, airway constricting diseases, respiratory distress or students at risk of anaphylaxis who use epinephrine auto-injectors may self-administer their medication upon the written approval of the student’s parents and prescribing licensed health care professional regardless of competency.  The information provided by the parent for medication administration is confidential as provided by the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) and any other applicable laws.  I agree to provide safe delivery of the medication to and from school and to pick up remaining medication at the end of the school year or when medication is expired. If the students abuses the self-administration policy, the ability to self-administer may be withdrawn by the school or discipline may be imposed, after notification is provided to the student’s parent.

 

______________________________________________________________________________________
Prescribed Medication   Dosage                         Route                           Time at School

 

______ Co-administer, participate in planning, management and implementation of special health services at school and school activities after demonstration of proficiency to licensed health personnel working under the auspices of the school. The information provided by the parent for health service delivery is confidential as provide by the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) and any other applicable laws.  I agree to coordinate and work with school personnel and the prescriber (if indicated) when questions arise.  I agree to provide safe delivery of the student’s equipment necessary for health service delivery to and from school and to pick up remaining equipment at the end of the school year.

 

Special Health Services Delivery:

                                                                                                                                               

                                                                                                                                               

 

Procedures for abandoned medication disposal shall be in accordance with applicable laws.

 

                                                                                                /           /           
Prescriber’s Signature                                   Date

and credentials (when indicated for health service delivery)

 

                                                                                                                                   
Parent/Guardian Signature                     Date

 

_______________________________________             __________________________
Parent/Guardian address                                                                     Home phone

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 13:55

507.02E4 - Parental Authorization and Release Form for the Administration of Voluntary School Stock of Over-The-Counter Medication to Students

507.02E4 - Parental Authorization and Release Form for the Administration of Voluntary School Stock of Over-The-Counter Medication to Students

_________________________________      ___/___/___            _________________  ___/___/___
Student's Name (Last), (First), (Middle)           Birthday                   School                                    Date

 

The district supplies the following nonprescription, over-the-counter medications that are listed below. Generic brands may be substituted, (select all that apply:

  • Acetaminophen administered per manufacturer label
  • Throat Lozenges administered per manufacturer label
  • Ibuprofin  administered per manufacturer label
  • Other: ____________________ administered per manufacturer label (Please Specify)
  • Other: ____________________ administered per manufacturer label (Please Specify)
  • Other: ____________________ administered per manufacturer label (Please Specify)

Voluntary school stock of nonprescription, over-the-counter medications are administered following these guidelines:

  • Parent has provided a signed, dated annual authorization to administer of the nonprescription, over-the-counter medication(s) listed according to the manufacturer instructions. Electronic signature meets the requirement of written signature.
  • The nonprescription, over-the-counter medication is in the original, labeled container and dispensed per the manufacturing label.
  • All other nonprescription, over-the-counter medication not listed will require a written parent authorization and supply for the over-the counter medication.
  • Supplements are not nonprescription, over-the-counter medications approved by the Federal Drug Administration and are NOT applicable.
  • Nonprescription, over-the-counter medications approved by the Federal Drug Administration that require emergency medical service (EMS) notification after administration are NOT applicable.
  • Persons administering nonprescription, over-the-counter medication include licensed health personnel working under the auspices of the school and individuals, whom licensed health personnel have delegated the administration of medication with valid certification who have successfully completed a medication administration course approved by the department and annual medication administration procedural skills check.
    • Districts stocking the administration of a voluntary stock of nonprescription, over-the-counter medications, collaborate with licensed health personnel to develop and adopt a protocol shared with the parent to define at a minimum:
      • when to contact the parent when a nonprescription medication, over the counter medication is administered;
      • documentation of the administration of the nonprescription, over-the-counter medication and parent contact;
      • a limit to the administration of a school’s stock nonprescription, over-the-counter medications that would require a prescriber signature for further administration of a school’s nonprescription, over-the-counter medications for the remaining school year;
      • the development of an individual health plan for ongoing medication administration or health service delivery at school.

I request that the above-named student receive the voluntary stock nonprescription, over-the-counter medications supplied by the school in accordance with the district guidelines and protocol.

 

 

__________________________________________        _________________________
Parent Signature                                                                                              Date        

 

__________________________________________        _________________________
Parent/Guardian Address                                                                                   Home Phone                                                                                                                                      

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 13:57

507.05 - Emergency Plans and Drills

507.05 - Emergency Plans and Drills

Students will be informed of the appropriate action to take in an emergency.  Emergency drills for fire, weather, and other disasters are conducted each school year.  Fire and tornado drills are each conducted regularly during the academic school year with a minimum of two before December 31 and two after January 1.

Each attendance center will develop and maintain a written plan containing emergency and disaster procedures.  The plan will be communicated to and reviewed with employees.  Employees will participate in emergency drills.  Licensed employees are responsible for instructing the proper techniques to be followed in the drill.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 100.31

Cross Reference:  507        Student Health and Well-Being
   
                                    711.7     School Bus Safety Instruction
   
                                    804        Safety Program

Approved      1/18/21                             
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 13:59

507.06 - Student Insurance

507.06 - Student Insurance

Students will have the opportunity to participate in the health and accident insurance plan selected by the school district.  The cost of the health and accident insurance program is borne by the student.  Participation in the insurance health and accident plan is not a contract with the school district, but rather, a contract between the insurance company and the student.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8

Cross Reference:  504                                      Student Activities
   
                                    507                                      Student Health and Well-Being

Approved      1/18/21                             
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 14:01

507.07 - Custody and Parental Rights

507.07 - Custody and Parental Rights

Disagreements between family members are not the responsibility of the school district.  The school district will not take the "side" of one family member over another in a disagreement about custody or parental rights.  Court orders that have been issued are followed by the school district.  It is the responsibility of the person requesting an action by the school district to inform and provide the school district the court order allowing such action.

This policy does not prohibit an employee from listening to a student's problems and concerns.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to ensure employees remain neutral in a disagreement about custody and parental rights.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 232.67, .70, .73, .75; 235A; 279.8; 710.6.
   
                                      441 I.A.C. 9.2; 155; 175.

Cross Reference:  506                                      Student Records
                                       507                                      Student Health and Well-Being

Approved   1/18/21                                
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 14:02

507.08 - Student Special Health Services

507.08 - Student Special Health Services

The board recognizes that some special education students need special health services during the school day.  These students will receive special health services in conjunction with their individualized health plan. 

The superintendent, in conjunction with licensed health personnel, will establish administrative regulations for the implementation of this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Board of Education v. Rowley, 458 U.S. 176 (1982).
                                         Springdale School District #50 v. Grace, 693 F.2d 41 (8th Cir. 1982).
                                         Southeast Warren Comm. School District v. Dept. of Public Instruction, 285 N.W.2d 173 (Iowa 1979).
                                         20 U.S.C. §§ 1400 et seq.
   
                                      34 C.F.R. Pt. 300 et seq.
   
                                      Iowa Code §§ 256.11(7); 256B; 273.2, .5, .9(2)-(3); 280.8.
   
                                      281 I.A.C. 14.2

Cross Reference:  502                                      Student Rights and Responsibilities
   
                                    506                                      Student Records
   
                                    603.3                                  Special Education

Approved      1/18/21                             
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 14:03

507.08R1 - Special Health Services Regulation

507.08R1 - Special Health Services Regulation

Some students who require special education need special health services in order to participate in the educational program.  These students will receive special health services in accordance with their individualized educational program.

 

A.    Definitions

"Assignment and delegation" - occurs when licensed health personnel, in collaboration with the education team, determine the special health services to be provided and the qualifications of individuals performing the health services.  Primary consideration is given to the recommendation of the licensed health personnel.  Each designation considers the student's special health service.  The rationale for the designation is documented.  If the designation decision of the team differs from the licensed health professional, team members may file a dissenting opinion.

"Co-administration" - the eligible student's participation in the planning, management and implementation of the student's special health service and demonstration of proficiency to licensed health personnel.

"Educational program" - includes all school curricular programs and activities both on and off school grounds.

"Education team" - may include the eligible student, the student's parent, administrator, teacher, licensed health personnel, and others involved in the student's educational program.

"Health assessment" - health data collection, observation, analysis, and interpretation relating to the eligible student's educational program.

"Health instruction" - education by licensed health personnel to prepare qualified designated personnel to deliver and perform special health services contained in the eligible student's health plan.  Documentation of education and periodic updates are on file at school.

"Individual health plan" - the confidential, written, preplanned and ongoing special health service in the educational program.  It includes assessment, planning, implementation, documentation, evaluation and a plan for emergencies.  The plan is updated as needed and at least annually.  Licensed health personnel develop this written plan with the education team.

"Licensed health personnel" - includes licensed registered nurse, licensed physician, and other licensed health personnel legally authorized to provide special health services and medications.

"Prescriber" - licensed health personnel legally authorized to prescribe special health services and medications.

"Qualified designated personnel" - persons instructed, supervised and competent in implementing the eligible student's health plan.

“Special health services" - includes, but is not limited to, services for eligible students whose health status (stable or unstable) requires:

    Interpretation or intervention,

    Administration of health procedures and health care, or

  • Use of a health device to compensate for the reduction or loss of a body function.

"Supervision" - the assessment, delegation, evaluation and documentation of special health services by licensed health personnel.  Levels of supervision include situations in which licensed health personnel are:   physically present.

    available at the same site.

    available on call.

 

B.     Licensed health personnel will provide special health services under the auspices of the school.  Duties of the licensed personnel include the duty to:

  • Participate as a member of the education team.
  • Provide the health assessment.
  • Plan, implement and evaluate the written individual health plan.
  • Plan, implement and evaluate special emergency health services.
  • Serve as liaison and encourage participation and communication with health service agencies and individuals providing health care.
  • Provide health consultation, counseling and instruction with the eligible student, the student's parent and the staff in cooperation and conjunction with the prescriber.
  • Maintain a record of special health services.  The documentation includes the eligible student's name, special health service, prescriber or person authorizing, date and time, signature and title of the person providing the special health service and any unusual circumstances in the provision of such services.
  • Report unusual circumstances to the parent, school administration, and prescriber.
  • Assign and delegate to, instruct, provide technical assistance and supervise qualified designated personnel.
  • Update knowledge and skills to meet special health service needs.

 

C.     Prior to the provision of special health services the following will be on file:

  • Written statement by the prescriber detailing the specific method and schedule of the special health service, when indicated.
  • Written statement by the student's parent requesting the provision of the special health service.
  • Written report of the preplanning staffing or meeting of the education team.
  • Written individual health plan available in the health record and integrated into the IEP or IFSP.

 

D.    Licensed health personnel, in collaboration with the education team, will determine the special health services to be provided and the qualifications of individuals performing the special health services.  The documented rationale will include the following:

  • Analysis and interpretation of the special health service needs, health status stability, complexity of the service, predictability of the service outcome and risk of improperly performed service.
  • Determination that the special health service, task, procedure or function is part of the person's job description.
  • Determination of the assignment and delegation based on the student's needs.
  • Review of the designated person's competency.
  • Determination of initial and ongoing level of supervision required to ensure quality services.

 

E.     Licensed health personnel will supervise the special health services, define the level of supervision and document the supervision.

 

F.     Licensed health personnel will instruct qualified designated personnel to deliver and perform special health services contained in the eligible individual health plan.  Documentation of instruction and periodic updates are on file at school.

 

G.    Parents will provide the usual equipment, supplies and necessary maintenance for such.  The equipment is stored in a secure area.  The personnel responsible for the equipment are designated in the individual health plan.  The individual health plan will designate the role of the school, parents, and others in the provision, supply, storage and maintenance of necessary equipment.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 14:04

507.09 - Wellness Policy

507.09 - Wellness Policy

The Maquoketa Valley Board of Education is committed to the optimal development of every student. The board believes for students to have the opportunity to achieve personal, academic, developmental, and social success, there needs to be a positive, safe, and health-promoting learning environment at every level, in every setting.    

The school district provides a comprehensive learning environment for developing and practicing lifelong wellness behaviors. The entire school environment, not just the classroom, shall be aligned with healthy school district goals to positively influence a student's understanding, beliefs and habits as they relate to good nutrition and regular physical activity. In accordance with law and this belief, the board commits to the following:

The school district will identify at least one goal in each of the following areas:

  • Nutrition Education and Promotion:  Schools will provide nutrition education and engage in nutrition promotion that helps students develop lifelong healthy eating behaviors.
  • Physical Activity: Schools will provide students with age and grade appropriate opportunities to engage in physical activity that meet the Iowa Healthy Kids Act.
  • Other School Based Activities that Promote Wellness: As appropriate, schools will support students, staff, and parents’ efforts to maintain a healthy lifestyle. 

The following nutritional guidelines for food available on school campuses will be adhered to:

  • Meals served through the National School Lunch and School Breakfast Program will be appealing and meet, at a minimum, nutrition requirements established by state and federal law;
  • Schools providing access to healthy foods outside the reimbursable meal programs before school, during school and thirty minutes after school shall meet the United States Department of Agriculture (“USDA”) Smart Snacks in Schools nutrition standards, at a minimum.  This includes such items as those sold through a la carte lines, vending machines, student run stores, and fundraising activities;
  • Snacks provided to students during the school day without charge (e.g., class parties) will meet standards set by the district in accordance law. The district will provide parents a list of foods and beverages that meet nutrition standards for classroom snacks and celebrations; and
  • Schools will only allow marketing and advertising of foods and beverages that meet the Smart Snacks in school nutritional standards on campus during the school day.

The superintendent or superintendent’s designee shall implement and ensure compliance with the policy by:

  • Reviewing the policy at least every three years and recommending updates as appropriate for board approval;
  • Implementing a process for permitting parents, students, representatives of the school food authority, teachers of physical education, school health professionals, the school board, administrators and the public to participate in the development, implementation, and periodic review and update of the policy;
  • Making the policy and updated assessment of the implementation available to the public (e.g., posting on the website, newsletters, etc). This information shall include the extent to which the schools are in compliance with policy and a description of the progress being made in attaining the goals of the policy; and
  • Developing administrative regulations, which shall include specific wellness goals and indicators for measurement of progress consistent with law and district policy. 

The board promotes healthy students by supporting wellness, good nutrition and regular physical activity as a part of the total learning environment. The school district supports a healthy environment where students learn and participate in positive dietary and lifestyle practices. By facilitating learning through the support and promotion of good nutrition and physical activity, schools contribute to the basic health status of students. Improved health optimizes student performance potential.

The school district provides a comprehensive learning environment for developing and practicing lifelong wellness behaviors. The entire school environment, not just the classroom, shall be aligned with healthy school district goals to positively influence a student's understanding, beliefs and habits as they relate to good nutrition and regular physical activity.

The school district supports and promotes proper dietary habits contributing to students' health status and academic performance. All foods available on school grounds during the instructional day should meet or exceed the school district nutrition standards and in compliance with state and federal law. Foods should be served with consideration toward nutritional integrity, variety, appeal, taste, safety and packaging to ensure high-quality meals.

The school district will make every effort to eliminate any social stigma attached to, and prevent the overt identification of, students who are eligible for free and reduced-price meals. Toward this end, the school district may utilize electronic identification and payment systems; provide meals at no charge to all children, regardless of income; promote the availability of meals to all students; and/or use nontraditional methods for serving meals when needed.

The school district will develop a local wellness policy committee possibly comprised of parents, students, and representatives of the school food authority, the school board, school administrators, and the public, physical education teachers, and school health professionals. The local wellness policy committee will develop a plan to implement the local wellness policy and periodically review and update the policy. The committee will designate an individual to monitor implementation and evaluation the implementation of the policy. The committee will report to the board and community regarding the content and effectiveness of this policy and recommend updates if needed.

The specific Wellness Goals for the district include:

1. Nutrition Education and Promotion

• The school district will provide nutrition education and engage in nutrition promotion   that:

a) Is offered at each grade level as part of a sequential, comprehensive, standards-based program designed to provide students with the knowledge and skills necessary to promote and protect their health.

2. Physical Activity

• The school district will provide physical education that:

a) is for all students in grades K-12 for the entire school year unless the student is granted an exemption as outlined by Iowa Code;

b) is taught by a certified physical education teacher;

c) includes students with disabilities, students with special health-care needs may be provided in alternative educational settings; and,

d) engages students in moderate to vigorous activity during at least 50 percent of physical education class time.

• Elementary schools should provide recess for students that:

a) is at least 15 minutes a day;

b) is preferably outdoors;

c) encourages moderate to vigorous physical activity verbally and through the provision of space and equipment; and,

d) When activities, such as mandatory school-wide testing, make it necessary for students to remain indoors for long periods of time, schools should give students periodic breaks during which they are encouraged to stand and be moderately active.

• Employees should not use physical activity (e.g., running laps, pushups) or withhold opportunities for physical activity (e.g., recess, physical education) as punishment.

3. Integrating Physical Activity into Classroom Settings

• For students to receive the nationally recommended amount of daily physical activity and for students to fully embrace regular physical activity as a personal behavior, students need opportunities for physical activity beyond the physical education class. Toward that end, the school district will:

a) offer classroom health education that complements physical education by reinforcing the knowledge and self-management skills needed to maintain a physically active lifestyle and to reduce time spent on sedentary activities,

b) discourage sedentary activities, such as watching television, playing computer games, etc.

• Communication with Parents

a) encourage parents to pack healthy lunches and snacks and to refrain from including beverages and foods that do not meet the established nutrition standards for individual foods and beverages;

b) provide parents a list of foods that meet the school district’s snack standards and ideas for healthy celebrations/parties, rewards and fundraising activities,

c) include sharing information about physical activity and physical education through a web site, newsletter, other take-home materials, special events or physical education homework.

• Food Marketing in Schools

a) limit food and beverage marketing to the promotion of foods and beverages that meet the nutrition standards for meals or for foods and beverages sold individually,

b) market activities that promote healthful behaviors (and are therefore allowable) including: vending machine covers promoting water; pricing structures that promote healthy options in a la carte lines or vending machines; sales of fruit for fundraisers; and coupons for discount gym memberships.

• Staff Wellness

a) establish and maintain a staff wellness committee composed of at least one staff member, local hospital representative, dietitian or other health professional, recreation program representative, union representative and employee benefits specialist.

4. School Meals

• Meals served through the National School Lunch and Breakfast Programs will:

a) be appealing and attractive to children;

b) be served in clean and pleasant settings;

c) meet, at a minimum, nutrition requirements established by state and federal law:

d) offer a variety of fruits and vegetables, legumes and whole grains;

e) serve only low-fat (1%) and fat-free milk and nutritionally equivalent non-dairy alternatives (as defined by the USDA);

• To ensure that all children have breakfast, either at home or at school, in order to meet            their nutritional needs and enhance their ability to learn, schools will:

a) arrange bus schedules and utilize methods to serve breakfasts that encourage participation, including serving breakfast in the classroom, “grab-and-go” breakfasts or breakfast during morning break or recess, to the extent possible;

b) notify parents and students of the availability of the School Breakfast Program, where available; and,

c) encourage parents to provide a healthy breakfast for their children through newsletter articles, take-home materials or other means.

• Free and Reduced-Priced Meals

a) The school district will make every effort to eliminate any social stigma attached to, and prevent the overt identification of, students who are eligible for free and reduced-price meals. Toward this end, the school district may:

1. utilize electronic identification and payment systems;

2. provide meals at no charge to all children, regardless of income; and,

3. promote the availability of meals to all students.

• Meal Times and Scheduling

a) Will try to provide students with at least 10 minutes to eat after sitting down for breakfast and 20 minutes after sitting down for lunch;

b) Will try to schedule meal periods at appropriate times, e.g., lunch should be scheduled between 11 a.m. and 1 p.m.; should not schedule tutoring, club or organizational meetings

or activities during mealtimes, unless students may eat during such activities;

c) Will try to schedule lunch periods to follow recess periods (in elementary schools);

d) will provide students access to hand washing or hand sanitizing before they eat meals or snacks; and,

e) should take reasonable steps to accommodate the tooth-brushing regimens of students with special oral health needs (e.g., orthodontia or high tooth decay risk).

• Qualification of Food Service Staff

a) provide continuing professional development for all nutrition professionals,

b) provide staff development programs that include appropriate certification and/or training programs for child nutrition directors, nutrition managers and cafeteria workers, according to their levels of responsibility.

• Sharing of Foods

a) The school district discourages students from sharing their foods or beverages with one another during meal or snack times, given concerns about allergies and other restrictions on some children’s diets.

• Foods Sold Outside the Meal (e.g. vending, a la carte, sales)

a) All foods and beverages sold individually outside the reimbursable meal programs (including those sold through a la carte [snack] lines, vending machines, student stores or fundraising activities) during the school day, or through programs for students after the school day will meet nutrition standards as required by state or federal law.

• Fundraising Activities

a) There are two types of fundraising – regulated and other. Regulated fundraisers are those that offer the sale of foods or beverages on school property and that are targeted primarily to PK-12 students by or through other PK-12 students, student groups, school organizations, or through oncampus school stores. Regulated fundraising activities must comply with the state nutrition

guidelines. All other fundraising activities are encouraged, but not required, to comply with the state nutrition guidelines if the activities involve foods and beverages.

• Snacks

a) Snacks served during the school day or in after-school care or enrichment programs will make a positive contribution to children’s diets and health, with an emphasis on serving fruits and vegetables as the primary snacks and water as the primary beverage. Schools will assess if and when to offer snacks based on timing of meals, children’s nutritional needs, children’s ages and other considerations. The school district will disseminate a list of healthful snack

items to teachers, after-school program personnel and parents.

• Rewards

a) The school district will not use foods or beverages, (including food served through meals) as a punishment.

• Celebrations

a) Schools should evaluate their celebrations practices that involve food during the school day.The school  district will disseminate a list of healthy party ideas to parents and teachers.

• School-Sponsored Events

a) Foods and beverages offered or sold at school-sponsored events outside the school day are encouraged to meet the nutrition standards for meals or for foods and beverages sold individually.

• Food Safety

a) All foods made available on campus comply with the state and local food safety and sanitation regulations. Hazard Analysis and Critical Control Points (HACCP) plans and guidelines are implemented to prevent food illness in schools.

5. Monitoring

• The superintendent or designee will ensure compliance with established school district-wide nutrition and physical activity wellness policies.

a) In each school:

1. the principal will ensure compliance with those policies in the school and will report on the school’s compliance to the superintendent or designee; and,

2. The district’s Head Cook will ensure compliance with nutrition policies within food service areas and will report on this matter to the superintendent, principal or designee.

b) In the school district:

1. the school district will report on the most recent USDA School Meals Initiative (SMI) review findings and any resulting changes. If the school district has not received a SMI review from the state agency within the past five years, the school district will request from the state agency that a SMI review be scheduled as soon as possible,

 

Policy Review

As part of that review, the school district will review the nutrition and physical activity policies and practices and the provision of an environment that supports healthy eating and physical activity. The district in conjunction with the Wellness Team will set yearly goals to try and achieve the goals outlined in this policy. The school district will revise the wellness policies at the conclusion of yearly Wellness Team meeting and develop work plans to facilitate their implementation.

 

 

Legal Reference:  42 U.S.C. §§ 1751 et seq.
 
 
                                    42 U.S.C. §§ 1771 et seq
                                      
Iowa Code §§ 256.7(29); 256.11(6).
                                      
281 I.A.C. 12.5; 58.11.

 

Cross Reference:  504.5    Student Fund Raising
                              504.6    Student Activity Program
                              710       School Food Service

Approved      1/18/21         
Reviewed                  
Revised           

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 14:05

508 - Miscellaneous Student-Related Matters

508 - Miscellaneous Student-Related Matters dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 14:09

508.01 - Class or Student Group Gifts

508.01 - Class or Student Group Gifts

The board welcomes gifts to the school district from a class or student group.  While class gifts to the school district do not require the approval of the superintendent, the board encourages students to consult with the superintendent or other licensed employees prior to selecting a gift for the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 68B; 722.1, .2.

Cross Reference:  704.4                                      Gifts - Grants - Bequests

Approved     1/18/21                              
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 14:09

508.02 - Open Night

508.02 - Open Night

In keeping with good community relations, student school activities will not be scheduled on Wednesday night beyond 6:00 p.m. whenever possible.  It is the responsibility of the principal to oversee the scheduling of school activities for compliance with this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8

Cross Reference:  900 Principles and Objectives for Community Relations

Approved     1/18/21                  
Reviewed                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/03/2023 - 14:10

600 - EDUCATION PROGRAM

600 - EDUCATION PROGRAM Jen@iowaschool… Mon, 10/02/2023 - 10:03

600 - Goals and Objectives of the Education Program

600 - Goals and Objectives of the Education Program

This series of the board policy manual is devoted to the goals and objectives for the delivery of the education program.  The board's objective in the design, contents and the delivery of the education program is to provide an equal opportunity for students to pursue an education free of discrimination on the basis of race, creed, color, sex, national origin, marital status, religion, sexual orientation, gender identity or disability.

In providing the education program of the school district, the board will strive to meet its overall goal of providing the students an opportunity to develop a healthy social, intellectual, emotional, and physical self-concept in a learning environment that provides guidance and encourages critical thinking in students.

In striving to meet this overall goal, the objectives of the education program are to provide students with an opportunity to:

    Acquire basic skills in obtaining information, solving problems, thinking critically and communicating effectively;

    Become effective and responsible contributors to the decision-making processes of the social and political institutions of the community, state and nation;

    Acquire entry-level job skills and knowledge necessary for further education;

    Acquire the capacities for satisfying and responsible roles as family members;

    Acquire knowledge, habits and attitudes that promote personal and public health, both physical and mental;

    Acquire an understanding of ethical principles and values and the ability to apply them to their own lives;

    Develop an understanding of their own worth, abilities, potential and limitations; and,

    Learn and enjoy the process of learning and acquire the skills necessary for a lifetime of continuous learning and adaptation to change.

An advisory committee of representatives of the school district community and the school district is appointed to make recommendations for the goals and objectives of the education program.  Annually, the board will report to the committee regarding progress toward achievement of the goals and objectives of the education program.

 

 

Approved      6/21/21                             
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 17:30

601 - General Organization

601 - General Organization dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 17:31

601.01 - School Calendar

601.01 - School Calendar

The school calendar will accommodate the education program of the school district.  The school calendar is for a minimum of 1080 hours and includes, but is not limited to, the days for student instruction, staff development, in-service days and teacher conferences.   Each year the minimum school calendar may include up to 5 days or 30 hours of instruction delivered primarily over the internet.

The academic school year for students shall begin no sooner than August 23.  Employees may be required to report to work at the school district prior to this date.

Special education students may attend school on a school calendar different from that of the regular education program consistent with their Individualized Education Program.

The board, in its discretion, may excuse graduating seniors from up to five days or 30 hours of instruction after the school district requirements for graduation have been met.  The board may also excuse graduating seniors from making up days missed due to inclement weather if the student has met the school district's graduation requirements.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop the school calendar for recommendation, approval, and adoption by the board annually.

The board may amend the official school calendar when the board considers the change to be in the best interests of the school district's education program.  The board shall hold a public hearing on any proposed school calendar prior to adopting the school calendar.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 279.10, 280.3; 299.1 (2).
   
                                     281 I.A.C. 12.1(7); 41.106.

Cross Reference:  501.3                                      Compulsory Attendance
   
                                     601.2                                      School Day
   
                                     603.3                                      Special Education

 Approved      6/21/21                             
Reviewed    7/17/23                                                                  
Revised    7/17/23      

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 17:31

601.02 - School Day

601.02 - School Day

The student school day for grades one through twelve will consist of a minimum of six hours, not including the lunch period.  The school day consists of the schedule of class instruction and class activities as established and sponsored by the school district.  Time during which students are released from school for parent/teacher conferences may be counted as part of students’ instructional time.  The minimum school day will meet the requirements as established for the operation of accredited schools.

The board may define the number of days kindergarten will be held and the length of each school day for the students attending kindergarten.  The school day will consist of a schedule as recommended by the superintendent and approved by the board.

The school district may also record a day of school with less than the minimum instructional hours if the total hours of instructional time for grades one through twelve in any five consecutive school days equals a minimum of thirty hours, even though any one day of school is less than the minimum instructional hours because of a staff development opportunity provided for the instructional staff or parent-teacher conferences have been scheduled beyond the regular school day.  If the total hours of instructional time for the first four consecutive days equal at least thirty hours because parent-teacher conferences have been scheduled beyond the regular school day, the school district may record zero hours of instructional time on the fifth consecutive school day as a school day.  Schedule revisions and changes in time allotments will be made by the superintendent.

When the school is forced to close due to weather or other emergencies, the part of the day during which school was in session will constitute a school day.  The superintendent will create administrative regulations necessary to utilize any remote learning opportunities that are available and permitted by law during the period of closure.  Remote learning opportunities will count toward instructional time requirements as allowed by law.  During the time of remote learning, student attendance will be taken, assessments may be administered and grades will count toward students’ cumulative grade point average.  The provision of special education and accommodations for students who have individualized education programs (IEPs) or Section 504 plans during periods of closure will be determined by each respective IEP or Section 504 team.  

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to inform the board annually of the length of the school day.

 

 

Legal Reference:  34 C.F.R. sec. 300
   
                                      28 C.F.R. pt. 35
   
                                      Iowa Code § 256.7 (3) (21) (32); 279.8, .10.
   
                                      281 I.A.C. 12.1(1), .1(7-10).

Cross Reference:  601.1                                      School Calendar

Approved       6/21/21                           
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 17:33

602 - Curriculum Development

602 - Curriculum Development dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 17:34

602.01 - Curriculum Development

602.01 - Curriculum Development

Curriculum development is an ongoing process in the school district and consists of both research and design.  Research is the studious inquiry and critical investigation of the various content areas for the purpose of revising and improving curriculum and instruction based on relevant information pertaining to the discipline.  This study is conducted both internally (what and how we are currently doing at the local level) and externally (what national standards, professional organizations, recognized experts, current research, etc. tell us relative to the content area).  Design is the deliberate process of planning and selecting the standards and instructional strategies that will improve the learning experiences for all students. The board delegates the curriculum development process to the Superintendent, who will make curriculum development recommendations and submit them to the board for final approval.

A systematic approach to curriculum development (careful research, design, and articulation of the curriculum) serves several purposes:

  • Focuses attention on the content standards of each discipline and ensure the identified learnings are rigorous, challenging, and represent the most important learning for our students.
  • Increases the probability that students will acquire the desired knowledge, skills and dispositions and that our schools will be successful in providing appropriate learning experiences.
  • Facilitates communication and coordination.
  • Improves classroom instruction.

The superintendent is responsible for curriculum development and for determining the most effective method of conducting research and design activities.  A curriculum framework will describe the processes and procedures that will be followed in researching, designing, and articulating each curriculum area.  This framework will at a minimum, describe the processes and procedures for the following curriculum development activities to:

  • Study the latest thinking, trends research and expert advice regarding the content/discipline;
  • Study the current status of the content/discipline (what and how well students are currently learning);
  • Identify content standards, benchmarks, and grade level expectations for the content/discipline;
  • Describe the desired learning behaviors, teaching and learning environment related to the content/discipline;
  • Identify differences in the desired and present program and develop a plan for addressing the differences;
  • Communicate with internal and external publics regarding the content area;
  • Involve staff, parents, students, and community members in curriculum development decisions;
  • Verify integration of local, state, and/or federal mandates (MCNS, school-to-work, etc);
  • Verify how the standards and benchmarks of the content/discipline support each of the broader student learning goals and provide a K-12 continuum that builds on the prior learning of each level.
  • Ensure proposed curriculum complies with applicable laws;
  • Align annual improvement goals with needs assessment information.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to keep the board apprised of necessary curriculum revisions, progress or each content area related to curriculum development activities, and to develop administrative regulations for curriculum development including recommendations to the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. § 1232h.
   
                                    34 C.F.R. Pt. 98.
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 216.9; 256.7, 279.8; 280.3.
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.5, .8.

Cross Reference:  101         Educational Philosophy of the School District
   
                                    103         Long-Range Needs Assessment
   
                                    602         Curriculum Development
   
                                    603         Instructional Curriculum
   
                                    604.10  Online Courses
   
                                    605         Instructional Materials

Approved      6/21/21                                       
Reviewed      10/24/22        
Revised    10/24/22         

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 17:34

602.02 - Curriculum Implementation

602.02 - Curriculum Implementation

Without careful and continuing attention to implementation, planned changes in curriculum and instruction rarely succeed as intended.  How change is put into practice, to a large extent, determines how well it fares.

Implementation refers to what actually happens in practice as compared to what was supposed to happen.  Curriculum implementation includes the provision of organized assistance to staff in order to ensure that the newly developed curriculum and the most powerful instructional strategies are actually delivered at the classroom level.  There are two components of any implementation effort that must be present to guarantee the planned changes in curriculum and instruction succeed as intended:

  • Understanding the conceptual framework of the content/discipline being implemented; and,
  • Organized assistance to understand the theory, observe exemplary demonstrations, have opportunities to practice, and receive coaching and feedback focused on the most powerful instructional strategies to deliver the content at the classroom level.

The superintendent is responsible for curriculum implementation and for determining the most effective way of providing organized assistance and monitoring the level of implementation.  A curriculum framework will describe the processes and procedures that will be followed to assist all staff in developing the knowledge and skills necessary to successfully implement the developed curriculum in each content area.  This framework will, at a minimum, describe the processes and procedures for the following curriculum implementation activities to:

  • Study and identify the best instructional practices and materials to deliver the content;
  • Describe procedures for the purchase of instructional materials and resources (See Policy ____.  Boards should insert the policy number to cross reference their policy on Instructional Materials Selection);
  • Identify/develop exemplars that demonstrate the learning behaviors, teaching, and learning environment to deliver the content;
  • Study the current status of instruction in the content area  (how teachers are teaching);
  • Compare the desired and present delivery system, identify differences (gap analysis), and develop a plan for addressing the differences;
  • Organize staff into collaborative study teams to support their learning and implementation efforts (address the gaps);
  • Provide ongoing professional development related to instructional strategies and materials that focuses on theory, demonstration, practice and feedback;
  • Regularly monitor and assess the level of implementation;
  • Ensure the curriculum framework complies with applicable laws;
  • Provide professional development to staff to support effective curriculum implementation.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to keep the board apprised of curriculum implementation activities, progress of each content area related to curriculum implementation activities, and to develop administrative regulations for curriculum implementation including recommendations to the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. § 1232h
   
                                    34 C.F.R. pt. 98
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 216.9, 256.7, 279.8, 280.3.
    
                                    281 I.A.C.  12.8.

Cross Reference:  101       Educational Philosophy of the School District
   
                                    103       Long-Range Needs Assessment
   
                                    505       Student Scholastic Achievement
   
                                    602       Curriculum Development
   
                                    603       Instructional Curriculum

Approved      6/21/21        
Reviewed    10/24/22         
Revised     10/24/22        

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 17:38

602.03 - Curriculum Evaluation

602.03 - Curriculum Evaluation

Regular evaluation of the total curriculum is necessary to ensure that the written and delivered curriculum is having the desired effect for students.

Curriculum evaluation refers to an ongoing process of collecting, analyzing, synthesizing, and interpreting information to aid in understanding what students know and can do.  It refers to the full range of information gathered in the school district to evaluate (make judgments about) student learning and program effectiveness in each content area.

Curriculum evaluation must be based on information gathered from a comprehensive assessment system that is designed for accountability and committed to the concept that all students will achieve at high levels, is standards-based, and informs decisions which impact significant and sustainable improvements in teaching and student learning.

The superintendent is responsible for curriculum evaluation and for determining the most effective way of ensuring that assessment activities are integrated into instructional practices as part of school improvement with a particular focus on improving teaching and learning.  A curriculum framework will describe the procedures that will be followed to establish an evaluation process that can efficiently and effectively evaluate the total curriculum.  This framework will, at a minimum, describe the procedures for the following curriculum evaluation activities:

  • Identify specific purposes for assessing student learning;
  • Develop a comprehensive assessment plan;
  • Select/develop assessment tools and scoring procedures that are valid and reliable;
  • Identify procedures for collecting assessment data;
  • Identify procedures for analyzing and interpreting information and drawing conclusions based on the data (including analysis of the performance of various sub-groups of students);
  • Identify procedures for establishing at least three levels of performance (specific to the content standard and the assessment tool when appropriate) to assist in determining whether students have achieved at a satisfactory level (at least two levels describe performance that is proficient or advanced and at least one level describes students who are not yet performing at the proficient level);
  • Identify procedures for using assessment information to determine long-range and annual improvement goals;
  • Identify procedures for using assessment information in making decisions focused on improving teaching and learning (data based decision making);
  • Provide support to staff in using data to make instructional decisions;
  • Define procedures for regular and clear communication about assessment results to the various internal and external publics (mandatory for communication about students receiving special education services);
  • Define data reporting procedures;
  • Verify that assessment tools are fair for all students and are consistent with all state and federal mandates;
  • Verify that assessment tools measure the curriculum that is written and delivered;
  • Identify procedures for deciding when multiple assessment measures are necessary for making good decisions and drawing appropriate conclusions about student learning
  • Identify roles and responsibilities of key groups;
  • Involve staff, parents, students, and community members in curriculum evaluation;
  • Ensure participation of eligible students receiving special education services in district-wide assessments.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to keep the board apprised of curriculum evaluation activities, the progress of each content area related to curriculum evaluation activities, and to develop administrative regulations for curriculum evaluation including recommendations to the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. § 1232h
   
                                    34 C.F.R. pt. 98
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 216.9, 256.7, 279.8, 280.3.
    
                                    281 I.A.C.  12.8.

Cross Reference:  101       Educational Philosophy of the School District
   
                                    103       Long-Range Needs Assessment
   
                                    505       Student Scholastic Achievement
                                       602       Curriculum Development
   
                                    603       Instructional Curriculum

Approved     6/21/21                             
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 17:40

602.04 - Pilot - Experimental - Innovative Projects

602.04 - Pilot - Experimental - Innovative Projects

The board welcomes new ideas in curriculum.  Proposals for pilot or experimental projects will first be reviewed and analyzed by the superintendent.  Projects recommended by the superintendent will be considered by the board.  Pilot and experimental projects approved by the board, the Iowa Department of Education, or the U. S. Department of Education may be utilized in the education program.

Students, who may be or are asked to participate in a research or experimental project or program, must have their parents' written consent on file prior to participating in the project or program.  A research or experimental program or project requiring parents' prior written consent is a program or project designed to explore or develop new or unproven teaching methods or techniques.  These programs or projects are designated as research or experimental projects or programs.  The educational materials of a program or project designated as a research or experimental program or project may be inspected and reviewed by the parents of the students participating or being considered for participation in the program or project.  The inspection and review by the parents is in accordance with board policy 605.2, "Instructional Materials Inspection."

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. § 1232h
   
                                    34 C.F.R. Pt. 98
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .10; 280.3.
    
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.5, .8.

Cross Reference:  602                                      Curriculum Development
   
                                    603                                      Instructional Curriculum

Approved     6/21/21                             
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 17:41

603 - Instructional Curriculum

603 - Instructional Curriculum dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 17:43

603.01 - Basic Instruction Program

603.01 - Basic Instruction Program

The basic instruction program will include the courses required for each grade level by the State Department of Education.  The instructional approach will be gender fair and multicultural.

The basic instruction program of students enrolled in kindergarten is designed to develop healthy emotional and social habits, language arts and communication skills, the capacity to complete individual tasks, character education and the ability to protect and increase physical well-being with attention given to experiences relating to the development of life skills and human growth and development.

The basic instruction program of students enrolled in grades one through six will include English-language arts, social studies, mathematics, science, health, human growth and development, physical education, traffic safety, music, and visual art and computer science.  Computer science will be offered during at least one grade level. 

The basic instruction program of students enrolled in grades seven and eight will include English-language arts, social studies including instruction related to civics, mathematics, science, health, human growth and development, family and consumer, career, technology education, physical education, music, visual art and computer science.  Computer science will be offered during at least one grade level. 

The basic instruction program of students enrolled in grades nine through twelve will include English-language arts (8 credits), social studies (6 credits), mathematics (6 credits), science (6 credits), health (1 credit), physical education (1 credit), financial literacy (1 credits), technology (1 credit), and electives (18 credits)

The board may, in its discretion, offer additional courses in the instruction program for any grade level.

Each instruction program is carefully planned for optimal benefit taking into consideration the financial condition of the school district and other factors deemed relevant by the board or superintendent.  Each instruction program's plan should describe the program, its goals, the effective materials, the activities and the method for student evaluation.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations stating the required courses and optional courses for kindergarten, grades one through six, grades seven and eight, and grades nine through twelve.

 

Legal Reference:    20 U.S.C. § 1232h
                                34 C.F.R. Pt. 98 
                                Iowa Code §§ 216.9; 256.11; 279.8; 280.3-.14.
                                281 I.A.C. 12.5; 11.

Cross Reference:    102    Equal Educational Opportunity
                                103    Long-Range Needs Assessment
                                505    Student Scholastic Achievement
                                602    Curriculum Development
                                603    Instructional Curriculum

Approved       6/21/2021     
Reviewed       7/15/2024     
Revised          7/15/2024     

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 17:43

603.02 - Summer School Instruction

603.02 - Summer School Instruction

The [insert school district name] recognizes the importance of ongoing learning opportunities for students. As such, the district shall offer summer school instruction in accordance with the following:

  • The board, in its discretion, may offer summer school for one or more courses and student activities for students who need additional help and instruction or for enrichment in those areas.  Upon receiving a request for summer school, the board will weigh the benefit to the students and the school district as well as the school district's budget and availability of licensed employees to conduct summer school.
  • If a child who is eligible for special education has been determined to need extended school year services as necessary to receive a free appropriate public education, as determined according to state and federal law, such services shall be provided as described in the child’s individualized education program.
  • In additional instances as provided by law.

The superintendent may develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3; 282.6.
 
                                      281 I.A.C. 41.106.

Cross Reference:  410.2                                  Summer School Licensed Employees
 
                                      505.2                                  Student Promotion – Retention – Acceleration
 
                                     603                                      Instructional Curriculum
 
                                      711.4                                  Summer School Transportation

Approved      6/21/21                            
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 17:44

603.03 - Special Education

603.03 - Special Education

The board recognizes some students have different educational needs than other students.  The board will provide a free appropriate public education program and related services to students identified in need of special education.  The special education services will be provided from birth until the appropriate education is completed, age twenty-one or to maximum age allowable in accordance with the law.  Students requiring special education will attend general education classes, participate in nonacademic and extracurricular services and activities and receive services in a general education setting to the maximum extent appropriate to the needs of each individual student.  The appropriate education for each student is written in the student's Individualized Education Program (IEP).

Special education students are required to meet the requirements listed for special education students in IASB sample policy 505.5 – Graduation Requirements and in their IEPs for graduation.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent and the area education agency director of special education to provide or make provisions for appropriate special education and related services.

Children from birth through age 2 and children age 3 through age 5 are provided comprehensive special education services within the public education system.  The school district will work in conjunction with the area education agency to provide services, at the earliest appropriate time, to children with disabilities from birth through age 2.  This is done to ensure a smooth transition of children entitled to early childhood special education services.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Board of Education v. Rowley, 458 U.S. 176 (1982).
                                       Springdale School District #50 v. Grace, 693 F.2d 41 (8th Cir. 1982).
                                       
Southeast Warren Comm. School District v. Dept. of Public Instruction, 285 N.W.2d 173 (Iowa 1979).
                                       20 U.S.C. §§1400 et seq.
                                       34 C.F.R. Pt. 300 et seq.
                                       Iowa Code §§ 256.11(7); 256B; 273.1, .2, .5, .9(2)-(3); 280.8.
                                      
281 I.A.C. 41.109; 41.404

Cross Reference:  503                                      Student Discipline
                                       505.5                                  Graduation Requirements
                                       506                                      Student Records
                                       507.2                                  Administration of Medication to Students
                                       507.8                                  Student Special Health Services
                                       601.1                                  School Calendar
                                       603                                      Instructional Curriculum

Approved     6/21/21                             
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 17:46

603.04 - Multicultural/Gender Fair Education

603.04 - Multicultural/Gender Fair Education

Students will have an equal opportunity for a quality education without discrimination, regardless of their race, religion, creed, color, sex, marital status, national origin, sexual orientation, gender identity or disability.

The education program is free of discrimination and provides equal opportunity for the students.  The education program will foster knowledge of and respect and appreciation for the historical and contemporary contributions of diverse cultural groups, as well as men and women, to society.  Special emphasis is placed on Asian-Americans, African-Americans, Hispanic-Americans, American Indians, European-Americans, and persons with disabilities.  It will also reflect the wide variety of roles open to both men and women and provide equal opportunity to both sexes.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 216.9; 256.11.
   
                                     281 I.A.C. 12.5(8).

Cross Reference:  102                                      Equal Educational Opportunity
   
                                     600                                      Goals and Objectives of the Education Program

Approved      6/21/21                            
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 09:37

603.05 - Health Education

603.05 - Health Education

Students in grade levels one through twelve will receive, as part of their health education, instruction about personal health; food and nutrition; environmental health; safety and survival skills; consumer health; family life; human growth and development; substance abuse and non-use, including the effects of alcohol, tobacco, drugs and poisons on the human body; human sexuality; self-esteem; stress management; interpersonal relationships; emotional and social health; health resources; prevention and control of disease; and communicable diseases. The purpose of the health education program is to help each student protect, improve and maintain physical, emotional and social well-being.

The areas stated above are included in health education and the instruction are adapted at each grade level to aid understanding by the students.

Parents who object to health education instruction in human growth and development may file a written request that the student be excused from the instruction.  The written request will include a proposed alternate activity or study acceptable to the superintendent.  The superintendent will have the final authority to determine the alternate activity or study.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 256.11; 279.8; 280.3-.14.
 
                                      281 I.A.C. 12.5.

Cross Reference:  502                                      Student Rights and Responsibilities
  
                                      603                                      Instructional Curriculum
  
                                      607                                      Instructional Services

Approved      6/21/21                            
Reviewed       7/17/23                                                                
Revised     7/17/23       

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 09:38

603.05E1 - Human Growth and Development Student Excuse Form

603.05E1 - Human Growth and Development Student Excuse Form

Student Name: ___________________________________________________  Grade:  ___________________________________

Parent/Guardian:  _________________________________________________  Phone #:  _________________________________

Please list the curricular objective(s) from which you wish to have your child excused and the class or grade in which each is taught.  An example is provided for you to follow.

 

                                              Objective                            Class / Grade

 

Ex.                       To understand the consequences of                             Health Education / 6
                            responsible and irresponsible sexual
                            behavior.

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

I have reviewed the Human Growth and Development program goals, objectives, and materials and wish my child to be excused from class when these objectives are taught.  I understand my child will incur no penalty but may/will be required to complete an alternative assignment that relates to the class and is consistent with assignments required of all students in the class.

Signed:  _________________________________________________  Date:  ____________________
                  (Parent/Guardian)

Signed:  _________________________________________________  Date:  ____________________
                  (School Administrator)

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 09:39

603.06 - Physical Education

603.06 - Physical Education

Students in grades one through twelve are required to participate in physical education courses unless they are excused by the principal of their attendance center.

Students may be excused from physical education courses if the student presents a written statement from a doctor stating that such activities could be injurious to the health of the student or the student has been exempted because of a conflict with the student's religious beliefs.

Students in grades 9-12 may also be excused from physical education courses if:

          the student is enrolled in academic courses not otherwise available, or

          the student has obtained a physical education waiver for a semester because the student is actively involved in an athletic program.

Twelfth grade students may also be excused from physical education courses if the student is enrolled in a cooperative, work study or other educational program authorized by the school which requires the student's absence from school.

Students who will not participate in physical education must have a written request or statement from their parents.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 256.11
 
                                      281 I.A.C. 12.5.

Cross Reference:  504        Student Activities
 
                                      603        Instructional Curriculum

Approved    6/21/21                              
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 09:41

603.07 - Career Education

603.07 - Career Education

Preparing students for careers is one goal of the education program.  Career education will be written into the education program for grades kindergarten through twelve.  This education will include, but not be limited to, awareness of self in relation to others and the needs of society, exploration of employment opportunities, experiences in personal decision-making, and experiences of integrating work values and work skills into their lives.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to assist licensed employees in finding ways to provide career education in the education program.  Special attention should be given to courses of vocational education nature.  The board, in its review of the curriculum, will review the means in which career education is combined with other instructional programs.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 256.11, .11A; 280.9.
 
                                      281 I.A.C. 12.5(7).

Cross Reference:  603  Instructional Curriculum

Approved     6/21/21                             
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 09:42

603.08 - Teaching About Religion

603.08 - Teaching About Religion

The school district is required to keep the practice of religion out of the school curriculum.  The board recognizes the key role religion has played in the history of the world and authorizes the study of religious history and traditions as part of the curriculum.  Preferential or derogatory treatment of a single religion will not take place.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to ensure the study of religion in the schools in keeping with the following guidelines:

          the proposed activity must have a secular purpose;

          the primary objective of the activity must not be one that advances or inhibits religion; and

          the activity must not foster excessive governmental entanglement with religion.

 

 

Legal Reference:  U.S. Const. amend. I.
 
                                      Lee v. Weisman. 112 S.Ct. 2649 (1992).
 
                                      Lemon v. Kurtzman, 403 U.S. 602 (1971).
                     
                  Graham v. Central Community School District of Decatur County, 608 F.Supp. 531 (S.D. Iowa 1985).
 
                                      Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.6.

Cross Reference:  603        Instructional Curriculum
 
                                      604.5    Religious-Based Exclusion from a School Program
 
                                      606.2    School Ceremonies and Observances

Approved       6/21/21                           
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 09:43

603.08R1 - Teaching About Religion Regulation - Religious Holidays

603.08R1 - Teaching About Religion Regulation - Religious Holidays

The historical and contemporary significance of religious holidays may be included in the education program provided that the instruction is presented in an unbiased and objective manner.  The selection of holidays to be studied will take into account major celebrations of several world religions, not just those of a single religion.  Holiday-related activities will be educationally sound and sensitive to religious differences and will be selected carefully to avoid the excessive or unproductive use of school time.  Teachers will be especially careful in planning activities that are to take place immediately preceding or on a religious holiday.

Music, art, literature and drama having religious themes (including traditional carols, seasonal songs and classical music) will be permitted if presented in an objective manner without sectarian indoctrination.  The emphasis on religious themes is only as extensive as necessary for a balanced and comprehensive study or presentation.  Religious content included in student performances is selected on the basis of its independent educational merit and will seek to give exposure to a variety of religious customs, beliefs and forms of expression.  Holiday programs, parties or performances will not become religious celebrations or be used as a forum for religious worship, such as the devotional reading of sacred writings or the recitations of prayers.

The use of religious symbols (e.g. a cross, menorah, crescent, Star of David, lotus blossom, nativity scene or other symbol that is part of a religious ceremony) are permitted as a teaching aid, but only when such symbols are used temporarily and objectively to give information about a heritage associated with a particular religion.  The Christmas tree, Santa Claus, Easter eggs, Easter bunnies and Halloween decorations are secular, seasonal symbols and as such can be displayed in a seasonal context.

Expressions of belief or nonbelief initiated by individual students is permitted in composition, art forms, music, speech and debate.  However, teachers may not require projects or activities which are indoctrinate or force students to contradict their personal religious beliefs or nonbeliefs. 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 09:44

603.09 - Academic Freedom

603.09 - Academic Freedom

The board believes students should have an opportunity to reach their own decisions and beliefs about conflicting points of view.  Academic freedom is the opportunity of licensed employees and students to study, investigate, present, interpret, and discuss facts and ideas relevant to the subject matter of the classroom and appropriate to and in good taste with the maturity and intellectual and emotional capacities of the students.

It is the responsibility of the teacher to refrain from advocating partisan causes, sectarian religious views, or biased positions in the classroom or through teaching methods.  Teachers are not discouraged from expressing personal opinions as long as students are aware it is a personal opinion and students are allowed to reach their own conclusions independently.

It is the responsibility of the principal to ensure academic freedom is allowed but not abused in the classroom.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3, .6.

Cross Reference:  502    Student Rights and Responsibilities
 
                                      603    Instructional Curriculum
 
                                      903.5 Distribution of Materials

Approved    6/21/21                              
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 09:45

603.09R1 - Teaching Controversial Issues

603.09R1 - Teaching Controversial Issues

A "controversial issue" is a topic of significant academic inquiry about which substantial groups of citizens of this community, this state or this nation hold sincere, conflicting points of view.

It is the belief of the board that controversial issues should be fairly presented in a spirit of honest academic freedom so that students may recognize the validity of other points of view but can also learn to formulate their own opinions based upon dispassionate, objective, unbiased study and discussion of the facts related to the controversy.

It is the responsibility of the instructor to present full and fair opportunity and means for students to study, consider and discuss all sides of controversial issues including, but not limited to, political philosophies.

It is the responsibility of the instructor to protect the right of the student to study pertinent controversial issues within the limits of good taste and to allow the student to express personal opinions without jeopardizing the student's relationship with the teacher.

It is the responsibility of the teacher to refrain from advocating partisan causes, sectarian religious views, or selfish propaganda of any kind through any classroom or school device; however, an instructor will not be prohibited from expressing a personal opinion as long as students are encouraged to reach their own decisions independently.

The board encourages full discussion of controversial issues in a spirit of academic freedom that shows students that they have the right to disagree with the opinions of others but that they also have the responsibility to base the disagreement on facts and to respect the right of others to hold conflicting opinions.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 09:46

603.10 - Global Education

603.10 - Global Education

Because of our growing interdependence with other nations in the world, global education is incorporated into the education program for grades kindergarten through twelve so that students have the opportunity to acquire a perspective on world issues, problems, and prospects for an awareness of the relationship between an individual's self-interest and the concerns of people elsewhere in the world. 

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 256.11
 
                                      281 I.A.C. 12.5(11).

Cross Reference:  602    Curriculum Development
                                       603    Instructional Curriculum

Approved     6/21/21                             
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 09:46

603.11 - Citizenship

603.11 - Citizenship

Being a citizen of the United States, of Iowa and of the school district community entitles students to special privileges and protections as well as requiring the students to assume civic, economic and social responsibilities and to participate in their country, state and school district community in a manner that entitles them to keep these rights and privileges.

As part of the education program, students will have an opportunity to learn about their rights, privileges, and responsibilities as citizens of this country, state and school district community.  As part of this learning opportunity students are instructed in the elements of good citizenship and the role quality citizens play in their country, state and school district community.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 256.11
 
                                      281 I.A.C. 12.3(6), 12.5(3)(b)-(5)(b).

Cross Reference:  101   Educational Philosophy of the School District
                                       502   Student Rights and Responsibilities
                                       503   Student Discipline

Approved 6/21/21                                
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 09:47

603.12 - Postsecondary Education Counseling

603.12 - Postsecondary Education Counseling

The district believes in the importance of education to shape the lives of all students. Some students may consider postsecondary education and training beyond their secondary education, and have questions related to the cost of education programs and the future employability of graduates. It is valuable for students who express an interest in postsecondary education to make informed decisions related to their future options. 

The district will ensure that the students in grades eleven and twelve who express interest in postsecondary education will be provided with basic information to assist in their decision-making. This information includes but may not be limited to:

  • A link to the annual report published by the State Board of Regents pursuant to Iowa Code 262.9(38); and 
  • a link to the Iowa Student Outcomes internet site maintained by the Department of Education.

If the district employs a college and career transition counselor, this staff member will provide the information to interested students. If the district does not employ this type of counselor, the superintendent will designate a staff member to ensure this information is provided to interested students. 

 

Legal Reference:     Iowa Code: § 279    

Cross Reference:     603.07    

Approved      7/15/2024      
Reviewed      7/15/2024     
Revised         7/15/2024     

susan.larson@f… Thu, 07/25/2024 - 11:03

604 - Alternative Programs

604 - Alternative Programs dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 09:48

604.01 - Private Instruction

604.01 - Private Instruction

The Maquoketa Valley School District recognizes that families with students of compulsory attendance age may select alternative forms of education outside the traditional school setting, including private instruction. The applicable legal requirements for private instruction, including, but not limited to those relating to reporting and evaluations for progress, shall be followed.

Except as otherwise exempted, in the event a child of compulsory attendance age as defined by law does not attend public school or an accredited nonpublic school, the child must receive private instruction. Private instruction means instruction using a plan and a course of study in a setting other than a public or organized accredited nonpublic school. 

Private instruction can take the form of competent private instruction and independent private instruction. The Iowa Department of Education recognizes three options for delivery of this form of instruction: two options for delivery of competent private instruction and one option for independent private instruction.

Competent private instruction means private instruction provided on a daily basis for at least one hundred forty-eight days during a school year, to be met by attendance for at least thirty-seven days each school quarter, which results in the student making adequate progress.  Competent private instruction is provided by or under the supervision of a licensed practitioner or by other individuals identified in law. 

Independent private instruction means instruction that meets the following criteria: (i) is not accredited, (ii) enrolls not more than four unrelated students, (iii) does not charge tuition, fees, or other remuneration for instruction, (iv) provides private or religious-based instruction as its primary purpose, (v) provides enrolled students with instruction in mathematics, reading and language arts, science, and social studies, (vi) provides, upon written request from the superintendent of the school district in which the independent private instruction is provided, or from the director of the department of education, a report identifying the primary instructor, location, name of the authority responsible for the independent private instruction, and the names of the students enrolled, (vii) is not a nonpublic school and does not provide competent private instruction as defined herein, and (viii) is exempt from all state statutes and administrative rules applicable to a school, a school board, or a school district, except as otherwise provided by law.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

NOTE: This policy reflects Iowa law on competent private instruction and independent private instruction. For additional information, including applicable forms, please visit the “Options for Educational Choice” section of the Iowa Department of Education’s website, located at https://www.educateiowa.gov/pk-12/options-educational-choice.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 299, 299A.
 
                                      281 I.A.C. 31.

Cross Reference:  501                                      Student Attendance
 
                                      502                                      Student Rights and Responsibilities
 
                                      504                                      Student Activities
 
                                      507.1                                  Student Health and Immunization Certificates
 
                                      604.7                                  Dual Enrollment
 
                                      604.9                                  Home School Assistance Program

Approved  __6/21/21____     
Reviewed _______________     
Revised ____________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 09:48

604.02 - Individualized Instruction

604.02 - Individualized Instruction

The board's primary responsibility in the management of the school district is the operation and delivery of the regular education program.  Generally, students attending the school district will receive the regular education program offered by the district.  Only in exceptional circumstances will the board approve students receiving individualized instruction at the expense of the school district.

Recommendations from the superintendent for individualized instruction will state the need for the instruction, the objectives and goals sought for the instruction, the employee requirements for the instruction, the implementation procedures for the instruction and the evaluation procedures and processes that will be used to assess the value of the instruction.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations for individualized instruction.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 256.11; 279.8, .10, .11; 280.3, .14; 299.1-.6, .11, .15, .24;
 
                                    299A.

Cross Reference:  501.12                                    Pregnant Students
 
                                      604.1                                      Competent Private Instruction

Approved      6/21/21                            
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 09:51

604.03 - Program for Talented and Gifted Students

604.03 - Program for Talented and Gifted Students

The board recognizes some students require programming beyond the regular education program.  The board will identify students with special abilities and provide education programming.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop a talented and gifted program which provides for identifying students, for program evaluation, and for training of employees.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 257.42-.49.
 
                                      281 I.A.C. 12.5(12); 59.

Cross Reference:  505                                      Student Scholastic Achievement
 
                                      604.6                                  Instruction at a Post-Secondary Educational Institution

Approved     6/21/21                             
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 09:52

604.04 - Program for At-Risk Students

604.04 - Program for At-Risk Students

The board recognizes some students require additional assistance in order to graduate from the regular education program.  The board will provide a plan to encourage and provide an opportunity for at-risk students to achieve their potential and obtain their high school diploma.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop a plan for students at-risk which provides for identifying students, for program evaluation, and for the training of employees.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 257.38-.41; 280.19, .19A.
 
                                      281 I.A.C. 12.5(13); 33; 65.

Cross Reference:  505                                      Student Scholastic Achievement
 
                                      607.1                                  Student Guidance and Counseling Program

Approved     6/21/21                             
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 09:53

604.05 - Religious-Based Exclusion from a School Program

604.05 - Religious-Based Exclusion from a School Program

Parents who wish to have their child excluded from a school program because of religious beliefs must inform the superintendent.  The board authorizes the administration to allow the exclusion if it is not disruptive to the education program and it does not infringe on a compelling state or educational interest.  Further, the exclusion must not interfere with other school district operations.  Students who are allowed to be excluded from a program or activity which violates their religious beliefs are required to do an alternate supervised activity or study.

In notifying the superintendent, the parents will abide by the following:

          The notice is in writing;

          The objection is based on religious beliefs;

        The objection will state which activities or studies violate their religious beliefs;

        The objection will state why these activities or studies violate their religious beliefs; and

        The objection will state a proposed alternate activity or study.

The superintendent will have discretion to make this determination.  The factors the superintendent will consider when a student requests to be excluded from a program or activity because of religious beliefs include, but are not limited to, staff available to supervise a student who wishes to be excluded, space to house the student while the student is excluded, available superintendent-approved alternative course of study or activity while the student is excluded, number of students who wish to be excluded, whether allowing the exclusion places the school in a position of supporting a particular religion, and whether the program or activity is required for promotion to the next grade level or for graduation.

 

 

Legal Reference:  U.S. Const. amend. I.
 
                                      Lee v. Weisman, 112 S.Ct. 2649 (1992).
 
                                      Lemon v. Kurtzman, 403 U.S. 602 (1971).
            
                           Graham v. Central Community School District of Decatur County, 608 F.Supp. 531 (S.D. Iowa 1985).
 
                                      Iowa Code §§ 256.11(6); 279.8.

Cross Reference:  603                                      Instructional Curriculum
 
                                      606.2                                  School Ceremonies and Observances

Approved    6/21/21                              
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 09:53

604.06 - Instruction at a Post-Secondary Educational Institution

604.06 - Instruction at a Post-Secondary Educational Institution

In accordance with this policy, students in grades nine through twelve may receive academic or career and technical education credits that count toward the graduation requirements set out by the board for courses successfully completed in post-secondary educational institutions.  Students and parents or guardians shall be made aware of the post-secondary instructional opportunities as part of the development of each student’s individual career and academic plan as required by law.  The Superintendent or designee is responsible for developing the appropriate forms and procedures for implementing this policy and the following post-secondary educational opportunities:   

 

Concurrent Enrollment

The board may, in its discretion, enter into a contractual agreement with a community college to provide courses for eligible students in grades nine through twelve when comparable courses are not offered by the school district.  Notice of the availability of the concurrent enrollment program shall be included in the school district’s registration handbook, and the handbook shall identify which courses, if successfully completed, generate post-secondary credit.  Students shall not be charged tuition for concurrent enrollment courses and shall not be required to reimburse the school district for tuition if they do not successfully complete a course. Students or their parents or guardians may be required to pay a fee consistent with the school district’s established textbook policy and other materials for the concurrent enrollment course to the extent permitted by law.  Students or their parents or guardians may also be required to provide their own transportation to and from concurrent enrollment courses to the extent permitted by law.  However, transportation shall be the responsibility of the school district for any contracted course that is used to meet school district accreditation requirements.

Students who successfully complete a concurrent enrollment course, as determined by the postsecondary institution, shall receive postsecondary credit in accordance with the institution’s policies and high school credit that will be reflected on their high school transcript.  The Superintendent or designee shall grant to a student who successfully completes a concurrent enrollment course a unit of high school graduation credit for every unit of high school level instruction successfully completed.

 

Post-Secondary Enrollment Option

Ninth and tenth grade students who have been identified by the school district as gifted and talented, and eligible eleventh and twelfth grade students, may utilize the Post-Secondary Enrollment Option (“PSEO”) program.  To qualify, a course must be a nonsectarian, credit-bearing course that leads to a degree, and in the areas of:  mathematics, science, social sciences, humanities, career and technical education.  A course is not eligible for PSEO if a comparable course is offered by the school district.  In addition, courses at a community college with which the district has a concurrent enrollment agreement are not eligible for PSEO.  Students shall not be charged for tuition, textbooks, materials, or fees related to a PSEO course with the exception of equipment that becomes the property of the student. 

The school district shall reimburse the post-secondary institution for tuition and other expenses for each PSEO course up to $250.  Students who successfully complete a PSEO course, as determined by the postsecondary institution, shall receive postsecondary credit and high school credit.  The Superintendent or designee shall grant to a student who successfully completes a PSEO course a unit of high school graduation credit for every unit of high school level instruction successfully completed. 

Transportation to and from the postsecondary institution is the responsibility of the student or parent or legal guardian of the student enrolled in a PSEO course.  Eligible students may take up to seven hours of post-secondary credit during the summer months and receive high school credit upon successful completion of a post-secondary course.  However, the student or student’s parent or legal guardian are responsible for all costs associated with courses taken during the summer.   

Students who fail a PSEO course and fail to receive credit are required to reimburse the school district for all costs directly related to the course up to the $250.00 reimbursement maximum.  Prior to registering, students under the age of eighteen are required to have a parent or guardian sign a form indicating that the parent is responsible for the costs of the course should the student fail the course and fail to receive credit.  Reimbursement waivers may be granted by the board if sufficient verification is provided to show that the student was unable to complete the course for reasons outside the student’s control, including but not limited to physical incapacity, a death in the student’s immediate family, or a move out of the school district.   

If a student is unable to demonstrate proficiency or the school district or accredited nonpublic school determines that the course unit completed by the student does not meet the school district’s standards, the superintendent shall provide in writing to the student’s parent or guardian the reason for the denial of credit.

 

 

Legal References:  Iowa Code §§ 256.7; 11; 258; 261E; 279.61, 280.3, 280.14
                                         
281 I.A.C. 12 and 22

Cross References:  505                                      Student Scholastic Achievement
 
                                        604.3                                  Program for Talented and Gifted Students

Approved     6/21/21                             
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 09:54

604.07 - Dual Enrollment

604.07 - Dual Enrollment

The parent, guardian, or custodian of a student receiving competent private instruction may also enroll the student in the school district in accordance with state law and policy. The student is considered under dual enrollment.  The parent, guardian, or custodian requesting dual enrollment for the student should notify the board secretary no later than September 15 of the school year in which dual enrollment is sought on forms provided by the school district. On the form, they will indicate the extracurricular and academic activities in which the student is interested in participating.  The forms are available at the central administration office.

A dual enrollment student is eligible to participate in the school district's extracurricular and academic activities in the same manner as other students enrolled in the school district. The policies and administrative rules of the school district will apply to the dual enrollment students in the same manner as the other students enrolled the school district. These policies and administrative rules will include, but not be limited to, athletic eligibility requirements, the good conduct rule, academic eligibility requirements, and payment of applicable fees.

A dual enrollment student whose parent, guardian, or custodian has chosen standardized testing as the form of the student's annual assessment will not be responsible for the cost of the test or the administration of the test.

After the student notifies the school district which activities in which they wish to participate, the school district will provide information regarding the specific programs.

The applicable legal requirements for dual enrollment including, but not limited to those related to reporting and eligibility, shall be followed. It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8, 299A.
 
                                      281 I.A.C. 31.

Cross Reference:  502                                      Student Rights and Responsibilities
 
                                      503                                      Student Discipline
 
                                      504                                      Student Activities
 
                                      507                                      Student Health and Well-Being
 
                                      604.1                                  Private Instruction
 
                                      604.9                                  Home School Assistance Program

Approved    6/21/21                                     
Reviewed                                                                                           
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 09:57

604.08 - Foreign Students

604.08 - Foreign Students

Foreign students must meet all district entrance requirements including age, place of residence and immunization.  Foreign students must be approved by the board.  The board reserves the right to limit the number of foreign students accepted.  Students who are citizens of a foreign country will be considered residents if they meet one of the following requirements:

          The student resides with his/her parents(s) or legal guardian;

          The student is in the United States with appropriate documentation (Form I-20) from the United States Department of Justice-Immigration and Naturalization Services; or

          The student is a participant in a recognized foreign exchange program; and,

          The student is physically able to attend school and has provided the school district with such proof, including a current TB test.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8

Cross Reference:  501        Student Attendance
                              
          507.1  Student Health and Immunization Certificates

Approved      6/21/21    
Reviewed                      
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 09:58

604.10 - Online Courses

604.10 - Online Courses

The board recognizes that online coursework may be a good alternative for students to not only meet graduation requirements but also have the opportunity to take advanced or other courses not offered by the school district.

High school students may earn a maximum of  24 credits to be applied toward graduation requirements by completing online courses offered through the district or through agencies approved by the board and the Iowa Department of Education.  Credit from an online course may be earned only in the following circumstances: 

  • The course is not offered at the high school;
  • Although the course is offered at the high school, the virtual educational setting will be more conducive to the student’s individual learning needs;
  • Although the course is offered at the high school, the student will not be able to take it due to an unavoidable scheduling conflict that would keep the student from meeting graduation requirements;
  • The course will serve as a supplement to extend homebound instruction;
  • The student has been given a long-term suspension from the regular school setting, but educational services are to be continued; or,
  • The principal, with agreement from the student's teachers and parents, determines the student requires a differentiated or accelerated learning environment.

Students applying for permission to take an online course shall complete prerequisites and provide teacher/counselor recommendations to confirm the student possesses the maturity level needed to function effectively in the online learning environment.  In addition, the express approval of the principal shall be obtained before a student enrolls in an online course. The school must receive an official record of the student’s final percentage score and suggested grade before credit toward graduation will be recognized.

Provided online courses are part of the student’s regular school day coursework and within budgetary parameters, the tuition costs for an online course shall be borne by the school district during the fall and spring semesters, but may be passed on to the parent/guardian during the summer semester. Any additional costs such as textbooks, rentals or school supplies, shall be borne by the school district for students enrolled full-time. 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations to implement this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 256.9(55); 279.8.
                                             
281 I.A.C. 15

Cross Reference:  605.6    Internet Appropriate Use
 
                                       501.6    Student Transfers In

Approved   6/21/21       
Reviewed   __________                       
Revised  __
________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 09:59

604.11 - Appropriate Use of Online Learning Platforms

604.11 - Appropriate Use of Online Learning Platforms

It is important to embrace technology that can foster a creative, interactive learning environment for students, and facilitate employee professional development and collaboration.  The use of online platforms to host remote interaction between students and employees and to facilitate learning is encouraged in the district. 

While student and employee instruction and communication using virtual and online platforms provides a wide array of learning opportunities, it is imperative that employees and students recognize that the use of such platforms is a privilege.  Training related to the use of online learning platforms will be provided to employees and students. 

The district shall carefully safeguard the right of students and employees to learn and teach in a respectful environment regardless of the method. All instruction and communication through online learning platforms should be appropriate to the age and ability of the participants.  Students and employees should be aware that online platforms may be monitored by the district.  Verbal and written communication occurring on these platforms may be recorded and stored by the district in accordance with applicable laws.   

Any verbal or written communication on these platforms deemed to be inappropriate will subject the student and/or employee to the same disciplinary measures that would exist if the interaction took place through traditional in-person learning. Students and employees who have concerns about the proper use of these platforms are encouraged to speak with their teachers or building principal. The superintendent will make administrative regulations necessary to enforce this policy. 

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. §1232g; 34 C.F.R. Part 99
                                        
47 U.S.C. §254
                                        
20 U.S.C. §6777
                                        
Iowa Code §§ 715C

Cross Reference:  104       Anti-Bullying/Anti-Harassment
                                       
401.13   Staff Technology Use/Social Networking
                                       
506.1     Student Records
                                       
605.4     Technology in the Classroom
                                       
605.6    Internet Appropriate Use
   
                                    501.6    Student Transfers In

Approved  6/21/21                               
Reviewed   __________                                                                       
Revised  __
________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 10:02

605 - Instructional Materials

605 - Instructional Materials dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 10:04

605.01 - Instructional Materials Selection

605.01 - Instructional Materials Selection

The board has sole discretion to approve instructional materials for the school district.  This authority is delegated to licensed employees to determine which instructional materials, other than textbooks, will be utilized by the school district. The Superintendent will provide licensed employees necessary training to ensure selected instructional materials comply with applicable laws.  All instructional materials are available for review upon request and subject to all applicable laws.

In reviewing current instructional materials for continued use and in selecting additional instructional materials, licensed employees will consider the current and future needs of the school district as well as the changes and the trends in education and society.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to report to the board the action taken by licensed employees.

In the case of textbooks, the board will make the final decision after receiving a recommendation from the superintendent.  The criteria stated above for selection of other instructional materials will apply to the selection of textbooks.  The superintendent may develop another means for the selection of textbooks.  Textbooks are reviewed as needed.

Education materials given to the school district must meet the criteria established above.  The gift must be received in compliance with board policy.

The superintendent will establish additional criteria to guide the selection of instructional materials through administrative regulation, ensuring alignment with educational goals and compliance with laws.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.14; 301.
 
                                      281 I.A.C. 12.3(12).

Cross Reference:  208                                      Ad Hoc Committees
 
                                      505                                      Student Scholastic Achievement
 
                                      602                                      Curriculum Development
 
                                      605                                      Instructional Materials
 

Approved    6/21/21                              
Reviewed     10/24/22                                                                          
Revised     10/24/22              

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 10:04

605.01R1 - Selection of Instructional Materials Regulation

605.01R1 - Selection of Instructional Materials Regulation

I.      Responsibility for Selection of Instructional Materials

        A.   The board is responsible for matters relating to the operation of the Maquoketa Valley Community School District.

        B.    The responsibility for the selection of instructional materials is delegated to the professionally trained and licensed employees of the school system.  For the purpose of this rule the term "instructional materials" includes printed and multimedia materials (not equipment), whether considered text materials or library materials.  The board retains the final authority for the approval of textbooks.

        C.    While selection of materials may involve many people including principals, teacher-librarian, students, parents and community members, the responsibility for coordinating the selection of most instructional materials and making the recommendation for the purchase rests with licensed employees. 

        D.   Responsibility for coordinating the selection of text materials for distribution to classes will rest with the licensed employees, principal and superintendent.  For the purpose of this rule the term 'text materials' includes textbooks and other printed and nonprinted material provided in multiple copies for use of a total class or major segment of a class.

        E.    If the board appoints an ad hoc committee to make recommendations on the selection of instructional materials, the ad hoc committee is formed and appointed in compliance with the board policy on Ad Hoc Committees.

                  1. The superintendent will inform the committee as to their role and responsibility in the process.

                  2. The following statement is given to the ad hoc committee members:

Bear in mind the principles of the freedom to learn and to read and base your decision on these broad principles rather than on defense of individual materials.  Freedom of inquiry is vital to education in a democracy.

Study thoroughly all materials referred to you and read available reviews.  The general acceptance of the materials should be checked by consulting standard evaluation aids and local holdings in other schools.

Passages or parts should not be pulled out of context.  The values and faults should be weighed against each other and the opinions based on the material as a whole.

Your report, presenting both majority and minority opinions, will be presented by the principal to the complainant at the conclusion of our discussion of the questioned material.

 

II.     Material selected for use in libraries and classrooms will meet the following guidelines:

        A.   Religion - Material will represent the major religions in a factual, unbiased manner.  The primary source material of the major religions is considered appropriate, but material which advocates rather than informs, or is designed to sway reader judgment regarding religion, will not be included in the school libraries or classrooms.

        B.    Racism - Material will present a diversity of race, custom, culture, and belief as a positive aspect of the nation's heritage and give candid treatment to unresolved intercultural problems, including those which involve prejudice, discrimination, and the undesirable consequences of withholding rights, freedom, or respect of an individual. Required material will comply with all applicable laws.

        C.    Sexism - Material will reflect sensitivity to the needs, rights, traits and aspirations of men and women without preference or bias. Required material will comply with all applicable laws.

        D.   Age - Material will recognize the diverse contributions of various age groups and portray the continuing contributions of maturing members of society.

        E.    Ideology - Material will present basic primary and factual information on an ideology or philosophy of government which exerts or has exerted a strong force, either favorably or unfavorably, over civilization or society, past or present.  This material will not be selected with the intention to sway reader judgment and is related to the maturity level of the intended audience.

        F.    Profanity and Sex - Material complies with all applicable laws and is subjected to a test of literary merit and reality by the teacher-librarians and licensed staff who will take into consideration their reading of public and community standards of morality.

        G.   Controversial issues materials will be directed toward maintaining a balanced collection representing various views.

The selection decision should be made on the basis of whether the material presents an accurate representation of society and culture, whether the circumstances depicted are realistically portrayed, or whether the material has literary or social value when the material is viewed as a whole.

These guidelines will not be construed in such a manner as to preclude materials which accurately represent the customs, morals, manners, culture, or society of a different time or a different place.

 

III.    Procedure for Selection

        A.      Material purchased for libraries and classrooms is recommended for purchase by licensed employees, in consultation with administrative staff, school library staff, students or an ad hoc committee as appointed by the board.  The material recommended for purchase is approved by the appropriate building administrator.

                  1.       The materials selected will support stated objectives and goals of the school district.  Specifically, the goals are:

                                    a.         To acquire materials and provide service consistent with the demands of the curriculum;

                                    b.         To develop students' skills and resourcefulness in the use of libraries and learning resources;

                                    c.         To effectively guide and counsel students in the selection and use of materials and libraries;

                                    d.         To foster in students a wide range of significant interests;

                                    e.         To provide opportunities for aesthetic experiences and development of an appreciation of the fine arts;

                                    f.          To provide materials to motivate students to examine their own attitudes and behaviors and to comprehend their own duties and responsibilities as citizens
         in a pluralistic democracy;

                                    g.         To encourage life-long education through the use of the library; and,

                                    h.         To work cooperatively and constructively with the instructional and administrative staff in the school.

                            2.     Materials selected is consistent with stated principles of selection.  These principles are:

                                      a.  To select material, within established standards, which will meet the goals and objectives of the school district;

                                      b. To consider the educational characteristics of the community in the selection of materials within a given category;

                                      c. To present the racial, religious and ethnic groups in the community by:

                                            1. Portraying people, both men and women, adults and children, whatever their ethnic, religious or social class identity, as human and recognizable, displaying a familiar range of emotions, both negative and positive.

                                            2. Placing no constraints on individual aspirations and opportunity.

                                            3. Giving comprehensive, accurate, and balanced representation to minority groups and women - in art and science, history and literature, and in all other fields of life and culture.

                                            4. Providing abundant recognition of minority groups and women by showing them frequently in positions of leadership and authority.

                                    d. To intelligently, quickly, and effectively anticipate and meet needs through awareness of subjects of local, national and international interest and significance; and,

                                    e. To strive for impartiality in the selection process.

                            3.       The materials selected will meet stated selection criteria.  These criteria are:

                                    a.  Authority-Author's qualifications - education, experience, and previously published works;

                                    b. Reliability:

                                                    1.     Accuracy-meaningful organization and emphasis on content, meets the material's goals and objectives, and presents authoritative and realistic factual material.

                                                    2.     Current-presentation of content which is consistent with the finding of recent and authoritative research.

                                            c.     Treatment of subject-shows an objective reflection for the multi-ethnic character and cultural diversity of society.

                                            d.     Language:

                       1. Vocabulary:

                                                            a.         Does not indicate bias by the use of words which may result in negative value judgments about groups of people;

                                                            b.         Does not use "man" or similar limiting word usage in generalization or ambiguities which may cause women to feel excluded or dehumanized.

                                                  2.       Compatible to the reading level of the student for whom it is intended.

                                            e.   Format:

                                                  1.       Book

                                                            a.         Adequate and accurate index;

                                                            b.         Paper of good quality and color;

                                                            c.         Print adequate and well spaced;

                                                            d.         Adequate margins;

                                                            e.         Firmly bound; and,

                                                            f.           Cost.

                                                  2.       Nonbook

                                                            a.         Flexibility, adaptability;

                                                            b.         Curricular orientation of significant interest to students;

                                                            c.         Appropriate for audience;

                                                            d.         Accurate authoritative presentation;

                                                            e.         Good production qualities (fidelity, aesthetically adequate);

                                                            f.          Durability; and,

                                                            g.         Cost.

                                                  3.       Illustrations of book and nonbook materials should:

                                                            a.         Depict instances of fully integrated grouping and settings to indicate equal status and nonsegregated social relationships.

                                                            b.         Make clearly apparent the identity of minorities;

                                                            c.         Contain pertinent and effective illustrations;

                                                            d.          Flexible to enable the teacher to use parts at a time and not follow a comprehensive instructional program on a rigid frame of reference.

                                      f.      Special Features:

                                            1.  Bibliographies.

                                            2.  Glossary.

                                            3.  Current charts, maps, etc.

                                            4.  Visual aids.

                                            5.  Index.

                                            6.  Special activities to stimulate and challenge students.

                                            7.  Provide a variety of learning skills.

                                      g.     Potential use:

                                            1.  Will it meet the requirement of reference work?

                                            2.  Will it help students with personal problems and adjustments?

                                            3.  Will it serve as a source of information for teachers and librarian

                                            4.     Does it offer an understanding of cultures other than the student's own and is it free of racial, religious, age, disability, ethnic, and sexual stereotypes?

5.     Will it expand students' sphere of understanding and help them to understand the ideas and beliefs of others?

6.     Will it help students and teachers keep abreast of and understand current events?

7.     Will it foster and develop hobbies and special interest?

8.      Will it help develop aesthetic tastes and appreciation?

9.     Will it serve the needs of students with special needs?

10.   Does it inspire learning?

11.   Is it relevant to the subject?

12.   Will it stimulate a student's interest?

                            4.       Gifts of library or instructional materials may be accepted if the gift meets existing criteria for library and instructional materials.  The acceptance and placement of such gifts is within the discretion of the board.

                            5.       In order to provide a current, highly usable collection of materials, teacher-librarians will ensure constant and continuing renewal of the collection, not only the addition of up-to-date materials, but by the judicious elimination of materials which no longer meet school district needs or find use.  The process of weeding instructional materials will be done according to established and accepted standards for determining the relevance and value of materials in a given context.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 10:06

605.02 - Instructional and Library Materials Inspection

605.02 - Instructional and Library Materials Inspection

Parents and other members of the school district community may view the instructional materials used by the students.  All instructional materials, including teacher's manuals, films, tapes or other supplementary material which will be used in connection with any survey, analysis, or evaluation as part of any federally funded programs must be available for inspection by parents. 

The instructional materials must be viewed on school district premises.

The district will publish on the district’s website a comprehensive list of all books available to students in libraries operated by the school district. 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding the inspection of instructional materials.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Goals 2000:  Educate America Act, Pub. L. No. 103-227, 108 Stat. 125 (1994).
 
                                      Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3, .14; 301.
 
                                      281 I.A.C. 12.3(12).

Cross Reference:  602                                      Curriculum Development
 
                                      605                                      Instructional Materials
 
                                      901.1                                  Public Examination of School District Records

Approved     6/21/21                              
Reviewed    7/17/23                                                                  
Revised    7/17/23       

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 10:11

605.03 - Objection to Instructional Materials

605.03 - Objection to Instructional Materials

Members of the school district community may object to the instructional materials utilized in the school district and ask for their use to be reconsidered.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principals, to develop administrative regulations for reconsideration of instructional materials.  Information related to the process for reconsideration of instructional and library materials will be made available on the district’s website.

Parents or guardians of students enrolled in the district have the ability to request that their student not be able to access certain instructional materials or check out certain library materials. For purposes of prohibiting access to instructional materials, Iowa law has defined instructional materials to mean either printed or electronic textbooks and related core materials that are written and published primarily for use in elementary school and secondary school instruction and are required by a state educational agency or district for use by students in the student’s classes by the teacher of record.  Instructional materials does not include lesson plans.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3, .14; 301.
 
                                      281 I.A.C. 12.3(12).

Cross Reference:  213                                    Public Participation in Board Meetings
 
                                       402.5                                Public Complaints About Employees
 
                                       602                                    Curriculum Development
 
                                       605                                    Instructional Materials

Approved      __6/21/21___             
Reviewed   7/17/23                                                           
Revised    7/17/23           

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 10:12

605.03E1 - Instructions to the Reconsideration Committee

605.03E1 - Instructions to the Reconsideration Committee

The policy of this school district related to selection of learning materials states that any member of the school district community may formally challenge instructional and library materials used in the district's education program.  This policy allows those persons in the school and the community who are not directly involved in the selection of materials to make their own opinions known.  The task of the reconsideration committee is to make an informed recommendation on the challenge.  The meetings of the committee may be subject to the open meetings law.

The most critical component of the reconsideration process is the establishment and maintenance of the committee's credibility in the community.  For this purpose, the committee is composed of a combination of community members and licensed employees as detailed in 605.3R1.  The community should not,therefore, infer that the committee is biased or is obligated to uphold prior professional decisions.

The reconsideration process, the task of this committee, is just one part of the selection continuum.  Material is purchased to meet a need.  It is reviewed and examined, if possible, prior to purchase.  It is periodically re-evaluated through updating, discarding, or re-examination.  The committee must be ready to acknowledge that an error in selection may have been made despite this process.  Librarians and school employees regularly read great numbers of reviews in the selection process, and occasional errors are possible.

In reconsidering challenged materials, the role of the committee, and particularly the chairperson, is to produce a climate for meaningful discussion of disparate views.The committee should begin by finding items of agreement, keeping in mind that the larger the group participating, the greater the amount of information available and, therefore, the greater the number of possible approaches to the problem.

The committee may, at its discretion, hear an oral presentation from the complainant to the committee to expand and elaborate on the complaint.  The committee may listen to the complainant, to those with special knowledge, and any other interested persons.  In these discussions, the committee should be aware of relevant social pressures which are affecting the situation.  Individuals who may try to dominate or impose a decision must not be allowed to do so.  Minority viewpoints expressed by groups or individuals must be heard, and observers must be made to feel welcome.  It is important that the committee create a calm, nonvolatile environment in which to deal with a potentially volatile situation.  To this end, the complainant will be kept informed of the progress of the complaint.

The committee will listen to the views of all interested persons before making recommendations.  In deliberating its recommendation, the committee should remember that the school system must be responsive to the needs, tastes, and opinions of the community it serves.  Therefore, the committee must distinguish between broad community sentiment and attempts to impose personal standards.  The deliberations should concentrate on the appropriateness of the material.  The question to be answered by the committee is, "Is the material appropriate for its designated audience at this time?"

The committee's final recommendation will be (1) to remove the challenged material from the total school environment, (2) to take no removal action, or (3) to agree on a limitation of the educational use of the materials.

The committee chairperson will instruct the secretary to convey the committee's recommendation to the office of the superintendent.  The recommendation should detail the rationale on which it was based.  A letter will be sent to the complainant outlining the outcome.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 10:13

605.03E2 - Reconsideration of Instructional and Library Materials Request Form

605.03E2 - Reconsideration of Instructional and Library Materials Request Form

Request for re-evaluation of printed or multimedia material to be submitted to the superintendent.

REVIEW INITIATED BY:________________________________________________ DATE:__________

Name:______________________________________________________________________________

Address:____________________________________________________________________________

City/State_____________________________________________ Zip Code __________Telephone___________________

School(s) in which item is used___________________________________________________________

Relationship to school (parent, student, citizen, etc.)__________________________________________

BOOK OR OTHER PRINTED MATERIAL IF APPLICABLE:

Author _______________________________________________________Hardcover___ Paperback___ Other___

Title_____________________________________________________

Publisher (if known)_________________________________________

Date of Publication___________________________

MULTIMEDIA MATERIAL IF APPLICABLE:

Title
Producer (if known)_______________________________________________

Type of material (filmstrip, motion picture, etc.)__________________________

PERSON MAKING THE REQUEST REPRESENTS: (circle one)

______Self ______Group or Organization

Name of group______________________________________

Address of Group ___________________________________

1.  What brought this item to your attention?
__________________________________________________
__________________________________________________
__________________________________________________
__________________________________________________

2.  To what in the item do you object? (please be specific; cite pages, or frames, etc.)
__________________________________________________
__________________________________________________
__________________________________________________
__________________________________________________

3.  In your opinion, what harmful effects upon students might result from use of this item?
__________________________________________________
__________________________________________________
__________________________________________________
__________________________________________________

4.  Do you perceive any instructional value in the use of this item?
__________________________________________________
__________________________________________________
__________________________________________________

5.  Did you review the entire item? If not, what sections did you review?
__________________________________________________
__________________________________________________
__________________________________________________
__________________________________________________

6.  Should the opinion of any additional experts in the field be considered?
____ yes ____ no

If yes, please list specific suggestions:
__________________________________________________
__________________________________________________
__________________________________________________
__________________________________________________

7.  To replace this item, do you recommend other material which you consider to be of equal or superior quality for the purpose intended?
__________________________________________________
__________________________________________________
__________________________________________________
__________________________________________________

8.  Do you wish to make an oral presentation to the Review Committee?
_____ Yes (a) Please contact the Superintendent
                  (b) Please be prepared at this time to indicate the approximate length of time your presentation will require. Although this is no guarantee that you'll be
                       allowed to present to the committee, or that you will get your requested amount of time.
_____ No

Dated ____________________________  Signature_________________________________________________________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 10:17

605.03E3 - Sample Letter to Individual Challenging Instructional Materials

605.03E3 - Sample Letter to Individual Challenging Instructional Materials

Dear:

We recognize your concern about the use of                                                      in our school district.  The school district has developed procedures for selection of instructional materials but realizes that not everyone will agree with every selection made.

To help you understand the selection process, we are sending copies of the school district's:

        1. Instructional goals and objectives,

        2. Instructional Materials Selection policy statement, and

        3. Procedure for reconsideration of instructional materials.

If you are still concerned after you review this material, please complete the Reconsideration Request Form and return it to me.  You may be assured of prompt attention to your request.  If I have not heard from you within one week, we will assume you no longer wish to file a formal complaint.

 

 

Sincerely,

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 10:21

605.03E4 - Request to Prohibit a Student From Checking Out Specific Library Materials

605.03E4 - Request to Prohibit a Student From Checking Out Specific Library Materials

Request to prohibit a student from checking out certain library materials to be submitted to the superintendent. Please complete one form per student.

 

REQUEST INITIATED BY                                                                              DATE ___________

Name  ____________________________________________________________________________

Address  __________________________________________________________________________

City/State  _________________________ Zip Code__________________ Telephone_____________

Name of affected Student  _____________________________________________________________

Requester’s Relationship to Student (must be parent/legal guardian)____________________________

 

BOOK OR OTHER PRINTED MATERIAL TO PROHIBIT STUDENT FROM CHECKING OUT:

Author _____________________________Hardcover _____Paperback____Other_____

Title ______________________________________________

Publisher (if known) ______________________________________________

Date of Publication ______________________________________________

 

MULTIMEDIA MATERIAL TO PROHIBIT STUDENT FROM CHECKING OUT:

Title ______________________________________________

Producer (if known) ______________________________________________

Type of material (filmstrip, motion picture, etc.) ______________________________________________

 

Dated ____________     Signature  ___________________________________________________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 10:22

605.03E5 - Request to Prohibit a Student from Accessing Specific Instructional and Library Materials

605.03E5 - Request to Prohibit a Student from Accessing Specific Instructional and Library Materials

Request to prohibit a student from checking out certain instructional materials to be submitted to the superintendent.  Please complete one form per student.

 

REQUEST INITIATED BY                                            DATE ___________

Name  ____________________________________________________________________________

Address  __________________________________________________________________________

City/State  _________________________ Zip Code__________________ Telephone_____________

Name of affected Student  _____________________________________________________________

Requester’s Relationship to Student (must be parent/legal guardian)____________________________

 

BOOK OR OTHER PRINTED MATERIAL IF APPLICABLE:

Author _______________________________________________________Hardcover___ Paperback___ Other___

Title_____________________________________________________

Publisher (if known)_________________________________________

Date of Publication___________________________

 

MULTIMEDIA MATERIAL IF APPLICABLE:

Title_____________________________________________________
Producer (if known)_______________________________________________

Type of material (filmstrip, motion picture, etc.)__________________________

 

Dated ____________________________  Signature_________________________________________________________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 10:23

605.03R1 - Objection to Instructional and Library Materials - Reconsideration of Instructional Materials Regulation

605.03R1 - Objection to Instructional and Library Materials - Reconsideration of Instructional Materials Regulation

A.         A member of the school district community may raise an objection to instructional materials used in the school district's education program. While the individuals recommending the selection of such material were duly  qualified to make the selection and followed the proper procedure and observed the criteria for selecting such material; the district must be ready to acknowledge that an error in selection may have been made despite this process.  School employees regularly read great numbers of reviews in the selection process, and occasional errors are possible.

     1.    The complainant will address the complaint at the lowest organizational level of licensed staff.  Often this will be the classroom teacher.

     2.     The school official or employee receiving a complaint regarding instructional or library materials will try to resolve the issue at the lowest organizational level.  The materials
              generally will remain in use pending the outcome of the reconsideration procedure.

                   a.    The school official or employee initially receiving a complaint will explain to the individual the district's selection procedure, criteria to be met by the instructional
                          materials, and qualifications of those persons selecting the material.

                   b.    The school official or employee initially receiving a complaint will explain to the individual the role of the objected material in the education program, its intended
                           educational purpose, and additional information regarding its use.  In the alternative, the employee may refer the individual to the teacher-librarian who can identify and
                           explain the use of the material.

                   c.    The school official or employee receiving the initial complaint will direct the complainant to complete the Request for Reconsideration of Instructional and Library
                          Materials Form, and notify the building level principal of receipt of the complaint within two school days after the reconsideration form is received.  Schools officials will
                          offer to assist the complainant in completing the form, but if a complainant refuses to complete the form, the complaint will be deemed invalid and no further action taken.

 

B.    Request for Reconsideration

    1.    A member of the school district community may formally challenge instructional and library materials on the basis of appropriateness used in the school district's education             
           program.  This procedure is for the purpose of considering the opinions of those persons in the school district and the community who are not directly involved in the selection
           process.

    2.    Each attendance center and the school district's central administrative office will keep on hand and make available Request for Reconsideration of Instructional and Library
           Materials Forms. 

    3.    The individual will state the specific reason the instructional or library material is being challenged.  The Request for Reconsideration of Instructional and Library Materials Form is
           signed by the individual and filed with the building-level principal. 

    4.    The building-level principal will promptly file the objection with the Superintendent for re-evaluation.

    5.    The Superintendent will convene a reconsideration committee within two weeks of receipt of the Reconsideration Form.

    6.    The committee will make their recommendation to the Superintendent within five school days of meeting.

    7.    The Superintendent will issue a decision related to the Reconsideration Request Form within 5 school days of receipt of the committee’s recommendation.  A copy of the
           Superintendent’s decision will be provided to the complainant.

    8.    An appeal of the Superintendent’s decision may be filed with the board secretary within five days of the Superintendent’s decision.  The board will determine whether to hear the
           appeal at the next regular meeting or within 30 days of the Superintendent’s decision, whichever is later.  If the board elects to hear the appeal, the board will act to affirm, modify or
           reverse the decision of the Superintendent.  The board’s decision will be communicated to the complainant. The board’s decision will be deemed final.

    9.    Generally, access to challenged instructional material will not be restricted during the reconsideration process.  However, in unusual circumstances, the instructional material may be
           removed temporarily by following the provisions of Section B.6.d. of this rule.

   10.   The Reconsideration Committee

                   a.        The reconsideration committee is made up of six members.

                              (1)      One licensed employee designated annually, as needed, by the superintendent.

                              (2)      One teacher-librarian designated annually by the superintendent.

                              (3)      One member of the administrative team designated annually by the superintendent.

                              (4)      Three members of the community appointed annually, as needed, by the board.                         

                   b.        The committee will select their chairperson and secretary.

                   c.        The committee will meet at the request of the superintendent.

                   d.        Special meetings may be called by the board to consider temporary removal of materials in unusual circumstances.  A recommendation for temporary removal will
                              require a two-thirds vote of the committee.

                   e.        The committee may be subject to applicable open meetings and public records laws.  Notice of the committee meeting is made public through appropriate
                              communication methods as required by law.

                   f.        The committee will receive the completed Reconsideration Request Form from the superintendent.

                   g.        The committee will determine its agenda for the meeting which may include the following:

                              (1)      Distribution of copies of the completed Reconsideration Request Form.

                            (2)        An opportunity for the individual or a group spokesperson to talk about or expand on the Reconsideration Request Form.

                            (3)    Distribution of reputable, professionally prepared reviews of the challenged instructional material if available.

                            (4)    Distribution of copies of the challenged instructional material as available.

                 h.    The Committee will determine whether interested persons, including the individual filing the challenge, may have the opportunity to share their views.  The committee may
                         request that individuals with special knowledge be present to give information to the committee.

                  i.    The committee's final recommendation may be to take no removal action, to remove the challenged material from the school environment, or to limit the educational use of
                        the challenged material.  The sole criterion for the final recommendation is the appropriateness of the material for its intended educational use.  The written final
                        recommendation and its justification are forwarded to the superintendent, the complainant and the appropriate attendance centers.
                  

                  j.    The individual filing the challenge is kept informed by the Superintendent of the status of the reconsideration request throughout the reconsideration process.  The individual
                        filing the challenge and known interested parties are given appropriate notice of meetings as required by law.

                  k.    Following the superintendent’s decision with respect to the committee's recommendation, the individual may appeal the decision to the board for review. 

                   l.    A recommendation to sustain a challenge will not be interpreted as a judgment of irresponsibility on the part of the individuals involved in the original selection or use of
                         the material.

                  m.    Requests to reconsider materials which have previously been reconsidered by the committee must receive approval of two-thirds of the committee members before the
                          materials will again be reconsidered. 

                   n.    If necessary or appropriate in the judgment of the committee, the committee may consolidate related challenges, or decline to hear multiple challenges to the same
                          materials.  Generally, the committee will not hear subsequent challenges to the same materials within the same school year.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 10:26

605.04 - Technology and Instructional Materials

605.04 - Technology and Instructional Materials

The board supports the use of innovative methods and the use of technology in the delivery of the education program.  The board encourages employees to investigate economical ways to utilize multi-media, computers, and other technologies as a part of the curriculum.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop a plan for the use of technology in the curriculum and to evaluate it annually.  The superintendent will report the results of the evaluation and make a recommendation to the board annually regarding the use of technology in the curriculum.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8
 
                                      281 I.A.C. 12.3(12), 12.5(10), .5(17)

Cross Reference:  602                                      Curriculum Development
 
                                      605                                      Instructional Materials

Approved      6/21/21                            
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 10:35

605.05 - School Library

605.05 - School Library

The school district will maintain a school library in each building for use by employees and by students during the school day.

Materials for the libraries will be acquired consistent with all applicable laws and board policy, "Instructional Materials Selection."  The district shall provide access to all parents and guardians of students enrolled in the district an online catalog of all books available to students in the school libraries.  This access will be displayed on the school district’s website.  Any challenges to library materials will be handled following the process for handling challenges to instructional and library materials as established in board policy.

It is the responsibility of the principal of the building in which the school library is located to oversee the use of materials in the library.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop procedures for the selection and replacement of both library and instructional materials, for the acceptance of gifts, for the weeding of library and instructional materials.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 256.7(24); 256.11(9); 279.8, .50; 280.6; .14; 301.
 
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(11), (12).

Cross Reference:  602                                      Curriculum Development
 
                                      605                                      Instructional Materials

Approved     6/21/21                             
Reviewed     7/17/23                                                               
Revised      7/17/23   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 10:36

605.06 - Internet - Appropriate Use

605.06 - Internet - Appropriate Use

The district recognizes the importance of developing students into agile learners who are capable of addressing the complex needs of our future workforce. For this reason, the district has prioritized making available technology and programs that teach students to embrace modern technology and tools while fostering a secure learning environment for students to the extent reasonable. Because technology is a vital part of the school district curriculum, the Internet will be made available to employees and students. Appropriate and equitable use of the Internet will allow employees and students to access resources unavailable through traditional means.

Students will be able to access the Internet through their teachers. Individual student accounts and electronic mail addresses may be issued to students. Students may be permitted to use district-issued email addresses and Internet-based collaboration software to send and receive messages at school.

The Internet can provide a vast collection of educational resources for students and employees. It is a global network which makes it impossible to control all available information. Because information appears, disappears and changes constantly, it is not possible to predict or control what students may locate. The school district makes no guarantees as to the accuracy of information received on the Internet. Although students will be under teacher supervision while on the network, it is not possible to constantly monitor individual students and what they are accessing on the network. Some students might encounter information which may not be of educational value. Student Internet records and access records are confidential records treated like other student records. Students’ Internet activities will be monitored by the school district to ensure students are not accessing inappropriate sites that have visual depictions that include obscenity, child pornography or are harmful to minors. The school district will use technology protection measures to protect students from inappropriate access, including sites that include obscenity, child pornography or are harmful to minors.

The school district will monitor the online activities of students and will educate students about appropriate online behavior, including interacting on social networking sites and chat rooms. Students will also be educated on cyberbullying, including awareness and response. Employees will provide age appropriate training for students who use the Internet. The training provided will be designed to promote the school district’s commitment to:

  • The standards and acceptable use of Internet services as set forth in the  this policy and regulation;
  • Student safety with regard to:
    • safety on the Internet;
    • appropriate behavior while online, on social networking websites, and
    • in chat rooms; and
    • cyberbullying awareness and response.
  • Compliance with the E-rate requirements of the Children’s Internet Protection Act

Employees and students will be instructed on the appropriate use of the Internet. Parents will be required to sign a permission form to allow their students to access the Internet. Students will sign a form acknowledging they have read and understand the Internet Acceptable Use policy and regulations, that they will comply with the policy and regulations, and that they understand the consequences for violation of the policy or regulations.

In compliance with federal law, this policy will be maintained at least five years beyond the termination of funding under the Children’s Internet Protection Act (CIPA) or E-rate.

 

 

Legal Reference:          47 C.F.R 54.520
Iowa Code § 279.8

I.C. Iowa Code Description
Iowa Code  § 279.8       Directors - General Rules - Bonds of Employees

C.F.R. - Code of Federal Regulations     Description
47 C.F.R. 54.520          Communications - Children's Internet Protection Act

Cross References
Code    Description
104      Anti-Bullying/Harassment Policy
104-R(1)          Anti-Bullying/Harassment Policy - Investigation Procedures
104-E(1)          Anti-Bullying/Harassment Policy - Complaint Form
104-E(2)          Anti-Bullying/Harassment Policy - Witness Disclosure Form
104-E(3)          Anti-Bullying/Harassment Policy - Disposition of Complaint Form
604.10 Online Courses
604.11 Appropriate Use of Online Learning Platforms
605.05 School Library
605.07 Use of Information Resources
605.07-R(1)     Use of Information Resources - Regulation

Approved       6/21/21                           
Reviewed       2/19/2024                                       
Revised      2/19/2024             

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 10:37

605.06E1 - Internet Access Permission Letter to Parents

605.06E1 - Internet Access Permission Letter to Parents

Your child has access to the Internet.  The vast domain of information contained within Internet's libraries can provide unlimited opportunities to students.

Students will be able to access the Internet through their teachers.  Individual student accounts and electronic mail addresses may be issued to students at this time.  If a student already has an electronic mail address, he/she may, with permission of the supervising teacher, be permitted to use the address to send and receive mail at school.

Students will be expected to abide by the following network etiquette:

          The use of the network is a privilege and may be taken away for violation of board policy or regulations.  As a user of the Internet, students may be allowed access to other networks.  Each network may have its own set of policies and procedures.  Students will abide by the policies and procedures of these other networks.

          Students will respect all copyright and license agreements.

          Students will cite all quotes, references, and sources.

          Students will only remain on the system long enough to get needed information.

          Students will apply the same privacy, ethical and educational considerations utilized in other forms of communication.

          Student access for electronic mail will be through their own account.  Students should adhere to the following guidelines:

  • Others may be able to read or access the mail, so private messages should not be sent.
  • Delete unwanted messages immediately.
  • Use of objectionable language is prohibited.
  • Always sign messages.
  • Always acknowledge receipt of a document or file.

          Students accessing Internet services that have a cost involved will be responsible for payment of those costs.

 

Please sign the form if you would like your child to be granted Internet access and return the permission form to your child's school.

 

Student Name ________________________________________  Grade ___________________________

School ______________________________________________  Date ___________________________

                                                           ____________________________________________
                                                                                                 (Parent or guardian's signature)

If you have granted your child Internet access, please have them respond to the following:

 

I have read the expected network etiquette and agree to abide by these provisions.  I understand that violation of these provisions may constitute suspension or revocation of Internet privileges.

I agree to be responsible for payment of costs incurred by accessing any Internet services that have a cost involved.\

 

 

                                                           ____________________________________________
                                                                                                 (Student signature)

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 10:39

605.06E2 - Internet Appropriate Use Violation Notice

605.06E2 - Internet Appropriate Use Violation Notice

Student: ______________________________________________________________

Teacher: ______________________________________________________________

Date: _______________________

Students who access restricted items on the Internet are subject to the appropriate action described in the school's discipline policy or student handbook.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 10:42

605.06R1 - Internet - Appropriate Use Regulation

605.06R1 - Internet - Appropriate Use Regulation

I. Responsibility for Internet Appropriate Use.

  1. The authority for appropriate use of electronic Internet resources is delegated to the licensed employees. 
     
  2. Instruction in the proper use of the Internet will be available to licensed employees who will then provide similar instruction to their students.
     
  3. Employees are expected to practice appropriate use of the Internet, and violations may result in discipline up to, and including, discharge.

II. Internet Access.

  1. Access to the Internet is available to teachers and students as a source of information and a vehicle of communication.
     
  2. Students will be able to access the Internet through their teachers.  Individual Internet-based collaboration software student accounts and electronic mail addresses may be issued to students..
     
    1. Making Internet access available to students carries with it the potential that some students might encounter information that may not be appropriate for students.  However, on a global network, it is impossible to control all materials.  Because information on the Internet appears, disappears and changes, it is not possible to predict or control what students may locate.
    2. It is a goal to allow teachers and students access to the rich opportunities on the Internet, while we protect the rights of students and parents who choose not to risk exposure to questionable material.
    3. The smooth operation of the network relies upon the proper conduct of the end users who must adhere to strict guidelines which require efficient, ethical and legal utilization of network resources.
    4. To r promote accountability users may use real-time conference features such as talk/chat/Internet relay chat only as approved by the supervising teacher.
    5. Transmission of material, information or software in violation of any board policy or regulation is prohibited.
    6. System users will follow district cybersecurity policy and procedures to ensure network security..
    7. The school district makes no guarantees as to the accuracy of information received on the Internet.   

III. Student Use of Internet.

  1. Equal Opportunity - The Internet is available to all students within the school district through teacher access. 
     
  2. On-line  Protocol.
     
    1. The use of the network is a privilege and may be taken away for violation of board policy or regulations.  As a user of the Internet, students may be allowed access to other networks.  Each network may have its own set of policies and procedures.  It is the user's responsibility to abide by the policies and procedures of these other networks.
    2. Students should adhere to on-line protocol:
      1. Respect all copyright and license agreements.
      2. Cite all quotes, references and sources.
      3. Remain on the system long enough to get needed information, then exit the system.
      4. Apply the same privacy, ethical and educational considerations utilized in other forms of communication.
    3. Student access for electronic mail will be through (the supervising teacher's account/their own account).  Students should adhere to the following guidelines:
      1. Others may be able to read or access the mail so private messages should not be sent.
      2. Delete unwanted messages immediately.
      3. Use of objectionable language is prohibited.
      4. Always sign messages.
      5.  
  1. Restricted Material - Students will not intentionally access or download any text file or picture or engage in any conference that includes material which is obscene, libelous, indecent, vulgar, profane or lewd; advertises any product or service not permitted to minors by law; constitutes insulting or fighting words, the very expression of which injures or harasses others; or presents a clear and present likelihood that, either because of its content or the manner of distribution, it will cause a material and substantial disruption of the proper and orderly operation and discipline of the school or school activities, will cause the commission of unlawful acts or the violation of lawful school regulations.
     
  2. Unauthorized Costs - If a student gains access to any service via the Internet which has a cost involved or if a student incurs other types of costs, the student accessing such a service will be responsible for those costs.

 

IV. Student Violations--Consequences and Notifications.

Students who access restricted items on the Internet are subject to the appropriate action described in the school's discipline policy or student handbook.

 

 

I.C. Iowa Code    Description
Iowa Code  § 279.8    Directors - General Rules - Bonds of Employees

C.F.R. - Code of Federal Regulations    Description
47 C.F.R. 54.520    Communications - Children's Internet Protection Act

Cross References
Code    Description
104    Anti-Bullying/Harassment Policy
104-R(1)    Anti-Bullying/Harassment Policy - Investigation Procedures
104-E(1)    Anti-Bullying/Harassment Policy - Complaint Form
104-E(2)    Anti-Bullying/Harassment Policy - Witness Disclosure Form
104-E(3)    Anti-Bullying/Harassment Policy - Disposition of Complaint Form
604.10    Online Courses
604.11    Appropriate Use of Online Learning Platforms
605.05    School Library
605.07    Use of Information Resources
605.07-R(1)    Use of Information Resources - Regulation

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 10:43

605.07 - Use of Information Resources

605.07 - Use of Information Resources

In order for students to experience a diverse curriculum, the board encourages employees to supplement their regular curricular materials with other resources.  In so doing, the board recognizes that federal law makes it illegal to duplicate copyrighted materials without authorization of the holder of the copyright, except for certain exempt purposes.  Severe penalties may be imposed for plagiarism, unauthorized copying or using of media, including, but not limited to, print, electronic and web-based materials, unless the copying or using conforms to the "fair use" doctrine.  Under the "fair use" doctrine, unauthorized reproduction of copyrighted materials is permissible for such purposes as criticism, comment, news reporting, teaching, scholarship or research providing that all fair use guidelines are met. 

While the school district encourages employees to enrich the learning programs by making proper use of supplementary materials, it is the responsibility of employees to abide by the school district's copying procedures and obey the requirements of the law.  In no circumstances shall it be necessary for school district staff to violate copyright requirements in order to perform their duties properly.  The school district will not be responsible for any violations of the copyright law by employees or students.  Violation of the copyright law by employees may result in discipline up to, and including, termination.  Violation of the copyright law by students may result in discipline, up to and including, suspension or expulsion.

Parents or others who wish to record, by any means, school programs or other activities need to realize that even though the school district received permission to perform a copyrighted work does not mean outsiders can copy it and re-play it.  Those who wish to do so should contact the employee in charge of the activity to determine what the process is to ensure the copyright law is followed.  The school district is not responsible for outsiders violating the copyright law or this policy.

Any employee or student who is uncertain as to whether reproducing or using copyrighted material complies with the school district's procedures or is permissible under the law should contact the principal, who will also assist employees and students in obtaining proper authorization to copy or use protected material when such authorization is required.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal References:  17 U.S.C. § 101 et al.
 
                                      281 I.A.C. 12.3(12).

Cross References:  605.6    Internet Appropriate Use

Approved    6/21/21                               
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 10:45

605.07R1 - Use of Information Resources Regulation

605.07R1 - Use of Information Resources Regulation

Employees and students may make copies of copyrighted materials that fall within the following guidelines. Where there is reason to believe the material to be copied does not fall within these guidelines, prior permission shall be obtained from the publisher or producer with the assistance of the principal.  Employees and students who fail to follow this procedure may be held personally liable for copyright infringement and may be subject to discipline by the board.

Under the "fair use" doctrine, unauthorized reproduction of copyrighted materials is permissible for such purposes as criticism, comment, news reporting, teaching, scholarship or research.  Under the fair use doctrine, each of the following four standards must be met in order to use the copyrighted document:

  • Purpose and Character of the Use – The use must be for such purposes as teaching or scholarship.
  • Nature of the Copyrighted Work – The type of work to be copied.
  • Amount and Substantiality of the Portion Used – Copying the whole of a work cannot be considered fair use; copying a small portion may be if these guidelines are followed.
  • Effect of the Use Upon the Potential Market for or value of the Copyrighted Work – If resulting economic loss to the copyright holder can be shown, even making a single copy of certain materials may be an infringement, and making multiple copies presents the danger of greater penalties.

 

Authorized Reproduction and Use of Copyrighted Material Reminders:

  • Materials on the Internet should be used with caution since they may, and likely are, copyrighted.
  • Proper attribution (author, title, publisher, place and date of publication) should always be given.
  • Notice should be taken of any alterations to copyrighted works, and such alterations should only be made for specific instructional objectives.
  • Care should be taken in circumventing any technological protection measures.  While materials copied pursuant to fair use may be copied after circumventing technological protections against unauthorized copying, technological protection measures to block access to materials may not be circumvented.

In preparing for instruction, a teacher may make or have made a single copy of:

  • A chapter from a book;
  • An article from a newspaper or periodical;
  • A short story, short essay or short poem; or,
  • A chart, graph, diagram, drawing, cartoon or picture from a book, periodical or newspaper.

A teacher may make multiple copies not exceeding more than one per pupil, for classroom use or discussion, if the copying meets the tests of “brevity, spontaneity and cumulative effect” set by the following guidelines.  Each copy must include a notice of copyright.

  • Brevity
    • A complete poem, if less than 250 words and two pages long, may be copied; excerpts from longer poems cannot exceed 250 words;
    • Complete articles, stories or essays of less than 2500 words or excerpts from prose works less than 1000 words or 10% of the work, whichever is less may be copied; in any event, the minimum is 500 words;
    • Each numerical limit may be expanded to permit the completion of an unfinished line of a poem or prose paragraph;
    • One chart, graph, diagram, drawing, cartoon or picture per book or periodical issue may be copied.  “Special” works cannot be reproduced in full; this includes children's books combining poetry, prose or poetic prose.  Short special works may be copied up to two published pages containing not more than 10 percent of the work.
  • Spontaneity – Should be at the “instance and inspiration” of the individual teacher when there is not a reasonable length of time to request and receive permission to copy.
  • Cumulative Effect – Teachers are limited to using copied material for only one course for which copies are made.  No more than one short poem, article, story or two excerpts from the same author may be copied, and no more than three works can be copied from a collective work or periodical column during one class term. Teachers are limited to nine instances of multiple copying for one course during one class term.  Limitations do not apply to current news periodicals, newspapers and current news sections of other periodicals.

 

Copying Limitations

Circumstances will arise when employees are uncertain whether or not copying is prohibited.  In those circumstances, the principal should be contacted.  The following prohibitions have been expressly stated in federal guidelines:

  • Reproduction of copyrighted material shall not be used to create or substitute for anthologies, compilations or collective works.
  • Unless expressly permitted by agreement with the publisher and authorized by school district action, there shall be no copying from copyrighted consumable materials such as workbooks, exercises, test booklets, answer sheets and the like.
  • Employees shall not:
  • Use copies to substitute for the purchase of books, periodicals, music recordings, consumable works such as workbooks, computer software or other copyrighted material. Copy or use the same item from term to term without the copyright owner's permission;
  • Copy or use more than nine instances of multiple copying of protected material in any one term;
  • Copy or use more than one short work or two excerpts from works of the same author in any one term;
  • Copy or use protected material without including a notice of copyright.  The following is a satisfactory notice: NOTICE: THIS MATERIAL MAY BE PROTECTED BY COPYRIGHT LAW.
  • Reproduce or use copyrighted material at the direction of someone in higher authority or copy or use such material in emulation of some other teacher's use of copyrighted material without permission of the copyright owner.
  • Require other employees or students to violate the copyright law or fair use guidelines.

 

Authorized Reproduction and Use of Copyrighted Materials in the Library

A library may make a single copy or three digital copies of:

  • An unpublished work in its collection;
  • A published work in order to replace it because it is damaged, deteriorated, lost or stolen, provided that an unused replacement cannot be obtained at a fair price.
  • A work that is being considered for acquisition, although use is strictly limited to that decision.  Technological protection measures may be circumvented for purposes of copying materials in order to make an acquisition decision.

A library may provide a single copy of copyrighted material to a student or employee at no more than the actual cost of photocopying.  The copy must be limited to one article of a periodical issue or a small part of other material, unless the library finds that the copyrighted work cannot be obtained elsewhere at a fair price.  In the latter circumstance, the entire work may be copied.  In any case, the copy shall contain the notice of copyright and the student or staff member shall be notified that the copy is to be used only for private study, scholarship or research.  Any other use may subject the person to liability for copyright infringement.

 

Authorized Reproduction and Use of Copyrighted Music or Dramatic Works

Teachers may:

  • Make a single copy of a song, movement, or short section from a printed musical or dramatic work that is unavailable except in a larger work for purposes of preparing for instruction;  
  • Make multiple copies for classroom use of an excerpt of not more than 10% of a printed musical work if it is to be used for academic purposes other than performance, provided that the excerpt does not comprise a part of the whole musical work which would constitute a performable unit such as a complete section, movement, or song;
  • In an emergency, a teacher may make and use replacement copies of printed music for an imminent musical performance when the purchased copies have been lost, destroyed or are otherwise not available.
  • Make and retain a single recording of student performances of copyrighted material when it is made for purposes of evaluation or rehearsal;
  • Make and retain a single copy of excerpts from recordings of copyrighted musical works for use as aural exercises or examination questions; and,
  • Edit or simplify purchased copies of music or plays provided that the fundamental character of the work is not distorted.  Lyrics shall not be altered or added if none exist.

Performance by teachers or students of copyrighted musical or dramatic works is permitted without the authorization of the copyright owner as part of a teaching activity in a classroom or instructional setting.  The purpose shall be instructional rather than for entertainment. 

Performances of nondramatic musical works that are copyrighted are permitted without the authorization of the copyright owner, provided that:

  • The performance is not for a commercial purpose;
  • None of the performers, promoters or organizers are compensated; and,
  • Admission fees are used for educational or charitable purposes only.

All other musical and dramatic performances require permission from the copyright owner.  Parents or others wishing to record a performance should check with the sponsor to ensure compliance with copyright.

 

Recording of Copyrighted Programs

Television programs, excluding news programs, transmitted by commercial and non-commercial television stations for reception by the general public without charge may be recorded off-air simultaneously with broadcast transmission (including simultaneous cable retransmission) and retained by a school for a period not to exceed the first forty-five (45) consecutive calendar days after date of recording.  Upon conclusion of this retention period, all off-air recordings must be erased or destroyed immediately.  Certain programming such as that provided on public television may be exempt from this provision; check with the principal  or the subscription database, e.g. unitedstreaming.

Off-air recording may be used once by individual teachers in the course of instructional activities, and repeated once only when reinforcement is necessary, within a building, during the first 10 consecutive school days, excluding scheduled interruptions, in the 45 calendar day retention period.  Off-air recordings may be made only at the request of and used by individual teachers, and may not be regularly recorded in anticipation of requests.  No broadcast program may be recorded off-air more than once at the request of the same teacher, regardless of the number of times the program may be broadcast.  A limited number of copies may be reproduced from each off-air recording to meet the legitimate needs of teachers.  Each additional copy shall be subject to all provisions governing the original recording.

After the first ten consecutive school days, off-air recordings may be used up to the end of the 45 calendar day retention period only for evaluation purposes, i.e., to determine whether or not to include the broadcast program in the teaching curriculum.  Permission must be secured from the publisher before the recording can be used for instructional purposes after the 10 day period.

Off-air recordings need not be used in their entirety, but the recorded programs may not be altered from their original content.  Off-air recordings may not be physically or electronically combined or merged to constitute teaching anthologies or compilations.  All copies of off-air recordings must include the copyright notice on the broadcast program as recorded.

 

Authorized Reproduction and Use of Copyrighted Computer Software

Schools have a valid need for high-quality software at reasonable prices.  To assure a fair return to the authors of software programs, the school district shall support the legal and ethical issues involved in copyright laws and any usage agreements that are incorporated into the acquisition of software programs.  To this end, the following guidelines shall be in effect: 

  • All copyright laws and publisher license agreements between the vendor and the school district shall be observed;
  • Staff members shall take reasonable precautions to prevent copying or the use of unauthorized copies on school equipment;
  • A back-up copy shall be purchased, for use as a replacement when a program is lost or damaged.  If the vendor is not able to supply a replacement, the school district shall make a back-up copy that will be used for replacement purposes only;
  • A copy of the software license agreement shall be retained by the  technology director and,
  • A computer program may be adapted by adding to the content or changing the language.  The adapted program may not be distributed.

 

Fair Use Guidelines for Educational Multimedia

Students may incorporate portions of copyrighted materials in producing educational multimedia projects such as videos, Power Points, podcasts and web sites for a specific course, and may perform, display or retain the projects. 

Educators may perform or display their own multimedia projects to students in support of curriculum-based instructional activities.  These projects may be used:

  • In face-to-face instruction;
  • In demonstrations and presentations, including conferences;
  • In assignments to students;
  • For remote instruction if distribution of the signal is limited;
  • Over a network that cannot prevent duplication for fifteen days, after fifteen days a copy may be saved on-site only; or,
  • In their personal portfolios.

Educators may use copyrighted materials in a multimedia project for two years, after that permission must be requested and received.

The following limitations restrict the portion of any given work that may be used pursuant of fair use in an educational multimedia project:

  • Motion media: ten percent or three minutes, whichever is less;
  • Text materials: ten percent or 1,000 words, whichever is less;
  • Poetry: an entire poem of fewer than 250 words, but no more than three poems from one author or five poems from an anthology.  For poems of greater than 250 words, excerpts of up to 250 words may be used, but no more than three excerpts from one poet or five excerpts from an anthology;
  • Music, lyrics and music video: Up to ten percent, but no more than thirty seconds.  No alterations that change the basic melody or fundamental character of the work;
  • Illustrations, cartoons and photographs: No more that five images by an artist, and no more than ten percent or fifteen images whichever is less from a collective work;
  • Numerical data sets: Up to ten percent or 2,500 field or cell entries, whichever is less;

Fair use does not include posting a student or teacher’s work on the Internet if it includes portions of copyrighted materials.  Permission to copy shall be obtained from the original copyright holder(s) before such projects are placed online.  The opening screen of such presentations shall include notice that permission was granted and materials are restricted from further use.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 10:46

606 - Instructional Arrangements

606 - Instructional Arrangements dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 10:48

606.01 - Class Size - Class Grouping

606.01 - Class Size - Class Grouping

It is within the sole discretion of the board to determine the size of classes and to determine whether class grouping will take place.  The board may review the class sizes annually.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board on class size based upon the financial condition of the school district, the qualifications of and number of licensed employees, and other factors deemed relevant to the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3.

Cross Reference:  606.6                                      Insufficient Classroom Space

Approved    6/21/21                              
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 10:48

606.02 - School Ceremonies and Observances

606.02 - School Ceremonies and Observances

The school district will continue school ceremonies and observances which have become a tradition and a custom of the education program.  These include, but are not limited to, reciting the Pledge of Allegiance and observance of holidays, such as Christmas, Halloween and Easter, by programs and performances.  Such ceremonies or observances will have a secular purpose and will not advocate or sponsor a particular religion.

Students who do not wish to participate in these activities may be silent during the ceremony or observance or receive permission from the principal to be excused from the ceremony for religious reasons in compliance with board policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  U.S. Const. amend. I.
 
                                      Lee v. Weisman, 112 S.Ct. 2649 (1992).
 
                                      Lemon v. Kurtzman, 403 U.S. 602 (1971).
              
                         Graham v. Central Community School District of Decatur County, 608 F.Supp. 531 (S.D. Iowa 1985).
 
                                      Iowa Code § 279.8

Cross Reference:  603                                      Instructional Curriculum
 
                                      604.5                                  Religious-Based Exclusion From A School Program

Approved     6/21/21                             
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 10:49

606.03 - Animals in the Classroom

606.03 - Animals in the Classroom

Live animals will not be allowed in school district facilities except under special circumstances and only for an educational purpose.  Permission from the principal will be required of anyone wishing to bring an animal into school district facilities.  Appropriate supervision of animals is required when animals are brought into the school district facilities.

The person bringing the animal must furnish transportation for the animal brought to school.  Animals will not be allowed to travel to and from the student's attendance center on the school bus without prior approval from the principal.

It is the responsibility of the principal to determine appropriate supervision of animals in the classroom.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8

Cross Reference:  507                                      Student Health and Well-Being

Approved      6/21/21                            
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 10:50

606.04 - Student Production of Materials and Services

606.04 - Student Production of Materials and Services

Materials and services produced by students at the expense of the school district are the property of the school district.  Materials and services produced by students at the student's expense, except for incidental expense to the school district, are the property of the student.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to determine incidental expense.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8

Cross Reference:  408.2                                      Licensed Employee Publication or Creation of Materials

Approved 6/21/21                                
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 10:50

606.05 - Student Field Trips and Excursions

606.05 - Student Field Trips and Excursions

The principal may authorize field trips and excursions when such events contribute to the achievement of education goals of the school district.  The school district will provide transportation for field trips and excursions. 

In authorizing field trips and excursions, the principal will consider the financial condition of the school district, the educational benefit of the activity, the inherent risks or dangers of the activity, and other factors deemed relevant by the superintendent.  Written parental permission will be required prior to the student's participation in field trips and excursions.  Board approval will be required for field trips and excursions outside the state. 

Field trips and excursions are to be arranged with the principal well in advance.  A detailed schedule and budget must be submitted by the employee.  The school district will be responsible for obtaining a substitute teacher if one is needed.  Following field trips and excursions, the teacher may be required to submit a written summary of the event. 

 

 

Legal Reference:  390 C.F.R. Pt. 390.3(f)
 
                                      Iowa Code § 279.8
 
                                      281 I.A.C. 43.9.

Cross Reference:  503.1                                  Student Conduct
 
                                      503.4                                  Good Conduct Rule
 
                                      603                                      Instructional Curriculum
 
                                      711                                      Transportation

Approved    6/21/21                              
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 10:51

606.06 - Insufficient Classroom Space

606.06 - Insufficient Classroom Space

Insufficient classroom space is determined on a case-by-case basis.  In making its determination whether insufficient classroom space exists, the board may consider several factors, including but not limited to, the nature of the education program, the grade level, the available licensed employees, the instructional method, the physical space, student-teacher ratios, equipment and materials, facilities either being planned or under construction, facilities planned to be closed, financial condition of the school district and projected to be available, a sharing agreement in force or planned, a bargaining agreement in force, laws or rules governing special education class size, board-adopted school district goals and objectives, and other factors considered relevant by the board.

This policy is reviewed by the board annually.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to bring this policy to the attention of the board each year.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 282.18(13).
 
                                      281 I.A.C. 17.6(3).

Cross Reference:  103                                      Long-Range Needs Assessment
 
                                      501.15                                Open Enrollment Transfers - Procedures as a Receiving District
 
                                      606.1                                  Class Size - Class Grouping

Approved    6/21/21                              
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 10:52

607 - Instructional Services

607 - Instructional Services dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 10:53

607.01 - Student Guidance and Counseling Program

607.01 - Student Guidance and Counseling Program

The board will provide a student guidance and counseling program.  The guidance counselor will be certified with the Iowa Department of Education and hold the qualifications required by the board.  The guidance and counseling program will serve grades kindergarten through twelve.  The program will assist students with their personal, educational, and career development.  The program is coordinated with the education program and will involve licensed employees.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 280.14; 622.10.
 
                                      281 I.A.C. 12.3(11).

Cross Reference:  506                                      Student Records
 
                                      603                                      Instructional Curriculum
 
                                      604.4                                  Program for At-Risk Students

Approved     6/21/21                             
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 10:53

607.02 - Student Health Services

607.02 - Student Health Services

Health services are an integral part of assisting all students to increase learning, achievement, and performance.  Health services coordinate and support existing programs to assist each student in achievement of an optimal state of physical, mental and social well being.  Student health services ensure continuity and create linkages between school, home, and community service providers.  The school district’s needs, and resources determine the linkages.

Except in emergent care situations or child abuse assessments, the district will not administer invasive physical examinations or health screenings of a student that are not required by state or federal law without first obtaining the written consent of the student’s parent or guardian.  

  • Emergent care situation means a sudden or unforeseen occurrence of onset of a medical or behavioral condition that could result in serious injury or harm to a student or others in the event immediate medical attention is not provided.  Emergent care situation includes the need to screen a student or others for symptoms or exposures during an outbreak or public health event of concern as designated by the department of public health.  
  • Invasive physical examination means any medical examination that involves the exposure of private body parts or any act during such examination that includes incision, insertion, or injection into the body, but does not include a hearing, vision, dental or scoliosis screening.  
  • Student health screening means an intentionally planned, periodic process to identify if students may be at risk for a health concern and to determine if a referral for an in-depth assessment is needed to consider appropriate health services.  Student health screening does not include an episodic, individual screening done in accordance with professional licensed practice.

The superintendent, in conjunction with the school nurse will develop administrative regulations implementing this policy.  The superintendent will provide a written report on the role of health services in the education program to the board annually.

Legal Reference:    42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 et  seq.
                                34 C.F.R. pt. 99, 104, 200, 300 et seq.
                                29 U.S.C. § 794(a)
                                28 C.F.R. 35
                                20 U.S.C. 1232g § 1400 6301 et seq. 
                                Iowa Code §§ 22.7, 139A.3. .8, .21; 143.1, 152, 256.7(24), .11, 280.23. 
                                281 I.A.C. 12.3(4), (7), (11); 12.4(12); 12.8.
                                282 I.A.C. 15.3(14); 22.
                                641 I.A.C. 7.
                                655 I.A.C. 6

Cross Reference:    501.4    Entrance - Admissions
                                507       Student Health and Well-Being

Approved        6/21/2021     
Reviewed       7/15/2024     
Revised          7/15/2024     

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 10:54

607.02R1 - Student Health Services Regulation

607.02R1 - Student Health Services Regulation

Student Health Services Administrative Regulations

 

I.  Student Health Services  - Each school building may develop a customized student health services program based on its unique needs and resources. Scientific advances, laws, and school improvement necessitate supports to students with health needs to receive their education program.

Supports to improve student achievement include:

  • qualified health personnel
  • school superintendent, school nurse, and school health team working collaboratively
  • family and community involvement
  • optimal student health services program with commitment to its continuing improvement

 

Components provided within a coordinated school health program include:

  • health services
  • health education
  • nutrition
  • physical education and activity
  • healthy, safe environment
  • counseling, psychological, and social services
  • staff wellness
  • family and community involvement

Student health services are provided to identify health needs; facilitate access to health care; provide for health needs related to educational achievement; promote health, well-being, and safety; and plan and develop the health services program.

 

II.  Student Health Services Essential Functions

  1. Identify student health needs:

1.   Provide individual initial and annual health assessments

2.   Provide needed health screenings

3.   Maintain and update confidential health records

4.   Communicate (written, oral, electronic) health needs as consistent with confidentiality laws

 

  1. Facilitate student access to physical and mental health services:

1.   Link students to community resources and monitor follow through

2.   Promote increased access and referral to primary health care financial resources such as Medicaid, HAWK-I, social security, and community health clinics

3.   Encourage appropriate use of heath care

 

  1. Provide for student health needs related to educational achievement:

1.   Manage chronic and acute illnesses

2.   Provide special health procedures and medication including delegation, training, and supervision of qualified designated school personnel

3.   Develop, implement, evaluate, and revise individual health plans (IHPs) for all students with special health needs according to mandates in the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA), Rehabilitation Act (Section 504), and American with Disabilities Act (ADA)

4.   Provide urgent and emergency care for individual and group illness and injury

5.   Prevent and control communicable disease and monitor immunizations

6.   Promote optimal mental health

7.   Promote a safe school facility and a safe school environment

8.   Participate in and attend team meetings as a team member and health consultant

 

  1. Promote student health, well-being, and safety to foster healthy living:

1.    Provide developmentally appropriate health education and health counseling for individuals and groups

2.   Encourage injury and disease prevention practices

3.   Promote personal and public health practices

4.   Provide health promotion and injury and disease prevention education

 

E.      Plan and develop the student health services program collaboratively with the superintendent, school nurse, and school health team:

1.   Gather and interpret data to evaluate needs and performance

2.   Establish health advisory council and school health team

3.   Develop health procedures and guidelines

4.   Collaborate with staff, families, and community

5.   Maintain and update confidential student school health records

6.   Coordinate program with all school health components

7.   Coordinate with school improvement

8.   Evaluate and revise the health service program to meet changing needs

9.   Organize scheduling and direct health services staff

10. Develop student health services annual status report

11. Coordinate information and program delivery within the school and between school and major constituents

12. Provide health services by qualified health professionals to effectively deliver services, including multiple levels of school health expertise such as registered nurses, physicians, and advanced registered nurse practitioners

13. Provide for professional development for school health services staff

 

III.  Expanded Health Services

These additional health services address learning barriers and the lack of access to health care. Examples include school-based services in the school, school-linked services connected to the school, primary care, mental health, substance abuse, and dental health.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 10:56

700 - NON-INSTRUCTIONAL OPERATIONS & BUSINESS SERVICES

700 - NON-INSTRUCTIONAL OPERATIONS & BUSINESS SERVICES Jen@iowaschool… Mon, 10/02/2023 - 10:04

700 - Purpose of Noninstructional and Business Services

700 - Purpose of Noninstructional and Business Services

This series of the board policy manual is devoted to the goals and objectives for the school district's noninstructional services and business operations that assist in the delivery of the education program.  These noninstructional services include, but are not limited to, transportation, the school lunch program and child care.  The board, as it deems necessary, will provide additional noninstructional services to support the education program.  To the extent a group of employees has a recognized collective bargaining unit, the provisions of the master contract regarding such topics shall prevail.

It is the goal of the board to provide noninstructional services and to conduct its business operations in an efficient manner.

 

 

Approved    6/21/21                               
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 11:23

701 - Financial Accounting System

701 - Financial Accounting System dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 11:24

701.1 - Depository of Funds

701.1 - Depository of Funds

Each year at its annual meeting, the board will designate by resolution the name and location of the Iowa located financial depository institution or institutions to serve as the official school district depository or depositories.   The board will also designate the maximum amount which may be kept on deposit in each bank.  This amount will be designated the first time a new depository is identified, and will be reviewed at least once every [five] years or when an increase or additional depository is needed. The amount stated in the resolution must be for all depositories and include all of the school district's funds.

It is the responsibility of the board secretary to include the resolution in the minutes of the meeting.

 

Legal Reference:            Iowa Code §§ 12C2; 279.33

 

I.C. Iowa Code               Description
Iowa Code  § 12C.2        Deposit of Public Funds - Approval
Iowa Code § 279.33        Directors - Powers and Duties - Annual Settlements

Cross References
Code                              Description
206.03                           Secretary (I, II)
206.04                           Treasurer
210.01                           Annual Meeting
702                                Cash in School Buildings
704.01 Local - State - Federal - Miscellaneous Revenue

 

Approved       6/21/21                            
Reviewed      2/19/2024                                                                         
Revised     2/19/2024              

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 11:24

701.2 - Transfer of Funds

701.2 - Transfer of Funds

When the necessity for a fund has ceased to exist, the balance may be transferred to another fund or account by board resolution. School district monies received without a designated purpose may be transferred in this manner. School district monies received for a specific purpose or upon vote of the people may only be transferred, by board resolution when the purpose for which the monies were received has been completed.  Voter approval is required to transfer monies to the general fund from the capital projects fund and debt service fund.

If all requirements for district use of funds under the Preschool Foundation Aid, Professional Development Supplement, Home School Assistance Program, Teacher Leadership Supplement or any discontinued fund teacher  have been met and funds remain unexpended and unobligated at the end of the fiscal year, the district may transfer all or a portion of remaining funds by passage of a board resolution into the district’s flexibility account in accordance with law.  Before the expenditure of amounts in the flexibility account, the district shall publish notice of the time, date, and place of a public hearing on the proposed resolution approving said expenditures. The board must find and certify that the statutory requirements of each original source of funds have been met before adopting the resolution approving the expenditures. The district will present a copy of the signed board resolution to the Department of Education.

The District may transfer by board resolution from the general fund to the student activity fund an amount needed to purchase or refurbish protective and safety equipment required for any extracurricular interscholastic athletic contest or competition sponsored or administered by the Iowa High School Athletic Association of Iowa Girls High School Athletic Union.

If the before and after school program exceeds the amount necessary to operate the program, the excess amount may, following a public hearing, be transferred by resolution of the board of directors of the school corporation for deposit in the general fund of the school corporation to be used for school district general fund purposes. The district will present a copy of the signed board resolution to the Department of Education.

Beginning in FY 2024, unexpended and unobligated dollars that remain at the end of a fiscal year in addition to ongoing revenues may be transferred to the Teacher Salary Supplement (TSS) program from Professional Development Supplement (PDS), Talented and Gifted (TAG), and Teacher Leadership Supplement (TLS) without board action.

The district may choose to request approval from the School Budget Review Committee to transfer funds to make a program whole, prior to its elimination. 

Temporary transfers (loans) of funds are permitted between funds but must be repaid to the originating fund, with interest, by Oct. 1 following the end of the fiscal year. 

It is the responsibility of the board secretary to make recommendations to the board regarding transfers and to provide the documentation justifying the transfer.
 

 

 

Legal Reference:                                  Iowa Code §§ 24.21-.22; 257.10, 279.8; 279.42; 298A.
289 I.A.C. 6

I.C. Iowa Code                                     Description
Iowa Code  § 24                                   Local Budgets
Iowa Code  § 257.10                             District Cost Per Pupil
Iowa Code  § 279.42                             Directors - Powers and Duties-Gifts to Schools
Iowa Code  § 279.8                               Directors - General Rules - Bonds of Employees
Iowa Code  § 298A                               School District Fund Structure

I.A.C. Iowa Administrative Code          Description
289 I.A.C. 6                                         School Budget Review - Duties and Procedures

Cross References
Code                                                    Description
701.03                                                 Financial Records
704.02                                                 Debt Management
704.02-R(1)                                         Debt Management - Post-Issuance Compliance Regulation for Tax-Exempt Obligations

 

Approved      6/21/21       
Reviewed    2/19/2024                   
Revised    2/19/2024               

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 11:25

701.3 - Financial Records

701.3 - Financial Records

School district accounting practices will follow state and federal laws and regulations, generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and the uniform financial accounting system provided by the Iowa Department of Education.  As advised by the school district’s auditor, determination of liabilities and assets, prioritization of expenditures of governmental funds and provisions for accounting disclosures shall be made in accordance with governmental accounting standards.

In Governmental Accounting Standards Board (GASB) Statement No. 54, the board identifies the order of spending unrestricted resources applying the highest level of classification of fund balance - restricted, committed, assigned, and unassigned - while honoring constraints on the specific purposes for which amounts in those fund balances can be spent.  A formal board action is required to establish, modify and or rescind a committed fund balance.  The resolution will state the exact dollar amount.  In the event, the board chooses to make changes or rescind the committed fund balance, formal board action is required.

The Board authorizes the School  Board Official  to assign amounts to a specific purpose in compliance with GASB 54.  An ‘assigned fund balance’ should also be reported in the order of spending unrestricted resources, but is not restricted or committed.  

Fund Balance Reporting

Financial reporting for the balances in the District’s governmental funds is based on Governmental Accounting Standards Board (GASB) Statement 54, Fund Balance Reporting and Governmental Fund Types Definitions.  Fund balance refers to the difference between assets and liabilities in the governmental funds balance sheets.  GASB 54 established a hierarchy that is based on “the extent to which the government is bound to honor constraints on the specific purpose for which the amounts in those funds can be spent.”

The governmental funds can have up to five fund balance classifications.  The classifications are defined below from most to least restrictive.

Nonspendable Fund Balance includes amounts that cannot be spent because they are either not in spendable form, or legally or contractually required to be maintained intact.  This includes items not expected to be converted to cash, including inventories and prepaid expenses.  It may also include other property acquired for resale and the principal of a permanent fund.

Restricted Fund Balance should be reported when constraints placed on the use of resources are either externally imposed by creditors, grantors, contributors, or law or regulations of other governments; or imposed by law through constitutional provisions or enabling legislation.  This includes “categorical balances.”

Committed Fund Balance reflects specific purposes pursuant to constraints imposed by formal action of the board. Such constraints can only be removed or changed by board action.

Assigned Fund Balance reflects amounts that are constrained by the government’s intent to be used for specific purposes but meet neither the restricted nor committed forms of constraint.  Unless the amount is negative, the assigned fund balance is the residual classification for the governmental funds other than the general fund.  If the amount is negative, then the residual amount is shown as unassigned.

Unassigned Fund Balance is the residual classification for the general fund only.  As noted above, if a negative residual amount exists in other governmental funds then the amount is reported as unassigned.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations implementing this policy.  It is also the responsibility of the superintendent to make recommendations to the board regarding fund balance designations.   

Legal Reference:    Iowa Code §§ 257.31(4); 279.8; 297.22-.25; 298A.
 
 
I.C. Iowa Code    Description
Iowa Code  § 257.31    Finance Program - Committee
Iowa Code  § 279.8    Directors - General Rules - Bonds of Employees
Iowa Code  § 297    School Houses/Sites
Iowa Code  § 298A    School District Fund Structure

Cross References
Code    Description
701.03    Financial Records

 

Approved      6/21/21       
Reviewed    2/19/2024                   
Revised    2/19/2024               
        

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 11:27

701.4 - Governmental Accounting Practices and Regulations

701.4 - Governmental Accounting Practices and Regulations

School district accounting practices will follow state and federal laws and regulations, generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and the uniform financial accounting system provided by the Iowa Department of Education.  As advised by the school district’s auditor, determination of liabilities and assets, prioritization of expenditures of governmental funds and provisions for accounting disclosures shall be made in accordance with governmental accounting standards.

In Governmental Accounting Standards Board (GASB) Statement No. 54, the board identifies the order of spending unrestricted resources applying the highest level of classification of fund balance - restricted, committed, assigned, and unassigned - while honoring constraints on the specific purposes for which amounts in those fund balances can be spent.  A formal board action is required to establish, modify and or rescind a committed fund balance.  The resolution will state the exact dollar amount.  In the event, the board chooses to make changes or rescind the committed fund balance, formal board action is required.

The Board authorizes the School Board Official to assign amounts to a specific purpose in compliance with GASB 54.  An ‘assigned fund balance’ should also be reported in the order of spending unrestricted resources, but is not restricted or committed.  

Fund Balance Reporting

Financial reporting for the balances in the District’s governmental funds is based on Governmental Accounting Standards Board (GASB) Statement 54, Fund Balance Reporting and Governmental Fund Types Definitions.  Fund balance refers to the difference between assets and liabilities in the governmental funds balance sheets.  GASB 54 established a hierarchy that is based on “the extent to which the government is bound to honor constraints on the specific purpose for which the amounts in those funds can be spent.”

The governmental funds can have up to five fund balance classifications.  The classifications are defined below from most to least restrictive.

Nonspendable Fund Balance includes amounts that cannot be spent because they are either not in spendable form, or legally or contractually required to be maintained intact.  This includes items not expected to be converted to cash, including inventories and prepaid expenses.  It may also include other property acquired for resale and the principal of a permanent fund.

Restricted Fund Balance should be reported when constraints placed on the use of resources are either externally imposed by creditors, grantors, contributors, or law or regulations of other governments; or imposed by law through constitutional provisions or enabling legislation.  This includes “categorical balances.”

Committed Fund Balance reflects specific purposes pursuant to constraints imposed by formal action of the board. Such constraints can only be removed or changed by board action.

Assigned Fund Balance reflects amounts that are constrained by the government’s intent to be used for specific purposes but meet neither the restricted nor committed forms of constraint.  Unless the amount is negative, the assigned fund balance is the residual classification for the governmental funds other than the general fund.  If the amount is negative, then the residual amount is shown as unassigned.

Unassigned Fund Balance is the residual classification for the general fund only.  As noted above, if a negative residual amount exists in other governmental funds then the amount is reported as unassigned.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations implementing this policy.  It is also the responsibility of the superintendent to make recommendations to the board regarding fund balance designations.   

Legal Reference:    Iowa Code §§ 257.31(4); 279.8; 297.22-.25; 298A. 
 
I.C. Iowa Code    Description
Iowa Code  § 257.31    Finance Program - Committee
Iowa Code  § 279.8    Directors - General Rules - Bonds of Employees
Iowa Code  § 297    School Houses/Sites
Iowa Code  § 298A    School District Fund Structure

Cross References
Code    Description
701.03    Financial Records

Approved      6/21/21        
Reviewed    2/19/2024                  
Revised    2/19/2024               
 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 11:30

702 - Cash In School Buildings

702 - Cash In School Buildings

The amount of cash that may be kept in the school building for any one day is sufficient for that day's operations.  Funds raised by students are kept in the Central Office safe.

A minimal amount of cash is kept in the central administration office at the close of the day.  Excess cash is deposited in the authorized depository of the school district.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to determine the amount of cash necessary for each day's operations and to comply with this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8

Cross Reference:  701.1                                  Depository of Funds
   
                                     704                                      Revenue

Approved      6/21/21                            
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 11:31

703 - Budget

703 - Budget dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 11:32

703.1 - Budget Planning

703.1 - Budget Planning

Prior to certification of the budget, the board will review the projected revenues and expenditures for the school district and make adjustments where necessary to carry out the education program within the revenues projected. The budget of the school district is the authority for the expenditures of the school district for the fiscal year for which the budget was adopted and certified.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to operate the school district within the budget. 

A budget for the school district is prepared annually for the board's review.  The budget will include the following:
●    the amount of revenues to be raised by taxation;
●    the amount of revenues from sources other than taxation;
●    an itemization of the amount to be spent in each fund; and,
●    a comparison of the amount spent and revenue received in each fund for like purposes in the two prior fiscal years.
It is the responsibility of the School Board Official to prepare the budget for review by the board prior to the April 30 deadline each year. The District will provide all of the information necessary for the Proposed Property Tax Statement to the Department of Management by March 15.

Mailing of Proposed Property Tax Hearing Statements is completed by the county auditor by March 20.  A public hearing for the Proposed Property Taxes is then held not less than 10 days and not more than 20 days prior to the date of hearing. The hearing notice is published in a newspaper designated for official publication in the school district.  The hearing notice must also be posted on the district website and district social media accounts on the same day it is published in the newspaper. The hearing on the Proposed Property Tax must be a unique and separate meeting and be the only item on the agenda. 

Prior to the adoption of the proposed budget by the board, the public is apprised of the proposed budget for the school district.  Prior to the adoption of the proposed budget by the board, members of the school district community will have an opportunity to review and comment on the proposed budget.  A public hearing for the proposed budget of the board is held each year in sufficient time to file the adopted budget no later than April 30.

The proposed budget filed by the board with the board secretary and the time and place for the public hearing on the proposed budget is published in a newspaper designated for official publication in the school district.  It is the responsibility of the board secretary to publish the proposed budget and public hearing information at least 10 but no more than 20 days prior to the public hearing.

The board will adopt and certify a budget for the operation of the school district to the county auditor by April 30.  It is the responsibility of the board secretary to file the adopted and certified budget with the county auditor and the Iowa Department of Management.

The board may amend the budget for the fiscal year in the event of unforeseen circumstances.  The amendment procedures will follow the procedures for public review and adoption of the original budget by the board outlined in these policies.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent and the board secretary to bring any budget amendments necessary to the attention of the board to allow sufficient time to file the amendment with the county auditor no later than May 31 of each year.
 

Legal Reference:                                  Iowa Code §§ 24; 257; 279.8; 297; 298; 618.

I.C. Iowa Code                                     Description
Iowa Code  § 24                                   Local Budgets
Iowa Code  § 257                                 Financing School Programs
Iowa Code  § 279.8                               Directors - General Rules - Bonds of Employees
Iowa Code  § 297                                 School Houses/Sites
Iowa Code  § 298                                 School Taxes and Bonds
Iowa Code  § 618                                 Publications and Posting of Notices

Cross References
Code                                                    Description
214                                                      Public Hearings

 

Approved      6/21/21       
Reviewed    2/19/2024                   
Revised    2/19/2024               

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 11:33

703.2 - Spending Plan

703.2 - Spending Plan

The budget of the school district is the authority for the expenditures of the school district for the fiscal year for which the budget was adopted and certified.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to operate the school district within the budget. 

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 24.9

Cross Reference:  703                                      Budget
 
                                      704                                      Revenue

Approved      6/21/21                            
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 11:34

704 - Revenue

704 - Revenue dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 11:37

704.1 - Local – State – Federal – Miscellaneous Revenue

704.1 - Local – State – Federal – Miscellaneous Revenue

Revenues of the school district are received by the board treasurer.  Other persons receiving revenues on behalf of the school district will promptly turn them over to the board treasurer.

Revenue, from whatever source, is accounted for and classified under the official accounting system of the school district.  It is the responsibility of the board treasurer to deposit the revenues received by the school district in a timely manner.  School district funds from all sources will not be used for private gain or political purposes.

Tuition fees received by the school district are deposited in the general fund.  The tuition fees for kindergarten through twelfth grade during the regular academic school year are set by the board based upon the superintendent's recommendation in compliance with current law.  Tuition fees for summer school, driver's education and adult education are set by the board prior to the offering of the programs.

The board may charge materials fees for the use or purchase of educational materials.  Materials fees received by the school district are deposited in the general fund.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to recommend to the board when materials fees will be charged and the amount of the materials fees.

Rental fees received by the school district for the rental of school district equipment or facilities are deposited in the general fund.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to recommend to the board a fee schedule for renting school district property.

Proceeds from the sale of real property are placed in the physical plant and equipment levy (PPEL) fund.  The proceeds from the sale of other school district property are placed in the general fund.

The board may claim exemption from the law prohibiting competition with private enterprise for the following activities:

          Goods and services directly and reasonably related to the educational mission;

          Goods and services offered only to students, employees or guests which cannot be provided by private enterprise at the same or lower cost;

          Use of vehicles for charter trips offered to the public, full- or part-time, or temporary students;

          Goods and services which are not otherwise available in the quantity or quality required by the school district;

          Telecommunications other than radio or television stations;

          Sponsoring or providing facilities for fitness and recreation;

          Food service and sales; and,

          Sale of books, records, tapes, software, educational equipment, and supplies.

 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to bring to the board's attention additional sources of revenue for the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 12C; 23A; 257.2; 279.8; 282.2, .6, .24; 291.12, 297.9-.12, .22; 301.1.

Cross Reference:  701.1        Depository of Funds
                                
        703           Budget
                                
        803           Selling and Leasing
                                
        905           Use of School District Facilities & Equipment

Approved      6/21/21                            
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 11:38

704.2 - Debt Management Policy

704.2 - Debt Management Policy

DEBT LIMITS

Credit Ratings

The school district seeks to maintain the highest possible credit ratings for all categories of short- and long-term debt that can be achieved without compromising the delivery of services and the achievement of adopted objectives.  The school district recognizes that external economic, natural, or other events may from time to time affect the creditworthiness of its debt. Nevertheless, the school district is committed to ensuring that actions within their control are prudent.

 

Debt Limits

For general obligation debt, the school district’s outstanding debt limit shall be no more than five percent (5%) of the actual value of property within the school district’s boundaries, as prescribed the Iowa constitution and statutory restrictions.

For revenue debt, the school district’s goal is to provide adequate debt service coverage of at least 1.20 times the annual debt service costs.

In accordance with Iowa law, the school district may not act as a conduit issuer or issue municipal securities to raise capital for revenue-generating projects where the funds generated are used by a third party (“conduit borrower”) to make payments to investors.

 

PURPOSES AND USES OF DEBT

Capital Planning

To enhance creditworthiness and prudent financial management, the school district is committed to systematic capital planning, intergovernmental cooperation and coordination and long-term financial planning.

 

Capital Financing

The school district may issue long-term debt for capital projects as authorized by Iowa law, which include, but are not limited to, the costs of planning, design, land acquisition, buildings, permanent structures, attached fixtures or equipment, and movable pieces of equipment. Capitalized interest may be included in sizing any capital project debt issue.  The types of debt instruments to be used by the school district include:

  • General Obligation Bonds
  • General Obligation Capital Loan Notes
  • Bond Anticipation Notes
  • Revenue Anticipation Notes
  • School Infrastructure Sales, Services and Use Tax Revenue Bonds
  • Lease Purchase Agreements, including Certificates of Participation

 

Working Capital Financing

The school district may issue debt for working capital for operations after cash flow analysis has determined that there is a mismatch between available cash and cash outflows.  The school district shall strive to repay working capital debt by the end of the fiscal year in which the debt was incurred.  A Working Capital Reserve may be included in sizing any working capital debt issue.

 

Refundings

Periodic reviews of all outstanding debt will be undertaken to determine if refunding opportunities exist. Refunding will be considered (within federal tax law restraints) if and when there is a net economic benefit of the refunding or if the refunding is otherwise in the best interests of the school district, such as to release restrictive bond covenants which affect the operations and management of the school district.

In general, advance refundings for economic savings will be undertaken when a net present value savings exceeds three percent of the refunded debt can be achieved.  Current refundings, which produce a new present value savings of less than three percent will be considered on a case-by-case basis taking into consideration bond covenants and general conditions.  Refundings with negative savings will not be considered unless there is a compelling public policy objective for doing so.

 

DEBT STANDARDS AND STRUCTURE

Length of Debt

Debt will be structured for the shortest period consistent with a fair allocation of costs to current and future beneficiaries or users.  Long-term debt will not be issued for periods exceeding the useful life or average useful lives of the project or projects to be financed.  All debt issued will adhere to state and federal law regarding the length of time the debt may be outstanding.

 

Debt Structure

Debt will be structured to achieve the lowest possible net cost to the school district given market conditions, the urgency of the capital project, the type of debt being issued, and the nature and type of repayment source.  To the extent possible, the school district will design the repayment of its overall debt to rapidly recapture its credit capacity for future use.

Generally, the school district will only issue fixed-rate debt.  In very limited circumstances, the school district may issue variable rate debt, consistent with the limitations of Iowa law and upon a finding of the board that the use of fixed rate debt is not in the best interest of the school district and a statement of the reasons for the use of variable rate debt.

All debt may be structured using discount, par or premium coupons, and as serial or term bonds or notes, or any combination thereof, consistent with Iowa law.  The school district should utilize the coupon structure that produces the lowest True Interest Cost (TIC) taking into consideration the call option value of any callable maturities.

The school district will strive to structure their debt in sinking fund installments for each debt issue that achieves, as nearly as practicable, level debt service within an issue or overall debt service within a particular classification of debt.

Derivatives (including, but not limited to, interest rate swaps, caps, collars, corridors, ceiling and floor agreements, forward agreements, float agreements, or other similar financing arrangements), zero-coupon or capital appreciation bonds are not allowed to be issued consistent with State law.

 

Decision Analysis to Issue Debt

Whenever the school district is contemplating the issuance of debt, information will be developed concerning the following four categories commonly used by rating agencies assessing the school district’s credit worthiness, listed below.

Debt Analysis – Debt capacity analysis; purpose for which debt is proposed to be issued; debt structure; debt burden; debt history and trends; and adequacy of debt and capital planning.

Financial Analysis – Stability, diversity, and growth rates of tax or other revenue sources; trend in assessed valuation and collections; current budget trends; appraisal of past revenue and expenditure trends; history and long-term trends of revenues and expenditures; evidences of financial planning; adherence to GAAP; audit results; fund balance status and trends in operating and debt funds; financial monitoring systems and capabilities; and cash flow projections.

Governmental and Administrative Analysis – Government organization structure; location of financial responsibilities and degree of control; adequacy of basic service provision; intergovernmental cooperation/conflict and extent of duplication; and overall planning efforts.

Economic Analysis – Geographic and location advantages; population and demographic characteristics; wealth indicators; types of employment, industry and occupation; housing characteristics; new construction; evidences of industrial decline; and trend of the economy.

 

DEBT ISSUANCE

Credit Enhancement

Credit enhancements (.i.e., bond insurance, etc.) may be used but only when the net debt service on the debt is reduced by more than the costs of the credit enhancement.

 

Costs and Fees

All costs and fees related to issuing the debt will be paid out of debt proceeds and allocated across all projects receiving proceeds of the debt issue.

 

Method of Sale

Generally, all school district debt will be sold through a competitive bidding process.  Bids will be awarded on a TIC basis providing other bidding requirements are satisfied.

The school district may sell debt using a negotiated process in extraordinary circumstances when the complexity of the issue requires specialized expertise, when the negotiated sale would result in substantial savings in time or money, or when market conditions of school district credit are unusually volatile or uncertain.

 

Professional Service Providers

The school district will retain external bond counsel for all debt issues.  All debt issued by the school district will include a written opinion by bond counsel affirming that the school district is authorized to issue the debt, stating that the school district has met all Iowa constitutional and statutory requirements necessary for issuance and determining the debt’s federal income tax status.  The bond counsel retained must have comprehensive municipal debt experience and a thorough understanding of Iowa law as it relates to the issuance of the particular debt.

The school district will retain an independent financial advisor.  The financial advisor will be responsible for structuring and preparing all offering documents for each debt issue.  The financial advisor retained will have comprehensive municipal debt experience, experience with diverse financial structuring and pricing of municipal securities.

The treasurer shall have the authority to periodically select other service providers (e.g., escrow agents, verification agents, trustees, arbitrage consultants, rebate specialist, etc.) as necessary to meet legal requirements and minimize net debt costs.  These services can include debt restructuring services and security or escrow purchases.

Compensation for bond counsel, financial advisor and other service providers will be as economical as possible and consistent with industry standards for the desired qualification levels.

 

DEBT MANAGEMENT

 Investment of Debt Proceeds

The school district shall invest all proceeds received from the issuance of debt separate from the school district’s consolidated cash pool unless otherwise specified by the authorizing bond resolution or trust indenture.  Investments will be consistent with those authorized by Iowa law and the school district’s Investment Policy to maintain safety of principal and liquidity of the funds.

 

Arbitrage and Record Keeping Compliance

The treasurer shall maintain a system of record-keeping, reporting and compliance procedures with respect to all federal tax requirements which are currently, or may become applicable through the lifetime of all tax-exempt or tax credit bonds.

 

Federal tax compliance, record-keeping, reporting and compliance procedures shall include not be limited to:

1)     post-issuance compliance procedures (including proper use of proceeds, timely expenditure of proceeds, proper use of bond financed property, yield restriction and rebate, and timely return filing);

2)     proper maintenance of records to support federal tax compliance;

3)     investments and arbitrage compliance;

4)     expenditures and assets;

5)     private business use; and

6)     designation of primary responsibilities for federal tax compliance of all bond financings.

 

Financial Disclosure

The school district is committed to full and complete financial disclosure, and to cooperating fully with rating agencies, institutional and individual investors, other levels of government, and the general public to share comprehensible and accurate financial information.  The school district is dedicated to meeting secondary disclosure requirements on a timely and comprehensive basis, as promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

The Official Statements accompanying debt issues, Annual Audits, and Continuing Disclosure statements will meet the standards articulated  by the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board (MSRB), the Government Accounting Standards Board (GASB), the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) and the Internal Revenue Service (IRS).  The treasurer shall be responsible for ongoing debt disclosure as required by any Continuing Disclosure Certificate for any debt issue and for maintain compliance with disclosure standards promulgated by state and federal regulatory bodies

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 74-76; 278.1; 298; 298A.

Cross Reference:  701       Financial Accounting System
   
                                    704       Revenue

Approved      6/21/21                            
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 11:40

704.2R1 - Post-Issuance Compliance Regulation for Tax-Exempt Obligations

704.2R1 - Post-Issuance Compliance Regulation for Tax-Exempt Obligations

1.   Role of Compliance Coordinator/Board Treasurer

      The board treasurer shall: 

a)      Be responsible for monitoring post-issuance compliance;

b)      Maintain a copy of the transcript of proceedings or minutes in connection with the issuance of any tax-exempt obligations and obtain records that are necessary to meet the requirements of this regulation;

c)      Consult with bond counsel, a rebate consultant, financial advisor, IRS publications and such other resources as are necessary to understand and meet the requirements of this regulation;

d)      Seek out training and education to be implemented upon the occurrence of new developments in the area and upon the hiring of new personnel to implement this regulation.

 

2.  Financing Transcripts’ Filing and Retention

      The board treasurer shall confirm the proper filing of an IRS 8038 Series return and maintain a transcript of proceedings and minutes for all tax-exempt obligations issued by the school district including, but not limited to, all tax-exempt bonds, notes and lease-purchase contracts. Each transcript shall be maintained until 11 years after the tax-exempt obligation documents have been retired. The transcript shall include, at a minimum:

a)      Form 8038;

b)      Minutes, resolutions and certificates;

c)      Certifications of issue price from the underwriter;

d)      Formal elections required by the IRS;

e)      Trustee statements;

f)       Records of refunded bonds, if applicable;

g)      Correspondence relating to bond financings; and

h)      Reports of any IRS examinations for bond financings.

 

3.  Proper Use of Proceeds

 

     The board treasurer shall review the resolution authorizing issuance for each tax-exempt obligation issued by the school district and the school district shall:

 

a)      Obtain a computation of the yield on such issue from the school district's financial advisor;

b)      Create a separate Project Fund (with as many sub-funds as shall be necessary to allocate proceeds among the projects being funded by the issue) into which the proceeds of issue shall be deposited;

c)      Review all requisitions, draw schedules, draw requests, invoices and bills requesting payment from the Project Fund;

d)      Determine whether payment from the Project Fund is appropriate and, if so, make payment from the Project Fund (and appropriate sub-fund, if applicable);

            e)      Maintain records of the payment requests and corresponding records showing payment;

f)       Maintain records showing the earnings on, and investment of, the Project Fund;

g)      Ensure that all investments acquired with proceeds are purchased at fair market value;

h)      Identify bond proceeds or applicable debt service allocations that must be invested with a yield-restriction and monitor the investments of any yield-restricted funds to ensure that the yield on such investments do not exceed the yield to which such investments are restricted;

            i)       Maintain records related to any investment contracts, credit enhancement transactions and the bidding of financial products related to the proceeds.

 

4.  Timely Expenditure and Arbitrage/Rebate Compliance

      The board treasurer shall review the Tax-Exemption Certificate (or equivalent) for each tax-exempt obligation issued by the school district and the expenditure records provided in Section 2 of this regulation, above and shall:

a)      Monitor and ensure that proceeds of each such issue are spent within the temporary period set forth in such certificate;

b)      Monitor and ensure that the proceeds are spent in accordance with one or more of the applicable exceptions to rebate as set forth in such certificate if the school district does not meet the "small  issuer" exception for said obligation;

c)      Not less than 60 days prior to a required expenditure date, confer with bond counsel and a rebate consultant, if the school district will fail to meet the applicable temporary period or rebate exception expenditure requirements of the Tax-Exemption Certificate.  In the event the school district fails to meet a temporary period or rebate exception:

1.   Procure a timely computation of any rebate liability and, if rebate is due, file a Form 8038-T and arrange for payment of such rebate liability;

2.   Arrange for timely computation and payment of yield reduction payments (as such term is defined in the Code and Treasury Regulations), if applicable.

 

5.  Proper Use of Bond Financed Assets

      The board treasurer shall:

a)      Maintain appropriate records and a list of all bond financed assets.  Such records shall include the actual amount of proceeds (including investment earnings) spent on each of the bond financed assets;

b)      Monitor and confer with bond counsel with respect to all proposed bond financed assets;

1.   management contracts;

2.   service agreements;

3.   research contracts;

4.   naming rights contracts;

5.   leases or sub-leases;

6.  joint venture, limited liability or partnership arrangements;

7.   sale of property; or

8.   any other change in use of such asset.

c)      Maintain a copy of the proposed agreement, contract, lease or arrangement, together with the response by bond counsel with respect to said proposal for at least three years after retirement of all tax-exempt obligations issued to fund all or any portion of bond financed assets; and

d)      Contact bond counsel and ensure timely remedial action under IRS Regulation Sections 1.141-12 in the event the school district takes an action with respect to a bond financed asset, which causes the private business tests or private loan financing test to be met.

 

6.  General Project Records

      For each project financed with tax-exempt obligations, the board treasurer shall maintain, until three years after retirement of the tax-exempt obligations or obligations issued to refund those obligations, the following:

a)      Appraisals, demand surveys or feasibility studies;

b)      Applications, approvals and other documentation of grants;

c)      Depreciation schedules;

d)      Contracts respecting the project.

 

7.   Advance Refundings

      The board treasurer shall be responsible for the following current, post issuance and record retention procedures with respect to advance refunding bonds.  The board treasurer shall:

a)      Identify and select bonds to be advance refunded with advice from internal financial personnel and a financial advisor;

b)      Identify, with advice from the financial advisor and bond counsel, any possible federal tax compliance issues prior to structuring any advance refunding;

c)      Review the structure with the input of the financial advisor and bond counsel, of advance refunding issues prior to the issuance to ensure;

         (1)     that the proposed refunding is permitted pursuant to applicable federal tax requirements if there has been a prior refunding of the original bond issue;

         (2)     that the proposed issuance complies with federal income tax requirements which might impose restrictions on the redemption date of the refunded bonds;

         (3)     that the proposed issuance complies with federal income tax requirements which allow for the proceeds and replacement proceeds of an issue to be invested temporarily in higher yielding investments without causing the advance refunding bonds to become "arbitrage bonds"; and

         (4)     that the proposed issuance will not result in the issuer's exploitation of the difference between tax exempt and taxable interest rates to obtain an financial advantage nor overburden the tax exempt market in a way that might be considered an abusive transaction for federal tax purposes;

d)      Collect and review data related to arbitrage yield restriction and rebate requirements for advance refunding bonds. To ensure such compliance, the board treasurer shall engage a rebate consultant to prepare a verification report in connection with the advance refunding issuance. Said report shall ensure said requirements are satisfied;

e)      Whenever possible, purchase State and Local Government Series (SLGS) to size each advance refunding escrow. The financial advisor shall be included in the process of subscribing SLGS. To the extent SLGS are not available for purchase, the Board treasurer shall, in consultation with bond counsel and the financial advisor, comply with IRS regulations;

f)       Ensure, after input from bond counsel, compliance with any bidding requirements set forth by the IRS regulations to the extent as issuer elects to the purchase of a guaranteed investment contract;

g)      In determining the issue price for any advance refunding issuance, obtain and retain issue price certification by the purchasing underwriter at closing;

h)      After the issuance of an advance refunding issue, ensure timely identification of violations of any federal tax requirements and engage bond counsel in attempt to remediate same in accordance with IRS regulations.

 

8.   Continuing Disclosure

      The board treasurer shall assure compliance with each continuing disclosure certificate and annually, per continuing disclosure agreements, file audited annual financial statements and other information required by each continuing disclosure agreement. The board treasurer will monitor material events as described in each continuing disclosure agreement and assure compliance with material event disclosure. Events to be reported shall be reported promptly, but in no event not later than 10 business days after the day of the occurrence of the event.  Currently, such notice shall be given in the event of:

a)      Principal and interest payment delinquencies;

b)      Non-payment related defaults, if material;

c)      Unscheduled draws on debt service reserves reflecting financial difficulties;

d)      Unscheduled draws on credit enhancements relating to the bonds reflecting financial difficulties;

e)      Substitution of credit or liquidity providers, or their failure to perform;

f)       Adverse tax opinions, the issuance by the Internal Revenue Service of proposed or final determinations of taxability, Notices of Proposed Issue (IRS Form 5701-TEB), or other material notices, or determinations with respect to the tax-exempt status of the bonds, or material events affecting the tax-exempt status of the bonds;

g)      Modifications to rights of Holders of the Bonds, if material;

h)      Bond calls (excluding sinking fund mandatory redemptions), if material and tender offers;

i)       Defeasances of the bonds;

j)       Release, substitution, or sale of property securing repayment of the bonds, if material;

k)      Rating changes on the bonds;

1)      Bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar event of the Issuer;

m)     The consummation of a merger, consolidation, or acquisition involving the Issuer or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer, other than in the ordinary course of business, the entry into a definitive agreement to undertake such an action or the termination of a definitive agreement relating to any such actions, other than pursuant to its terms, if material; and

n)      Appointment of a successor or additional trustee or the change of name of a trustee, if material.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 11:44

704.3 - Investments

704.3 - Investments

School district funds in excess of current needs are invested in compliance with this policy.  The goals of the school district's investment portfolio in order of priority are:

          To provide safety of the principal;

          To maintain the necessary liquidity to match expected liabilities; and

          To obtain a reasonable rate of return.

In making investments, the school district will exercise the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent person acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use to meet the goals of the investment program.

School district funds are monies of the school district, including operating funds.  "Operating funds" of the school district are funds which are reasonably expected to be used during a current budget year or within fifteen months of receipt.  When investing operating funds, the investments must mature within three hundred and ninety-seven days or less.  If, during the current budget year an amount of public funds will exceed operating funds by at least thirty-three percent, the amount of public funds that exceed operating funds by greater than thirty-three percent may be invested in certificates of deposit at federally insured depository institutions which mature within sixty-three months or less, in accordance with state and federal laws. When investing funds other than operating funds, the investments must mature according to the need for the funds.

The board authorizes the treasurer to invest funds in excess of current needs in the following investments.

          Interest bearing savings, money market, and checking accounts at the school district's authorized depositories;

          Iowa Schools Joint Investment Trust Program (ISJIT); and,

          Certificates of deposit and other evidences of deposit at federally insured Iowa depository institutions.

It is the responsibility of the treasurer to oversee the investment portfolio in compliance with this policy and the law.

The treasurer is responsible for reporting to and reviewing with the board at its regular meetings the investment portfolio's performance, transaction activity and current investments. 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to deliver a copy of this policy to the school district's depositories, auditor and outside persons doing investment business with the school district.

It will also be the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the treasurer, to develop a system of investment practices and internal controls over the investment practices.  The investment practices are designed to prevent losses, to document the officers' and employees' responsibility for elements of the investment process and address the capability of the management.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 11.2, .6; 12.62; 12B.10; 10A; 12C; 22.1, .14; 28E.2; 257; 279.29; 283A; 285; 502.701; 633.123.

Cross Reference:  206.4    Treasurer
                                        
704        Revenue

Approved      6/21/21                            
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 11:46

704.4 - Gifts - Grants - Bequests

704.4 - Gifts - Grants - Bequests

The board believes gifts, grants, and bequests to the school district may be accepted when they will further the interests of the school district.  The board will have sole authority to determine whether the gift furthers the interests of the school district.

Gifts, grants, and bequests are approved by the board.  Once it has been approved by the board, a board member or the superintendent may accept the gift on behalf of the school district.

Gifts, grants, and bequests once accepted on behalf of the school district become the property of the school district.  Gifts, grants, and bequests are administered in accordance with terms, if any, agreed to by the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.42; 565.6.

Cross Reference:  217       Gifts to Board of Directors
                                       402.4   Gifts to Employees
                                       508.1    Class or Student Group Gifts

Approved      6/21/21                            
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 11:52

704.5 - Student Activities Fund

704.5 - Student Activities Fund

Revenue raised by students or from student activities is deposited and accounted for in the student activities fund.  This revenue is the property of and is under the financial control of the board.  Students may use this revenue for purposes approved by the activity director. 

Whether such revenue is collected from student contributions, club dues, and special activities or result from admissions to special events or from other fund-raising activities, all funds will be under the jurisdiction of the board and under the specific control of the Central Office. They will be deposited in a designated depository and will be disbursed and accounted for in accordance with instructions issued by the superintendent.

It is the responsibility of the board secretary to keep student activity accounts up-to-date and complete.

Any unencumbered class or activity account balances will automatically revert to the activity fund when a class graduates or an activity is discontinued.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8.

Cross Reference:  504           Student Activities
                                       701           Financial Accounting System

Approved      6/21/21                            
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 11:54

704.6 - Online Fundraising Campaigns - Crowdfunding

704.6 - Online Fundraising Campaigns - Crowdfunding

The Maquoketa Valley School Board of Education believes online fundraising campaigns, including crowdfunding campaigns, may further the interests of the district. Any person or entity acting on behalf of the district and wishing to conduct an online fundraising campaign for the benefit of the district shall begin the process by seeking prior approval from the Superintendent. Money or items raised by an online fundraising campaign will be the property of the district only upon acceptance by the board, and will be used only in accordance with the terms for which they were given, as agreed to by the board.

Approval of requests shall depend on factors including, but not limited to:

  • Compatibility with the district’s educational program, mission, vision, core values, and beliefs;
  • Congruence with the district and school goals that positively impact student performance;
  • The district’s instructional priorities;
  • The manner in which donations are collected and distributed by the crowdfunding platform; 
  • Equity in funding; and
  • Other factors deemed relevant or appropriate by the district.

If approved, the requestor shall be responsible for preparing all materials and information related to the online fundraising campaign and keeping district administration apprised of the status of the campaign.

The requestor is responsible for compliance with all state and federal laws and other relevant district policies and procedures. All items and money generated are subject to the same controls and regulations as other district property and shall be deposited or inventoried accordingly. No money raised or items purchased shall be distributed to individual employees.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 279.42; 565.6.

Cross Reference:  508.1                                      Class or Student Group Gifts
  
                                      504.5                                      Student Fundraising
 
                                      704.4                                      Gifts – Grants – Bequests
 
                                      904.2                                      Advertising and Promotion

Approved      6/21/21                            
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                                                                              

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 11:55

705 - Expenditures

705 - Expenditures dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 11:56

705.1 - Purchasing - Bidding

705.1 - Purchasing - Bidding

The board supports economic development in Iowa, particularly in the school district community. As permitted by law, purchasing preference will be given to Iowa goods and services from locally-owned businesses located within the school district or Iowa based companies if the cost and other considerations are relatively equal and meet the required specifications. However, when spending federal Child Nutrition Funds, geographical preference is allowed only for unprocessed agricultural food items as a part of response evaluation. Other statutory purchasing preferences will be applied as provided by law, including goals with regard to procurement from certified targeted small businesses, minority-owned businesses, and female-owned businesses.

Prior to August 15 of each year and after analyzing the school district's anticipated procurement level for the current fiscal year, the school board will set a goal of ten percent of the anticipated procurement level to be purchased from certified targeted small businesses. In determining the procurement level, the cost of utilities (heat, electricity, telephone and natural gas) and employees' costs will not be included.  After the goal has been established, the superintendent will file the required Targeted Small Business Procurement form with the Department of Education by August 15.

By July 31 of each year, the superintendent will file a report with the Department of Education outlining purchases of goods and services from targeted small businesses for the previous fiscal year.

The school board and superintendent will encourage targeted small businesses which are not certified with the Department of Inspections and Appeals to become certified targeted small businesses.

 

Goods and Services

The board shall enter into goods and services contract(s) as the board deems to be in the best interest of the school district. It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to approve purchases, except those requiring board approval as described below or as provided by in law. The superintendent may coordinate and combine purchases with other governmental bodies to take advantage of volume price breaks. Joint purchases with other political subdivisions will be considered in the purchase of equipment, accessories, or attachments with an estimated cost of $50,000 or more.

Purchases for goods and services shall conform to the following:

  • The superintendent shall have the authority to authorize purchases without prior board approval and without competitive request for proposals, quotations, or bids for goods and services up to $25,000.
  • For goods and services costing at least $25,001 and up to $100,000, the superintendent shall receive proposals, quotations, or bids for the goods and services to be purchased prior to board approval. The quotation process may be informal, and include written or unwritten quotations.
  • For goods and services exceeding, $100,001, the competitive request for proposal (RFP) or competitive bid process shall be used and received prior to board approval. RFPs and bids are formal, written submissions via sealed process.

In the event that only one quotation or bid is submitted, the board may proceed if the quotation or bid meets the contract award specifications.

The contract award may be based on several cost considerations including, but not limited to the following:

  • The cost of the goods and services being purchased;
  • Availability of service and/or repair;
  • The targeted small business procurement goal and other statutory purchasing preferences; and
  • Other factors deemed relevant by the board.

The board may elect to exempt certain professional services contracts from the thresholds and procedures outlined above.

The thresholds and procedures related to purchases of goods and services do not apply to public improvement projects.

 

Public Improvements

The board shall enter into public improvement contract(s) as the board deems to be in the best interest of the school district. ‘Public improvement’ means “a building or construction work which is constructed under the control of a governmental entity and for which either of the following applies: (1) has been paid for in whole or in part with funds of the governmental entity; (2) a commitment has been made prior to construction by the governmental entity to pay for the building or construction work in whole or in part with funds of the governmental entity. This includes a building or improvement constructed or operated jointly with any public or private agency.”

The district shall follow all requirements, timelines, and processes detailed in Iowa law related to public improvement projects. The thresholds regarding when competitive bidding or competitive quotations is required will be followed. Competitive bidding is required for public improvement contracts exceeding the minimum threshold stated in law. Competitive quotations are required for public improvement projects that exceed the minimum threshold amount stated in law, but do not exceed the minimum set for competitive bidding. The board shall approve competitive bids and competitive quotes. If the total cost of the public improvement does not warrant either competitive bidding or competitive quotations, the district may nevertheless proceed with either of these processes, if it so chooses.

The award of all contracts for the public improvement shall be awarded to the lowest responsive, responsible bidder. In the event of an emergency requiring repairs to a school district facility that exceed bidding and quotation thresholds, please refer to policy 802.3.

The district shall comply with all federal and state laws and regulations required for procurement, including the selection and evaluation of contractors.  The superintendent or designee is responsible for developing an administrative process to implement this policy, including, but not limited to, procedures related to suspension and debarment for transactions subject to those requirements.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 26; 28E; 72.3; 73; 73A; 285; 297; 301.
                                       261 I.A.C. 54.
                                       281 I.A.C. 43.25.

Cross Reference:  705        Expenditures
                                       801.4    Site Acquisition
                                       802        Maintenance, Operation and Management
                                       802.3    Emergency Repairs
                                       803        Selling and Leasing

Approved      6/21/21                            
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 11:56

705.1R1 - Suspension and Debarment of Vendors and Contractors Procedure

705.1R1 - Suspension and Debarment of Vendors and Contractors Procedure

In connection with transactions subject to federal suspension and debarment requirements, the district is prohibited from entering into transactions with parties that are debarred, suspended, or otherwise excluded from or ineligible for participation in federal assistance programs or activities.

When soliciting bids or otherwise preparing to enter into such a transaction, the superintendent or designee will use at least one of the following verification methods to ensure that any parties to the transaction are not suspended or debarred prior to committing to any sub-award, purchase, or contract:

  1. Obtaining a certification of a party’s compliance with the federal suspension and debarment requirements in connection with any application, bid, or proposal;
  2. Requiring compliance with the federal suspension and debarment requirements as an express condition of any sub-award, purchase, or contract in question; or
  3. Prior to committing to any sub-award, purchase, or contract, check the online Federal System for Award Management at https://sam.gov/portal/SAM/##11 to determine whether the relevant party is subject to any suspension or debarment restrictions. 

 

 

Approved _________                        
Reviewed __________     
Revised __________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 11:59

705.1R2 - Using Federal Funds in Procurement Contracts

705.1R2 - Using Federal Funds in Procurement Contracts

In addition to the District’s standard procurement and purchasing procedures, the following procedures for vendors/contractors paid with federal funds are required.  When federal, state, and local requirements conflict, the most stringent requirement will be followed.

2 CFR Part 200, Subpart D Subsection §200.318 (c)(1)

No District employee, officer, or agent may participate in the selection, award and administration of contracts supported by a Federal award if he or she has a real or apparent conflict of interest.  Such a conflict of interest would arise when the employee, officer, or agent, any member of his or her immediate family, his or her partner, or an organization which employs or is about to employ any of the parties indicated herein, has a financial or other interest in or a tangible personal benefit from a firm considered for a contract.  District officers, employees, and agents may neither solicit nor accept gratuities, favors, or anything of monetary value from contractors or parties to subcontracts.  However, for situations where the financial interest is not substantial or the gift is an unsolicited item of nominal value, district employees must abide by all relevant board policies. Violation of this requirement may result in disciplinary action for the District employee, officer, or agent.

2 CFR Part 200, Subpart D Subsection §200.320 (e)(1-4)

Procurement for contracts paid with federal funds may be conducted by noncompetitive (single source) proposals when one or more of the following circumstances apply: (1) the item is only available from a single source; (2) public exigency or emergency will not permit the delay resulting from competitive bids; (3) the Federal awarding agency or pass-through entity expressly authorizes noncompetitive proposals in response to a written request from the non-Federal entity; or (4) after solicitation of a number of sources, competition is inadequate.

2 CFR Part 200, Subpart D Subsection §200.321

The District will take all necessary affirmative steps to assure that minority businesses, women's business enterprises, and labor surplus area firms are used when possible. Affirmative steps must include: (1) placing such businesses on solicitation lists; (2) soliciting such businesses whenever they are potential sources; (3) when economically feasible, dividing contracts into smaller tasks or quantities to allow participation from such businesses; (4) establishing delivery schedules that encourage participation by such businesses; (5) when appropriate, utilizing the Small Business Administration and the Minority Business Development Agency of the Department of Commerce; and (6) requiring the primary contractor to follow steps (1) through (5) when subcontractors are used.

The district will include the following provisions in all procurement contracts or purchase orders include the following provisions when applicable:

2 CFR Part 200 Appendix II

(A) Contracts for more than the simplified acquisition threshold currently set at $150,000, which is the inflation adjusted amount determined by the Civilian Agency Acquisition Council and the Defense Acquisition Regulations Council (Councils) as authorized by 41 U.S.C. 1908, must address administrative, contractual, or legal remedies in instances where contractors violate or breach contract terms, and provide for such sanctions and penalties as appropriate.

(B) All contracts in excess of $10,000 must address termination for cause and for convenience by the non-Federal entity including the manner by which it will be effected and the basis for settlement.

(C) Equal Employment Opportunity. Except as otherwise provided under 41 CFR Part 60, all contracts that meet the definition of “federally assisted construction contract” in 41 CFR Part 60-1.3 must include the equal opportunity clause provided under 41 CFR 60-1.4(b), in accordance with Executive Order 11246, “Equal Employment Opportunity” (30 FR 12319, 12935, 3 CFR Part, 1964-1965 Comp., p. 339), as amended by Executive Order 11375, “Amending

Executive Order 11246 Relating to Equal Employment Opportunity,” and implementing regulations at 41 CFR part 60, “Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, Equal Employment Opportunity, Department of Labor.”

(D) Davis-Bacon Act, as amended (40 U.S.C. 3141-3148). When required by Federal program legislation, all prime construction contracts in excess of $2,000 awarded by non-Federal entities must include a provision for compliance with the Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 3141-3144, and 3146-3148) as supplemented by Department of Labor regulations (29 CFR Part 5, “Labor Standards Provisions Applicable to Contracts Covering Federally Financed and Assisted Construction”). In accordance with the statute, contractors must be required to pay wages to laborers and mechanics at a rate not less than the prevailing wages specified in a wage determination made by the Secretary of Labor. In addition, contractors must be required to pay wages not less than once a week. The non-Federal entity must place a copy of the current prevailing wage determination issued by the Department of Labor in each solicitation. The decision to award a contract or subcontract must be conditioned upon the acceptance of the wage determination. The non-Federal entity must report all suspected or reported violations to the Federal awarding agency. The contracts must also include a provision for compliance with the Copeland “Anti-Kickback” Act (40 U.S.C. 3145), as supplemented by Department of Labor regulations (29 CFR Part 3, “Contractors and Subcontractors on Public Building or Public Work Financed in Whole or in Part by Loans or Grants from the United States”). The Act provides that each contractor or subrecipient must be prohibited from inducing, by any means, any person employed in the construction, completion, or repair of public work, to give up any part of the compensation to which he or she is otherwise entitled. The non-Federal entity must report all suspected or reported violations to the Federal awarding agency.

(E) Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (40 U.S.C. 3701-3708). Where applicable, all contracts awarded by the non-Federal entity in excess of $100,000 that involve the employment of mechanics or laborers must include a provision for compliance with 40 U.S.C. 3702 and 3704, as supplemented by Department of Labor regulations (29 CFR Part 5). Under 40 U.S.C. 3702 of the Act, each contractor must be required to compute the wages of every mechanic and laborer on the basis of a standard work week of 40 hours. Work in excess of the standard work week is permissible provided that the worker is compensated at a rate of not less than one and a half times the basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of 40 hours in the work week. The requirements of 40 U.S.C. 3704 are applicable to construction work and provide that no laborer or mechanic must be required to work in surroundings or under working conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous or dangerous. These requirements do not apply to the purchases of supplies or materials or articles ordinarily available on the open market, or contracts for transportation or transmission of intelligence.

(F) Rights to Inventions Made Under a Contract or Agreement. If the Federal award meets the definition of “funding agreement” under 37 CFR §401.2 (a) and the recipient or subrecipient wishes to enter into a contract with a small business firm or nonprofit organization regarding the substitution of parties, assignment or performance of experimental, developmental, or research work under that “funding agreement,” the recipient or subrecipient must comply with the requirements of 37 CFR Part 401, “Rights to Inventions Made by Nonprofit Organizations and Small Business Firms Under Government Grants, Contracts and Cooperative Agreements,” and any implementing regulations issued by the awarding agency.

(G) Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 7401-7671q.) and the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. 1251-1387), as amended—Contracts and subgrants of amounts in excess of $150,000 must contain a provision that requires the non-Federal award to agree to comply with all applicable standards, orders or regulations issued pursuant to the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 7401-7671q) and the Federal Water Pollution Control Act as amended (33 U.S.C. 1251-1387). Violations must be reported to the Federal awarding agency and the Regional Office of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).

(H) Debarment and Suspension (Executive Orders 12549 and 12689)—A contract award (see 2 CFR 180.220) must not be made to parties listed on the government wide exclusions in the System for Award Management (SAM), in accordance with the OMB guidelines at 2 CFR 180 that implement Executive Orders 12549 (3 CFR part 1986 Comp.,  p. 189) and 12689 (3 CFR part 1989 Comp., p. 235), “Debarment and Suspension.” SAM Exclusions contains the names of parties debarred, suspended, or otherwise excluded by agencies, as well as parties declared ineligible under statutory or regulatory authority other than Executive Order 12549.

(I) Byrd Anti-Lobbying Amendment (31 U.S.C. 1352)—Contractors that apply or bid for an award exceeding $100,000 must file the required certification. Each tier certifies to the tier above that it will not and has not used Federal appropriated funds to pay any person or organization for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a member of Congress, officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a member of Congress in connection with obtaining any Federal contract, grant or any other award covered by 31 U.S.C. 1352. Each tier must also disclose any lobbying with non-Federal funds that takes place in connection with obtaining any Federal award. Such disclosures are forwarded from tier to tier up to the non-Federal award.

(J) See §200.322 Procurement of recovered materials.

§200.216 Prohibition on certain telecommunications and video surveillance services or equipment

(a)    The district is prohibited from obligating or expending loan or grant funds to:

  1. Procure or obtain;
  2. Extend or renew a contract to procure or obtain; or
  3. Enter into a contract (or extend or renew a contract) to procure or obtain equipment, services, or systems that uses covered telecommunications equipment or services as a substantial or essential component of any system, or as critical technology as part of any system.  As described in Public law 115-232, section 889, covered telecommunications equipment is telecommunications equipment produced by Huawei Technologies Company or ZTE Corporation (or any subsidiary or affiliate of such entities).

           i.    For purpose of public safety, security of government facilities, physical security surveillance of critical infrastructure, and other national security purposes, video surveillance
                 and telecommunication equipment produced by Hytera Communications Corporation, Hangzhou Hikvision Digital Technology Company, or Dahua Technology Company (or
                 any subsidiary or affiliate of such entities).

           ii.    Telecommunications or video surveillance services provided by such entities or using such equipment.

          iii.    Telecommunications or video surveillance equipment or services produced or provided by an entity that the Secretary of Defense, in consultation with the Director of the
                   National Intelligence of the Director of the Federal Bureau of Investigation, reasonably believes to be an entity owned by or controlled by, or otherwise connected to, the
                   government of a foreign country.

(b)    In implementing the prohibition under Public Law 115-232, section 889, subsection (f), paragraph (l), heads of executive agencies administering loan, grant, or subsidy programs shall prioritize available  funding and technical support to assist affected businesses, institutions and organizations as is reasonably necessary for those affected entities to transition from covered communications equipment and services, to procure replacement equipment and services, and to ensure that communications service to users and customers is sustained.

(c)    See Public Law 115-232, section 889 for additional information.

(d)    See also §200.471.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Title 2 Code of Federal Regulation (C.F.R.) Grants and Agreements, Part 200 Uniform Administrative Requirements, Cost Principles, and Audit Requirements for Federal Awards

Approved      6/21/21                            
Reviewed    2/20/23 __________                                                           
Revised    __2/20/23_________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 12:01

705.2 - Purchasing on Behalf of Employees

705.2 - Purchasing on Behalf of Employees

Generally, the school district will not purchase items on behalf of employees.  The school district may in unusual and unique circumstances do so.  It is within the discretion of the board to determine when unique and unusual circumstances exist.

No purchase is made unless the employee has paid the school district prior to the order being placed and the employee has agreed to be responsible for any taxes or other expenses due.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8

Cross Reference:  703                                      Budget

Approved      6/21/21                            
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 12:06

705.3 - Payment for Goods and Services

705.3 - Payment for Goods and Services

The board authorizes the issuance payment of claims against the school district for goods and services.  The board will allow the payment after the goods and services have been received and accepted in compliance with board policy.

The board authorizes the board secretary, upon approval of the superintendent, to issue payment for verified bills, for reasonable and necessary expenses, when the board is not in session.  The board secretary will examine the claims and verify bills.  The board will approve the bills at its next regular meeting.

The secretary will determine to the secretary's satisfaction that the claims presented to the board are in order and are legitimate expenses of the school district.  It is the responsibility of the secretary to bring claims to the board.

The board president and board secretary may sign warrants by use of a signature plate or rubber stamp.  If the board president is unavailable to personally sign warrants, the vice president may sign warrants on behalf of the president.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop the administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Love v. City of Des Moines, 210 Iowa 90, 230 N.W. 373 (1930).
                      
                  Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .29, .30, .36; 291.12; 721.2(5).
                     
                  281 I.A.C. 12.3(1).

Cross Reference:  705       Expenditures

Approved      6/21/21                            
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 12:06

705.4 - Expenditures for a Public Purpose

705.4 - Expenditures for a Public Purpose

The board recognizes that school district funds are public funds, and as such, should be used to further a public purpose and the overall educational mission of the school community.  The district is committed to managing and spending public funds in a transparent and responsible manner.  Prior to making a purchase with public funds, an individual should be comfortable defending the purchase/reimbursement to the taxpayers in the district.  If the individual is uncomfortable doing so, the purchase may not fulfill a public purpose and additional guidance should be sought before the purchase is made.   

Individuals who have concerns about the public purpose of a purchase or reimbursement should utilize the district’s Internal Controls policy and regulation as a resource for questioning a purchase.  Concerns should be reported to the superintendent and/or the board president. 

The superintendent shall develop a process for approving expenditures of public funds.  The board will review expenditures and applicable reports as necessary to ensure proper oversight of the use of public funds.  To the extent possible, expenditures shall be pre-approved by the district prior to expending the funds.  Purchases of food and refreshment for district staff, even within district, should comply with the district’s Employee Travel Compensation policy, and all other applicable policies.  All purchases/reimbursements shall comply with applicable laws, board policies and district accounting requirements.

Additional guidance regarding appropriate expenditures of school funds is provided in the regulation accompanying this policy

 

 

Legal References:  Iowa Constitution Art. III, sec. 31;
                                         Iowa Code §§ 68A.505; 279.8; 721.2.
                                         
281 I.A.C. 98.70

Cross References:  401.7    Employee Travel Compensation
                                         
704.1    Local-State-Federal-Miscellaneous Revenue
                                         
704.5    Student Activities Fund
   
                                      705.1    Purchasing-Bidding
   
                                      705.2    Purchasing on Behalf of Employees
   
                                      705.3    Payment for Goods and Services
     
                                    707.5    Internal Controls
     
                                    905.1    Community Use of School District Facilities & Equipment

Approved      6/21/21                            
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 12:09

705.4R1 - Use of Public Funds Regulation

705.4R1 - Use of Public Funds Regulation

The following is a list of examples organized by activity for what is allowable, or not allowable as a purchase/reimbursement using public funds.  This regulation is intended as guidance and there may be situations that are not listed here.  Any questions regarding the appropriateness of an expenditure should be submitted to administration prior to expending funds. 

 

Reimbursements to an Individual

  • Use of Credit/Procurement Card:  All purchases through a district-owned credit or procurement card shall be pre-approved and comply with the district’s policy 401.10 – Credit and Procurement Cards.
  • Mileage:  Individuals who are required to travel (other than to and from work) as part of fulfilling their job duties to the district shall be reimbursed for mileage costs in accordance with the requirements stated in the district’s Employee Travel Compensation policy.
  • Travel accommodations:  Employees who are required to travel and stay overnight as part of fulfilling their job duties to the district shall be reimbursed for costs in accordance with the requirements stated in the district’s Employee Travel Compensation policy.
  • Alcohol:  Alcohol is a personal expense and is never allowable for purchase or reimbursement using public funds.
  • Food/Refreshments:  Food and refreshments are typically a personal expense.  Meetings spanning meal times should be avoided when possible.  When a district meeting is required to take place spanning a customary meal time, the superintendent or designee shall determine whether food and/or refreshment will be provided to employees whose presence is required during the meeting.  The cost of food and refreshment for employees shall be reasonable, and when possible, a separate itemized receipt for each employee is required.  If an itemized receipt is not available, approval is required by the school business official prior to reimbursement.  In all cases, the names and number of employees shall be noted on the receipt. 
  • Apparel/Personal Items:  Apparel and personal items including, but not limited to items such as t-shirts, hats, mugs, etc. provide personal benefit to individuals and are a personal expense.  These items shall not be purchased or reimbursed with public funds. 
  • Gifts:  Gift cards or gifts given to individuals are personal expenses and public funds should not be used (except for recognition/staff retirement, listed below) for these purposes.  Voluntary collections from staff would be an acceptable way of purchasing gifts.
  • Retirement and Recognition Gifts:  Recognizing an employee or volunteer’s years of dedication to educating the community and commitment to the district serves a public purpose by honoring individuals with a token gift, or honorarium, in recognition of their service.  The same is true for individual awards, mementos, or items purchased in recognition of employee service to the district.  These purchases may use public funds, provided the expenditures are modest and approved by the superintendent. 
  • Honoraria:  District employees may at times receive an honorarium from an outside source as compensation for the employee’s time devoted to preparing and delivering a presentation within the scope of their professional field.  Honorariums may only be accepted by employees when the employee has used their personal time outside of their work for the district to prepare and deliver the presentation.  If the employee uses district time or resources to prepare or deliver a presentation, any honorarium shall be given to the district. 
  • Break Room Supplies:  The purchase of perishable or disposable supplies for employee break rooms is primarily designed for individual consumption and is a personal expense.  This includes items such as coffee, coffee filters, plates, cups, spoons, napkins, etc. 

 

Supplies for Public Areas

  • Limited refreshments such as water and coffee may be available in public reception areas of the district including, but not limited to the central office, the building administrator’s office, etc.  These refreshments may be purchased with the use of public funds, as they provide light refreshment to members of the community.

 

Staff Parties/Receptions

  • Parties and receptions to benefit individual staff members are considered a personal expense and should not be purchased or reimbursed with public funds.  This includes but is not limited to holiday parties.
  • Hosting a group reception to honor all employees retiring from the district in a given school year is allowable as a public expense. Hosting a retirement reception provides a direct benefit to the community as an opportunity for the community to attend and honor the retiring employees’ years of dedication and service to the district.

 

School/ Student Activity Banquets

  • School/student activity banquets are typically a personal expense and will not be purchased or reimbursed with public funds unless the public purpose is submitted for review and pre-approved by the superintendent.

 

Memorial Gifts

  • Memorial flowers to convey sympathy or congratulations are allowable as a public expense if they have been approved by the superintendent.  Memorial cards are always appropriate.
  • Memorial gifts of any sort other than flowers and a card are a personal expense.

 

Student Incentives

  • It is within the discretion of the building principal to authorize the purchase of awards holding a nominal value to commemorate the achievements of a student or group of students.  These awards should be designed to reward behavior and values that exemplify the educational and community mission of the district.  Awards should not be gift cards or other monetary awards.
  • Flowers and decorations for school dances held as part of the district’s student activity program are an allowable expense paid out of the student activity fund, provided the purchases are approved by the building principal. 

 

Meetings

  • To the extent possible, meetings which span normal meal times should be avoided. 
  • Meetings of the district’s board of directors and board committees are made up of individuals who volunteer a large amount of their personal time to serve the needs of the school community.  These meetings are also scheduled at time most convenient for the public, and often span normal meal hours.  Food and refreshment purchased for board members is an acceptable use of public funds.  The service of these unpaid volunteers directly benefits the entire school community.  The superintendent has discretion to purchase/reimburse reasonable expenses for providing food and refreshment to these unpaid volunteers during these meetings. 

Some expenditures will be considered personal expenses regardless of the context.  These include purchase or reimbursement of alcohol, and personal items not included as retirement or memorial gifts listed above. 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 12:11

706 - Payroll Procedures

706 - Payroll Procedures dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 12:13

706.1 - Payroll Periods

706.1 - Payroll Periods

The payroll period for the school district is monthly.  Employees are paid in twenty-four (24) equal installments on or before the 15th of each month and the last working day of each month, unless otherwise requested and approved by the Central Office. 

It is the responsibility of the board secretary to issue payroll to employees in compliance with this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20; 91A.

Cross Reference:  706.2           Payroll Deductions

Approved      6/21/21                            
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 12:13

706.2 - Payroll Deductions

706.2 - Payroll Deductions

Ease of administration is the primary consideration for payroll deductions, other than those required by law.  Payroll deductions are made for federal income tax withholdings, Iowa income tax withholdings, social security, and the Iowa Public Employees' Retirement System (IPERS).

Employees may elect to have amounts withheld from their pay for items authorized by law, subject to agreement of the district.  Requests for these deductions will be made in writing to the superintendent.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to determine which additional payroll deductions will be allowed.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 91A.2(4), .3; 294.8-.9, .16.

Cross Reference:  406.6                                      Licensed Employee Tax Shelter Programs
   
                                    412.4                                      Classified Employee Tax Shelter Programs
   
                                    706.1                                      Payroll Periods

Approved      6/21/21                            
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 16:41

706.3 - Pay Deductions

706.3 - Pay Deductions

The district provides leaves of absences to allow employees to be absent from work to attend to important matters outside of the workplace. As public employers, school districts are expected to record and monitor the work that employees perform and to conform to principles of public accountability in their compensation practices.

Consistent with principles of public accountability, it is the policy of the district that, when an employee is absent from work for less than one work day and the employee does not use accrued leave for such absence, the employee’s pay will be reduced or the employee will be placed on leave without pay if:

  • the employee has not sought permission to use paid leave for this partial-day absence,
  • the employee has sought permission to use paid leave for this partial-day absence and permission has been denied,
  • the employee’s accrued paid leave has been exhausted, or,
  • the employee chooses to use leave without pay.

In each case in which an employee is absent from work for part of a work day, a deduction from compensation will be made or the employee will be placed on leave without pay for a period of time which is equal to the employee’s absence from the employee’s regularly scheduled hours of work on that day.

 

 

Legal Reference:  29 U.S.C. Sec. 2 13(a)
                                       
29 C.F.R. Part 541

Cross References:  409.8    Licensed Employee Unpaid Leave
                                          414.8   
Classified Employee Unpaid Leave

Approved      6/21/21                
Received                                              
Revised                       

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 16:42

706.3R1 - Pay Deduction Regulation

706.3R1 - Pay Deduction Regulation

The district complies with all applicable laws with respect to payment of wages and benefits to employees including laws such as the federal Fair Labor Standards Act and the Iowa Wage Payment Collection Act.  The district will not make pay deductions that violate either the federal or state laws.

Any employee who believes that the district has made an inappropriate deduction or has failed to make proper payment regarding wages or benefits is encouraged to immediately consult with the appropriate supervisor. Alternatively, any employee may file a formal written complaint with the Business Manager.  Within 15 business days of receiving the complaint, the Business Manager will make a determination as to whether the pay deductions were appropriate and provide the employee with a written response that may include reimbursement for any pay deductions that were not appropriately made.

This complaint procedure is available in addition to any other complaint process that also may be available to employees.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 16:45

707 - Fiscal Reports

707 - Fiscal Reports dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 16:46

707.1 - Secretary’s Reports

707.1 - Secretary’s Reports

The board secretary will report to the board each month about the receipts, disbursements and balances of the various funds.  This report will be in written form and sent to the board with the agenda for the board meeting.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 291.7.

Cross Reference:  206.3                                      Secretary [or 206.3, Secretary-Treasurer]
   
                                     210.1                                      Annual Meeting
   
                                     707                                      Fiscal Reports

Approved      6/21/21                            
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 16:46

707.2 - Treasurer’s Annual Report

707.2 - Treasurer’s Annual Report

At the annual meeting, the treasurer will give the annual report stating the amount held over, received, paid out, and on hand in the general and schoolhouse funds.  This report is in written form and sent to the board with the agenda for the board meeting.  The treasurer will also furnish the board with a sworn statement from each depository showing the balance then on deposit.

It is the responsibility of the treasurer to submit this report to the board annually.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.31, .33.

Cross Reference:  206.4                                      Treasurer [or 206.3, Secretary-Treasurer]
 
                                      210.1                                      Annual Meeting
 
                                      707                                      Fiscal Reports

Approved      6/21/21                            
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 16:47

707.3 - Publication of Financial Reports

707.3 - Publication of Financial Reports

Each month the schedule of bills allowed by the board is published in a newspaper designated as a newspaper for official publication.  Annually, the total salaries paid to employees regularly employed by the school district will also be published in a newspaper designated as a newspaper for official publication.

It is the responsibility of the board secretary to publish these reports in a timely manner.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.35, .36; 618.

Cross Reference:  206.3                                      Secretary [or Secretary-Treasurer]

Approved      6/21/21                            
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 16:48

707.4 - Audit

707.4 - Audit

To review the funds and accounts of the school district, the board will employ an auditor to perform an annual audit of the financial affairs of the school district.  The superintendent will use a request for proposal procedure in selecting an auditor.  The administration will cooperate with the auditors.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 11.6

Cross Reference:  701                                      Financial Accounting System
  
                                     707                                      Fiscal Reports

Approved      6/21/21                            
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 16:49

707.5 - Internal Controls

707.5 - Internal Controls

The board expects all board members, employees, volunteers, consultants, vendors, contractors, students and other parties maintaining any relationship with the school district to act with integrity, due diligence, and in accordance with all laws in their duties involving the school district’s resources.  The board is entrusted with public dollars and no one connected with the school district should do anything to erode that trust.

Internal controls are used to help ensure the integrity of district financial and accounting information. Adherence to district established internal control procedures is the responsibility of all employees of the school district. The superintendent, business manager and board secretary shall be responsible for developing internal controls designed to prevent and detect fraud, financial impropriety, or fiscal irregularities within the school district subject to review and approval by the board.  Administrators shall be alert for any indication of fraud, financial impropriety, or irregularity within the administrator’s area of responsibility.

Any employee who suspects fraud, impropriety, or irregularity shall report their suspicions immediately to his/her immediate supervisor, or the superintendent.  The superintendent shall have primary responsibility for any necessary investigations and shall coordinate investigative efforts with the board’s legal counsel, auditing firm, the Auditor of State's office and other internal or external departments and agencies, including law enforcement officials, as the superintendent may deem appropriate.

Employees bringing forth a legitimate concern about a potential impropriety will not be retaliated against and those who do retaliate against such an employee will be subject to disciplinary action up to, and including, discharge.

In the event the concern or complaint involves the superintendent, the concern shall be brought to the attention of the board president or vice-president who shall be empowered to contact the board’s legal counsel, Auditor of State's office, insurance agent, auditing firm, and any other agency to investigate the concern or complaint.

The superintendent or board president shall ensure the Auditor of State’s office is notified of any suspected embezzlement, theft or other financial irregularity pursuant to Iowa law.  The superintendent and/or board president in coordination with the Auditor of State’s office, will determine whether to conduct a complete or partial audit.  The superintendent is authorized to order a complete forensic audit if, in the superintendent’s judgment, such an audit would be useful and beneficial to the school district.  In the event there is an investigation, records will be maintained for use in the investigation.  Individuals found to have altered or destroyed records will be subject to disciplinary action, up to and including termination.

 

 

Legal References:  American Competitiveness and Corporate Accountability Act of 2002, Pub. L.
                                          
No. 107-204.
                                          
Iowa Code §§ 11, 279.8.

Cross References:  401.12     Employee Use of Cell Phones
                                         707.6       Audit Committee

Approved      6/21/21                            
Revised __________                            
Reviewed __________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 16:50

707.5R1 - Internal Controls Procedures

707.5R1 - Internal Controls Procedures

Fraud, financial improprieties, or fiscal irregularities include, but are not limited to:

  • Forgery or unauthorized alteration of any document or account belonging to the district.
  • Forgery or unauthorized alteration of a check, bank draft, or any other financial document.
  • Misappropriation of funds, securities, supplies, or other assets.
  • Impropriety in the handling of money or reporting of financial transactions.
  • Profiteering because of “insider” information of district information or activities.
  • Disclosing confidential and/or proprietary information to outside parties.
  • Accepting or seeking anything of material value, other than items used in the normal course of advertising, from contractors, vendors, or persons providing services to the district.
  • Destroying, removing, or inappropriately using district records, furniture, fixtures, or equipment.
  • Failing to provide financial records to authorized state or local entities.
  • Failure to cooperate fully with any financial auditors, investigators or law enforcement.
  • Any other dishonest or fraudulent act involving district monies or resources.
  • Acting for purposes of personal gain, rather than in the best interest of the district.
  • Providing false, inaccurate or misleading information to district administrators or the board of directors.

The superintendent shall investigate reports of fraudulent activity in a manner that protects the confidentiality of the parties and the facts.  All employees involved in the investigation shall be advised to keep information about the investigation confidential.  The superintendent may engage qualified independent audit resources to assist in the investigation.

If an investigation substantiates the occurrence of a fraudulent activity, the superintendent, or board vice-president if the investigation centers on the superintendent, shall issue a report to the board and appropriate personnel.  The final disposition of the matter and any decision to file or not file a criminal complaint or to refer the matter to the appropriate law enforcement and/or regulatory agency for independent investigation shall be made in consultation with district legal counsel.  The results of the investigation shall not be disclosed to or discussed with anyone other than those individuals with a legitimate right to know until the results are made public.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 16:53

707.6 - Audit Committee

707.6 - Audit Committee

The board recognizes that it is charged with raising tax revenues and related expenditures to maintain the educational program for the school district.  Public funds are held in trust by the board to be spent appropriately on the educational program.  To further ensure funds are spent appropriately, the board establishes an audit committee to assist the board on internal financial matters and with the annual audit. 

The audit committee is comprised of two school board members.

The audit committee chair is selected by the board.

The major responsibilities of the audit committee are to:

  • Act as a liaison between the board and the auditor during the audit process.
  • Annually report to the board about the annual audit.
  • Recommend internal changes that may need to be made to ensure appropriate internal controls are being implemented.

The audit committee will meet as directed by its chair.  The audit committee is subject to the open meetings law.

 

 

Legal References:  American Competitiveness and Corporate Accountability Act of    2002, Pub. L. No. 107-204.
                                         
Iowa Code ch. 11, 279.8.

Cross References:  208       Ad Hoc Committees
   
                                     707.5    Internal Controls

Approved      6/21/21                            
Revised __________                            
Reviewed __________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 16:54

708 - Care, Maintenance and Disposal of School District Records

708 - Care, Maintenance and Disposal of School District Records

School district records are housed in the central administration office of the school district. It is the responsibility of the superintendent and board secretary to oversee the maintenance and accuracy of the records. The following records are kept and preserved according to the schedule below:

  • Secretary's financial records - Permanently
  • Treasurer's financial records - Permanently
  • Open meeting minutes of the Board of Directors - Permanently
  • Annual audit reports - Permanently
  • Annual budget - Permanently
  • Permanent record of individual pupil - Permanently
  • School election results - Permanently
  • Real property records (e.g., deeds, abstracts) - Permanently
  • Records of payment of judgments against the school district - 20 years
  • Bonds and bond coupons - 11 years after maturity, cancellation, transfer, redemption, and/or replacement
  • Written contracts - 10 years
  • Cancelled warrants, check stubs, bank statements, bills, invoices, and related record - 5 years
  • Recordings and minutes of closed meetings - 1 year
  • Program grants - As determined by the grant
  • Nonpayroll personnel records - 10 years after leaving district
  • Employment applications - 2 years
  • Payroll records - 3 years
  • School meal programs accounts/records - 3 years after submission of the final claim for reimbursement
  • Records of complaints of sex discrimination, and conduct that reasonably may constitute sex descrimination, plus all responsive records and outcomes and training materials on this topic - 7 years

In the event that any federal or state agency requires a record be retained for a period of time longer than that listed above for audit purposes or otherwise, the record shall be retained beyond the listed period as long as is required for the resolution of the issue by the federal or state agency. 

Employees' records are housed in the central administration office of the school district. The employees' records are maintained by the superintendent, the building administrator, the employee's immediate supervisor, and the board secretary.

An inventory of the furniture, equipment, and other nonconsumable items other than real property of the school district is conducted annually under the supervision of the superintendent. This report is filed with the board secretary.

The permanent and cumulative records of students currently enrolled in the school district are housed in the central administration office of the attendance center where the student attends. Permanent records shall be housed in a fire resistant safe or vault or electronically with a secure backup file.  The building administrator is responsible for keeping these records current. Permanent records of students who have graduated or are no longer enrolled in the school district are housed in the [insert location] and will be retained permanently. These records will be maintained by the superintendent. Special education records shall be maintained in accordance with law.

The superintendent may digitize or otherwise electronically retain school district records and may destroy paper copies of the records.  An electronic record which accurately reflects the information set forth in the paper record after it was first generated in its final form as an electronic record, and which remains accessible for later reference meets the same legal requirements for retention as the original paper record. 

Legal Reference:     7 C.F.R. § 210.23(c). 
                                34 C.F.R. 106.8
                                Iowa Code §§ 22.3; 22.7; 91A.6; 279.8; 291.6; 554D.114; 554D.119; 614.1(13).
                                281 I.A.C. 12.3(4); 41.624.
                                City of Sioux City v. Greater Sioux City Press Club, 421 N.W.2d 895 (Iowa 1988).
                                City of Dubuque v. Telegraph Herald, Inc., 297 N.W.2d 523 (Iowa 1980).

Cross Reference:    206.3    Secretary [or Secretary/Treasurer]
                                215       Board of Directors' Records
                                401.5    Employee Records
                                506       Student Records
                                901       Public Examination of School District Records

Approved      6/21/2021     
Reviewed      7/15/2024     
Revised         7/15/2024     

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 16:55

709 - Insurance Program

709 - Insurance Program

The board will maintain a comprehensive insurance program to provide adequate coverage against major types of risk, loss, or damage, as well as legal liability.  The board will purchase insurance at replacement values, when possible, after reviewing the costs and availability of such insurance.  The comprehensive insurance program is reviewed once every three years.  Insurance will only be purchased through legally licensed Iowa insurance agents.

The school district will assume the risk of property damage, legal liability, and dishonesty in cases in which the exposure is so small or dispersed that a loss does not significantly affect the operation of the education program or financial condition of the school district.

Insurance of buildings, structures, or property in the open will not generally be purchased to cover loss exposures below $1000 unless such insurance is required by statute or contract. 

The board may retain a private organization for capital assets management services. 

Administration of the insurance program, making recommendations for additional insurance coverage, placing the insurance coverage and loss prevention activities is the responsibility of the superintendent.  The (superintendent/capital assets manager) is responsible for maintaining the capital assets management system, processing claims and maintaining loss records.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 85.2; 279.12, .28; 285.5(6), .10(6); 296.7; 298A; 517A.1; 670.7.

Cross Reference:  205     Board Member Liability
                      
                  804     Safety Program

Approved      6/21/21                            
Reviewed                                              
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 17:00

710 - School Food Services

710 - School Food Services dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 17:02

710.1 - School Nutrition Program

710.1 - School Nutrition Program

The school district will operate a school nutrition program in each attendance center.  The school nutrition program will include meals through participation in the National School Lunch Program.  Students may bring their lunches from home and purchase milk and other incidental items.

School nutrition program facilities are provided to serve students and employees when school is in session and during school-related activities.  They may also be used under the supervision of the Food Service Director for food service to employee groups, parent-teacher meetings, civic organizations meeting for the purpose of better understanding the schools, and senior citizens in accordance with law and board policy.

The school nutrition program is operated on a nonprofit basis.  The revenues of the school nutrition program will be used only for the operation or improvement of such programs.  Supplies of the school nutrition program will only be used for the school nutrition program.

The board will set, and annually review, the prices for school nutrition programs.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation regarding the prices of the school nutrition programs, in accordance with federal and state law. 

It is the responsibility of Food Service Director to administer the program and to cooperate with the superintendent and appropriate personnel for the proper functioning of the school nutrition program.

The district shall comply with all federal and state laws and regulations required for procurement, including the selection and evaluation of contractors. The superintendent or designee is responsible for developing an administrative process to implement this policy, including, but not limited to, procedures related to suspension and debarment for transactions subject to those requirements and prohibitions on purchasing food products misbranded as meat or egg products, or cultivated-protein food products in accordance with applicable laws. 

Legal Reference:     42 U.S.C. §§ 1751 et seq..
                                7 C.F.R. §§ 210 et seq..
                                Iowa Code ch. 283A.
                                281 I.A.C. 58.

Cross Reference:    710.2    Free or Reduced Cost Meals Eligibility 
                                710.3    Vending Machines
                                710.4    Meal Charge Policy 
                                905       Use of School District Facilities and Equipment

Approved         6/21/2021    
Reviewed        7/15/2024     
Revised           7/15/2024     

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 17:02

710.2 - Free or Reduced Price Meals Eligibility

710.2 - Free or Reduced Price Meals Eligibility

Students enrolled and attending school in the school district who meet USDA eligibility guidelines will be provided the school nutrition program services at no cost or at a reduced price.  The school district shall make reasonable efforts to prevent the overt identification of, students who are eligible for free and reduced price meals.

The district shall at least twice annually notify all families of the availability, eligibility criteria, and application procedures for free or reduced price meals in accordance with state and federal law. 

It is the responsibility of the Food Service Director or the Food Service Secretary to determine the eligibility of students for free or reduced price school nutrition programs, in accordance with criteria established by state and federal law.  If school personnel have knowledge of a student who is in need of free or reduced-price meals, school personnel shall contact the building principal

If a student owes money for five or more meals, the Food Service Director or the Food Service Secretary may contact the student’s parent or guardian to provide information regarding the application for free or reduced-price meals.  The school is encouraged to provide reimbursable meals to students who request reimbursable meals unless the students’ parent or guardian has specifically provided written direction to the school to withhold a meal from the student. 

Employees will be required to pay for meals consumed.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations for implementing this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  42 U.S.C. §§ 1751 et seq..
   
                                      7 C.F.R. §§ 210 et seq..
   
                                      Iowa Code § 283A.
   
                                      281 I.A.C. 58.

Cross Reference:  710.1                                      School Nutrition Program
   
                                     710.3                                      Vending Machines
   
                                     710.4                                      Meal Charge Policy

Approved     6/21/21                              
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 17:04

710.3 - Vending Machines

710.3 - Vending Machines

Food served or purchased by students during the school day and food served or purchased for other than special circumstances is approved by the superintendent.  Vending machines in the school building are the responsibility of the building principal.  Purchases from the vending machines, will reflect the guidelines in the Wellness policy 507.9.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations for the use of vending machines and other sales of food to students.

 

 

Legal Reference:  42 U.S.C. §§ 1751 et seq.
  
                                      7 C.F.R. Pt. 210 et seq.
  
                                      Iowa Code ch. 283A
  
                                      281 I.A.C. 58.

Cross Reference:  504.5                                  Student Fund Raising
  
                                      710                                      School Food Services

Approved    6/21/21                               
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 17:06

710.4 - Meal Charges

710.4 - Meal Charges

In accordance with state and federal law, the Maquoketa Valley Community School District adopts the following policy to ensure school district employees, families, and students have a shared understanding of expectations regarding meal charges. The policy seeks to allow students to receive the nutrition they need to stay focused during the school day, prevent the overt identification of students with insufficient funds to pay for school meals, and maintain the financial integrity of the nonprofit school nutrition program.

 

Payment of Meals

Students have use of a meal account. Students or their families can use the online payment system to deposit monies into their meal account or can bring a check or cash to the building secretary. The building secretary will provide a receipt and then deposit this money into the students meal or family account.

Students who qualify for free meals shall never be denied a reimbursable meal, even if they have accrued a negative balance from previous purchases.  Schools are encouraged to provide a reimbursable meal to students with outstanding meal charge debt.  If an alternate meal is provided, the meal must be the same meal presented in the same manner to any student requesting an alternate meal. 

 

Negative Account Balances

The school district will make reasonable efforts to notify families when meal account balances are low. Additionally, the school district will make reasonable efforts to collect unpaid meal charges classified as delinquent debt. The school district will coordinate communications with the student’s parent or guardian to resolve the matter of unpaid charges. Parents or guardians will be notified of an outstanding negative balance once the student owes five meals or more. Parents or guardians will be notified when a negative balances of more than $5.00, not paid prior to end of the month, will be turned over to the superintendent or superintendent’s designee for collection. Options may include:  collection agencies, small claims court, or any other legal method permitted by law.

 

Unpaid Student Meals Account

The district will establish an unpaid student meals account in a school nutrition fund.  Funds from private sources and funds from the district flexibility account may be deposited into the unpaid school meals account in accordance with law.  Funds deposited into this account shall be used only to pay individual student meal debt.

 

Communication of the Policy

The policy and supporting information regarding meal charges shall be provided in writing to:

  • All households at or before the start of each school year;
  • Students and families who transfer into the district, at time of transfer; and
  • All staff responsible for enforcing any aspect of the policy. 

Records of how and when the policy and supporting information was communicated to households and staff will be retained.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop an administrative regulations for implementing this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  42 U.S.C. §§ 1751 et seq.
  
                                 7 C.F.R. §§ 210 et seq.
                                         
U.S. Dep’t of Agric., SP 46-2016, Unpaid Meal Charges: Local Meal Charge Policies (2016).
                                         
U.S. Dep’t of Agric., SP 47-2016, Unpaid Meal Charges: Clarification on Collection of Delinquent Meal Payments (2016).
                                         
U.S. Dep’t of Agric., SP 57-2016, Unpaid Meal Charges: Guidance and Q&A (2016).
  
                                  Iowa Code 283A.
     
                                  281 I.A.C. 58.

Cross Reference:  710.1    School Food Program
  
                                     710.2    Free or Reduced Cost Meals Eligibility
  
                                    710.3    Vending Machine

Approved     6/21/21                                
Reviewed                            
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 17:07

711 - Transportation

711 - Transportation dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 17:10

711.1 - Student School Transportation Eligibility

711.1 - Student School Transportation Eligibility

Elementary and middle school students living more than two miles from their designated school attendance centers and high school students living more than three miles from their designated attendance centers are entitled to transportation to and from their attendance center at the expense of the school district.

Transportation of students who require special education services will generally be provided as for other students, when appropriate.  Specialized transportation of a student to and from a special education instructional service is a function of that service and, therefore, an appropriate expenditure of special education instructional funds generated through the weighting plan.

Transportation of a student to and from a special education support service is a function of that service, and is specified in the individualized education program (IEP) or the individualized family service plan (IFSP).  When the IEP or IFSP team determines that unique transportation arrangements are required and the arrangements are specified in the IEP or IFSP, the school district will provide one or more of the following transportation arrangements for instructional services and the AEA for support services:

          Transportation from the student's residence to the location of the special education and back to the student's residence, or child care placement for students below the age of six.

          Special assistance or adaptations in getting the student to and from and on and off the vehicle, en route to and from the special education.

          Reimbursement of the actual costs of transportation when by mutual agreement the parents provide transportation for the student to and from the special education.

The school district is not required to provide reimbursement to parents who elect to provide transportation in lieu of agency-provided transportation.

Distance to school or to a bus route shall be measured on the public highway only and over the most passable and safest route as determined by the Board of Directors, starting in the roadway opposite the private entrance to the residence of the pupil and ending in the roadway opposite the entrance to the school grounds or designated point on his/her route.

A student may be required, at the board's discretion, to meet a school vehicle without reimbursement up to three-fourths of a mile.  The board may require the parent to transport their children up to two miles to connect with school bus vehicles at the expense of the school district when conditions deem it advisable.  It is within the discretion of the board to determine such conditions.  Parents of students who live where transportation by bus is impracticable or unavailable may be required to furnish transportation to and from the designated attendance center at the expense of the school district.  Parents, who transport their children at the expense of the school district, are reimbursed at the rate per mile set by the state. 

Transportation arrangements made by agreement with a neighboring school district will follow the terms of the agreement.  Students, who choose to attend a school in a school district other than their resident school district, will provide transportation to and from the school at their own expense.

 

NOTE:  This policy reflects the legal requirements of transportation.  Boards may expand transportation eligibility and, if so, the school district's practice should be reflected in board policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. §§ 1401, 1701 et seq.
  
                                     34 C.F.R. Pt. 300 et seq.
  
                                     Iowa Code §§ 256B.4; 285; 321.
   
                                     281 I.A.C. 41.412.

Cross Reference:  501.16                             Homeless Children and Youth
  
                                     507.8                                Student Special Health Services
 
                                     603.3                                Special Education
  
                                     711                                    Transportation

Approved     6/21/21                              
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 17:11

711.2 - Student Conduct on School Transportation

711.2 - Student Conduct on School Transportation

Students utilizing school transportation will conduct themselves in an orderly manner fitting to their age level and maturity with mutual respect and consideration for the rights of the school vehicle driver and the other passengers.  Students who fail to behave in an orderly manner will be subject to disciplinary measures.

The driver will have the authority to maintain order on the school vehicle.  It is the responsibility of the driver to report misconduct to the building administrator.

The board supports the use of video cameras on school buses used for transportation to and from school as well as for field trips, curricular or extracurricular events.  The video cameras will be used to monitor student behavior and may be used as evidence in a student disciplinary proceeding.  The videotapes are student records subject to school district confidentiality, board policy and administrative regulations.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the building principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding student conduct and discipline when utilizing school district transportation.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 285; 321.

Cross Reference:  503                                    Student Discipline
   
                                    506                                    Student Records

Approved     6/21/21                              
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 17:13

711.2R1 - Student Conduct on School Transportation Regulation

711.2R1 - Student Conduct on School Transportation Regulation

All persons riding in school district vehicles will adhere to the following rules.  The driver, sponsor or chaperones are to follow the school bus discipline procedure for student violations of this policy.  Recording devices may be in operation on the school buses.

 1.    Bus riders will be at the designated loading point before the bus arrival time.

 2.    Bus riders will wait until the bus comes to a complete stop before attempting to enter.

 3.    Riders must not extend arms or heads out of the windows at any time.

 4.    Aisles must be kept cleared at all times.

 5.    All bus riders will load and unload through the right front door.  The emergency door is for emergencies only.

 6.    A bus rider will depart from the bus at the designated point unless written permission to get off at a different location is given to the driver.

 7.    A rider may be assigned a seat by the driver.

 8.    Riders who damage seats or other equipment will reimburse the district for the cost of the repair or replacement.

 9.    Riders are not permitted to leave their seats while the vehicle is in motion.

10.   Waste containers are provided on all buses for bus riders' use.

11.   Permission to open windows must be obtained from the driver.

12.   Classroom conduct is to be observed by students while riding the bus except for ordinary conversation.

13.   The driver is in charge of the students and the vehicle, and the driver is to be obeyed promptly and cheerfully.

14.   Students will assist in looking after the safety and comfort of younger students.

15.   A bus rider who must cross the roadway to board or depart from the bus will pass in front of the bus (no closer than 10 feet), look in both directions and proceed to cross the road or highway only on signal from the driver.

16.   Students will not throw objects about the vehicle nor out through the windows.

17.   Shooting paper wads, squirt guns or other material in the vehicle is not permitted.

18.   Students will keep feet off the seats.

19.   Roughhousing in the vehicle is prohibited.

20.   Students will refrain from crowding or pushing.

21.   The use or possession of alcohol, tobacco or look-alike substances is prohibited in the vehicle.

22.   The Good Conduct Rule is in effect.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 17:15

711.2R2 - Use of Recording Devices on School Buses Regulation

711.2R2 - Use of Recording Devices on School Buses Regulation

The board supports the use of recording devices on school buses as a means to monitor and maintain a safe environment for students and employees.  The recording devices may be used on buses used for transportation to and from school, field trips, curricular events and extracurricular events.  The contents of the recordings may be used as evidence in a student disciplinary proceeding.

 

Student Records

The content of the recordings is a student record subject to board policy and administrative regulations regarding confidential student records.  Only those persons with a legitimate educational purpose may view the recordings.  In most instances, those individuals with a legitimate educational purpose may be the superintendent, building principal, transportation director, bus driver and special education staffing team. A parent may view the recordings without consent from any student or parent of a minor student also shown in the recording if the other students are bystanders.  But if there is an altercation between multiple students, then all parent s must give consent in order for the recordings to be viewed by parents. 

A recording during a school-sponsored trip, such as an athletic event, may also be accessible to the sponsor or coach of the activity.  If the content of the recording becomes the subject of a student disciplinary proceeding, it will be treated like other evidence in the proceeding.

 

Notice

The school district will annually provide the following notice to students and parents:

The Maquoketa Valley Community School District Board of Directors has authorized the use of recording devices on school district buses.  The recording devices will be used to monitor student behavior to maintain order on the school buses to promote and maintain a safe environment.  Students and parents are hereby notified that the content of the recording may be used in a student disciplinary proceeding.  The content of the recording are confidential student records and will be retained with other student records.  Recordings will only be retained if necessary for use in a student disciplinary proceeding or other matter as determined necessary by the administration.  Parents may request to view the recording of their child if the recordings are used in a disciplinary proceeding involving their child.

The following notice will also be placed on all school buses equipped with recording devices:

This bus is equipped with a recording /audio monitoring system.

 

Review of Recording Devices

The school district will review the recordings (choose one of the following):

         When necessary as a result of an incident reported by a bus driver or student.  The recordings may be re-circulated for erasure after 7 days.

Viewing of the recordings is limited to the individuals having a legitimate educational purpose.  A written log will be kept of those individuals viewing the recordings stating the time, name of individual viewing and the date the recordings was viewed.

 

Recording Monitoring System

Recording devices will be (choose one of the following):

         Used on only a select number of school district buses.

Determination of how recording devices will be used and which school buses will be equipped with recording equipment will be made by the superintendent in consultation with the building principals and transportation director.

 

Student Conduct

Students are prohibited from tampering with the recording devices on the school buses.  Students found in violation of this regulation will be disciplined in accordance with the school district discipline policy and Good Conduct Rule and will reimburse the school district for any repairs or replacement necessary as a result of the tampering.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 17:15

711.3 - Student Transportation for Extra Curricular Activities

711.3 - Student Transportation for Extra Curricular Activities

The board in its discretion may provide school district transportation for extracurricular activities including, but not limited to, transporting student participants and other students to and from extracurricular events.

Students participating or attending extracurricular events, other than those held at the school district facilities, may be transported to the extracurricular event by school district transportation vehicles or by another means approved by the superintendent. 

Students, who are provided transportation in school district transportation vehicles for extracurricular events, will ride both to and from the event in the school vehicle unless arrangements have been made with the building principal prior to the event.  A student's parent may personally appear and request to transport the student home from a school-sponsored event in which the student traveled to the event on a school district transportation vehicle.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board annually as to whether the school district will provide the transportation authorized in this policy.  In making the recommendation to the board, the superintendent will consider the financial condition of the school district, the number of students who would qualify for such transportation, and other factors the board or superintendent deem relevant.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 256B.4; 285.1-.4; 321.
   
                                     281 I.A.C. 41.412.

Cross Reference:  504                                      Student Activities
   
                                     711                                      Transportation

Approved     6/21/21                              
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 17:17

711.4 - Summer School Program Transportation Service

711.4 - Summer School Program Transportation Service

The school district may use school vehicles for transportation to and from summer extracurricular activities.  The superintendent will make a recommendation to the board annually regarding their use.

Transportation to and from the student's attendance center for summer school instructional programs is within the discretion of the board.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation regarding transportation of students in summer school instructional programs at the expense of the school district.  In making the recommendation to the board, the superintendent will consider the financial condition of the school district, the number of students involved in summer school programs, and other factors deemed relevant by the board or the superintendent.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 285.10
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 43.10, 412

Cross Reference:  603.2                                  Summer School Instruction
   
                                     711                                      Transportation

Approved     6/21/21                              
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 17:18

711.5 - Transportation of Nonresident and Nonpublic School Students

711.5 - Transportation of Nonresident and Nonpublic School Students

The board has sole discretion to determine the method to be utilized for transporting nonresident and nonpublic students.  Nonresident students paying tuition may be, and resident students attending a nonpublic school accredited by the State Department of Education, will be transported on an established public school vehicle route as long as such transportation does not interfere with resident public students' transportation.  Nonresident and nonpublic school students will obtain the permission of the superintendent prior to being transported by the school district.

Parents of resident students who provide transportation for their children attending a nonpublic school accredited by the Iowa Department of Education will be reimbursed at the established state rate.  This reimbursement is paid only if the school district receives the funds from the state.  If less than the amount of funds necessary to fully reimburse parents of the nonpublic students is received by the school district, the funds will be prorated.

The charge to the nonresident students is determined based on the students' pro rata share of the actual costs for transportation.  The parents of these students are billed for the student's share of the actual costs of transportation.  The billing is according to the schedule developed by the superintendent.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to determine the amount to be charged and report it to the board secretary for billing.

Continued transportation of nonresident and nonpublic school students on a public school vehicle route will be subject to resident public school students' transportation needs.  The superintendent will make a recommendation annually to the board regarding the method to be used.  In making a recommendation to the board, the superintendent will consider the number of students to be transported, the capacity of the school vehicles, the financial condition of the school district and other factors deemed relevant by the board or the superintendent.

Nonresident and nonpublic school students are subject to the same conduct regulations as resident public students as prescribed by board policy, and to other policies, rules, or regulations developed by the school district regarding transportation of students by the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 285.1-.2, .10, .16.

Cross Reference:  711                                      Transportation

Approved     6/21/21                              
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 17:19

711.6 - Transportation of Nonschool Groups

711.6 - Transportation of Nonschool Groups

Only in unusual circumstances will the board make school district transportation vehicles available to local nonprofit entities which promote cultural, educational, civic, community, or recreational activities for transporting to and from nonschool-sponsored activities in the state.

In the event school district transportation vehicles are made available to local nonprofit entities, it is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations for application for, use of, and payment for using the school district transportation vehicles.

 

NOTE:  There are two options for this policy.  The second one is more flexible than the first option.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 285.1(21), .10(9), (10).
  
                                      281 I.A.C. 41.412; 43.10.

Cross Reference:  711                                      Transportation
  
                                      900                                      Principles and Objectives for Community Relations

Approved                                              
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 17:20

711.7 - School Bus Safety Instruction

711.7 - School Bus Safety Instruction

The school district will conduct school bus safe riding practices instruction and emergency safety drills at least twice during the school year, once in the fall and once in the spring, for students who utilize school district transportation.  Documentation of these safety drills will be maintained by the district for five years and made available upon request.

Each school bus vehicle will have, in addition to the regular emergency safety drill, a plan for helping those students who require special assistance to safety during an emergency. This will include, but not be limited to, students with disabilities.

Employees are responsible for instructing the proper techniques to be followed during an emergency, as well as safe riding practices.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 321.
  
                                      281 I.A.C. 41.412; 43.40.

Cross Reference:  503                                      Student Discipline
  
                                      507                                      Student Health and Well-Being
  
                                      804.2                                  Warning Systems and Emergency Plans

Approved     6/21/21                              
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 17:21

711.8 - Transportation in Inclement Weather

711.8 - Transportation in Inclement Weather

School district buses will not operate when weather conditions due to fog, rain, snow or other natural elements make it unsafe to do so.  Because weather conditions may vary around the school district and may change quickly, the best judgment possible will be used with the information available.

The final judgment as to when conditions are unsafe to operate will be made by the superintendent.  The superintendent will be assisted by the actual "on location" reports of the drivers.

Several drivers each year will be specially designated to report weather and road conditions by bus radio when requested to do so.  Other employees and students will be notified by commercial radio when school is cancelled or temporarily delayed.  When school is cancelled because of weather anywhere in the school district, all schools will be closed.

When weather conditions deteriorate during the day after school has begun, cancellation notices will be announced by commercial radio.  Students will be returned to their regular drop-off sites unless weather conditions prevent it.  In that case, students will be kept at or returned to school until they are picked up by the parents.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8

Cross Reference:  601.2                                      School Day

Approved     6/21/21                              
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 17:22

711.9 - District Vehicle Idling

711.9 - District Vehicle Idling

The board recognizes that it has a role in reducing environmental pollutants and in assisting students and others be free from pollutants that may impact their respiratory health.  Unnecessary vehicle idling emits pollutants and wastes fuel.  The board directs the superintendent, in conjunction with the Director of Transportation, to work on administrative regulations to implement this policy and reduce school vehicle idling time.

 

 

Legal References:  Iowa Code §279.8

Cross References:  403       Employee Health and Well-Being
   
                                      507       Student Health and Well-Being
   
                                      711       Transportation

Approved     6/21/21                               
Reviewed                                                                                            
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 17:23

711.10 - School Bus Passenger Restraints

711.10 - School Bus Passenger Restraints

The district shall utilize three-point lap-shoulder belts on district school buses as required by state law.  All three-point lap-shoulder belts available on district buses will be used by passengers when the vehicle is in any non-stationary gear.

 

 

Legal Reference:  281 I.A.C. 43.10(6)

Cross Reference:  711.7    School Bus Safety Instruction

Approved     6/21/21                              
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 17:24

712 - Technology and Data Security

712 - Technology and Data Security

The Maquoketa Valley Community School District recognizes the increasingly vital role technology plays in society.  It is the goal of the district to embrace technology as a resource to further educate our students, and better prepare students for the future.  It is the intent of the district to support secure data systems in the district, including security for all personally identifiable information (PII) that is stored digitally on district-maintained devices, computers and networks.  Technology also has incredible potential to support increased efficiency, communication and growth through collaboration among administration, students, staff, employees and volunteers. 

However, with this growth opportunity comes increased potential for valuable sensitive data to become public.  The district takes seriously its responsibility to protect private data. The purpose of this policy is to ensure the secure use and handling of all district data, computer systems, devices and technology equipment by district students, employees, and data users. 

The district supports the use of third-party vendors to perform necessary education functions for the district.  Utilizing third party vendors to outsource functions the district would traditionally perform provides a cost-effective means to deliver high quality educational opportunities to all students.  However, it is paramount that third party vendors with access to sensitive data and PII of district students, employees and data users be held to the highest standards of data privacy and security.

The selection of third-party vendors shall be in accordance with appropriate law and policy.  Third-party vendors with access to PII shall meet all qualifications to be designated as a School Official under the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA). The board shall ensure that any approved contract with a third-party vendor will require that the vendor comply with all applicable state and federal laws, rules, or regulations, regarding the privacy of PII. 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop procedures for the district to enhance the security of data and the learning environment.  The procedures shall address, but not be limited to, the following topics: 

Access Control –Access control governs who may access what information within the district and the way users may access the information. Increased access to secure networks and data will inevitably increase the risk of security compromise to those networks and data.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop procedures for determining which individuals will have access to district networks, devices and data; and to what extent such access will be granted.  System and network access will be granted based upon a need-to-have requirement, with the least amount of access to data and programs by the user as possible. 

Security Management –Security management addresses protections and security measures used to protect digital data.  These include measures related to audits and remediation, as well as security plans for responding to, reporting and remediating security incidents.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop procedures to govern the secure creation, storage and transmission of any sensitive data and personally identifiable information (PII).  The superintendent or designee shall implement network perimeter controls to regulate data moving between trusted internal resources to external entities.

Technology and Data Use Training –Technology and data use training addresses acceptable use best practices to safeguard data for students, employees and staff.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop procedures for creating and administering a training program on proper data and technology use.  The training shall address the proper use and security of all district owned or controlled technology, devices, media and data.  Training should be administered to all district data users.  The training program should be updated and presented to the school board for approval on an annual basis. 

In furtherance of this policy, the superintendent or designee shall be responsible for overseeing district-wide data and technology security, to include development of standards and procedures and adherence to the administrative procedures defined in this document.

 

 

Legal References:  20 U.S.C. §1232g; 34 C.F.R. Part 99
                                          
47 U.S.C. §254
                                          
20 U.S.C. §6777
                                          
Iowa Code §§ 279.70; 715C

Cross References:  401.13   Staff Technology Use/Social Networking
                                          
506.1     Student Records
                                          
605.4     Technology in the Classroom

Approved     6/21/21                              
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 17:25

712R1 - Security Requirements of Third-Party Vendors Regulation

712R1 - Security Requirements of Third-Party Vendors Regulation

The District must ensure proper safeguards and procedures exist to use third-party vendors as a resource to further educational functions.  The following procedures shall be used to investigate and contract only with qualifying third-party vendors for the performance of necessary educational functions of the district; and to ensure that third-party vendors meet the required standards to be designated under the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) as a School Official to handle personally identifiable information (PII) within the district. 

Third-party vendors may be designated by the district as a School Official when the vendor: 

        1. Performs an institutional service or function for which the school or district would otherwise use its own employees;
        2. Has met the criteria set forth in the district’s annual notification of FERPA rights for being a school official with a legitimate educational interest in the education records;
        3. Is under the direct control of the district regarding the use and maintenance of education records; and 
        4. Uses education records only for authorized purposes and may not re-disclose PII from education records to other parties (unless the provider has specific authorization from the district to do so and is otherwise permitted by FERPA). 

Third party vendor data use requirements shall include, but not be limited to the following:

  1. The vendor implement and maintain security procedures and practices consistent with current industry standards; and
  2. The vendor be prohibited from collecting and using PII for:
    1. Targeted advertising;
    2. Amassing a profile about a student or students except in furtherance of educational purposes;
    3. Selling or renting PII for any purpose other than those expressly permitted by law; and
    4. Disclosing PII for any purposes other than those expressly permitted by law. 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 10/17/2023 - 17:27

713 - Responsible Technology Use and Social Networking

713 - Responsible Technology Use and Social Networking

Computers, electronic devices and other technology are powerful and valuable education and research tools and, as such, are an important part of the instructional program. In addition, the school district depends upon technology as an integral part of administering and managing the schools’ resources, including the compilation of data and recordkeeping for personnel, students, finances, supplies and materials. This policy outlines the board’s expectations in regard to these different aspects of the school district’s technology resources. Students, staff and volunteers must conduct themselves in a manner that does not disrupt the educational process and failure to do so may result in discipline, up to and including student discipline under all relevant district policies and discharge for employees.

General Provisions

The superintendent is responsible for designating a computer network coordinator who will oversee the use of school district technology resources. The computer network coordinator will prepare in-service programs for the training and development of school district staff and relevant volunteers in technology skills, appropriate use of district technology and for the incorporation of technology use in subject areas.

The superintendent, working with appropriate staff, shall establish regulations governing the use and security of the school district’s technology resources. The school district will make every reasonable effort to maintain the security of the district networks and devices. All users of the school district’s technology resources, including students, staff and volunteers, shall comply with this policy and regulation, as well as others impacting the use of school equipment and facilities. Failure to comply may result in disciplinary action, up to and including discharge or expulsion, as well as suspension and/or revocation of technology access privileges.
   
Usage of the school district’s technology resources is a privilege, not a right, and that use entails responsibility. District-owned technology and district-maintained Internet-based collaboration software social media and e-mail accounts are the property of the school district. Therefore, users of the school district’s network must not expect, nor does the school district guarantee, privacy for use of the school district’s network websites visited. The school district reserves the right to access and view any material stored on school district equipment, within district-owned software or any material used in conjunction with the school district’s network.

The superintendent, working with the appropriate staff, shall establish procedures governing management of technology records in order to exercise appropriate control over technology records, including financial, personnel and student information. The procedures will address at a minimum: 

  • passwords,
  • system administration,
  • separation of duties,
  • remote access,
  • data back-up (including archiving of email),
  • record retention, and
  • disaster recovery plans.

 

Social Networking or Other External Web Sites

For purposes of this policy, any website, other than the school district website or school-school district sanctioned websites, are considered external websites. Employees and volunteers shall not post confidential or proprietary information, including photographic images, about the school district, its employees, students, agents or others on any external website without prior written consent of the superintendent. Employees and volunteers shall adhere to all applicable privacy and confidentiality policies adopted by the school district when on external websites. Employees, students and volunteers shall not use the school district logos, images, iconography, etc. on external websites unless authorized in advance by school administration. Employees shall not use school district time or property on external sites that are not in direct relation to the employee’s job duties. Employees, students and volunteers need to realize that the internet is not a closed system and anything posted on an external site may be viewed by others. Employees, students and volunteers who don’t want school administrators to know their personal information, should refrain from sharing it on the internet. Employees and volunteers should not connect with students via external websites without consent of the  building level administrator.

Employees and volunteers who wish to connect with students through an Internet-based software application that is not District-approved must first obtain the prior written consent of the building administrator.  At all times, no less than two licensed employees must have access to all accounts and interactions on the software application. Employees and volunteers who would like to start a social media site for school district-sanctioned activities should obtain prior written consent from the superintendent.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations implementing this policy.

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code § 279.8.
282 I.A.C. 25, 26. 

I.C. Iowa Code Description
Iowa Code  § 279.8       Directors - General Rules - Bonds of Employees

I.A.C. Iowa Administrative Code          Description
282 I.A.C. 25   Educational Examiners - Code of Professional Conduct
282 I.A.C. 26   Educational Examiners - Code of Rights and Responsibilities

Cross References
Code    Description
104      Anti-Bullying/Harassment Policy
104-R(1)          Anti-Bullying/Harassment Policy - Investigation Procedures
104-E(1)          Anti-Bullying/Harassment Policy - Complaint Form
104-E(2)          Anti-Bullying/Harassment Policy - Witness Disclosure Form
104-E(3)          Anti-Bullying/Harassment Policy - Disposition of Complaint Form
305      Administrator Code of Ethics
401.11 Employee Orientation
401.14 Employee Expression
604.11 Appropriate Use of Online Learning Platforms
712      Technology and Data Security
712-R(1)          Technology and Data Security - Security Requirements of Third-Party Vendors Regulation

 

Approved    5/18/2020               
Reviewed     2/19/2024              
Revised       2/19/2024 

susan.larson@f… Wed, 02/21/2024 - 16:23

713.R1 - Responsible Technology Use & Social Networking - Regulation

713.R1 - Responsible Technology Use & Social Networking - Regulation

General

The following rules and regulations govern the use of the school district's network systems, employee access to the internet, and management of digital records:

  • Employees will be issued a school district email account. Passwords must be changed periodically.
  • Each individual in whose name an access account is issued is responsible at all times for its proper use.
  • Employees are expected to review their email regularly and shall reply promptly to inquiries with information that the employee can reasonably be expected to provide.
  • Communications with parents and/or students must be made on a school district computer, unless in the case of an emergency.
  • Employees may access the internet for education-related and/or work-related activities.
  • Employees shall refrain from using technology resources for personal use, including access to social networking sites.
  • Use of the school district technology and school e-mail address is a public record. Employees cannot have an expectation of privacy in the use of the school district’s  network and technology
  • Use of technology resources in ways that violate the acceptable use and conduct regulation, outlined below, will be subject to discipline, up to and including discharge.
  • Use of the school district’s network is a privilege, not a right.  Inappropriate use may result in the suspension or revocation of that privilege.
  • Off-site access to the school district network will be determined by the superintendent in conjunction with appropriate personnel.
  • All network users are expected to abide by the generally accepted rules of network etiquette. This includes being polite and using only appropriate language. Abusive language, vulgarities and swear words are all inappropriate.
  • Network users identifying a security problem on the school district's network must notify appropriate staff. Any network user identified as a security risk or having a history of violations of school district technology use guidelines may be denied access to the school district's network.
  • Employees are representatives of the district at all times and must model appropriate character, both on and off the worksite.  This applies to material posted with personal devices and on personal websites and/or social media accounts.  Posted messages or pictures which diminish the professionalism or discredit the capacity to maintain respect of students and parents may result in disciplinary action up to and including termination if the content posted is found to be disruptive to the educational environment and adversely  impacts the employee’s ability to effectively serve as a role model or perform his/her job duties for the district.  The type of material that would affect an employee’s ability to serve as an appropriate role model includes, but is not limited to, text or depictions involving hate speech, nudity, obscenity, vulgarity or sexually explicit content.  Employee communications with students should be limited as appropriate.  If there is any uncertainty, employees should consult their building administrator.

 

Prohibited Activity and Uses

The following is a list of prohibited activities for all employees concerning use of the school district's network.  Any violation of these prohibitions may result in discipline, up to and including discharge, or other appropriate penalty, including suspension or revocation of a user's access to the network.

  • Using the network for commercial activity, including advertising, or personal gain.
  • Infringing on any copyrights or other intellectual property rights, including copying, installing, receiving, transmitting or making available any copyrighted software on the school district network. See Policy 605.07, Use of Information Resources for more information.
  • Using the network to receive, transmit or make available to others obscene, offensive, or sexually explicit material
  • Using the network to receive, transmit or make available to others messages that are racist, sexist, and abusive or harassing to others.
  • Use of another’s account or password.
  • Attempting to read, delete, copy or modify the electronic mail (e-mail) of other system users.
  • Forging or attempting to forge e-mail messages.
  • Engaging in vandalism. Vandalism is defined as any malicious attempt to harm or destroy school district equipment or materials, data of another user of the school district’s network or of any of the entities or other networks that are connected to the Internet. This includes, but is not limited to, creating and/or placing a virus on the network.
  • Using the network to send anonymous messages or files.
  • Revealing the personal address, telephone number or other personal information of oneself or another person.
  • Intentionally disrupting network traffic or crashing the network and connected systems.
  • Installing personal software or using personal technology on the school district’s technology and/or network without the permission of the Computer Network Coordinator
  • Using the network in a fashion inconsistent with directions from teachers and other staff and generally accepted network etiquette.

 

Other Technology Issues

Employees should contact students and their parents through the school district's technology or phone system unless in the case of an emergency or with prior consent of the principal. Employees should not release their cell phone number, personal email address, etc. to students or their parents.

 

I.C. Iowa Code       Description
Iowa Code  § 279.8 Directors - General Rules - Bonds of Employees

I.A.C. Iowa Administrative Code            Description
282 I.A.C. 25         Educational Examiners - Code of Professional Conduct
282 I.A.C. 26         Educational Examiners - Code of Rights and Responsibilities

Cross References
Code                      Description
104                        Anti-Bullying/Harassment Policy
104-R(1)                Anti-Bullying/Harassment Policy - Investigation Procedures
104-E(1)                Anti-Bullying/Harassment Policy - Complaint Form
104-E(2)                Anti-Bullying/Harassment Policy - Witness Disclosure Form
104-E(3)                Anti-Bullying/Harassment Policy - Disposition of Complaint Form
305                        Administrator Code of Ethics
401.11                   Employee Orientation
401.14                   Employee Expression
604.11                   Appropriate Use of Online Learning Platforms
712                        Technology and Data Security
712-R(1)                Technology and Data Security - Security Requirements of Third-Party Vendors Regulation

susan.larson@f… Wed, 02/21/2024 - 16:28

800 - BUILDINGS & SITES

800 - BUILDINGS & SITES Jen@iowaschool… Mon, 10/02/2023 - 10:04

800 - Objectives of Buildings & Sites

800 - Objectives of Buildings & Sites

This series of the board policy manual sets forth the board objectives and goals for the school district's buildings and sites.  It is the goal of the board to provide sufficient school district buildings and sites for the education program.  The board will strive to provide an environment which will encourage and support learning.

In providing this environment the school district buildings and sites will accommodate the organizational and instructional patterns that support the education program.  The board has final authority to determine what is necessary to meet the needs of the education program.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to oversee the day-to-day operations of the school buildings and sites and to notify the board of areas in need of improvement.

 

 

Approved     11/2019                             
Reviewed    10/21                                                                           
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 15:46

801 - Site Acquisition and Building Construction

801 - Site Acquisition and Building Construction dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 15:47

801.01 - Buildings & Sites Long Range Planning

801.01 - Buildings & Sites Long Range Planning

As part of the board's long range plan for the school district's education program, the board will include the buildings and sites needs for the education program.  The long-term needs for buildings and sites will be discussed and determined by the board.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to provide information including, but not limited to, enrollment projections and education program requirements to the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 280.3, .12, .14; 297.

Cross Reference:  103                                      Long-Range Needs Assessment

Approved     11/2019                             
Reviewed      10/21                                                                         
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 15:47

801.02 - Buildings & Sites Surveys

801.02 - Buildings & Sites Surveys

The board may engage the services of consultants or other personnel to study the needs of the school district's buildings and sites in providing the education program.  The results of these services will be considered in planning the education program and in making decisions about the improvement and acquisition of additional buildings and sites.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board regarding the need for such services and who should perform such services for the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 280.3, .14; 297.

Cross Reference:  103                                      Long-Range Needs Assessment
  
                                      801                                      Site Acquisition and Building Construction

Approved     11/2019                             
Reviewed    10/21                                                                           
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 15:48

801.03 - Educational Specifications for Buildings & Sites

801.03 - Educational Specifications for Buildings & Sites

Buildings and sites considered for purchase or construction by the board or currently owned by the school district and used for the education program must meet, or upon improvement be able to meet, the specifications set by the board.  The board will make this determination.

Prior to remodeling or other construction of buildings and sites, the board may appoint a committee of consultants, employees, citizens, or others to assist the board in developing the specifications for the new or improved buildings and sites.  These specifications will be consistent with the education program, and they will provide the architect with the information necessary to determine what is expected from the facility.  It is within the discretion of the board to determine whether a committee is appointed.

The education specifications will include, but not be limited to, the financial resources available for the project, the definition and character of classrooms, the functional use to be made of the rooms, description of specialized needs, and other pertinent information as the board deems necessary.

The district will publish on the district website information related to the square footage of each school building owned by the district; enrollment capacity of each attendance center owned by the district; how the building is currently utilized by the district, and school buildings owned by the district that are vacant.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board regarding the specifications of buildings and sites.

 

Legal Reference:    Cedar Rapids Community School District, Linn County v. City of Cedar Rapids, 252 Iowa 205, 106 N.W.2d 655 (1960).
                                Iowa Code §§ Ch 26; 280.3, .14; 297; 544A.

Cross Reference:    801    Site Acquisition and Building Construction

Approved         11/2019         
Reviewed         7/15/2024     
Revised            7/15/2024     

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 15:49

801.04 - Site Acquisition

801.04 - Site Acquisition

Sites acquired by the board will meet or, upon improvement, be able to meet the specifications set out by the board prior to using the site for the education program.  The board may meet in closed session to discuss potential purchases of sites in compliance with applicable laws.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to assist the board and to make recommendations concerning the acquisition of sites.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21.5(j); 297.

Cross Reference:  212                                      Closed Sessions
  
                                     705.1                                  Purchasing - Bidding
  
                                      801                                     Site Acquisition and Building Construction

Approved     11/2019                             
Reviewed    10/21                                                                          
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 15:49

802 - Maintenance and Operation Management

802 - Maintenance and Operation Management dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 15:51

802.01 - Maintenance Schedule

802.01 - Maintenance Schedule

The school district buildings and sites, including the grounds, buildings and equipment, will be kept clean and in good repair.  Employees should notify the building principal when something is in need of repair or removal, including graffiti.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to maintain the school district buildings and sites.  As part of this responsibility, a maintenance schedule is created and adhered to in compliance with this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3, .14.

Cross Reference:  502.2                                  Care of School Property/Vandalism
 
                                       502.5                                  Student Lockers
 
                                       802                                      Maintenance, Operation and Management
 
                                      804.1                                  Facilities Inspections

Approved     11/2019                             
Reviewed    10/21                                                                           
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 15:51

802.02 - Requests for Improvements

802.02 - Requests for Improvements

Generally, except for emergency situations, requests for improvements or repairs are made to the superintendent by building principals and the head custodian.  Requirements for requests outlined in the maintenance schedule will be followed.

Minor improvements, not exceeding a cost of $25,000 may be approved by the superintendent.  Improvements exceeding $25,001 must be approved by the board.  Routine maintenance and repairs outlined in the maintenance schedule will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3, .14.

Cross Reference:  802.1                                      Maintenance Schedule
 
                                      802.3                                      Emergency Repairs

Approved     11/2019                             
Reviewed      10/21                                                                         
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 15:52

802.03 - Emergency Repairs

802.03 - Emergency Repairs

In the event of an emergency requiring repairs, in excess of the state limit, to a school district facility are necessary to correct or control the situation and to prevent the closing of school, the provisions relating to bidding will not apply. 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to obtain certification from the area education agency administrator stating such repairs in excess of the state limit were necessary to prevent the closing of school.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to notify the board as soon as possible considering the circumstances of the emergency.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 26.3, 280.3, .14; 297.8.

Cross Reference:  705.1                                  Purchasing - Bidding
 
                                      802                                      Maintenance, Operation and Management

Approved   11/2019                               
Reviewed    10/21                                                                          
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 15:53

802.04 - Capital Assets

802.04 - Capital Assets

The school district will establish and maintain a capital assets management system for reporting capitalized assets owned or under the jurisdiction of the school district in its financial reports in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) as required or modified by law; to improve the school district's oversight of capital assets by assigning and recording them to specific facilities and programs and to provide for proof of loss of capital assets for insurance purposes.

Capital assets, including tangible and intangible assets, are reported in the government-wide financial statements (i.e. governmental activities and business type activities) and the proprietary fund financial statements.  Capital assets reported include school district buildings and sites, construction in progress, improvements other than buildings and sites, land and machinery and equipment.  Capital assets reported in the financial reports will include individual capital assets with an historical cost equal to or greater than $50,000.  The Federal regulations governing school lunch programs require capital assets attributable to the school lunch program with a historical cost of equal to or greater than $500 be capitalized.  Additionally, capital assets are depreciated over the useful life of each capital asset. 

All intangible assets with a purchase price equal to or greater than $50,000 with useful life of two or more years, are included in the intangible asset inventory for capitalization purposes.  Such assets are recorded at actual historical cost and amortized over the designated useful lifetime applying a straight-line method of depreciation.  If there are no legal, contractual, regulatory, technological or other factors that limit the useful life of the asset, then the intangible asset needs to be considered to have an indefinite useful life and no amortization should be recorded.

Phase III districts, as determined under GASB 34, will not retroactively report intangible assets.  If actual historical cost cannot be determined for intangible assets due to lack of sufficient records, estimated historical cost will be used.

This policy applies to all intangible assets.  If an intangible asset that meets the threshold criteria is fully amortized, the asset must be reported at the historical cost and the applicable accumulated amortization must also be reported.  It is not appropriate to “net” the capital asset and amortization to avoid reporting.   For internally generated intangible assets, outlays incurred by the government's personnel, or by a third-party contractor on behalf of the government, and for development of internally generated intangible assets should be capitalized.

The district recognizes the importance of classifying leases of intangible assets as assets or liabilities in financial statements.  When operating as a lessor, the district will recognize a lease liability and an intangible right-to-use lease asset.  When operating as a lessee, the district will recognize a lease receivable and a deferred inflow of resources consistent with the requirements established in GASB 87.

The District recognizes a lease liability and an intangible right-to-use lease asset with an initial value of $25,000 or more. At the commencement of a lease, the District initially measures the lease liability at the present value of payments expected to be made during the lease term.  Subsequently, the lease liability is reduced by the principal portion of lease payments made.  The lease asset is initially measured as the initial amount of the lease liability, adjusted for lease payments made at or before the lease commencement date plus certain initial direct costs to place the asset in service.  The lease asset is then amortized on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease.

The capital assets management system must be updated monthly to account for the addition/acquisition, disposal, relocation/transfer of capital assets.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to count and reconcile the capital assets with capital assets management system on June 30 each year.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations implementing this policy.  It will also be the responsibility of the superintendent to educate employees about this policy and its supporting administrative regulations.  

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 257.31(4); 279.8; 297.22-.25; 298A.

Cross Reference:  709                                      Insurance Program
 
                                      701.3                                  Financial Records

Approved   11/2019                                           
Reviewed __10/24/22______       
Revised __10/24/22__________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 15:53

802.04R1 - Capital Assets Regulation

802.04R1 - Capital Assets Regulation

A. Capital Assets Management System

        The superintendent, and/or other designated staff, shall:

  1. Conduct the capital assets physical count;
  2. Develop the capital assets listing;
  3. Tag capital assets included in the capital assets management system with a bar code identification number; 
  4. Make a recommendation of a computer software program for managing the capital assets management system;
  5. Enter the necessary data into the capital assets management system and compile the appropriate reports;
  6. Develop forms and procedures for maintaining the integrity of the capital assets management system; and,
  7. Maintain responsibility for an accurate capital assets management system. 

 

B.        Determining historical cost

  1. The historical cost of a capital asset is based on the actual costs expended in making the capital assets serviceable. 
  2. Gifts of capital assets are valued at the estimated fair market value at the addition/acquisition date. 
  3. Capital assets purchased under a capital lease are valued at historical cost of their net present value of the minimum lease payments on the addition/acquisition date. 
  4. The historical cost of capital assets must include capitalized interest.

 

C.         Annual capital assets listing reconciliation

  1. The superintendent, and/or other designated staff, in conjunction with the capital assets management team, will conduct an annual capital assets physical count to develop the annual capital assets listing in a manner similar to the initial capital assets listing process in B above.  At least every three years, someone other than the person in custody of the capital assets in the building/department/room will perform the capital assets physical count for the building/department/room.
  2. Upon completion of the annual capital assets listing, the capital assets listing is reconciled to the capital assets management system data base.  
  3. Capital assets found to have been excluded from the data base are added to the capital assets management system.  The capital assets management system process should be reviewed to prevent future incidents of excluding a capital asset.
  4. Capital assets unaccounted for are reported to the superintendent who contacts the supervisor of and the individual in charge/control/custody of the capital asset.  The individual in charge/control/custody of the capital asset has thirty days to account for the capital asset.                                                                                       
  5. Capital assets unaccounted for after thirty days are reported to the superintendent for appropriate action and documentation.  "Appropriate action" may include discipline, up to and including discharge, and may require the employee/person in charge/control/custody of the capital asset to replace the asset.
  6. The superintendent is responsible for documenting the reasons each asset was not reconciled to the capital assets management system.                                                                                      

 

 D.              Addition/acquisition of capital assets. 

  1. The school district's purchasing policy and administrative regulations must be followed when acquiring capital assets.  The school district's policy and administrative regulations must be followed for receiving a gift of capital assets.  
  2. The capital assets addition/acquisition documentation must be completed for each additional capital assets with an addition/acquisition cost of equal to or greater than ($ capitalization threshold).  The following information should be collected, if applicable:

                     a. Name of location-building/department/room;

                     b. Location-building/department/room code;

                     c. Balance sheet accounting/class code;

                     d. Government or BTA program;

                     e. Addition/acquisition date;

                     f. Check/purchase order number or gift;

                     g. Bar code identification number assigned to and placed on the capital asset;

                     h. Serial/model number;                                                                                                                                                                                                                    

                     i. Cost-historical;

                     j. Fair market value on acquisition date (donated assets only);

                     k. Estimated useful life;

                     l. Vendor;

                     m. Purchasing fund and function;

                     n. Description of capital asset;

                     o. Department/person charged with custody,

                     p.  Method of addition/acquisition-purchase, trade, gift etc.,

                     q.  Quantity;

                     rReplacement cost;

                     s.  Addition/acquisition authorization; and,

                     t.  Function for depreciation.

  1. Capital assets acquired in a month must be entered into the capital assets management system in the same month.
  2. The actual costs of construction in progress, other than infrastructure, is entered into the capital assets management system in the month in which costs are incurred until the total cost of addition/acquisition is entered.  Upon completion of construction, the total costs accumulated over the period of construction are reclassified to buildings.
  3. Capital assets acquired in a month must be entered into the capital assets management system in the same month.

 

E.     Relocation/transfer of machinery and equipment capital assets.

        1.   A capital assets relocation/transfer documentation must be completed prior to removing machinery and equipment capital assets from their current location.  The following information must be collected:

                a.     Relocation/transfer date;

                b.     Quantity;

                c.     Bar code identification number;

                d.     Current location-building/department/room code;

                e.     Name of current location-building/department/room;

                f.      New location-building/department/room code;

g.     Name of new location-building/department/room;

       h.     Date placed at new location-building/department/room;

                i.      Department/person charged with custody; and

       j.      Relocation/transfer authorization.

        2.   Capital assets relocated/transferred in a month must be entered into the capital assets management system in the same month.

 

F.     Disposal of capital assets

        1.   A Capital Assets disposal documentation must be completed prior to disposing of real property.  The following information must be collected:

                a.     Disposal date;

       b.     Quantity;

       c.     Bar code tag identification number;

                d.     Legal description,

                e.     Location/Address;

                f.      Purchaser;

                g.     Disposal methods for real property trade, sale, stolen, etc.; and,

                h.     Disposal authorization.

        2.   Capital assets disposed of in a month must be entered into the capital assets management system in the same month.

        3.   When assets are sold or disposed of, it is necessary to calculate and report a gain or loss in the statement of activities.  The gain/loss is calculated by subtracting the net book value (historical cost less any accumulated amortization) from the net amount realized on the sale or disposal.

 

G.    Lost, damaged or stolen capital assets.

        1.   A Lost, Damaged or Stolen Capital Assets Report must be completed when a capital asset has been lost, damaged or stolen. The following information must be collected:

        a.    Date of loss, damage or theft;

        b.  Employee/person discovering;

        c.  Quantity;

                     d.   Description of capital asset;

                     e.   Bar code tag identification number;

                     f.   Location-building/department/room;

                     g.   Description of loss, damage, etc.;

                     h.   Filing of police report-yes or no;

                     i.   Filing of insurance report-yes or no;

                     j.   Sent for repair-yes or no;

                     k.   Date returned from repair;

                     l.   Date returned to location-building/department/room;

                     m.  Department/person charged with custody; and,

                     n.   Authorization.

              2. Capital assets damaged, lost or stolen in a month must be entered into the capital assets management system in the same month.

                                   

H.     Capital assets reports

  1. Annual reports for June 30 each year.    
  1. Capital assets listing including the following items:

                                    1)         Balance sheet accounting/class code;

                                    2)         Purchasing fund, function and depreciation function;

                                    3)         Bar code tag identification number;

                                    4)         Description of the capital asset;

                                    5)         Historical cost or other;

                                    6)         Location;

                                    7)         Current year depreciation/expense; and,

                                    8)         Accumulated depreciation/amortization.

  1. Capital assets listing by location/building;
  2. Capital assets listing by department/employee/person charged with custody; and,
  3. Capital assets listing by replacement cost. 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 15:54

802.04R2 - Capital Assets Management System Definitions

802.04R2 - Capital Assets Management System Definitions

Back trending/standard costing - an estimate of the historical original cost using a known average installed cost for like units as of the estimated addition/ acquisition date.  This cost is only applied to the capital assets initially counted upon implementation of the capital assets management system when the historical original cost cannot be determined.  It is inappropriate to apply the back trending/standard costing method to any capital assets acquired after the assets management system implementation date.

Balance sheet accounting/class codes - the codes set out for assets in the Iowa Department of Education Uniform Accounting Manual.  They are:  200-capital assets; 211- land and land improvements; 221-site improvements; 222-accumulated depreciation on site improvements; 231-buildings and building improvements; 232-accumulated depreciation on buildings and building improvements; 241-machinery and equipment; 242-accumulated depreciation on machinery and equipment, 251-works of art and historical treasures; 252-accumulated depreciation on works of art and historical treasures, 261-infrastructure, 262-accumulated depreciation on infrastructure, and 271-construction in progress.

Book value - the value of capital assets on the records of the school district, which can be the cost or, the cost less the appropriate allowances, such as depreciation.

Buildings and building improvements - a capital assets account reflecting the addition/acquisition cost of permanent structures owned or held by a government and the improvements thereon.

Business-type activities – one of two classes of activities reported in the government-wide financial statements.  Business-type activities are financed in the whole or in part by fees charged to external parties for goods or services.  These activities are usually reported in enterprise funds.

Capital expenditures/expenses - expenditures/expenses resulting in the addition/acquisition of or addition/acquisition to the school district's capital assets.

Capital assets - Capital assets with a value of equal to or greater than ($ capitalization threshold) based on the historical cost include:  long-lived assets obtained or controlled as a result of past transactions, events or circumstances.  Capital assets include buildings, construction in progress, improvements other than facilities, land, machinery and equipment, and intangible assets.

Capitalization policy - the criteria used by the school district to determine which capital assets will be reported as capital assets on the school district’s financial statements and records

Capitalization threshold - The dollar value at which a government elects to capitalize tangible or intangible assets that are used in operations and that have initial useful lives extending beyond a single reporting period.

Capitalized interest - interest accrued and reported as part of the cost of the capital assets during the construction phase of a capital project.  The construction phase extends from the initiation of pre-construction activities until the time the asset is placed in service. 

Construction in progress - buildings in the process of being constructed other than infrastructure.

Cost - the amount of money or other consideration exchanged for goods or services.

Depreciation/Amortization - expiration in the service life of capital assets, other than wasting assets, attributable to wear and tear, deterioration, action of the physical elements, inadequacy and obsolescence.  In accounting for depreciation/amortization, the cost of a capital asset, less any salvage value, is prorated over the estimated service life of such an asset, and each period is charged with a portion of such cost.

Fixtures - attachments to buildings that are not intended to be removed and cannot be removed without damage to the buildings.  Those fixtures with a useful life presumed to be as long as that of the building itself are considered a part of the building.  Other fixtures are classified as machinery and equipment. 

General capital assets - capital assets that are not capital assets of any fund, but of the governmental unit as a whole.  Most often these capital assets arise from the expenditure of the financial resources of governmental funds.

General capital assets account group (GFAAG) - a self-balancing group of accounts established to account for capital assets of the school district, not accounted for through specific proprietary funds.

Government activities – activities generally financed through taxes, intergovernmental revenues, and other non-exchange revenues.  These activities are usually reported in governmental funds and internal service funds.

Government-wide financial statements – Financial statements that incorporate all of a government's governmental and business-type activities, as well as its nonfiduciary component units.  There are two basic government-wide financial statements the statement of net assets and the statement of activities.  Both basic government-wide financial statements are presented using the economic resources measurement focus and the accrual basis of accounting.

Historical (acquisition) cost - the actual costs expended to place a capital asset into service.  For land and buildings, costs such as legal fees, recording fees, surveying fees, architect fees and similar fees are included in the historical cost.  For machinery and equipment, costs such as freight and installation fees and similar fees are included in the historical cost.

Improvements – In addition made to, or change made in, a capital asset, other than maintenance, to prolong its life or to increase the efficiency or capacity.  The cost of the addition or change is added to the book value of the asset.

Improvements other than buildings - attachments or annexation to land that are intended to remain so attached or annexed, such as sidewalks, trees, drives, tunnels, drains and sewers.  Sidewalks, curbing, sewers and highways are sometimes referred to as "betterments," but the term "improvements" is preferred.

Infrastructure – long-lived capital assets that normally are stationary in nature and normally can be preserved for a significantly greater number of years than most capital assets.  Examples of infrastructure assets include; roads, bridges, tunnels, drainage systems, water and sewer systems, dams, and lighting systems.

Investment in general capital assets - an account in the GFAAG representing the school district's investment in general capital assets. The balance in this account generally is subdivided according to the source of the monies that finance the capital assets addition/acquisition, such as general fund revenues and special assessments. 

Land and buildings - real property owned by the school district.

Machinery and equipment - capital assets which maintain their identity when removed from their location and are not changed materially or consumed immediately (e.g., within one year) by use.  Machinery and equipment are often divided into specific categories such as:  transportation machinery and equipment which includes school buses and school district owned automobiles, trucks and vans; other motor machinery and equipment which includes lawn maintenance machinery and equipment, tractors, motorized carts, maintenance machinery and equipment, etc.; other machinery and equipment which includes furniture and machinery and equipment contained in the buildings whose original cost is equal to or greater than ($ capitalization threshold), and capital assets under capital leases and capital assets being acquired under a lease/purchase agreement.

Proprietary funds – Funds that focus on the determination of operating income, changes in net assets (or cost recovery), financial position, and cash flows.  There are two different types of proprietary funds:  enterprise funds and internal service funds.

Replacement cost - the amount of cash or other consideration required today to obtain the same capital assets or its equivalent.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 15:59

802.05 - Buildings & Sites Adaptation for Persons with Disabilities

802.05 - Buildings & Sites Adaptation for Persons with Disabilities

The board recognizes the need for access to its buildings and sites by persons with disabilities.  School district buildings and sites currently in use will be altered to be accessible to persons with disabilities unless the alteration would cause an undue hardship for the school district.  Renovated and new buildings and sites will be accessible to persons with disabilities.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, upon board approval, to take the necessary action to ensure school district buildings and sites are accessible to persons with disabilities.

 

 

Legal Reference:  29 U.S.C. §§ 621-634.
 
                                      42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 et seq.
 
                                      Iowa Code§§ 104A; 216.

Cross Reference:  102       Equal Educational Opportunity
   
                                    603.3    Special Education

Approved   11/2019                               
Reviewed      10/21                                                                         
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 16:00

802.06 - Vandalism

802.06 - Vandalism

The board believes everyone should treat school district buildings and sites and property with respect for the benefit of the education program.  Users of school district property will treat it with care.  Employees discovering vandalism should report it to the building principal as soon as possible.

Persons suspected, found or proven to have destroyed or otherwise harmed school district property may be subject to discipline by the school district, if the person is under the jurisdiction of the school district, and may be reported to local law enforcement officials.  Persons who are not under the jurisdiction of the school district and who are suspected, found or proven to have destroyed or otherwise harmed school district property will be reported to the local law enforcement authorities.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8

Cross Reference:  502                                      Students Rights and Responsibilities
 
                                      903.4                                  Public Conduct on School Premises

Approved    11/2019                              
Reviewed       10/21                                                                        
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 16:02

802.07 - Energy Conservation

802.07 - Energy Conservation

In concert with the board's goal to utilize public funds in an effective and efficient manner, employees and students will practice energy conservation methods when utilizing the school district's buildings and sites.  These methods include, but are not limited to, turning off lights and equipment when not in use, reducing the temperature of the facility, particularly when it is not in use, and keeping windows and doors properly closed or open, depending upon the weather.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop energy conservation guidelines for employees and students.  Employees and students will abide by these guidelines.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.44; 473.19-.20.

Cross Reference:  700       Purpose of Non-instructional and Business Services

Approved    11/2019                              
Reviewed      10/21                                                                         
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 16:03

803 - Selling and Leasing

803 - Selling and Leasing dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 16:03

803.01 - Disposition of Obsolete Equipment

803.01 - Disposition of Obsolete Equipment

School property, such as equipment, furnishings, or supplies (hereinafter equipment), will be disposed of when it is determined to be of no further use to the school district.  It is the objective of the school district in disposing of the equipment to achieve the best available price or most economical disposal.

Obsolete equipment or property other than real property having a value of no more than $25,000 will be sold or disposed of in a manner determined by the board.  However, the sale of equipment, furnishings or supplies disposed of in this manner will be published in a newspaper of general circulation. 

A public hearing will be held regarding the disposal of the equipment with a value of $25,000  or more prior to the board's final decision.  The board will adopt a resolution announcing the proposed sale and will publish notice of the time and place of the public hearing and the description of the property will be in the resolution.  Notice of the public hearing will be published at least once, but not less than 10 days and not more than 20 days, prior to the hearing date.  Upon completion of the public hearing, the board may dispose of the equipment.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board regarding the method for disposing of equipment of no further use to the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 297.22-.25.

Cross Reference:  704                                      Revenue
 
                                      705.1                                  Purchasing - Bidding
 
                                      803                                      Selling and Leasing

Approved    11/2019                              
Reviewed    2/20/2023                                                                           
Revised     2/20/2023              

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 16:04

803.02 - Lease, Sale or Disposal of School District Buildings & Sites

803.02 - Lease, Sale or Disposal of School District Buildings & Sites

Decisions regarding the lease, sale, or disposal of school district real property are made by the board.  In making its decision the board will consider the needs of the education program and the efficient use of public funds.

Before the board may authorize disposition of real property by sale, gift or lease for a period of more than one year, a public hearing will be held.  The board will adopt a resolution announcing the proposed sale which will contain notice of the time and place of the public hearing and the description of the property or locally known address.  Notice of the time and place of the public hearing will be published at least once, but not less than 10 days and not more than 20 days, prior to the hearing date.  Upon completion of the public hearing, the board may authorize disposition of the property in accordance with the proposal reviewed during the public hearing.

The board may market and authorize the sale of any student constructed buildings by any procedure recommended by the superintendent and authorized by the board, and the public hearing requirement contained in this policy will not apply to the sale of student constructed buildings. The public hearing requirement in this policy will also not apply to the lease of the school district real property for a period of one year or less or to the lease of a portion of an existing school building for any term. 

If the real property contains less than two acres, is located outside of a city, is not adjacent to a city and was previously used as a schoolhouse site, the property may revert to the owner of the tract from whom the property was taken following the procedures set forth in Iowa Code §§ 297.15-.25.

The board will not enter into an agreement to prohibit the sale of real property to other educational institutions as defined in Iowa Code 297.24. If the board offers to sell real property that includes a building or structure, and an educational institution offers to purchase the real property for a purchase price that represents the highest bid the board received, the board will sell the real property to the other educational institution for such purchase price. 

In the case of the razing of a school district facility, in an amount in excess of the statutory minimum required by law, the board will advertise and take bids or quotes as may be required and defined by Iowa Code 26 for the purpose of awarding the contract for the project.

The superintendent is responsible for coordinating the action necessary for the board to accomplish the lease, sale, or disposal of school district real property.  It will also be the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board regarding the use of school district real property not being utilized for the education program.

 

Legal Reference:    Iowa Code §§ 26;297.15-.25.

Cross Reference:    704       Revenue
                                705.1    Purchasing - Bidding
                                803       Selling and Leasing

Approved         11/2019       
Reviewed         7/15/2024    
Revised           7/15/2024     

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 16:04

804 - Safety Program

804 - Safety Program dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 16:05

804.01 - Facilities Inspections

804.01 - Facilities Inspections

A program for annual inspection, in addition to those conducted by authorized agencies, of the equipment, facilities, and grounds will be conducted as part of the maintenance schedule for school district buildings and sites.  The results of this inspection will be reported to the board at its annual meeting.  Further, the board may conduct its own inspection of the school district buildings and sites annually.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8

Cross Reference:  802                                       Maintenance, Operation and Management

Approved    11/2019                              
Reviewed      10/21                                                                         
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 16:05

804.02 - District Emergency Operations Plans

804.02 - District Emergency Operations Plans

The safety and security of the school community is paramount to the Maquoketa Valley School District.  While there is no absolute guarantee of safety, it is the goal of the district to encourage and support a physically secure learning and working environment within its buildings.  The district shall work in conjunction with community stakeholders including local emergency management coordinators and local law enforcement agencies to create emergency operations plans for all district buildings and school buildings where students are educated.

The superintendent shall be responsible for the development, review and implementation of the district emergency operations plan.  The plan shall include procedures for transmitting alerts regarding emergency situations to school personnel, students, and employers for non-school employees whose presence is regularly required in the school building.  The emergency operations plan shall be updated and reviewed annually by the Board and shall address responses to natural disasters, active shooter scenarios and other emergencies as determined by the district.  The emergency operations plans are confidential and shall not be subject to disclosure under Iowa Code Chapter 22.  However, the district shall publish procedures for students, school personnel, parents, and family members to report possible safety threats on school grounds and at school activities. 

The administration shall hold annual emergency operations drills at each district building covered by an emergency operations plan in accordance with law.  The district shall determine which school personnel shall participate and whether local law enforcement and students participate in annual drills.  

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code 280.30

Cross Reference:  800       Objectives of Building and Sites

Approved    11/2019                  
Reviewed      10/21                         
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 16:06

804.04 - Asbestos Containing Material

804.04 - Asbestos Containing Material

Friable and nonfriable asbestos containing materials will be maintained in good condition and appropriate precautions will be followed when the material is disturbed.  If there is a need to replace asbestos it will be replaced with nonasbestos containing materials.  Each school building will maintain a copy of the asbestos management plan.

The school district will annually notify, appoint and train appropriate employees as necessary.

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. §§ 3601 et seq.
 
                                      40 C.F.R. Pt. 763.84
 
                                      Iowa Code §§ 279.52-.54.

Cross Reference:  403.4                                  Hazardous Chemical Disclosure
 
                                      802                                      Maintenance, Operation and Management

Approved    11/2019                              
Reviewed      10/21                                                                         
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 16:07

804.05 - Stock Prescription Medication Supply

804.05 - Stock Prescription Medication Supply

The Maquoketa Valley Community School District seeks to provide a safe environment for students, staff, and visitors who are at risk of potentially life-threatening incidents including severe allergic reactions, respiratory distress and opioid overdose. Therefore, it is the policy of the district to annually obtain a prescription for epinephrine auto-injectors and spacers and opioid antagonist from a licensed health care professional, in the name of the school district, for administration by a school nurse or personnel trained and authorized to administer to a student or individual who may be experiencing an anaphylactic reaction, respiratory distress or acute opioid overdose.

Procurement and maintenance of supply: The district shall stock a minimum of the following for each attendance center:

  • One pediatric dose and one adult dose epinephrine auto-injector;
  • One dose naloxone or other opioid antagonist.

The supply of such medications shall be maintained in a secure, easily accessible area for an emergency within the school building, or in addition to other locations as determined by the school district.

The School Nurse shall routinely check stock of medication and document in a log monthly:

  • The expiration date;
  • Any visualized particles or color change for epinephrine auto-injectors; or
  • bronchodilator canister damage.

The employee shall be responsible for ensuring the district replaces, as soon as reasonably possible, any logged epinephrine auto-injector, bronchodilator canister or spacer, or opioid antagonist that is empty after use, damaged, or close to expiration.The district shall dispose of stock medications and delivery devices in accordance with state laws and regulations.

Training: A school nurse or personnel trained and authorized may provide or administer any of the medications listed in this policy from a school supply to a student or individual if the authorized personnel or school nurse reasonably and in good faith believes the student or individual is having an anaphylactic reaction, respiratory distress, asthma or other airway-constricting disease, or opioid overdose. Training to obtain a signed certificate to become personnel authorized to administer an epinephrine auto-injector, bronchodilator canister or spacer, or opioid antagonist shall consist of the requirements of medication administration established by law and an annual anaphylaxis, asthma, other airway-constricting disease, opioid overdose training program approved by the Department of Education.

Authorized personnel will be required to retake the medication administration course, training program and provide a procedural skills demonstration to the school nurse demonstrating competency in the administration of stock epinephrine auto-injectors bronchodilator canister or spacer, or opioid antagonist to retain authorization to administer these medications if the following occur:

  • Failure to administer an epinephrine auto-injector, bronchodilator canister or spacer, or opioid antagonist according to generally accepted standards of practice (“medication error”); or
  • Accidental injury to school personnel related to improperly administering the medication (“medication incident”). 

Reporting: Authorized personnel will contact the school nurse or emergency medical services (911) immediately after a stock bronchodilator canister is administered to a student or individual.  The school nurse retains accountability for professional nursing judgment with the administration of stock bronchodilator and whether to contact emergency medical services in accordance with Iowa laws.

The district will contact emergency medical services (911) immediately after a stock epinephrine auto-injector, or stock opioid antagonist is administered to a student or individual. The school nurse or authorized personnel will remain with the student or individual until emergency medical services arrive.

Within 48 hours, the district will report to the Iowa Department of Education:

  • Each medication incident with the administration of stock epinephrine, bronchodilator canister or spacer, or opioid antagonist;
  • Each medication error with the administration of stock epinephrine, bronchodilator canister or spacer, or opioid antagonist; or
  • The administration of a stock epinephrine auto-injector, bronchodilator canister or spacer, or opioid antagonist.

As provided by law, the district, board, authorized personnel or school nurse, and the prescriber shall not be liable for any injury arising from the provision, administration, failure to administer, or assistance in the administration of an epinephrine auto-injector, bronchodilator canister or spacer, or opioid antagonist provided they acted reasonably and in good faith.

The superintendent may develop an administrative process to implement this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 135.185; 190; 279.8.
 
                                      281 I.A.C. 14.3.
 
                                      655 IAC 6.2(2).

Cross Reference:  507.2                                       Administration of Medication

Approved    4/17/23                               
Reviewed    7/17/23                                                                 
Revised    7/17/23      

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 16:08

804.05E1 - Parental Authorization and Release Form for the Administration of a Voluntary School Supply of Stock Medication for Life Threatening Incidents

804.05E1 - Parental Authorization and Release Form for the Administration of a Voluntary School Supply of Stock Medication for Life Threatening Incidents

_________________________________            ___/___/___            _________________     ___/___/___
Student's Name (Last), (First), (Middle)                       Birthday                     School                                  Date

 

The district seeks to provide a safe environment for students, staff, and visitors who are at risk of potentially life-threatening incidents The district supplies the following prescription medications for life threatening incidents that are listed below. Generic brands may be substituted, (select all that apply):

•           Epinephrine auto-injectors

•           Opioid Antagonist

Pursuant to state law, the school district or and its employees are to incur no liability for any injury arising from the provision, administration, failure to administer, or assistance in the administration of the selected prescription medications supplied by the school for life threatening incidents provided they have acted reasonably and in good faith.

The parent or guardian shall sign consent for the student to receive the voluntary school supply of stock medication listed for life threatening incidents and sign a statement acknowledging that the school district is to incur no liability as a result of administration of a prescription medication for life threatening incidents provided the school district to have acted reasonably and in good faith.

Electronic signature meets the requirement of written signature.

  • I request the above-named student be administered the voluntary stock supply of prescription medication, in the name of the school district, by a school nurse or personnel trained and authorized to administer to a student who acting reasonably and in good faith perceives the student may be experiencing symptoms associated with a life threatening incident following the administration instructions listed as identified in the required annual awareness training associated with the stock medication(s) above and after completion of the medication administration course requirements
  • I understand the school district and its employees acting reasonably and in good faith shall incur no liability as a result of administration of the prescription medication(s) for life threatening incidents provided the school district to have acted reasonably and in good faith.

 

______________________________________             __________________________________
Parent/Guardian Signature                                                             Date

(agreed to the above statement)

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 16:10

804.06 - Use of Recording Devices on School Property

804.06 - Use of Recording Devices on School Property

District-Generated Recordings

The district believes in the importance of providing a safe and enriching learning environment possible for its students.  The district uses digital recording devices on school property including school transportation vehicles to help protect the safety of district students, employees and community members; and to safeguard district property which is funded using public resources.  Additionally, district-generated recordings of students engaging in the district’s educational and extracurricular programs can be essential to engage positively with the school community and promote the value of public education.

In order to balance privacy and safety interests, no recording devices will be utilized on district property where individuals maintain a reasonable expectation of privacy.  These areas include but are not limited to: the school nurse’s office, restrooms, locker rooms, changing areas, lactation spaces and employee break areas.

Recordings of students have the potential to be considered education records.  Any recordings will be maintained and accessed in compliance with the requirements of the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act and the district’s policy on student records.

Recordings will be digitally maintained and stored for an appropriate amount of time to maintain the safety of the educational environment and to safeguard district property, after which they will be destroyed.  The superintendent or superintendent’s designee will establish any necessary regulations related to the secure storage, maintenance, viewing and destruction of digital recordings.

 

Non-District Generated Recordings

The use of non-district owned recording devices on school property and at school events will be regulated.  Students, parents and community members will not be permitted to take recordings of other students or employees during school hours unless the recording is authorized in advance by building administration.  Students and employees found to violate this policy will be subject to disciplinary measures consistent with board policy and applicable student and employee handbooks.  This policy will not be construed or enforced in a way that infringes on employee activity otherwise protected by law.

It is important to foster a community spirit and sense of unity within the district.  However, the district acknowledges that not every student or staff member feels comfortable or safe being recorded.  At district-sponsored extracurricular events and activities, the use of non-district owned recording devices by the public may be monitored by administration if a concern is made known to district administration by a student, employee or parent.  Any individuals determined to be making recordings considered bothersome to students or staff may be asked to stop or destroy their recording and may be asked to leave the event.

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 USC 1232
                                       
Iowa Code §§ 279.8

Cross Reference:  506.1  Student Records

Approved    10/21                                  
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 16:12

804.06R1 - Use of District Owned Recording Devices on District Property Regulation

804.06R1 - Use of District Owned Recording Devices on District Property Regulation

The board supports the use of recording devices on district property as a means to monitor and maintain a safe environment for students and employees.  District property includes district-owned land, buildings, vehicles, buses and any other property as needed.  The contents of the recordings may be used as evidence in a student or employee disciplinary proceeding.

 

Student Records

The content of the recordings may be a student record subject to federal and state law, board policy and administrative regulations regarding confidential student records.  Generally, surveillance video that does not capture any specific incident is not a student record or personnel record and may be disclosed as a public record upon request.  Only those persons with a legal basis or legitimate educational purpose may view the recordings.  In most instances, individuals with a legitimate educational purpose may be the superintendent, building principal, classroom teacher, transportation director, bus driver, HR director and special education staffing team.  A parent may inspect, review or be informed of the content of the recording without consent from any student or parent of a minor student also shown in the recording, whether the student is a bystander to an incident or directly involved.  The district may, but is not obligated by law to provide a copy of a recording to a parent or student upon request.

A recording during a school-sponsored trip, such as an athletic event, may also be accessible to the sponsor or coach of the activity.  If the content of the recording becomes the subject of a student disciplinary proceeding, it will be treated like other evidence in the proceeding.

 

Notice

The school district will annually provide the following notice to students, employees, and parents:

The Maquoketa Valley Community School District Board of Directors has authorized the use of recording devices on school district owned property.  The recording devices will be used to enhance safety and security within the educational environment.  Students, employees, and parents are hereby notified that the content of the recording may be used in a student or employee disciplinary proceeding.  The content of the recordings may be considered confidential student records and will be retained with other student records.  Recordings will only be retained if necessary for use in a student or employee disciplinary proceeding or other matter as determined necessary by the administration.  Parents may request to view the recording of their child.

The following notice will also be placed on all school buses equipped with recording devices:

This building/bus is equipped with a recording /audio monitoring system.

 

Review of Recording Devices

The school district will review the recordings when necessary, as a result of an incident reported by an employee or student.  The recordings may be re-circulated for erasure after 14 days.

If not public records, the viewing of the recordings is limited to the individuals having a legitimate educational purpose.  A written log, as appropriate, may be kept of those individuals viewing the recordings stating the time, name of individual viewing and the date the recordings was viewed.

 

Student Conduct

Students are prohibited from tampering with the recording devices on the school property.  Students found in violation of this regulation will be disciplined in accordance with the school district discipline policy and Good Conduct Rule and will reimburse the school district for any repairs or replacement necessary as a result of the tampering.

 

Employee Conduct

District-generated recordings may be used as evidence in employee disciplinary matters, as appropriate.  Employees are prohibited from tampering with recording devices on school property.  Employees found to be in violation of this regulation will be subject to disciplinary action as outlined in the employee handbook and relevant board policies.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 16:14

804.07 - Radon Mitigation

804.07 - Radon Mitigation

The district recognizes the importance of providing healthy learning environments for students, employees and community members in district buildings.  The district will take appropriate measures as required by law to assess radon levels in attendance centers and provide for mitigation or other measures where appropriate. 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to create administrative regulations necessary to carry out this policy. 

 

 

Approved    7/18/22                               
Reviewed                                                                               
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 16:15

804.07R1 - Radon Mitigation Regulation

804.07R1 - Radon Mitigation Regulation

The district will create and the board will approve a plan to assess levels of radon gas present in district attendance centers.  Funding for any costs related to radon testing or mitigation will be paid from the state school foundation aid received to the district or from revenues received from the Secure an Advanced Vision for Education fund. 

Each district attendance center will undergo a short-term test for the presence of radon gas at least once by July 1, 2027.  Short-term test means a test using a device that remains in an area for two to seven days to determine the amount of radon in the air.

Radon testing will be performed by an individual certified to conduct such testing pursuant to Iowa Code section 136B.1 or by district employees who have completed a school radon testing training program approved by the Iowa Department of Education and the Iowa Department of Public Health. 

If the results of any short-term test at an attendance center are at or above four picocuries per liter, the district will conduct a second short-term test in spaces with elevated levels within sixty days of the first test.  If the averaged test results of the first and second tests are at or above four picocuries per liter, the district will retain an individual credentialed to develop a radon mitigation plan. 

The plan may include further diagnostic testing, corrective measures, and active mitigation.  The mitigation plan will be completed within two years of first short-term test unless the district plans to abandon or renovate the attendance center within five years and renovation includes radon mitigation. 

All new school construction will include radon resistant construction techniques. 

 

 

Approved    7/18/22                               
Reviewed      7/18/22                                                                         
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 16:16

805 - Naming Facilities

805 - Naming Facilities dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 16:17

805.01 - Naming School Buildings and Facilities

805.01 - Naming School Buildings and Facilities

The Board of Directors believes that the names of district buildings and facilities should have special significance to the community, its traditions, and values.

The school buildings will be defined as any building owned and operated by the Maquoketa Valley School District. For the purposes of this policy, a facility is defined as a building, stadium, field, campus, or major component thereof. A subunit is a gymnasium, media center, auditorium, cafeteria, student commons, or similar areas.

The Board of Directors believes that naming a school facility is a matter of importance that deserves thoughtful attention. The naming of buildings and other facilities in the District provides an opportunity to recognize the contributions of individuals or groups to education and to the life of our community or to recognize the significance of the neighborhood area or community in which the school resides. Special consideration will be given to names that have special meaning to the students and citizens and that will enhance the education and moral values of the particular school or subunit. The Board will not be influenced in its decision by personal prejudice or favoritism, political pressure, or temporary popularity of a name.

When a request to name a school building or facility is made, the Superintendent will review the request and make a decision regarding recommendation to the Board of Education.  Upon receipt of a recommendation by the Board of Education, the Board of Education will make a decision based upon the information presented and the long-term interests of the school system.

 

 

Approved:  2.21.22                            
Reviewed:                  
Revised:  3.21.22

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 16:18

805.01E1 - Naming of School Buildings and Facilities Form

805.01E1 - Naming of School Buildings and Facilities Form

Persons nominating names for school buildings and school facilities shall use this form.

 

I propose that the _____________________________________________________
                                                   (Designation of building and/or location)

 

Located at ___________________________________________________________
                                   (Address)

 

Be named  __________________________________________________________
                                    (Proposed Name)

 

 

  1. Biographical/Other Data*:

 

 

 

  1. The significance of this name is*:

 

 

 

  1. I believe the facility should be so named because*:

 

 

 

 

 

_________________________________________              ______________________
                        (Signature)                                                                             (Date)

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 16:19

805.01R1 - Regulations Regarding Naming of School Buildings and Facilities

805.01R1 - Regulations Regarding Naming of School Buildings and Facilities
  1. Naming/Renaming of School Building and/or Facility
    1. Anyone may submit a suggestion for a school building or facility name to the committee of the board for consideration. Suggestions must be in writing, stating the name of the sponsor and the reasons justifying the nomination on a board approved form.
    2. The school board shall be responsible for the naming/renaming of all school buildings and school facilities.

 

 

Approved:  2.21.22    
Reviewed:                  
Revised:  3.21.22

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 10/27/2023 - 16:21

900 - SCHOOL DISTRICT - COMMUNITY RELATIONS

900 - SCHOOL DISTRICT - COMMUNITY RELATIONS Jen@iowaschool… Mon, 10/02/2023 - 10:04

900 - Principles and Objectives for Community Relations

900 - Principles and Objectives for Community Relations

Successful education programs require the support of the school district community.  The board addresses the importance of the role of the school district community in the school district in this series of the policy manual.  The board recognizes this support is dependent on the school district community's understanding of participation in the efforts, goals, problems and programs of the school district.

In this section, the board sets out its policies defining its relationship with the school district community.  In striving to obtain the support of the school district community, the board will:

  • Provide access to school district records;
  • Inform the school district community of the school district's goals, objectives, achievements, and needs;
  • Invite the input of the school district community; and,
  • Encourage cooperation between the school district and the school district community.

 

 

Approved       12/2019                          
Reviewed     7/18/22                                                                          
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/09/2023 - 19:05

901 - Public Examination of School District Records

901 - Public Examination of School District Records

Public records of the school district may be viewed by the public during the regular business hours of the administration offices of the school district.  These hours are 8:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. Monday through Friday, except for holidays and recesses.

Persons wishing to view the school district's public records will contact the board secretary and make arrangements for the viewing.  The board secretary will make arrangements for viewing the records as soon as practicable, depending on the nature of the request.

Persons may request copies of public records by telephone or in writing, including electronically.  The school district may require pre-payment of the costs prior to copy and mailing.

Persons wanting copies may be assessed a reasonable fee for the copy.  Persons wanting compilation of information may be assessed a reasonable fee for the time of the employee to compile the requested information.  The district will make every effort to provide the public record requested at no cost other than copying costs for a record which takes less than thirty minutes to produce.

Costs for legal services utilized for the redaction or review of legally protected confidential information may also be assessed to the individual requesting the records. Printing of materials for the public at the expense of the school district will only occur when the event is sponsored by the school district.  

Pursuant to Iowa law, the board has determined certain records need to be confidential as their disclosure could jeopardize the safety of persons or property and include, but are not limited to, the following:

  • Security procedures
  • Emergency preparedness procedures
  • Evacuation procedures
  • Security codes and passwords

It is the responsibility of the board secretary to maintain accurate and current records of the school district.  It is the responsibility of the board secretary to respond in a timely manner to requests for viewing and receiving public information of the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21.4; 22.7; 291.6.

Cross Reference:  215                                      Board of Directors' Records
                                       401.5                                  Employee Records
                                       506                                      Student Records
                                       708                                      Care, Maintenance, and Disposal of School District Records
                                       902.1                                  News Media Relations

Approved       12/2019     
Reviewed    7/18/22       
Revised   7/18/22                

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/09/2023 - 19:06

902 - Press, Radio and Television News Media

902 - Press, Radio and Television News Media dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/09/2023 - 19:08

902.01 - News Media Relations

902.01 - News Media Relations

The board recognizes the value of and supports open, fair and honest communication with the news media.  The board will maintain a cooperative relationship with the news media.  As part of this cooperative relationship, the board and the media will develop a means for sharing information while respecting each party's limitations.

Members of the news media are encouraged and welcome to attend open board meetings.  The board president is the spokesperson for the board, and the superintendent is the spokesperson for the school district.  It is the responsibility of the board president and superintendent to respond to inquiries from the news media about the school district.

Members of the news media seeking information about the school district will direct their inquiries to the superintendent.  The superintendent will accurately and objectively provide the facts and board positions in response to inquiries from the news media about the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21.4; 22; 279.8.

Cross Reference:  902                                      Press, Radio and Television News Media

Approved       12/2019              
Reviewed    7/18/22                           
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/09/2023 - 19:08

902.02 - News Conferences and Interviews

902.02 - News Conferences and Interviews

The superintendent, on behalf of the board and the school district, may hold a news conference or respond to a request for an interview with the news media.

The superintendent will respond accurately, openly, honestly, and objectively to inquiries from the news media about the school district.

News conferences and interviews planned or pre-arranged for school district activities will include the board and the superintendent.  News conferences for issues requiring an immediate response may be held by the superintendent.  It is within the discretion of the superintendent to determine whether a news conference or interview is held to provide an immediate response to an issue.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to keep the board apprised of news conferences and interviews.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21.4; 22; 279.8.

Cross Reference:  902                                      Press, Radio and Television News Media

Approved       12/2019              
Reviewed   7/18/22                            
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/09/2023 - 19:09

902.03 - News Releases

902.03 - News Releases

The superintendent will determine when a news release about internal school district and board matters will be issued.  In making this determination, the superintendent will strive to keep the media and the school district community accurately and objectively informed.  Further, the superintendent will strive to create and maintain a positive image for the school district.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to approve news releases originating within the school district prior to their release.

News releases will be prepared and disseminated to news media in the school district community.  Questions about news releases will be directed to the superintendent.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Widmer v. Reitzler, 182 N.W.2d 177 (Iowa 1970).
                                       Dobrovolny v. Reinhardt, 173 N.W.2d 837 (Iowa 1970).
                                       Iowa Code §§ 21.4; 22.2.

Cross Reference:  902                                      Press, Radio and Television News Media

Approved       12/2019              
Reviewed    7/18/22                           
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/09/2023 - 19:09

902.04 - Live Broadcasting or Recording

902.04 - Live Broadcasting or Recording

Individuals may broadcast or record public school district events, including open board meetings, as long as it does not interfere with, or disrupt, the school district event and it does not create an undue burden in adapting the buildings and sites to accommodate the request.

It is within the discretion of the superintendent to determine whether the request is unduly burdensome and whether the broadcast or recording will interfere with or disrupt the school district event.

Recording of classroom activities will be allowed at the discretion of the superintendent.  Parents will be notified prior to recording of classroom activities.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations outlining the procedures for making the request and the rules for operation if the request is granted.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21.4, .7; 22; 279.8.

Cross Reference:  506.2                                      Student Directory Information
 
                                      902.1                                      News Media Relations
 
                                      903.3                                      Visitors to School District Buildings and Sites

Approved       12/2019              
Reviewed       7/18/22                        
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/09/2023 - 19:10

903 - Public Participation in the School District

903 - Public Participation in the School District dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/09/2023 - 19:11

903.01 - School - Community Groups

903.01 - School - Community Groups

The board values the participation and the support of school district-community groups, including, but not limited to, the booster club and parent-teacher organizations, which strive for the betterment of the school district and the education program.  The board will work closely with these groups.

Prior to any purchase of, or fund raising for the purchase of goods or services for the school district, the group will confer with the superintendent to assist the group in purchasing goods or services to meet the school district's needs.

Funds raised by these groups for the school district may be kept as part of the accounts of the school district.

It is the responsibility of the building principal to be the liaison with the school district-community groups affiliated with the building principal's attendance center.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8

Cross Reference:  903                                    Public Participation in the School District

Approved       12/2019              
Reviewed     7/18/22                          
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/09/2023 - 19:11

903.02 - Community Resource Persons and Volunteers

903.02 - Community Resource Persons and Volunteers

The board recognizes the valuable resource it has in the members of the school district community.  When possible and in concert with the education program, members of the school district community may be asked to make presentations to the students or to assist employees in duties other than teaching.  The school district may officially recognize the contributions made by volunteers.

Recruitment, training, utilization, and the maintenance of records for the purposes of insurance coverage and/or recognition of school district volunteers is the responsibility of the superintendent.

Volunteers within the district are held to the same high standards of behavior as school employees and will be subject to background checks prior to interacting with the students in a volunteer capacity.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent or the superintendent's designee to create regulations necessary to carry out this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 670.

Cross Reference:  603.1                                      Basic Instruction Program
 
                                      903.3                                      Visitors to School District Buildings and Sites

Approved       12/2019                          
Reviewed     7/18/22                                                                          
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/09/2023 - 19:12

903.03 - Visitors to School District Buildings & Sites

903.03 - Visitors to School District Buildings & Sites

The board welcomes the interest of parents and other members of the school district community and invites them to visit the school buildings and sites.  Visitors, which include persons other than employees or students, must notify the principal of their presence in the facility upon arrival.

Persons who wish to visit a classroom while school is in session are asked to notify the principal and obtain approval from the principal prior to the visit so appropriate arrangements can be made and so class disruption can be minimized.  Teachers and other employees will not take time from their duties to discuss matters with visitors.

Visitors will conduct themselves in a manner fitting to their age level and maturity and with mutual respect and consideration for the rights of others while attending school events.  Visitors failing to conduct themselves accordingly may be asked to leave the premises.  Children who wish to visit school must be accompanied by a parent or responsible adult.

It is the responsibility of employees to report inappropriate conduct.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent and principals to take the action necessary to cease the inappropriate conduct.  If the superintendent or principals are not available, a school district employee will act to cease the inappropriate conduct.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 716.7.

Cross Reference:  902                                      Press, Radio and Television News Media
 
                                      903.2                                  Community Resource Persons and Volunteers

Approved       12/2019                          
Reviewed    7/18/22                                                                           
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/09/2023 - 19:13

903.04 - Public Conduct on School Premises

903.04 - Public Conduct on School Premises

The board expects that students, employees and visitors will treat each other with respect, engage in responsible behavior, exercise self-discipline and model fairness, equity and respect.  Individuals violating this policy will be subject to discipline.  Students will be disciplined consistent with the student conduct policies.  Employees will be disciplined consistent with employee discipline policies and laws.  Others will be subject to discipline according to this policy. 

Individuals are permitted to attend school sponsored or approved activities or visit school premises only as guests of the school district, and, as a condition, they must comply with the school district's rules and policies.  Individuals will not be allowed to interfere with or disrupt the education program or activity.  Visitors, like the participants, are expected to display mature, responsible behavior.  The failure of individuals to do so is not only disruptive but embarrassing to the students, the school district and the entire community.

To protect the rights of students to participate in the education program or activities without fear of interference or disruption and to permit the school officials, employees and activity sponsors and officials to perform their duties without interference or disruption, the following provisions are in effect:

           Abusive, verbal or physical conduct of individuals directed at students, school officials, employees, officials and activity sponsors of sponsored or approved activities or at other individuals will not be tolerated.

           Verbal or physical conduct of individuals that interferes with the performance of students, school officials, employees, officials and activity sponsors of sponsored or approved activities will not be tolerated.

           The use of vulgar, obscene or demeaning expression directed at students, school officials, employees, officials and activity sponsors of sponsored or approved activities participating in a sponsored or approved activity or at other individuals will not be tolerated.

If an individual becomes physically or verbally abusive, uses vulgar, obscene or demeaning expression, or in any way interrupts an activity, the individual may be removed from the event by the individual in charge of the event.  Law enforcement may be contacted for assistance. 

Individuals removed from school premises have the ability to follow the board’s chain of command and complaint policies should they choose to do so.  The exclusion is in effect should the individual choose to appeal the decision of the superintendent.  The term “individual” as used in the policy also includes students and employees.

If an individual has been notified of exclusion and thereafter tries to enter a school building or attends a sponsored or approved activity, the individual will be advised that his/her attendance will result in prosecution.  The school district may obtain a court order for permanent exclusion from the school building or from future school sponsored or approved activities.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .66; 716.7.

Cross Reference:  205                                      Board Member Liability
 
                                      504                                      Student Activities
 
                                      802.6                                  Vandalism
 
                                      903                                      Public Participation in the School District

Approved       12/2019              
Reviewed      7/18/22                         
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/09/2023 - 19:14

903.05 - Distribution of Materials

903.05 - Distribution of Materials

The board recognizes that students, employees, parents or citizens may want to distribute materials within the school district that are noncurricular.  Noncurricular materials to be distributed must be approved by the building principal and meet certain standards prior to their distribution.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the building principals to draft administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  U.S. Const. amend. I.
 
                                      Hazelwood School District v. Kuhlmeier, 484 U.S. 260 (1988).
 
                                      Bethel School District v. Fraser, 478 U.S. 675 (1986).
 
                                      New Jersey v. T.L.O., 469 U.S. 325 (1985).
 
                                      Tinker v. Des Moines Ind. Comm. Sch. Dist., 393 U.S. 503 (1969).
 
                                      Bystrom v. Fridley High School, 822 F.2d 747 (8th Cir. 1987).
 
                                      Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.22.

Cross References:   502.3    Freedom of Expression
 
                                         503.1    Student Conduct
 
                                         504         Student Activities
 
                                         603.9    Academic Freedom

Approved       12/2019              
Reviewed    __7/18/22________                 
Revised                            

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/09/2023 - 19:15

903.05R1 - Distribution of Materials Regulation

903.05R1 - Distribution of Materials Regulation

I.        Guidelines.

Individuals, including students, may have the right to distribute on school premises, at reasonable times and places, unofficial written material, petitions, buttons, badges or other insignia, except expression which:

                1.  is obscene to minors;

                2.  is libelous;

                3.  contains indecent, vulgar, profane or lewd language;

                4.  advertises any product or service not permitted to minors by law;

                5.  constitutes insulting or fighting words, the very expression of which injures or harasses other people (e.g., threats of violence, defamation of character or of a person's race, religion, gender, disability, age or ethnic origin);

                6.  presents a clear and present likelihood that, either because of its content or the manner of distribution, it will cause a material and substantial disruption of the proper and orderly operation and discipline of the school or school activities, will cause the commission of unlawful acts or the violation of lawful school regulations.

Distribution on school premises of material in categories (1) through (4) to any student is prohibited.  Distribution on school premises of material in categories (5) and (6) to a substantial number of students is prohibited.

 

          II.   Procedures.

Anyone wishing to distribute unofficial written material must first submit for approval a copy of the material to the building principal at least twenty-four hours in advance of desired distribution time, together with the following information:

                1.  Name and phone number of the person submitting request and, if a student, the homeroom number;

                2.  Date(s) and time(s) of day of intended display or distribution;

                3.  Location where material will be displayed or distributed;

                4.  The grade(s) of students to whom the display or distribution is intended.

Within twenty-four hours of submission, the principal will render a decision whether the material violates the guidelines in subsection I or the time, place and manner restrictions in subsection III of this policy.  In the event that permission to distribute the material is denied, the person submitting the request should be informed in writing of the reasons for the denial.  Permission to distribute material does not imply approval of its contents by either, the school, the administration, the board or the individual reviewing the material submitted.

If the person submitting the request does not receive a response within twenty-four hours of submission, the person will contact the building principal's office to verify that the lack of response was not due to an inability to locate the person.  If the person has made this verification and there is no response to the request, the material may be distributed in accordance with the time, place and manner provisions in subsection III.

If the person is dissatisfied with the decision of the principal, the person may submit a written request for appeal to the superintendent.  If the person does not receive a response within three school days of submitting the appeal, the person will contact the superintendent to verify that the lack of response is not due to an inability to locate the person.  If the person has made this verification and there is no response to the appeal, the material may be distributed in accordance with the time, place and manner provisions in subsection III.

At every level of the process the person submitting the request will have the right to appear and present the reasons, supported by relevant witnesses and material, as to why distribution of the written material is appropriate.

Permission to distribute material does not imply approval of its contents by either, the school district, the board, the administration or the individual reviewing the material submitted.

 

III.      Time, place and manner of distribution.

The distribution of written material is prohibited when it blocks the safe flow of traffic within corridors and entrance ways of the school or otherwise disrupts school activities.  The distribution of unofficial material is limited to a reasonable time, place and manner as follows:

                1.  The material will be distributed from a table set up for the purpose in a location designated by the principal, which location will not block the safe flow of traffic or block the corridors or entrance ways, but which will give reasonable access to students.

                2.  The material will be distributed either before and/or after the regular instructional day.

                3.  No written material may be distributed during and at the place of a normal school activity if it is reasonably likely to cause a material and substantial disruption of that activity.

 

IV.     Definitions.

The following definitions apply to the following terms used in this policy:

                1.  "Obscene to minors" is defined as:

                          (a)      The average person, applying contemporary community standards, would find that the written material, taken as a whole, appeals to the prurient interest of minors of the age to whom distribution is requested;

                          (b)      The material depicts or describes, in a manner that is patently offensive to prevailing standards in the adult community concerning how such conduct should be presented to minors of the age to whom distribution is requested, sexual conduct such as intimate sexual acts (normal or perverted), masturbation, excretory functions, and lewd exhibition of the genitals; and

  1. The material, taken as a whole, lacks serious literary, artistic, political or scientific value for minors.

                2.     "Minor" means any person under the age of eighteen.

                3.     "Material and substantial disruption" of a normal school activity is defined as follows:

                          (a)      Where the normal school activity is an educational program of the district for which student attendance is compulsory, "material and substantial disruption" is defined as any disruption which interferes with or impedes the implementation of that program.

                          (b)      Where the normal school activity is voluntary in nature (including, without limitation, school athletic events, school plays and concerts, and lunch periods), "material and substantial disruption" is defined as student rioting, unlawful seizures of property, widespread shouting or boisterous demonstration, sit-in, stand-in, walk-out, or other related forms of activity. 

                          (c)      In order for expression to be considered disruptive, there must exist specific facts upon which the likelihood of disruption can be forecasted including past experience in the school, current events influencing student activities and behavior, and instances of actual or threatened disruption relating to the written material in question.

                4.     "School activities" means any activity of students sponsored by the school and includes, by way of example but not limited to, classroom work, library activities, physical education classes, official assemblies and other similar gatherings, school athletic contests, band concerts, school plays and in-school lunch periods.

                5.     "Unofficial" written material includes all written material except school newspapers, literary magazines, yearbooks, and other publications funded and/or sponsored or authorized by the school.  Examples include leaflets, brochures, flyers, petitions, placards and underground newspapers, whether written by students or others.

                6.     "Libelous" is a false and unprivileged statement about a specific individual that tends to harm the individual's reputation or to lower him/her in the esteem of the community.

                7.     "Distribution" means circulation or dissemination of written material by means of handing out free copies, selling or offering copies for sale and accepting donations for copies.  It includes displaying written material in areas of the school which are generally frequented by students.

 

V.            Disciplinary action.

                Distribution by any student of unofficial written material prohibited in subsection I or in violation of subsection III may be halted, and students may be subject to discipline including suspension and expulsion.  Any other party violating this policy may be requested to leave the school property immediately and, if necessary, local law enforcement officials will be called.

 

VI.     Notice of policy to students.

                A copy of this policy will be published in student handbooks and posted conspicuously in school buildings.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/09/2023 - 19:17

904 - Community Activities Involving Students

904 - Community Activities Involving Students dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/09/2023 - 19:21

904.01 - Transporting Students in Private Vehicles

904.01 - Transporting Students in Private Vehicles

Generally, transporting students for school purposes is done in a vehicle owned by the school district and driven by a school bus driver.  Students may be transported in private vehicles for school purposes.  It is within the discretion of the superintendent to determine when this is appropriate.

Individuals transporting students for school purposes in private vehicles must have the permission of the superintendent and meet all applicable requirements set by the district.  Private vehicles will be used only when:

  • The vehicle is in good condition and meets all applicable safety requirements;
  • The driver possesses a valid drivers’ license;
  • Proof of insurance has been supplied to the superintendent and the insurance satisfies the minimum coverage requirements for driving personal vehicles in the State of Iowa ; and
  • When the parents of the students to be transported have given written permission to the superintendent. 

The school district assumes no responsibility for those students who have not received the approval of the superintendent and who ride in private vehicles for school purposes. If transportation is not provided by the school district, or if transportation provided by the school district is declined by the student or parent/guardian, then the responsibility and corresponding liability for transportation for school purposes shall rest solely with the student and parent/guardian.

This policy statement applies to transportation of students for school purposes in addition to transporting students to and from their designated attendance center. The superintendent may develop an administrative process to implement this policy.

 

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 285; 321
                                       281 I.A.C. 43.

Cross Reference:  401.6     Transporting of Students by Employees
                                       401.7      Employee Travel Compensation
 
                                      711          Transportation

Approved       12/2019                          
Reviewed     7/18/22                                                                          
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/09/2023 - 19:21

904.02 - Advertising and Promotion

904.02 - Advertising and Promotion

The use of students, the school district name, or its buildings and sites for advertising and promoting products and/or services of entities and organizations operating for a profit is not allowed except with prior board approval.  Nonprofit entities and organizations may be allowed to use students, the school district name, or its buildings and sites if the purpose is educationally related and prior approval has been obtained from the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8

Cross Reference:  504.5                                  Student Fund Raising
 
                                      904                                      Community Activities Involving Students

Approved       12/2019              
Reviewed    7/18/22                           
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/09/2023 - 19:24

905 - Buildings, Sites, and Equipment

905 - Buildings, Sites, and Equipment dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/09/2023 - 19:25

905.01 - Community Use of School District Facilities & Equipment

905.01 - Community Use of School District Facilities & Equipment

School district facilities and equipment will be made available to local nonprofit entities which promote cultural, educational, civic, community, or recreational activities.  "Entity(ies)" will include organizations, groups and individuals and their agents.  Any district employee using district-owned property or facilities for a use outside their duties as an employee is doing so as a community member, and not as a district employee.  Prior to using district resources for activities outside the scope of their job duties, employees must meet the requirements to be considered a qualifying entity.  Such use will be permitted only when the use does not interfere with or disrupt the education program or a school-related activity, the use is consistent with state law, and will end no later than midnight.  It is within the discretion of the board to allow for-profit entities to use school district facilities and equipment.  The board reserves the right to deny use of the facilities and equipment to an entity.  It is within the discretion of the superintendent to allow use of school district facilities and equipment on Sundays.

Entities that wish to use school district facilities or equipment must apply with the Activity Director.  It is the responsibility of the board secretary or superintendent to determine whether the school district facility or equipment requested is available and whether the application for use meets board policy and administrative regulations.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent and board secretary to provide application forms, obtain proof of insurance, and draw up the contract for use of school district facilities and equipment.

Use of school district facilities and equipment by entities will be supervised by a school district employee unless special prior arrangements are made with the superintendent.  The school district employee will not accept a fee from the entity using school district facilities and equipment.  If appropriate, the school district employee may be paid by the school district.

Entities that use school district buildings, or equipment, or sites must leave the building or site in the same condition it was in prior to its use.  Inappropriate use of school district facilities and equipment may result in additional fees charged to, or the inability of, the entity to use school district facilities or equipment in the future. 

The board may allow entities, such as the Boy and Girl Scouts and 4-H, to use the school district facilities and equipment without charge.  While such entities may use the facilities and equipment without charge, they may be required to pay a custodial fee.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop a fee schedule for the board's approval and to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 8D; 123.46; 276; 278.1(4); 279.8; 297.9-.11.

Cross Reference:  704                                      Revenue

Approved       12/2019                          
Reviewed     7/18/22                                                                          
Revised          

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/09/2023 - 19:25

905.01R1 - Community Use of School District Facilities & Equipment Regulation

905.01R1 - Community Use of School District Facilities & Equipment Regulation

1.       Alcoholic beverages will not be brought to or consumed on school grounds.

2.      Smoking is prohibited in school district facilities and on school district grounds, including in private vehicles.

3.      A school district employee must be present while the school district facility or equipment is being used by an entity.

4.      After a school district facility, site, or equipment has been used by an entity, cleaning, including restoring the facility, site or equipment to the condition it was in prior to its use, will be done by employees assisted by a committee from the entity.  The fee charged to the entity for the use of the facility, site, or equipment will include these costs.  However, if excessive costs are involved in cleaning or otherwise restoring the facility, site, or equipment to the condition it was in prior to its use, the board reserves the right to charge the entity for these excessive costs. 

5.      Entities are required to stay within the area of the school district facility or site and use only the school district equipment authorized by the school district for use by the entity.  Other school district facilities, sites, or areas in the school district building or equipment are off limits to the entity.

6.      A cancellation after the facility or equipment is made ready for the entity will be charged at the full rate.  Cancellations made prior to that time will be charged a minimum cancellation fee or the costs incurred to the school district in anticipation of the entity's use, whichever is greater

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/09/2023 - 19:26

905.02 - Tobacco/Nicotine-Free Environment

905.02 - Tobacco/Nicotine-Free Environment

School district facilities and grounds, including school vehicles, are off limits for tobacco or nicotine use, including the use of look-a-likes where the original would include tobacco or nicotine.  This requirement extends to students, employees and visitors.  This policy applies at all times, including school-sponsored and nonschool-sponsored events.  Persons failing to abide by this request are required to extinguish their smoking material, dispose of the tobacco, nicotine or other product or leave the school district premises immediately.  It is the responsibility of the administration to enforce this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Goals 2000:  Educate America Act, Pub. L. No. 103-227, 108 Stat. 125 (1994).
 
                                      House File 2212, Iowa General Assembly (2008)           
 
                                      Iowa Code §§ 142D; 279.8, .9; 297.

Cross Reference:  903.4    Public Conduct on School Premises
 
                                      905.1    Community Use of School District Buildings & Sites & Equipment

Approved       12/2019                          
Reviewed     7/18/22                                                                          
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/09/2023 - 19:27

905.03 - Weapons in the School District

905.03 - Weapons in the School District

The board believes weapons, other dangerous objects and look-a-likes in school district facilities and at school district-approved events cause material and substantial disruption to the school environment or present a threat to the health and safety of students, employees and visitors on the school district premises or property within the jurisdiction of the school district.

All weapons, dangerous objects and look-a-likes are prohibited to be carried, possessed, transported or otherwise stored on school district property and to school district-approved events.  Exceptions to this policy include weapons carried by the following individuals in performance of their official duties: 

  • law enforcement; 
  • military personnel;
  • corrections officers;
  • individuals approved in writing by the Superintendent, 
  • students and individuals approved in writing by the Superintendent who are actively engaging in a school district approved firearms safety course, hunter education course or shooting sports activity; and
  • School security officers and/or school resource officers in accordance with all applicable laws

Individuals found to be in violation of this district policy will be required to immediately remove the weapon, dangerous object or look-a-likes from the school district property or event.  Students found to be in violation of this policy or any other board policies related to weapons will be subject to disciplinary proceedings. Employees found in violation of this policy may be subject to discipline, up to and including termination. 

The district shall not authorize staff members to carry firearms on school grounds in accordance with Iowa Code 724.6.  
 

I.C. Iowa Code
Iowa Code § 279.8; 84    Directors - General Rules - Bonds of Employees
Iowa Code § 280.21B      Expulsion-weapons
Iowa Code § 483A.27      Hunter Education Program
Iowa Code § 724              Weapons

I.A.C. Iowa Administrative Code
281 I.A.C. 12.3                 Administration

U.S.C - United States Code
18 U.S.C. § 921               Crimes - Criminal Procedures - Firearms

Approved       12/2019        
Reviewed       7/15/2024     
Revised          7/15/2024     

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/09/2023 - 19:28

906 - Unmanned Aircraft - Drones

906 - Unmanned Aircraft - Drones

The following policy applies to the extent not preempted by federal or state regulatory jurisdiction regarding unmanned aircrafts. For purposes of this policy, the term ‘‘unmanned aircraft” means an aircraft that is operated without the possibility of direct human intervention from within or on the aircraft. 

The Maquoketa Valley School District believes in maintaining the safety, security, and privacy of students, employees, and visitors. In keeping with this belief, the use or possession of unmanned aircrafts is prohibited on district property or in the space above the property that reasonably can be considered part of the district property. 

The superintendent may make an exception to this policy in specific cases where the circumstances warrant such exception. In such situations and prior to approval, unmanned aircraft operators shall:

  • Supply proof of insurance meeting liability limits established by the district;
  • Present appropriate registration and authorization issued by the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA);
  • Sign an agreement holding the district harmless from any claims of harm to individuals or damage to property; and
  • Meet additional requirements as determined appropriate by the district.

If the unmanned aircrafts are operated as part of the district curriculum, prior to adoption into the curriculum, district employees shall work with district administration to ensure the appropriate insurance, registration, and authorizations are in place.

Unmanned aircrafts shall be operated in accordance with Iowa High School Athletic Association and Iowa Girls High School Athletic Union policy.

Failure to abide by this policy may result in local, state, and federal penalties if applicable.

 

 

Legal Reference:  FAA Modernization and Reform Act of 2012, P.L. 112-95, Title III, Subtitle B.
   
                                    Model Aircraft Operating Standards, FFA AC No. 91-57A (Sept. 2, 2015).
                                       
OFFICE OF CHIEF COUNSEL, FED. AVIATION ADMIN., State and Local Regulation of Unmanned Aircraft Systems (UAS) Fact Sheet (Dec. 17, 2015).
   
                                    Iowa Code § 279.8
                                      
IHSAA Drone Policy

Cross Reference:  602.1    Curriculum Development

Approved       12/2019              
Reviewed   7/18/22                            
Revised                         

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/09/2023 - 19:31

907 - District Operation During Public Emergencies

907 - District Operation During Public Emergencies

The district believes that student learning is the heart of its core mission.  While traditional in-person teaching continues to provide the greatest learning opportunity to all students, there may be rare and unusual circumstances that prevent the school community from convening in traditional in-person settings.  At times of a public emergency declared by federal, state or local officials, the district will seek guidance and recommendations from federal, state and local agencies to assist in determining the safety of convening traditional in-person learning. 

During a declared public emergency, the school board delegates to the Superintendent the authority to determine whether to close school buildings to traditional in-person learning if the Superintendent determines in-person learning would hinder the health and safety of the school community. The district will instead utilize remote or hybrid learning opportunities permitted by law

Following guidance and recommendations from federal, state, and local agencies when reasonably possible, the administration will create regulations related to district operations during a public emergency, including, but not limited to, student, employee and visitor safety and security; the use and safeguarding of district property; public meetings and events, and when applicable, measures to prevent or slow the spread of infectious disease.

These measures will be enforced for the period of time of the public emergency, or until the school board and superintendent, in consultation with federal, state and local agencies determine it is appropriate for the safety measures to end.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Senate File 2310
   
                                    Iowa Code ch. 279.8

Cross Reference:  403.3                                Communicable Diseases - Employees
   
                                    506                                    Student Records
   
                                    507                                    Student Health and Well-Being

Approved       12/2019              
Reviewed    7/18/22                           
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/09/2023 - 19:32

907.R1 - District Operations During a Public Health Emergency Regulation

907.R1 - District Operations During a Public Health Emergency Regulation

During a public health emergency, the district will seek guidance and recommendations from federal, state and local agencies that monitor and respond to the emergency.  The district will follow any mandatory closures or other mandatory measures imposed by such agencies. 

The superintendent, in conjunction with relevant government agencies and/or athletic and activity associations, will determine under what circumstances the district will restrict or cancel in-person learning, student events or activities including sporting events, extracurricular clubs or meetings for students, and the use of district facilities by outside organizations. 

The district will promote and follow other recommended measures and guidance from federal, state and local agencies to the extent reasonably practicable under the circumstances. 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 10/09/2023 - 19:33